AntoniE VAn LEEuwEnhoEk Born: 24.10.1632 - Died: 26.8.1723 Delft, Holland This man, born poor, with little education, a draper in his hometown of Delft had surprising visitors! They included great men of science as well as the Royalty like the Tsar Peter the Great, Frederick the Great of Prussia and King James II of England. This was due to his hobby of grinding ine lenses through which he looked at various objects and brought forth the wonder world of small things that none had seen before. He kept clear descriptions and accurate drawings of what he saw and communicated them to the Royal Society in London. A strict check convinced the Society of their authenticity. The unlettered Antonie was elected a Fellow of the Royal Society! The papers sent by him over decades can still be seen in the Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society. The discoveries he made are legion. He described the irst protozoan pathogen Giardia. He also discovered many types of bacteria, human and animal spermatozoa, and eggs of various animals realizing their importance in reproduction. He could not recognize the signiicance of the diferent types of bacteria, and to him, they were just ‘little animalcules’. His fault was in being much before the time, for it took two centuries more for people to accept the microbial origin of infectious diseases. But that should not deter us from acknowledging the great contributions made by Leeuwenhoek to Biology and many other branches of Science. He was truly the Founder of Microbiology. Paniker’s Textbook of Medical Parasitology Paniker’s Textbook of Medical Parasitology SEVEnth EDition Ck Jayaram Paniker MD Formerly Director and Professor of Microbiology and Principal, Medical College Calicut Dean, Faculty of Medicine, Calicut University, Kerala, India Emeritus Medical Scientist Indian Council of Medical Research, new Delhi, India Revised and Edited by Sougata Ghosh MD, DCH Professor, Department of Microbiology Medical College, Kolkata, West Bengal, India Former Faculty IPGME&R and School of Tropical Medicine, Kolkata, West Bengal, India ® JAYPEE BROTHERS MEDICAL PUBLISHERS (P) LTD New Delhi • London • Philadelphia • Panama ® Jaypee Brothers Medical Publishers (P) Ltd Headquarters Jaypee Brothers Medical Publishers (P) Ltd 4838/24, Ansari Road, Daryaganj New Delhi 110 002, India Phone: +91-11-43574357 Fax: +91-11-43574314 Email: jaypee@jaypeebrothers.com Overseas Offices J.P. Medical Ltd 83, Victoria Street, London SW1H 0HW (UK) Phone: +44-2031708910 Fax: +02-03-0086180 Email: info@jpmedpub.com Jaypee-Highlights Medical Publishers Inc City of Knowledge, Bld. 237, Clayton Panama City, Panama Phone: +507-301-0496 Fax: +507-301-0499 Email: cservice@jphmedical.com Jaypee Medical Inc The Bourse 111 South Independence Mall East Suite 835, Philadelphia, PA 19106, USA Phone: + 267-519-9789 Email: joe.rusko@jaypeebrothers.com Jaypee Brothers Medical Publishers (P) Ltd 17/1-B Babar Road, Block-B, Shaymali Mohammadpur, Dhaka-1207 Bangladesh Mobile: +08801912003485 Email: jaypeedhaka@gmail.com Jaypee Brothers Medical Publishers (P) Ltd Shorakhute, Kathmandu Nepal Phone: +00977-9841528578 Email: jaypee.nepal@gmail.com Website: www.jaypeebrothers.com Website: www.jaypeedigital.com © 2013, Jaypee Brothers Medical Publishers (P) Ltd All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reproduced in any form or by any means without the prior permission of the publisher. Inquiries for bulk sales may be solicited at: jaypee@jaypeebrothers.com This book has been published in good faith that the contents provided by the author contained herein are original, and is intended for educational purposes only. While every effort is made to ensure accuracy of information, the publisher and the author specifically disclaim any damage, liability, or loss incurred, directly or indirectly, from the use or application of any of the contents of this work. If not specifically stated, all figures and tables are courtesy of the author. Where appropriate, the readers should consult with a specialist or contact the manufacturer of the drug or device. Paniker’s Textbook of Medical Parasitology First Edition Second Edition Third Edition Fourth Edition Fifth Edition Sixth Edition Seventh Edition : : : : : : : 1988 1989, Reprint : 1991 1993, 1997, Reprint : 1999 2002, Reprint : 2003, 2004 2007, Reprint : 2011 2013 ISBN 978-93-5090-534-0 Printed at Preface to the Seventh Edition The current edition of this book is written in a new user-friendly format in contrast to the classic narrative style of Dr. Paniker’s Textbook of Medical Parasitology that has served medical students and teachers for more than 25 years since 1988. Considering the advancement in the ield of Parasitology, I have updated the text thoroughly , incorporating the recent epidemiological data and new diagnostic methods especially the molecular techniques and current treatment modalities. Almost all chapters have been revised and few new chapters like Pnemocystis jirovecil, Microsporidia, and Balantidium coli are added. The main emphasis of the current edition is to make the text more comprehensive, colorful, and student-friendly. Diagrams of life cycle have been redrawn in a manner to facilitate the students reproduce them during examinations. Several new tables, lowcharts, and easy-to-remember boxes are given to equip the students for better answering of theory and oral questions during examinations. More microscopic view pictures, photographs of specimens, and diagnostic images have been added in a manner to favor better visible impressions of parasitic diseases. I have included “Key points” of important parasites in box formats to highlight “must know facts” that are pertinent to the topic. Important MCQs and review questions carefully selected from various university examination papers have been added to test and reinforce understanding of the topic by the student. The aim of the book remains to be compact, yet informative, and useful for both undergraduate and postgraduate students. My endeavor will be successful, if the book is found to be useful for faculty and students. Expressions and emotions fail to ind words to express thanks to my parents. I thank them for a being a constant source of inspiration and motivation. I am grateful to all the colleagues in my department for their valuable suggestions during preparing the texts. I am especially indebted to the Director and Staf of School of Tropical Medicine, Kolkata for providing mounted specimens. I gratefully acknowledge the help of Mr Jitendar P. Vij (Group Chairman), Mr Ankit Vij (Managing Director), Mr Tarun Duneja (Director Publishing) and Mr Sabyasachi Hazra for their professional help and guidance during the project. The insight and skills of Dr Sakshi Arora (Chief Development Editor) along with her team helped in polishing this book to best meet the needs of students and faculty alike. Lastly I acknowledge the support extended by my family members during revising the book. All suggestions are welcome and may be emailed to: s_ghosh2006@redifmail.com SOUGATA GHOSH Preface to the First Edition Parasitic infections continue to account for a large part of human illness. Antimicrobial drugs and vaccines that have made possible the efective control of most bacterial and viral diseases have not been as successful against parasitic infections. The numbers of persons alicted by parasites run into many millions. Malaria still afects over 500 millions, pinworm and whipworm 500 millions each, hookworm 800 millions and roundworm a billion persons. Filariasis, leishmaniasis and schistosomiasis remain serious public health problems. Infections due to opportunist parasites are becoming increasingly evident in the aluent countries. In recent years there has been a resurgence in the study of parasitic infections. Much new knowledge has been gained making possible precise diagnosis and more efective control of parasites and the diseases they cause. This textbook attempts to present the essential information on parasites and parasitic diseases, with emphasis on pathogenesis, epidemiology, diagnosis and control. Every efort has been made to incorporate recent advances in the subject. It is hoped that medical students, teachers and physicians will ind this book useful. Their comments and suggestions for improvement of the book will be most welcome. SHAnTHI, East Hill Road Calicut, Kerala 673 006 CK JAYARAM PANIKER Contents Chapter 1: General Introduction: Parasitology 1–8 Introduction 1; Parasites 1; Host 2; Zoonosis 2; Host-parasite Relationships 3; Life Cycle of Parasites 3; Sources of Infection 3; Modes of Infection 4; Pathogenesis 5; Immunity in Parasitic Infection 5; Laboratory Diagnosis 6 Chapter 2: Protozoa 9–13 General Features 9; Structure 9; Reproduction 10; Life Cycle 11; Classiication of Protozoa 11; Phylum Sarcomastigophora 11; Phylum Apicomplexa 12; Phylum Ciliophora 12; Phylum Microspora 12 Chapter 3: Amoebae 14–29 Entamoeba histolytica 14; History and Distribution 14; Morphology 15; Life Cycle 16; Pathogenesis and Clinical Features 16; Extraintestinal Amoebiasis 18; Laboratory Diagnosis 20; Immunity 22; Treatment 22; Prophylaxis 23; nonpathogenic intestinal Amoeba 23; Entamoeba Coli 23; Entamoeba hartmanni 24; Entamoeba Gingivalis 24; Endolimax nana 24; iodamoeba Buetschlii 25; Pathogenic Free-Living Amoebae 25; naegleria Fowleri 25; History and Distribution 26; Morphology 26; Life Cycle 26; Pathogenicity and Clinical Features 27; Laboratory Diagnosis 27; Treatment 27; Acanthamoeba Species 27; Distribution 27; Morphology 27; Life Cycle 28; Pathogenesis and Clinical Features 28; Laboratory Diagnosis 28; Treatment 28; Balamuthia Mandrillaris 29; Morphology 29; Clinical Disease 29; Laboratory Diagnosis 29 Chapter 4: Intestinal, Oral, and Genital Flagellates 30–37 Giardia Lamblia 30; History and Distribution 30; Habitat 31; Morphology 31; Life Cycle 32; Pathogenicity and Clinical Features 32; Laboratory Diagnosis 33; Treatment 33; Prophylaxis 33; trichomonas Vaginalis 34; trichomonas tenax 36; trichomonas hominis 36; Chilomastix Mesnili 36; Enteromonas hominis 36; Retortamonas intestinalis 37; Dientamoeba Fragilis 37 Chapter 5: Hemolagellates General Characteristics 38; trypanosomes 39; trypanosoma Brucei Gambiense (west African trypanosomiasis) 40; History and Distribution 40; Habitat 40; Morphology 40; Antigenic Variation 41; Life Cycle 41; Pathogenicity and Clinical Features 41; trypanosoma Brucei Rhodesiense (East African trypanosomiasis) 42; Pathogenesis and Clinical Feature 43; Laboratory Diagnosis 43; Treatment 44; Prophylaxis 45; trypanosoma Cruzi 45; History and Distribution 45; Habitat 45; Morphology 45; Life Cycle 46; Pathogenicity and Clinical Features 47; Laboratory Diagnosis 47; Treatment 49; Prophylaxis 49; trypanosoma Rangeli 49; Leishmania 49; General Characteristics 49; Classiication 50; old world Leishmaniasis 51; Leishmania Donovani 51; History and Distribution 51; Habitat 51; Morphology 52; Life Cycle 52; Pathogenicity 54; Clinical Features of Kala-Azar 55; Post Kala-azar Dermal Leishmaniasis 55; Immunity 55; Laboratory Diagnosis 55; Treatment 58; Prophylaxis 59; Leishmania tropica Complex 59; History and Distribution 59; Habitat 59; Morphology 59; Life Cycle 59; Pathology 60; Clinical Features 60; Laboratory Diagnosis 60; Treatment 61; Prophylaxis 61; new world Leishmaniasis 61; L. braziliensis complex and L. mexicana complex 61; History and Distribution 61; Habitat 61; Morphology 61; Life Cycle 61; Clinical Features 61; Laboratory Diagnosis 61; Treatment 62; Prophylaxis 62 38–62 x Textbook of Medical Parasitology Chapter 6: Malaria and Babesia 63–86 Classiication 63; Malaria Parasite 64; History and Distribution 64; Vectors 64; Life Cycle 65; Types of Malaria 69; Plasmodium Vivax 69; Plasmodium Falciparum 69; Plasmodium Malariae 71; Plasmodium ovale 73; Mixed infections 73; Pathogenesis 74; Clinical Features 76; Immunity 78; Recrudescence and Relapse 78; Laboratory Diagnosis 79; Treatment of Uncomplicated Malaria 82; Treatment of Complicated (Falciparum) Malaria 82; Prophylaxis 83; Babesia Species 83; Classiication 83; History and Distribution 84; Habitat 84; Morphology 84; Life Cycle 84; Pathogenicity and Clinical Features 84; Laboratory Diagnosis 85; Treatment 85; Prophylaxis 85 Chapter 7: Coccidia 87–99 toxoplasma Gondii 87; History and Distribution 87; Morphology 87; Life Cycle 89; Pathogenicity and Clinical Features 90; Host Immunity 91; Laboratory Diagnosis 91; Treatment 92; Prophylaxis 93; isospora Belli 93; History and Distribution 93; Morphology 93; Life Cycle 93; Clinical Features 94; Laboratory Diagnosis 94; Treatment 94; Cryptosporidium Parvum 94; History and Distribution 94; Habitat 95; Morphology 95; Life Cycle 95; Pathogenicity and Clinical Features 95; Laboratory Diagnosis 96; Treatment 97; Cyclospora Cayetanensis 97; Morphology 97; Life Cycle 97; Pathogenicity and Clinical features 98; Diagnosis 98; Treatment 98; Blastocystis hominis 98; Habitat 98; Morphology 98; Pathogenicity and Clinical Features 98; Diagnosis 98; Treatment 98; Sarcocystis 98; Clinical Features 99; Laboratory Diagnosis 99; Treatment 99; Prophylaxis 99 Chapter 8: Microspora 100–102 History and Distribution 100; Morphology 101; Life Cycle 101; Clinical Features 101; Laboratory Diagnosis 102; Treatment 102; Prophylaxis 102 Chapter 9: Pneumocystis Jirovecii 103–106 History and Distribution 103; Habitat 103; Morphology 103; Life cycle 104; Pathogenesis 104; Clinical Features 104; Laboratory Diagnosis 105; Treatment 105; Prophylaxis 106 Chapter 10: Balantidium Coli 107–109 History and Distribution 107; Habitat 107; Morphology 107; Life Cycle 108; Pathogenesis 108; Clinical Features 109; Laboratory Diagnosis 109; Treatment 109; Prophylaxis 109 Chapter 11: Helminths: General Features 110–112 Introduction 110; Phylum Platyhelminthes 110; Class Cestoda 110; Class Trematoda 110; Phylum nemathelminthes (nematoda) 110; Important Features of Helminths 111; Larval Forms 111; Multiplication 111; Zoological Classiication of Helminths 112; Phylum Platyhelminthes 112; Phylum nemathelminthes 112 Chapter 12: Cestodes: Tapeworms Classiication of Cestodes 113; Tapeworms: General Characteristics 113; Life Cycle 114; Pseudophyllidean tapeworms 115; Diphyllobothrium Latum 115; History and Distribution 115; Habitat 115; Morphology 116; Life Cycle 116; Pathogenicity and Clinical Features 118; Laboratory Diagnosis 118; Treatment 118; Prophylaxis 118; Spirometra 118; Distribution 119; Habitat 119; Life Cycle 119; Sparganosis 120; Laboratory Diagnosis 120; Treatment 120; Prophylaxis 120; Cyclophyllidean tapeworms 120; taenia Saginata and taenia Solium 120; History and Distribution 120; Habitat 120; Morphology 120; Life Cycle of Taenia Saginata 122; Life Cycle of Taenia Solium 123; Pathogenicity and Clinical Features 124; Laboratory Diagnosis 125; Laboratory Diagnosis of Cysticercosis 125; Treatment 126; Prophylaxis 126; taenia Saginata 113–137 Contents xi Asiatica 127; Multiceps Multiceps (taenia Multiceps) 127; Echinococcus Granulosus 127; History and Distribution 127; Habitat 127; Morphology 127; Life Cycle 128; Pathogenesis 128; Clinical Features 130; Laboratory Diagnosis 131; Treatment 133; Prophylaxis 133; Echinococcus Multilocularis 134; hymenolepis nana 134; History and Distribution 134; Habitat 134; Morphology 134; Life Cycle 135; Clinical Features 135; Laboratory Diagnosis 135; Treatment 136; Prophylaxis 136; hymenolepis Diminuta 137; Dipylidium Caninum 137; Morphology 137; Life Cycle 137; Clinical Features 137; Diagnosis 137; Treatment 137 Chapter 13: Trematodes: Flukes 138–160 Classiication of Trematodes 138; Flukes: General Characteristics 139; Life Cycle 139; Blood Flukes 140; Schistosomes 140; Schistosoma haematobium 141; History and Distribution 141; Habitat 141; Morphology 141; Life Cycle 142; Pathogenicity and Clinical Features 142; Laboratory Diagnosis 144; Treatment 145; Prophylaxis 145; Schistosoma Mansoni 145; History and Distribution 145; Habitat 145; Morphology 145; Life Cycle 145; Pathogenicity and Clinical Features 146; Laboratory Diagnosis 146; Treatment 146; Prophylaxis 146; Schistosoma Japonicum 146; Distribution 146; Habitat 146; Morphology 146; Life Cycle 147; Pathogenicity and Clinical Features 147; Laboratory Diagnosis 148; Treatment 148; Prophylaxis 148; Schistosoma intercalatum 148; Schistosoma Mekongi 148; Hermaphroditic Flukes: Liver Flukes 148; Clonorchis Sinensis 148; History and Distribution 148; Habitat 148; Morphology 148; Life Cycle 149; Pathogenicity 149; Diagnosis 149; Treatment 149; Prophylaxis 150; opisthorchis Species 150; Fasciola hepatica 151; History and Distribution 151; Habitat 151; Morphology 151; Life Cycle 151; Pathogenicity 152; Diagnosis 153; Treatment 153; Prophylaxis 153; Dicrocoelium Dendriticum 153; intestinal lukes 154; Fasciolopsis Buski 154; History and Distribution 154; Habitat 154; Morphology 154; Life Cycle 154; Pathogenesis 155; Laboratory Diagnosis 156; Treatment 156; Prophylaxis 156; heterophyes 156; Metagonimus Yokogawai 156; watsonius watsoni 156; Echinostoma 156; Gastrodiscoides hominis 156; Lung Flukes 157; Paragonimus westermani 157; History and Distribution 157; Morphology 157; Habitat 157; Life Cycle 158; Pathogenicity and Clinical Features 159; Laboratory Diagnosis 159; Treatment 159; Prophylaxis 159 Chapter 14: nematodes: General Features 161–166 General Characteristics 161; Life Cycle 162; Modes of Infection 162; Classiication 162; Larva Migrans 162; Cutaneous Larva Migrans 164; Visceral Larva Migrans 165 Chapter 15: Trichinella Spiralis 167–171 History and Distribution 167; Habitat 167; Morphology 167; Life Cycle 168; Pathogenicity and Clinical Features 169; Diagnosis 169; Treatment 171; Prophylaxis 171 Chapter 16: Trichuris Trichiura 172–175 History and Distribution 172; Habitat 172; Morphology 172; Life Cycle 173; Pathogenicity and Clinical Features 174; Laboratory Diagnosis 175; Treatment 175; Prophylaxis 175 Chapter 17: Strongyloides Stercoralis 176–181 History and Distribution 176; Habitat 176; Morphology 176; Life Cycle 178; Pathogenicity and Clinical Features 180; Laboratory Diagnosis 180; Treatment 181; Prophylaxis 181 Chapter 18: Hookworm History and Distribution 182; Ancylostoma Duodenale 182; Habitat 182; Morphology 183; Life Cycle 184; necator Americanus 186; Morphology 186; Pathogenicity and Clinical Features 186; Laboratory Diagnosis 186; Treatment 187; Prophylaxis 187; Other Hookworms 188; trichostrongyliasis 188 182–189 xii Textbook of Medical Parasitology Chapter 19: Enterobius Vermicularis 190–194 History and Distribution 190; Habitat 190; Morphology 190; Life Cycle 191; Pathogenicity and Clinical Features 192; Laboratory Diagnosis 193; Treatment 194; Prophylaxis 194 Chapter 20: Ascaris Lumbricoides 195–202 History and Distribution 195; Habitat 195; Morphology 195; Life Cycle 197; Pathogenicity and Clinical Features 197; Laboratory Diagnosis 199; Treatment 200; Prophylaxis 200; Other Roundworms 201; toxocara 201; Baylisascaris 201 Chapter 21: Filarial Worms 203–219 Lymphatic Filariasis 205; wuchereria Bancrofti 205; History and Distribution 205; Habitat 206; Morphology 206; Life Cycle 207; Pathogenesis 209; Laboratory Diagnosis 210; Treatment 213; Prophylaxis 213; Brugia Malayi 214; History and Distribution 214; Morphology 214; Life Cycle 215; Brugia timori 215; Subcutaneous Filariasis 216; Loa Loa 216; History and distribution 216; Morphology 216; Life cycle 216; Pathogenicity and Clinical Features 216; Laboratory Diagnosis 216; Treatment 216; onchocerca Volvulus 217; History and Distribution 217; Habitat 217; Morphology 217; Life Cycle 217; Pathogenicity and Clinical Features 217; Laboratory Diagnosis 218; Prophylaxis 218; Treatment 218; Mansonella Streptocerca 218; Serous Cavity Filariasis 219; Mansonella ozzardi 219; Mansonella Perstans 219; Zoonotic Filariasis 219; Brugia Pahangi 219; Diroilaria immitis 219; Diroilaria Repens 219 Chapter 22: Dracunculus Medinensis 220–224 History and Distribution 220; Habitat 220; Morphology 220; Life Cycle 221; Pathogenicity and Clinical Features 223; Laboratory Diagnosis 223; Treatment 223; Prophylaxis 224 Chapter 23: Miscellaneous nematodes 225–228 Angiostrongylus Cantonensis 225; History and Distribution 225; Habitat 225; Morphology 225; Life Cycle 225; Clinical Features 226; Diagnosis 226; Treatment 226; Capillaria Philippinensis 226; History and Distribution 226; Habitat 226; Life Cycle 226; Clinical Features 226; Diagnosis 226; Treatment 226; Gnathostoma Spinigerum 226; History and Distribution 226; Morphology 226; Life Cycle 226; Clinical Features 227; Diagnosis 227; Treatment 227; Anisakiasis 227; Life Cycle 227; Clinical Features 227; Treatment 228; Prophylaxis 228 Chapter 24: Diagnostic Methods in Parasitology 229–243 Introduction 229; Examination of Stool 229; Examination of Blood 235; Examination for Malarial Parasites 235; Examination for Microilaria 237; Sputum Examination 238; Urine or Body Fluids Examination 238; Tissue Biopsy 238; Muscle Biopsy 239; Culture Methods 239; Animal Inoculation 241; Xenodiagnosis 241; Immunological Diagnosis 241; Serology 241; Skin Tests 242; Molecular Methods 243 Multiple Choice Questions 245–259 Index 261–266 General Introduction: Parasitology 1 Introduction Parasites Medical parasitology deals with the parasites, which cause human infections and the diseases they produce. ¾¾ It is broadly divided into 2 parts— € Protozoology € Helminthology. ¾¾ The pioneer Dutch microscopist, Antonie von Leeuwenhoek of Holland in 1681, irst introduced single lens microscope and obeserved Giardia in his own stools. ¾¾ Louis Pastuer in 1870, irst published scientiic study on a protozoal disease leading to its control and prevention during investigation of a epidemic silk worm disease in South Europe. ¾¾ A seminal discovery was made in 1878 by Patrick Manson about the role of mosquitoes in ilariasis. This was the irst evidence of vector transmission. ¾¾ Afterwards, Laveran in Algeria discovered the malarial parasite (1880), and Ronald Ross in Secunderabad and Calcutta in India, showed its transmission by mosquitoes (1897). A large number of vector­borne disease have since then been identiied. ¾¾ By mid­twentieth century, with dramatic advances in antibiotics and chemotherapy, insecticides and antiparastic drugs, and improved lifestyles, all infectious diseases seemed amenable to control. Parasites are living organisms, which depend on a living host for their nourishment and survival. They multiply or undergo development in the host. ¾¾ The term 'parasite' is usually applied to Protozoa (unicellular organisms) and Helminths (multicellular organisms) (Flowchart 1.1). ¾¾ Parasites can also be classiied as: € Ectoparasite: Ectoparasites inhabit only the body surface of the host without penetrating the tissue. Lice, ticks, and mites are examples of ectoparasites. The term infestation is often employed for parasitization with ectoparasites. € Endoparasite: A parasite, which lives within the body of the host and is said to cause an infection is called an endoparasite. Most of the protozoan and helminthic parasites causing human disease are endoparasites. € Free-living parasite: It refers to nonparasitic stages of active existence, which live independent of the host, e.g. cystic stage of Naegleria loweri. ¾¾ Endoparasites can further be classiied as: € Obligate parasite: The parasite, which cannot exist without a host, e.g. Toxoplasma gondii and Plasmodium. 2 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Flowchart 1.1: Type of parasites € € € Facultative parasite: Organism which may either live as parasitic form or as free living form. Accidental parasites: Parasites, which infect an unusual host are known as accidental parasites. Echinococcus granulosus infects man accidentally, giving rise to hydatid cysts. Aberrant parasites: Parasites, which infect a host where they cannot develop further are known as aberrant or wandering parasites, e.g. Toxocara canis (dog roundworm) infecting humans. Host Host is deined as an organism, which harbors the parasite and provides nourishment and shelter to latter and is relatively larger than the parasite. ¾¾ The host may be of the following types: € Deinitive host: The host, in which the adult parasite lives and undergoes sexual reproduction is called the deinitive host, e.g. mosquito acts as deinitive host in malaria. The deinitive host may be a human or any other living being. However, in majority of human parasitic infections, man is the deinitive host (e.g. ilaria, roundworm, hookworm). € Intermediate host: The host, in which the larval stage of the parasite lives or asexual multiplication takes place is called the intermediate host. In some parasites, 2 diferent intermediate hosts may be required to complete diferent larval stages. These € € € are known as irst and second intermediate hosts, respectively. Paratenic host: A host, in which larval stage of the parasite remains viable without further development is referred as a paratenic host. Such host transmits the infection to another host. Reservoir host: In an endemic area, a parasitic infection is continuously kept up by the presence of a host, which harbors the parasite and acts as an important source of infection to other susceptible hosts, e.g. dog is the reservoir host of hydatid disease. Accidental host: The host, in which the parasite is not usually found, e.g. man is an accidental host for cystic echinococcosis. Parasites with man as intermediate or secondary host •¾Plasmodium spp. •¾Babesia spp. •¾Toxoplasma gondii •¾Echinococcus granulosus •¾Echinococcus multilocularis •¾Taenia solium •¾Spirometra spp. Zoonosis The word zoonosis was introduced by Rudolf Virchow in 1880 to include the diseases shared in nature by man and animals. General Introduction: Parasitology ¾¾ Later, in 1959, the World Health Organization (WHO) deined zoonosis as “those diseases and infections, which are naturally transmitted between vertebrate animals and man”. ¾¾ It is of following types: € Protozoal zoonoses, e.g. toxoplasmosis, leish­ maniasis, balantidiasis, and cryptosporodiasis € Helminthic zoonoses, e.g. hydatid disease, taeniasis € Anthropozoonoses: Infections transmitted to man from lower vertebrate animals, e.g. cystic echinococcosis € Zooanthroponoses: Infections transmitted from man to lower vertebrate animals, e.g. human tuberculosis to cattle. Parasites having direct life cycle Protozoa Helminths •¾Entamoeba histolytica ¾ Ascaris lumbricoides •¾Giardia lamblia¾ ¾ Enterobius vermicularis •¾Trichomonas vaginalis ¾ Trichuris trichiura •¾Balantidium coli ¾ Ancyclostoma duodenale •¾Cryptosporidium parvum ¾ Necator americanus •¾Cyclospora cayetanensis ¾ Hymenolepis nana •¾Isospora belli •¾Microsporidia Parasites having indirect life cycle Parasite Host-parasite Relationships Host­parasite relationships are of following types (Flowchart 1.2): ¾¾ Symbiosis ¾¾ Commensalism ¾¾ Parasitism. Life Cycle of Parasites ¾¾ Direct life cycle: When a parasite requires only single host to complete its development, it is called as direct life cycle, e.g. Entamoeba histolytica requires only a human host to complete its life cycle. ¾¾ Indirect life cycle: When a parasite requires 2 or more species of host to complete its development, the life cycle is called as indirect life cycle, e.g. malarial parasite requires both human host and mosquito to complete its life cycle. Sources of Infection ¾¾ Contaminated soil and water: € Soil polluted with embryonated eggs (roundworm, whipworm) may be ingested or infected larvae in soil, may penetrate exposed skin (hookworm) Protozoa Plasmodium spp. Babesia Leishmania Trypanosoma brucei Trypanosoma cruzi Toxoplasma gondii Cestodes Taenia solium Taenia saginata Echinococcus granulosus Trematodes Fasciola hepatica Fasciolopsis buski Schistosoma spp. Nematodes Trichinella spiralis Wuchereria bancrofti Brugia malayi Dracunculus medinensis Flowchart 1.2: Host­parasite relationships Deinitive host Intermediate host Female Anopheles mosquito Tick Man, dog Man Man Man Sandly Tsetse ly Man Cat Triatomine bug Man Man Man Dog Pig Cattle Man Man Man, pig Man Snail Snail Snail Man Man Pig Mosquito Man Man Mosquito Cyclops 3 4 Textbook of Medical Parasitology € Infective forms of parasites present in water may be ingested (cyst of amoeba and Giardia) € Water containing the intermediate host may be swallowed (cyclops containing guineaworm larva) € Infected larvae in water may enter by penetrating exposed skin, (cercariae of schisotosomes) € Free­living parasites in water may directly enter through vulnerable sites (Naegleria may enter through nasopharynx). ¾¾ Food: € Ingestion of contaminated food or vegetables containing infective stage of parasite (amoebic cysts, Toxoplasma oocysts, Echinococcus eggs) € Ingestion of raw or under­cooked meat harboring infective larvae (measly pork containing cysticercus cellulosae, the larval stage of Taenia solium). ¾¾ Insect vectors: A vector is an agent, usually an arthropod that transmits an infection from man to man or from other animals to man, e.g. female Anopheles is the vector of malarial parasite. ¾ Vectors can be: € Biological vectors: The term biological vector refers to a vector, which not only assists in the transfer of parasites but the parasites undergo development or multiplication in their body as well. They are also called as true vectors. Example of true vectors are: ˆ Mosquito—Malaria, ilariasis ˆ Sandlies—Kala­azar ˆ Tsetse lies—Sleeping sickness ˆ Reduviid bugs—Chagas’ disease ˆ Ticks—Babesiosis. € Mechanical vectors: The term mechanical vector refers to a vector, which assists in the transfer of parasitic form between hosts but is not essential in the life cycle of the parasite. Example of Mechanical vectors is: ˆ Housely—amoebiasis In biological vectors, a certain period has to elapse after the parasite enters the vector, before it becomes infective. This is necessary because the vector can transmit the infection only after the parasite multiplies to a certain level or undergoes a developmental process in its body. This interval between the entry of the parasite into the vector and the time it takes to become capable of transmitting the infection is called the extrinsic incubation period. ¾¾ Animals: € Domestic: ˆ Cow, e.g. T. saginata, Sarcocystis ˆ Pig, e.g. T. solium, Trichinella spiralis ˆ Dog, e.g. Echinococcus granulosus ˆ Cat, e.g. Toxoplasma, Opisthrorochis. Wild: ˆ Wild game animals, e.g. trypanosomiasis ˆ Wild felines, e.g. Paragonimus westermani ˆ Fish, e.g. ish tapeworm ˆ Molluscs, e.g. liver lukes ˆ Copepods, e.g. guineaworm. ¾¾ Other persons, which may be carriers of the parasite or patients, e.g. all anthroponotic infections, vertical transmission of congenital infections. ¾¾ Self (autoinfection) € Finger­to­mouth transmission, e.g. pinworm € Internal reinfection, e.g. Strongyloides. € Parasites causing autoinfection •¾Hymenolepis nana •¾Enterobius vermicularis •¾Taenia solium •¾Strongyloides stercoralis •¾Capillaria philippinensis •¾Cryptosporidium parvum Modes of Infection ¾¾ Oral transmission: The most common method of transmission is through oral route by contaminated food, water, soiled ingers, or fomites. Many intestinal parasites enter the body in this manner, the infective stages being cysts, embryonated eggs, or larval forms. Infection with E. histolytica and other intestinal protozoa occurs when the infective cysts are swallowed. ¾¾ Skin transmission: Entry through skin is another important mode of transmission. Hookworm infection is acquired, when the larvae enter the skin of persons walking barefooted on contaminated soil. Schisto­ somiasis is acquired when the cercarial larvae in water penetrate the skin ¾¾ Vector transmission: Many parasitic diseases are transmitted by insect bite, e.g., malaria is transmited by bite of female Anopheles mosquito, ilariasis is transmitted by bite of Culex mosquito. A vector could be a biological vector or a mechanical vector. ¾¾ Direct transmission: Parasitic infection may be transmitted by person­to­person contact in some cases, e.g. by kissing in the case of gingival amoebae and by sexual intercourse in trichomoniasis. ¾¾ Vertical transmission: Mother to fetus transmission may take place in malaria and toxoplasmosis. ¾¾ Iatrogenic transmission: It is seen in case of transfusion malaria and toxoplasmosis after organ transplantation. General Introduction: Parasitology Pathogenesis Parasitic infections may remain inapparent or give rise to clinical disease. A few organisms, such as E. histolytica may live as surface commensals, without invading the tissue. ¾¾ Clinical infection produced by parasite may take many forms—acute, subacute, chronic, latent, or recurrent. ¾¾ Pathogenic mechanisms, which can occur in parasitic infections are: € Lytic necrosis: Enzymes produced by some parasite can cause lytic necrosis. E. histolytica lyses intestinal cells and produces amoebic ulcers. € Trauma: Attachment of hookworms on jejunal mucosa leads to traumatic damage of villi and bleeding at the site of attachment. € Allergic manifestations: Clinical illness may be caused by host immune response to parasitic infection, e.g. eosinophilic pneumonia in Ascaris infection and anaphylactic shock in rupture of hydatid cyst. € Physical obstruction: Masses of roundworm cause intestinal obstruction. Plasmodium falciparum malaria may produce blockage of brain capillaries in cerebral malaria. € Inlammatory reaction: Clinical illness may be caused by inlammatory changes and consequent ibrosis e.g. lymphadenitis in ilariasis and urinary bladder granuloma in Schistosoma haematobium infection. € Neoplasia: A few parasitic infection have been shown to lead to malignancy. The liver luke, Clonorchis may induce bile duct carcinoma, and S. haematobium may cause urinary bladder cancer. Immunity in Parasitic Infection Like other infectious agents, parasites also elicit immuno­ responses in the host, both humoral as well as cellular (Fig. 1.1). But immunological protection against parasitic infections is much less efficient, than it is against bacterial or viral infections. Several factors may contribute to this. ¾¾ Compared to bacteria and viruses, parasites are enormously larger or more complex structurally and antigenically, so that immune system may not be able to focus attack on the protective antigens. ¾¾ Many protozoan parasites are intracellular in location, and this protects them from immunological attack. Several protozoa and helminths live inside body cavities This location limits the efficiency of immunological attack. Fig. 1.1: Eosinophils surrounding schistosomulum (An example of immune attack in bloodstream) ¾¾ Once the parasitic infection is completely eliminated, the host becomes again susceptible to reinfection. This type of immunity to reinfection is dependent on the continued presence of residual parasite population and is known as ‘Premunition’. ¾¾ Antibodies belonging to diferent immunoglobulin classes are produced in response to parasitic infections. Selective tests for IgM are helpful in diferentiating current infections from old infections. ¾¾ Excessive IgE response occurs in helminthiasis. A characteristic cellular response in helminth parasite is eosinophilia both local and systemic (Fig. 1.1). ¾¾ Parasites have evolved to be closely adapted to the host and most parasitic infections are chronic and show a degree of host speciicity. For example, malarial parasites of human, bird, and rodents are conined to their own particular species. ¾¾ Parasites like trypanosomes exhibit antigenic variation within the host. This genetic switch protects them from antibodies. Similar mechanism may be operative in the recrudescences in human malaria. Parasites exhibiting antigenic variations •¾Trypanosoma brucei gambiense •¾Trypanosoma brucei rhodesiense •¾Plasmodium spp. •¾Giardia lamblia ¾ ¾ Some parasites adopt antigenic disguise. Their surface antigens are so closely similar to host components that they are not recognized as foreign by the immune system. Some infections may produce immunodeiciency due to extensive damage to the reticuloendothelial system, as in case of visceral leishmaniasis. 5 6 Textbook of Medical Parasitology made in identifying protective antigens in malaria and some other infections, with a view to eventual development of prophylactic vaccines. Table 1.1: Parasite Escape Mechanisms Parasite escape mechanisms Example Intracellular habitat Malarial parasite, Leishmania Encystment Toxoplasma Trypanosoma cruzi Resistance to microbial phagocytosis Leishmania Masking of antigens Schistosomes Variation of antigen Trypanosomes Plasmodium spp. Suppression of immune response Malarial parasite Trichinella spiralis Schistosoma mansoni Interference by polyclonal activation Trypanosomes Sharing of antigens between parasite and host­molecular mimicry Schistosomes Continuous turnover and release of surface antigens of parasite Schistosomes The fact that immunity normally plays an important role in the containment of parasitic infections is illustrated by the lorid manifestations caused by opportunistic parasites such as Pnemocystis jirovecii and T. gondii, when the immune response is inadequate as in acquired immunodeiciency syndrome (AIDS) and other immunodeiciencies. Laboratory Diagnosis Most of the parasitic infection cannot be conclusively diagnosed. On the basis of clinical features and physical examination laboratory diagnosis depends upon: ¾¾ Microscopy ¾¾ Culture ¾¾ Serological test ¾¾ Skin test ¾¾ Molecular method ¾¾ Animal inoculation ¾¾ Xenodiagnosis ¾¾ Imaging ¾¾ Hematology. Microscopy All animal pathogens, including parasitic protozoa and worms have evolved efective mechanism to avoid elimination by the host defence system as described in Table 1.1. An appropriate clinical specimen should be collected for deinitive diagnosis of parasitic infections. ¾¾ Following specimens are usually examined to establish a diagnosis: € Stool € Blood € Urine € Sputum € Cerebrospinal luid (CSF) € Tissue and aspirates € Genital specimens. Vaccination Stool Examination No efective vaccine for humans has so far been developed against parasites due to their complex life cycles, adaptive responses, and antigenic variation, great progress has been Examination of stool is very important for the detection of intestinal infections like Giardia, Entamoeba, Ascaris, Ancylostoma, etc. Immune Evasion Table 1.2: Parasites and Their Developmental Stages Found in Stool Cysts/Trophozoites Eggs Entamoeba histolytica Giardia lamblia Balantidium coli Sarcocystis spp. Isospora belli Cyclospora cayetanensis Cryptosporidium parvum CESTODES Taenia spp. Hymenolepis nana Hymenolepis diminuta Dipylidium caninum Diphyllobothrium latum TREMATODES Schistosoma spp. Fasciolopsis buski Fasciola hepatica Fasciola gigantica Clonorchis sinensis Gastrodiscoides horminis Heterophyes heterophyes Metagonimus yokogawai Opisthorchis spp. NEMATODES Trichuris trichiura Enterobius vermicularis Ascaris lumbricoides Ancyclostoma duodenale Necator americanus Trichostrongylus orientalis Larvae Adult worms Strongyloides stercoralis Taenia solium Taenia saginata Diphyllobothrium latum Ascaris lumbricoides Enterobius vermicularis Trichinella spiralis General Introduction: Parasitology Cysts and trophozoites of E. histolytica, G. lamblia can be demonstrosted in feces. Eggs of roundworm and tapeworm are also found in stool. The larvae are found in the feces in S. stercoralis infection (Table 1.2). For further details refer to Chapter 24. Blood Examination Examination of blood is of vital importance for demonstrating parasites which circulate in blood vessels (Table 1.3). Malarial parasite is conirmed by demonstration of its morphological stages in the blood. Table 1.3: Parasites Found in Peripheral Blood Film in intestinal aspirates. Trophozoites of E. histolytica can be detected in liver pus in cases of amoebic liver abscess. Genital Specimen Examination Trophozoites of T. vaginalis are found in the vaginal and uretheral discharge. Eggs of E. vermicularis are found in anal swabs. Culture Some parasites like Leishmania, Entamoeba, and Trypanosoma can be cultured in the laboratory in various axenic and polyxenic media. Protozoa Nematodes Serological Tests • • • • • • • • Serological tests are helpful for the detection and surveillance of many protozoal and helminthic infections. These tests are basically of 2 types: ¾¾ Tests for antigen detection, ¾¾ Tests for antibody detection. Plasmodium spp. Babesia spp. Tryponosoma spp. Leishmania spp. Wuchereria bancrofti Brugia malayi Loa loa Mansonella spp. Urine Examination The characteristic lateral­spined eggs of S. haemtobium and trophozoites of T. vaginalis can be detected in urine. Micro­ ilaria of W. bancroli are often demonstrated in the chylous urine. Parasites found in urine •¾Schistosoma haemtobium •¾Wuchereria bancrofti •¾Trichomonas vaginalis Sputum Examination The eggs of P. westermani are commonly demonstrated in the sputum specimen. Occasionally, larval stages of S. stercoralis and A. lumbricoides may also be found in sputum. Antigen Detection Malaria antigen like P. falciparum lactate dehydrogenase (pLDH) and histidine­rich protein 2 (HRP­2) are detected by rapid immunochromatographic test. Filarial antigens are detected in current infection by enzyme­linked immuno­ sorbent assay (ELISA) (Table 1.4). Table 1.4: Antigen Detection in Parasitic Diseases • Galactose lectin antigen Entamoeba histolytica • Giardia speciic antigen 65 Giardia lamblia • WKK and rk39 antigen Leishmania donovani • HRP­2 antigen Plasmodium falciparum • Vivax speciic pLDH Plasmodium vivax • 200 KD Ag and OG4C3 antigen Wuchereria bancrofti Antibody Detection Cerebrospinal Fluid Examination Some protozoa like T. brucei, Naegleria, Acanthamoeba, Balamuthia, and Angiostrongylus can be demonstrated in the CSF. Tissue and Aspirates Examination The larvae of Trichinella and eggs of Schistosoma can be demonstrated in the muscle biopsy specimens. By histopathological examination of brain, Naegleria and Acanthamoeba can be detected. In Kala­azar, Leishman­ Donovan (LD) bodies can be demonstrated in spleen and bone marrow aspirate. Trophozoites of Giardia can be demonstrated The following antibody detection procedures are useful in detecting various parasitic infection like amoebiasis, echinococcosis, and leishmaniasis in man: ¾¾ Complement ixation test (CFT) ¾¾ Indirect hemagglutination (IHA) ¾¾ Indirect immunoluroscent antibody test (IFA) ¾¾ Rapid immunochromatography test ¾¾ ELISA test. Skin Test Skin tests are performed by injecting parasitic antigen intradermally and observing the reaction. In immediate 7 8 Textbook of Medical Parasitology hypersensitivity reaction, wheal and lare response is seen within 30 minutes of infection, whereas erythema and induration seen after 48 hours of injection is called as delayed hypersensitivity reaction. Hematology Anemia is frequently seen in hookworm infection and malaria. Eosinophilia is frequently present in helminthic infections. Hypergammaglobulinemia occurs in visceral leishmaniasis. Leukocytosis is seen in amoebic liver abscess. Important Skin tests done in parasitology •¾Casoni’s test done in Hydatid disease •¾Montenegro test or Leishmanin test done in Kala­azar •¾Frenkel’s test done in Toxoplasmosis •¾Fairley’s test done in Schistosomiasis •¾Bachman intradermal test done in Trichinellosis Molecular Diagnosis Moleculular method most frequently used to diagnose human parasitic infection are DNA probes, polymerase chain reaction (PCR), and microarray technique. These tests are very sensitive and speciic. Animal Inoculation It is useful for the detection of Toxoplasma, Trypanosoma, and Babesia from the blood and other specimens. Xenodiagnosis Some parasitic infection like Chagas’ disease caused by T. cruzi can be diagnosed by feeding the larvae of reduviid bugs with patients blood and then detection of amastigotes of T. cruzi in their feces. Imaging Imaging procedures like X­ray, ultrasonography (USG) computed tomography (CT) scan and magnetic resonance Imaging (MRI) are now being extensively used for diagnosing various parasitic infection like neurocysticercosis and hydatid cyst disease. Key points •¾Leeuwenhoek in 1681, irst observed the parasite Giardia in stools. Laveran in 1880, discovered malarial parasite and Ronald Ross in 1897 showed the transmission of malaria by mosquitoes. •¾Protozoa belong to Kingdom Protista and helminths belong to Kingdom Animalia. •¾Deinitive host: The host in which the adult stage lives or the sexual mode of reproduction takes place. •¾Intermediate host: The host in which the larval stage of the parasite lives or the asexual multiplication takes place. •¾Zoonoses: Diseases which can be transmitted to humans from animals, e.g., malaria, leishmaniasis, trypanosomiasis, and echinococcosis. •¾Parasites like trypanosomes exhibit antigenic variation within the host. •¾Parasites like Ascaris and Echinococcus cause allergic manifestations in the host. •¾Innate immunity against parasite may be genetic or by nonspeciic direct cell­mediated or by complement activation. •¾Aquired immunity in parasitic infections is by generating speciic antibodies and efector T cells against parasitic antigens. •¾Diagnosis of parasitic infections are made by direct identiication of parasite in specimens like stool, blood, urine, bonemarrow, CSF, sputum, etc. •¾Serological tests are also useful in diagnosis by detection of parasite­speciic antibody and antigen. •¾Other diagnostic modalities include imaging, molecular methods like PCR, skin test, and xenodiagnosis. Review Questions 1. Write short notes on: (a) Parasites (c) Host­parasite relationship (e) Immune evasion mechanism of the parasites. (b) Host (d) Zoonoses 2. Discuss briely the laboratory diagnosis of parasites. 3. Describe immunity in parasitic infections. 4. Differentiate between: (a) Direct and indirect life cycle (b) Deinitive host and intermediate hosts Protozoa Protozoa General Features       Single-celled eukaryotic microorganisms belonging to kingdom protista are classified as Protozoa (Greek Protos: first; zoon: animal). The single protozoal cell performs all functions. Most of the protozoa are completely nonpathogenic but few may cause major diseases such as malaria, leishmaniasis, and sleeping sickness. Protozoa like Cryptosporidium parvum and Toxoplasma gondii are being recognized as opportunistic pathogens in patients affected with human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) and in those undergoing immunosuppressive therapy. Protozoa exhibit wide range of size (1–150 µm), shape, and structure; yet all possess essential common features. The differences between protozoa and metazoa are given in Table 2.1.  by producing pseudopodia is called as the ectoplasm. It also helps in respiration, discharging waste material, and in providing a protective covering of cell. Endoplasm: The inner granular portion of cytoplasm that contains nucleus is called endoplasm. The endoplasm shows number of structures—the golgi bodies, endoplasmic reticulum, food vacuoles, and contractile vacuoles. Contractile vacuoles serve to regulate the osmotic pressure. Nucleus The nucleus is usually single but may be double or multiple; some species having as many as hundred nuclei in a single cell.  The nucleus contains one or more nucleoli or a central karyosome. Table 2.1: Differences Between Protozoa and Metazoa Structure The typical protozoan cell is bounded by a trilaminar unit membrane, supported by a sheet of contractile fibrils enabling the cell to move and change in shape. Protozoa Metazoa Morphology Unicellular; a single ‘cell-like unit’ Multicellular; a number of cells, making up a complex individual Physiology A single cell performs all the functions: reproduction, digestion, respiration, excretion, etc. Each special cell performs a particular function Example Amoeba Tapeworm Cytoplasm It has 2 portions:  Ectoplasm: Outer homogeneous part that serves as the organ for locomotion and for engulfment of food 2 9 10 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Reproduction Terminologies used In Protozoology • • • • • Chromatoid Body Extranuclear chromatin material is called chromatoid body (e.g., as found in Entamoeba histolytica cyst). Karyosome It is a DNA containing body, situated peripherally or centrally within the nucleus and found in intestinal amoeba, e.g. E. histolytica, E. coli. Kinetoplast Non-nuclear DNA present in addition to nucleus is called kinetoplast. It is seen in trypanosomes. Flagellum orginates near the kinetoplast. Point of origin of flagellum is called as basal body. Cilia These are fine, needle-like filaments, covering the entire surface of the body and are found in ciliates, e.g. Balantidium coli. Trophozoite (Trophos: nourishment) Active feeding and growing stage of the protozoa is called the trophozoites. It derives nutrition from the environment by diffusion, pinocytosis, and phagocytosis. Reproduction can be:  Asexual reproduction  Sexual reproduction. Reproduction usually occurs asexually in protozoans; however, sexual reproduction occurs in cillates and sporozoas. Asexual Reproduction    Binary fission: It is a method of asexual reproduction, by which a single parasite divides either longitudinally or transversally into two or more equal number of parasites. Mitotic division of nucleus is followed by division of the cytoplasm. In amoebae, division occurs along any plane, but in flagellates, division is along longitudinal axis and in ciliates, in the transverse plane (Fig. 2.1). Multiple fission or schizogony: Plasmodium exhibits schizogony, in which nucleus undergoes several successive divisions within the schizont to produce large number of merozoites (Fig. 2.1). Endodyogeny: Some protozoa like Toxoplasma, multiply by internal budding, resulting in the formation of two daughter cells. Sexual Reproduction  The chromatin may be distributed along periphery (peripheral chromatin) or as condensed mass around the karyosome.  Conjugation: In ciliates, the sexual process is conjugation, in which two organisms join together and reciprocally exchange nuclear material (e.g. Balantidium coli). Fig. 2.1: Asexual reproduction in protozoans Protozoa  Gametogony or syngamy: In sporozoa, male and female gametocytes are produced, which after fertilization form the zygote, which gives rise to numerous sporozoites by sporogony (e.g. Plasmodium). 11    Apicomplexa Microspora Ciliophora The important protozoan pathogens of human are summarized in Table 2.3. Life Cycle Phylum Sarcomastigophora  Phylum Sarcomastigophora has been subdivided into 2 subphyla based on their modes of locomotion.  Sarcodina (Sarcos meaning flesh or body): It includes those parasites, which have no permanent locomotory organs, but move about with the aid of temporary prolongations of the body called pseudopodia (e.g. Amoebae).  Mastigophora (Mastix, meaning whip or flagellum): It includes those protozoa which possess whip-like flagella (e.g. Trypanosoma and Trichomonas).  Single Host: Protozoa like intestinal flagellates and cillates require only 1 host, within which they multiply asexually in trophic stage and transfer from one host to another by the cystic form. Second host: In some protozoa like Plasmodium, asexual method of reproduction occurs in one host (man) and sexual method of reproduction in another host (mosquito). Amoebae Classification of Protozoa Protozoan parasites of medical importance have been classified into kingdom Protista, subkingdom Protozoa which is further divided into the following four phyla (Table 2.2):  Sarcomastigophora These protean animalcules can assume any shape and crawl along surfaces by means of foot-like projections called pseudopodia (literally meaning false feet). They are structurally very simple and are believed to have evolved from the flagellates by the loss of the flagella. Two groups of amoebae are of medical importance. Table 2.2: Classification of Protozoa Phylum Sarcomastigophora Subphylum Superclass Class Mastigophora Zoomastigopho(having one or rea more flagella) Subclass Order Kinetoplastida Suborder Trypanosomatina Retortamonadida Diplomonadida Enteromonadina Diplomonadina Trichomonadida Sarcodina (pseudopodia present) Rhizopoda Lobosea Gymnamoebia Amoebida Tubulina Acanthopodina Apicomplexa Sporozoea Coccidia Schizopyrenida Eucoccidia Piroplasmia Vestibuliferia Piroplasmida Trichostomastida Eimeriina Haemosporina Ciliophora Microspora Kinetofragminophorea Microsporea Microsporida Trichostomatina Apansporoblastina Genus Trypanosoma Leishmania Retortamonas Chilomastix Enteromonas Giardia Trichomonas Dientamoeba Entamoeba Endolimax Iodamoeba Acanthamoeba Naegleria Cryptosporidium Isospora Sarcocystis Toxoplasma Plasmodium Babesia Balantidium Enterocytozoon Encephalitozoon Microsporum 12 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Table 2.3: Principal Protozoan Pathogen of Man Species Habitat Disease Entameba histolytica Large intestine Amoebic dysentery, amoebic liver abcess Naegleria fowleri CNS Amoebic meningoencephalitis Acanthamoeba CNS, eye Encephalitis, keratitis Giardia lamblia Small intestine Malabsorption, diarrhea Trichomonas vaginalis Vagina, urethra Vaginitis, urethritis Trypanosoma brucei Blood, lymphnode, CNS Sleeping sickness Trypanosoma cruzi Macrophage of bone marrow, nerves, heart, colon etc. Chagas’ disease Leishmania donovani Reticuloendothelial system Kala-azar, Post kala azar dermal leishmaniasis Leishmania tropica Skin Cutaneous leishmaniasis (oriental sore) Leishmania braziliensis Naso-oral mucosa Mucocutaneous leishmaniasis (Espundia, Chiclero’s ulcer) Plasmodium spp. RBC Malaria Babesia microti RBC Babesiosis Isospora belli Intestine Diarrhea in AIDS Cryptosporidium parvum Intestine Diarrhea in AIDS Balantidium coli Large intestine Dysentery   Amoebae of the alimentary canal: The most important of these is E. histolytica, which causes intestinal and extraintestinal amoebiasis. Amoebae are also present in the mouth. Potentially pathogenic free-living amoebae: Several species of saprophytic amoebae are found in soil and water. Two of these, Naegleria and Acanthamoeba are of clinical interest because they can cause eye infections and fatal meningoencephalitis. Flagellates These protozoa have whip-like appendages called flagella as the organs of locomotion. The fibrillar structure of flagella is identical with that of spirochetes and its has been suggested that they may have been derived from symbiotic spirochetes, which have become endoparasites. In some species, the flagellum runs parallel to the body surface, to which it is connected by a membrane called the undulating membrane. Flagellates parasitic for man are divided into 2 groups:  Kinetoplastida: These possess a kinetoplast from which a single flagellum arises. They are the hemoflagellates comprising the trypanosomes and Leishmania, which are transmitted by blood-sucking insects and cause systemic or local infections.  Flagellates without kinetoplast: These bear multiple flagella. Giardia, Trichomonas, and other luminal flagellates belong to this group. Because most of them live in the intestine, they are generally called intestinal flagellates. Phylum Apicomplexa Phylum Apicomplexa was formerly known as sporozoa. Members of this group possess, at some stage in their life cycle, a structure called the apical complex serving as the organ of attachment to host cells.  They are tissue parasites.  They have a complex life cycle with alternating sexual and asexual generations.  To this group, belongs the malarial parasites (suborder: Haemosporina, Family: Plasmodiidae), Toxoplasma, Sarcocystis, Isospora, and Cryptosporidium (under the Suborder: Eimeriina), Babesia (under the subclass: Piroplasma), and the unclassified Pneumocystis jirovecii. Phylum Ciliophora These protozoa are motile by means of cilia, which cover their entire body surface. The only human parasite in this group is Balantidium coli, which rarely causes dysentery. Phylum Microspora Phylum Microspora contains many minute intracellular protozoan parasites, which frequently cause disease in immunodeficient subjects. They may also cause illness in the immunocompetent, rarely. Protozoa • • • Important points to remember Only protozoan parasite found in lumen of human small intestine: Giardia lamblia. Largest protozoa: Balantidium coli. Most common protozoan parasite: Toxoplasma gondii. The zoological classification of protozoa is complex and is subject to frequent revisions. The classification described in the chapter is an abridged version of the classification proposed in 1980 by the Committee on Systemastics and Evolution of the Society of Protozoologists, as applied to protozoa of medical importance. Key points of Protozoa • • • • • • • • • • • Protozoa are single-celled, eukaryotic microorganisms consisting of cell membrane, cytoplasm, and nucleus. Some protozoa have kinetoplast and flagella or cilia. Amoebae move about with temporary prolongations of the body called pseudopodia. Hemoflagellates comprising of Trypanosoma and Leishmania possess a single flagellum and kinetoplast. Luminal flagellates like Giardia and Trichomonas bear multiple flagella without kinetoplast. Balantidium coli belongs to the Phylum Ciliophora, which is motile by cilia that cover its entire body surface. Trophozoites are active feeding and growing stage of protozoa. Cysts are resting or resistant stage of protozoa bounded by tough cell wall. Protozoa multiply by both asexual and sexual modes of reproduction. Malaria parasite, Toxoplasma, and Cyptosporidium belong to Phylum Apicomplexa or Sporozoa, which possess apical complex at some stage of their life cycle and have a complex life cycle with alternating sexual and asexual generations. Microspora are intracellular protozoan parasites, which cause disease in immunodeficient patients. Review Questions 1. Define Protozoa and describe their general characteristics. 2. Write short notes on: (a) Classification of Protozoa 3. Differentiate between Protozoa and Metazoa. 13 (b) Reproduction in Protozoa 14 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Amoebae Amoebae are structurally simple protozoans which have no ixed shape. They are classiied under Phylum: Sarcomastigophora, Subphylum: Sarcodina, Super­class: Rhizopoda and Order: Amoebida. ¾¾ The cytoplasm of amoeba is bounded by a membrane and can be diferentiated into an outer ectoplasm and inner endoplasm. ¾¾ Pseudopodia are formed by the amoeba by thrusting out ectoplasm, followed by endoplasm. These are employed for locomotion and engulfment of food by phagocytosis. ¾¾ Reproduction occurs by ission and budding. Cyst is formed in unfavorable conditions and is usually the infective form for vertebrate host (e.g. Entamoeba histolytica). Table 3.1: Classiication of Amoebae Intestinal amoebae Free­living amoebae Entamoeba histolytica Entamoeba dispar Entamoeba coli Entamoeba polecki Entamoeba hartmanni Entamoeba gingivalis Endolimax nana Iodamoeba butschlii Naegleria fowleri Acanthamoeba spp. Balamuthia mandrillaris Note: All intestinal amoebae are nonpathogenic, except Entamoeba histolytica Note: All freeliving amoebae are opportunistic pathogens 3 ¾¾ Amoebae are classiied as either free-living or intestinal amoebae (Table 3.1). ¾¾ A few of the free-living amoebae occasionally act as human pathogens producing meningoencephalitis and other infections, e.g. Naegleria and Acanthamoeba. ¾¾ The parasitic amoebae inhabit the alimentary canal. Entamoeba Histolytica History and Distribution E. histolytica was discovered by Lösch in 1875, who demonstrated the parasite in the dysenteric feces of a patient in St. Petersburg in Russia. ¾¾ In 1890, William Osler reported the case of a young man with dysentery, who later died of liver abscess. ¾¾ Councilman and Laleur in 1891 established the pathogenesis of intestinal and hepatic amoebiasis and introduced the terms 'amoebic dysentery' and 'amoebic liver abscess'. ¾¾ E. histolytica is worldwide in prevalence, being much more common in the tropics than elsewhere. It has been found wherever sanitation is poor, in all climatic zones from Alaska (61°N) to straits of Magellan (52°S). ¾¾ It has been reported that about 10% of world population and 50% of the inhabitants of developing countries may be infected with the parasite. ¾¾ The infection is not uncommon even in affluent countries, about 1% of Americans being reported to be infected. Amoebae ¾¾ While the majority of infected humans (80–99%) are asymptomatic, invasive amoebiasis causes disabling illness in an estimated 50 million of people and causes 50,000 deaths annually, mostly in the tropical belt of Asia, Africa, and Latin America. ¾¾ It is the third leading parasitic cause of mortality, after malaria and schistosomiasis. •¾Epidemiologically, India can be divided into 3 regions, depending on the prevalence of intestinal amoebiasis.  High prevalence states (>30%): Chandigarh, Tamil Nadu, and Maharashtra.  Moderate prevalence states (10–30%): Punjab, Rajasthan, Uttar Pradesh, Delhi, Bihar, Assam, West Bengal, Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka, and Kerala.  Low prevalence states (<10%): Haryana, Gujarat, Himachal Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh, Odisha, Sikkim, and Puducherry. Morphology E. histolytica occurs in 3 forms (Fig. 3.1). ¾¾ Trophozoite ¾¾ Precyst ¾¾ Cyst. Trophozoite Trophozoite is the vegetative or growing stage of the parasite (Fig. 3.1A). It is the only form present in tissues. ¾¾ It is irregular in shape and varies in size from 12–60 µm; average being 20 µm. ¾¾ It is large and actively motile in freshly-passed dysenteric stool, while smaller in convalescents and carrriers. ¾¾ The parasite, as it occurs free in the lumen as a commensal is generally smaller in size, about 15–20 µm and has been called the minuta form. ¾¾ Cytoplasm: Outer ectoplasm is clear, transparent, and refractile. Inner endoplasm is inely granular, having a ground glass appearance. The endoplasm contains nucleus, food vacuoles, erythrocytes, occasionally leucocytes, and tissue debris. A B 15 ¾¾ Pseudopodia are inger-like projections formed by sudden jerky movements of ectoplasm in one direction, followed by the streaming in of the whole endoplasm. ¾¾ Typical amoeboid motility is a crawling or gliding movement and not a free swimming one. The direction of movement may be changed suddenly, with another pseudopodium being formed at a diferent site, when the whole cytoplasm lows in the direction of the new pseudopodium. The cell has to be attached to some surface or particle for it to move. In culture tubes, the trophozoites may be seen crawling up the side of the glass tube. ¾¾ Pseudopodia formation and motility are inhibited at low temperatures. ¾¾ Nucleus is spherical 4–6 µm in size and contains central karoyosome, surrounded by clear halo and anchored to the nuclear membrane by ine radiating ibrils called the linin network, giving a cartwheel appearance. The nucleus is not clearly seen in the living trophozoites, but can be clearly demonstrated in preparations stained with iron-hemotoxylin. ¾¾ The nuclear membrane is lined by a rim of chromatin distributed evenly as small granules. ¾¾ The trophozoites from acute dysenteric stools often contain phagocytosed erythrocytes. This feature is diagnostic as phagocytosed red cells are not found in any other commensal intestinal amoebae. ¾¾ The trophozoites divide by binary ission in every 8 hours. ¾¾ Trophozoites survive upto 5 hours at 37°C and are killed by drying, heat, and chemical sterilization. Therefore, the infection is not transmitted by trophozoites. Even if live trophozoites from freshy-passed stools are ingested, they are rapidly destroyed in stomach and cannot initiate infection. Precystic Stage Trophozoites undergo encystment in the intestinal lumen. Encystment does not occur in the tissues nor in feces outside the body. ¾¾ Before encystment, the trophozoite extrudes its food vacuoles and becomes round or oval, about 10–20 C D E Fig. 3.1: Entamoeba histolytica. A. Trophozoite; B. Precystic stage; C. Uninucleate cyst; D. Binucleate cyst; E. Mature quadrinucleate cyst 16 Textbook of Medical Parasitology µm in size. This is the precystic stage of the parasite (Fig. 3.1B). ¾¾ It contains a large glycogen vacuole and two chro­ matid bars. ¾¾ It then secretes a highly retractile cyst wall around it and becomes cyst. Cystic Stage The cyst is spherical in shape about 10–20 µm in size. ¾¾ The early cyst contains a single nucleus and two other structures—a mass of glycogen and 1–4 chromatoid bodies or chromidial bars, which are cigar-shaped refractile rods with rounded ends (Fig. 3.1C). The chromatoid bodies are so called because they stain with hematoxylin, like chromatin. ¾¾ As the cyst matures, the glycogen mass and chromidial bars disappear and the nucleus undergoes 2 successive mitotic divisions to form 2 (Fig. 3.1D) and then 4 nuclei. The mature cyst is, thus quadrinucleate (Fig. 3.1E). ¾¾ The cyst wall is a highly refractile membrane, which makes it highly resistant to gastric juice and unfavorable environmental conditions. ¾¾ The nuclei and chromidial bodies can be made out in unstained ilms, but they appear more prominently in stained preparations. ¾¾ With iron hemotoxylin stain, nuclear chromatin and chromatoid bodies appear deep blue or black, while the glycogen mass appears unstained. ¾¾ When stained with iodine, the glycogen mass appears golden brown, the nuclear chromatin and karysome bright yellow, and the chromatoid bodies appear as clear space, being unstained. Life Cycle E. histolytica passes its life cycle only in 1 host-man (Flowchart 3.1 and Fig. 3.2). Infective form: Mature quadrinucleate cyst passed in feces of convalscents and carriers. The cysts can remain viable under moist conditions for about 10 days. Mode of transmission: Man acquires infection by swallowing food and water contaminated with cysts. ¾¾ As the cyst wall is resistant to action of gastric juice, the cysts pass through the stomach undamaged and enter the small intestine. ¾¾ Excystation: When the cyst reaches caecum or lower part of the ileum, due to the alkaline medium, the cyst wall is damaged by trypsin, leading to excystation. ¾¾ The cytoplasm gets detached from the cyst wall and amoeboid movements appear causing a tear in the cyst wall, through which quadrinucleate amoeba is liberated. This stage is called the metacyst (Fig. 3.2). ¾¾ Metacystic trophozoites: The nuclei in the metacyst immediately undergo division to form 8 nuclei, each of which gets surrounded by its own cytoplasm to become 8 small amoebulae or metacystic trophozoites. ¾¾ If exystation takes place in the small intestine, the metacystic trophozoites do not colonize there, but are carried to the caecum. ¾¾ The optimal habitat for the metacystic trophozoite is the submucosal tissue of caecum and colon, where they lodge in the glandular crypts and grow by binary ission (Fig. 3.2). ¾¾ Some develop into precystic forms and cysts, which are passed in feces to repeat the cycle. ¾¾ The entire life cycle is, thus completed in one host. In most of the cases, E. histolytica remains as a commensal in the large intestine without causing any ill efects. Such persons become carriers or asymptomatic cyst passers and are responsible for maintenance and spread of infection in the community. Sometimes, the infection may be activated and clinical disease ensues. Such latency and reactivation are the characteristics of amoebiasis. Flowchart 3.1: Life cycle of Entamoeba histolytica (Schematic) Pathogenesis and Clinical Features ¾¾ E. histolytica causes intestinal and extraintestinal amoebiasis. ¾¾ Incubation period is highly variable. On an average, it ranges from 4 days to 4 months. ¾¾ Amoebiasis can present in diferent forms and degree of severity, depending on the organ afected and the extent of damage caused. Intestinal Amoebiasis The lumen-dwelling amoebae do not cause any illnesss. They cause disease only when they invade the intestinal tissues. This happens only in about 10% of cases of infection, the remaining 90% being asymptomatic. ¾¾ Not all strains of E. histolytica are pathogenic or invasive. Diferentiation between pathogenic and nonpathogenic strains can be made by susceptibility to complement-mediated lysis and phagocytic activity or Amoebae 17 Fig. 3.2: Life cycle of Entamoeba histolytica by the use of genetic markers or monoclonal antibodies and zymodeme analysis. (see box on page number 18) ¾¾ The metacystic trophozoites penetrate the columnar epithelial cells in the crypts of Liberkühn in the colon. ¾¾ Penetration of the amoeba is facilitated by the motility of the trophozoites and the tissue lytic enzyme, histolysin, which damages the mucosal epithelium. Amoebic lectin another virulence factor mediates adherence. ¾¾ Mucosal penetration by the amoeba produces discrete ulcers with pinhead center and raised edges. Sometimes, the invasion remains supericial and heals spontaneously. More often, the amoeba penetrates to submucosal layer and multiplies rapidly, causing lytic necrosis and thus forming an abscess. The abscess breaks down to form an ulcer. ¾¾ Amoebic ulcer is the typical lesion seen in intestinal amoebiasis (Fig. 3.3). The ulcers are multiple and are conined to the colon, being most numerous in the caecum and next in the sigmoido­rectal region. The intervening mucous membrane between the ulcers remains healthy. Fig. 3.3: Intestinal amoebiasis: Specimen showing amoebic ulcer in colon 18 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Factors afecting virulence of Entamoeba histolytica •¾Amoebic cystine proteinase, which inactivates complement factor C3 is an important virulence factor. •¾Amoebic lectin and ionophore protein are other virulence factors. •¾Host factors such as stress, malnutrition, alcoholism, corticosteroid therapy, and immunodeiciency inluence the course of infection. •¾Glycoproteins in colonic mucus blocks the attachment of trophozoites to epithelial cells, therefore alteration in the nature and quality of colonic mucus may inluence virulence. •¾Virulence may also be conditioned by the bacterial lora in the colon. Based on electrophoretic mobility of 6 isoenzymes (acetylglucosaminidase, aldolase, hexokinase, NADdiaphorase, peptidase and phosphoglucomutase), E. histolytica strains can be classiied into at least 22 zymodemes. Of these only 9 are invasive and the rest are noninvasive commensals. The zymodemes show a geographical distribution. Even in endemic areas, nonpathogenic zyodemes are far more common than pathogenic ones, which account only about 10% of the total population. It has been proposed that pathogenic and nonpathogenic strains though morphologically identical may represent 2 distinct species—the pathogenic strains being E. histolytica, and the nonpathogenic strains reclassiied as E. dispar. Trophozoites of E. dispar contain bacteria, but no RBCs. ¾¾ Ulcers appear initially on the mucosa as raised nodules with pouting edges. They later break down discharging brownish necrotic material containing large numbers of trophozoites. ¾¾ The typical amoebic ulcer is lask­shaped in cross section, with mouth and neck being narrow and base large and rounded. ¾¾ Multiple ulcers may coalesce to form large necrotic lesions with ragged and undermined edges and are covered with brownish slough. ¾¾ The ulcers generally do not extend deeper than submucosal layer, but amoebae spread laterally in the submucosa causing extensive undermining and patchy mucosal loss. Amoebae are seen at the periphery of the lesions and extending into the surrounding healthy tissues. Occassionally, the ulcers may involve the muscular and serous coats of the colon, causing perforation and peritonitis. Blood vessel erosion may cause hemorrhage. ¾¾ The supericial lesions generally heal without scarring, but the deep ulcers form scars which may lead to strictures, partial obstruction, and thickening of the gut wall. ¾¾ Occassionally, a granulomatous pseudotumoral growth may develop on the intestinal wall from a chronic ulcer. This amoebic granuloma or amoeboma may be mistaken for are malignant tumor. Lesions in chronic intestinal amoebiasis •¾Small supericial ulcers involving only the mucosa. •¾Round or oval-shaped with ragged and undermined margin and lask-shaped in cross-section. scarring of intestinal wall with thining, dilatation, and sacculation. •¾Extensive adhesions with the neighboring viscera. •¾Formation of tumor-like masses of granulation tissue (amoeboma). •¾Marked Clinical Features of Intestinal Amoebiasis The clinical picture covers a wide spectrum from noninvasive carrier state to fulminant colitis. ¾¾ The incubation period is highly variable from 1–4 months. ¾¾ The clinical course is characterized by prolonged latency, relapses and intermissions. ¾¾ The typical manifestation of intestinal amoebiasis is amoebic dysentery. This may resemble bacillary dysentery, but can be diferentiated on clinical and laboratory grounds. Compared to bacillary dysentery, it is usually insidious in onset and the abdominal tenderness is less and localized (Table 3.2). ¾¾ The stools are large, foul-smelling, and brownish black, often with bloodstreaked mucus intermingled with feces. The RBCs in stools are clumped and reddish-brown in color. Cellular exudate is scanty. Charcot-Leyden crystals are often present. E.histolytica trophozoites can be seen containing ingested erythrocytes. ¾¾ The patient is usually afebrile and nontoxic. ¾¾ In fulminant colitis, there is conluent ulceration and necrosis of colon. The patient is febrile and toxic. ¾¾ Intestinal amoebiasis does not always result in dysentery. Quite often, there may be only diarrhea or vague abdominal symptoms popularly called ‘uncomfortable belly’ or ‘growling abdomen.’ ¾¾ Chronic involvement of the caecum causes a condition simulating appendicitis. Extraintestinal Amoebiasis The various extraintestinal lesions in amoebiasis have been summarized in Flowchart 3.2 and depicted in Fig. 3.5. Hepatic Amoebiasis Hepatic involvement is the most common extraintestinal complication of amoebiasis. Although trophozoites reach Amoebae 19 Flowchart 3.2: Sites afected in amoebiasis the liver in most cases of amoebic dysentery, only in a small proportion do they manage to lodge and multiply there. In the tropics, about 2–10% of the individuals infected with E. histolytica sufer from hepatic complications. ¾¾ The history of amoebic dysentery is absent in more than 50% of cases. ¾¾ Several patients with amoebic colitis develop an enlarged tender liver without detectable impairment of liver function or fever. This acute hepatic involvement (amoebic hepatitis) may be due to repeated invasion by amoebae from an active colonic infection or to toxic substances from the colon reaching the liver. It is probable that liver damage may not be caused directly by the amoebae, but by lysosomal enzymes and cytokines from the inlammatory cells surrounding the trophozoites. Complications and sequelae of intestinal amoebiasis Fulminant amoebic colitis •¾Toxic megacolon •¾Perianal ulceration •¾Amoeboma Extraintestinal amoebiasis •¾Amoebic hepatitis •¾Amoebic liver abscess •¾Amoebic appendicitis and peritonitis •¾Pulmonary amoebiasis •¾Cerebral amoebiasis •¾Splenic abscess •¾Cutaneous amoebiasis •¾Genitourinary amoebiasis Fig. 3.4: Specimen showing amoebic liver abscess ¾¾ In about 5–10% of persons with intestinal amoebiasis, liver abscesses may ensue (Fig. 3.4). The center of the abscess contains thick chocolate brown pus (anchovy sauce pus), which is liqueied necrotic liver tissue. It is bacteriologically sterile and free of amoeba. At the periphery, there is almost normal liver tissue, which contains invading amoeba. ¾¾ Liver abscess may be multiple or more often solitary, usually located in the upper right lobe of the liver. Jaundice develops only when lesions are multiple or when they press on the biliary tract. ¾¾ Untreated abscesses tend to rupture into the adjacent tissues through the diaphragm into the lung or pleural cavity, pericardium, peritoneal cavity, stomach, intestine, or inferior vena cava or externally through abdominal wall and skin. ¾¾ The incidence of liver abscess is less common in women and rare in children under 10 years of age. Pulmonary Amoebiasis Very rarely, primary amoebiasis of the lung may occur by direct hematogenous spread from the colon bypassing the liver, but it most often follows extension of hepatic abscess through the diaphragm and therefore, the lower part of the right lung is the usual area afected (Fig. 3.5). ¾¾ Hepatobronchial istula usually results with expectoration of chocolate brown sputum. Amoebic empyema develops less often. ¾¾ The patient presents with severe pleuritic chest pain, dyspnea, and non-productive cough. 20 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Table 3.2: Diferential Features of Amoebic and Bacillary Dysentery Features Amoebic dysentery Bacillary dysentery Onset Slow Acute Fever Absent Present Toxicity Absent Present Abdominal tenderness Localised Generalised Tenesmus Absent Present Frequency 6–8 per day Over 10 per day Odor Ofensive Nil Color Dark red Bright red Nature Feces mixed with blood and mucus Blood and mucus with little or no feces Consistency Not adherent Adherent to container Reaction Acid Alkaline Cellular exudates Scanty Abundant Red blood cells Clumped yellowish brown Discrete or in rouleaux, bright red Clinical Stool Microscopy Fig. 3.5: Lesions of Amoebiasis Metastatic Amoebiasis Macrophages Few Involvement of distant organs is by hematogenous spread and through lymphatics. Abscesses in kidney, brain, spleen, and adrenals have been noticed. Spread to brain leads to severe destruction of brain tissue and is fatal. Several, some with ingested red blood cells Eosinophils Present Absent Charcot-Leyden crystals Present Absent Cutaneous Amoebiasis Motile bacteria Present Absent It occurs by direct extension around anus, colostomy site, or discharging sinuses from amoebic abscesses. Extensive gangrenous destruction of the skin occurs. The lesion may be mistaken for condyloma or epithelioma. Amoeba Motile trophozoites with ingested red blood cells Absent Genitourinary Amoebiasis The prepuce and glans are afected in penile amoebiasis which is acquired through anal intercourse. Similar lesions in females may occur on vulva, vagina, or cervix by spread from perineum. The destructive ulcerative lesions resemble carcinoma. Laboratory Diagnosis Diagnosis of Intestinal Amoebiasis Stool examination Intestinal amoebiasis has to be diferentiated from bacillary dysentery (Table 3.2). The stool should be collected into a wide mouth container and examined without delay. It should be inspected macroscopically as well as microscopically, (Flowchart 3.3A). ¾¾ Macroscopic Appearance: The stool is foul-smelling, copious, semi-liquid, brownish black in color, and intermingled with blood and mucus. It does not adhere to the container. ¾¾ Microscopic Apprearance: Saline preparation € The cellular exudate is scanty and consists of only the nuclear masses (pyknotic bodies) of a few pus cells, epithelial cells, and macrophages. € The RBCs are in clumps and yellow or brown red in color. € Charcot-Leyden crystals are often present. These are diamond-shaped, clear and refractile crystals. Amoebae 21 Flowchart 3.3: A. Laboratory diagnosis of Entamoeba histolytica; B. Laboratory diagnosis of amoebic liver abscess € € € € Actively motile trophozoites throwing pseudopodia can be demonstrated in freshly-passed stool. Presence of ingested RBCs clinches the identity of E. histolytica. Nucleus is not visible but a faint outline may be detected. Cyst has a smooth and thin cell wall and contains round refractile chromatoid bars. For the demonstration of cysts or dead trophozoites, stained preparations may be required for the study of the nuclear character. Iodine-stained preparation is commonly employed for this purpose. The trophozoite of E. histolytica stains yellow to light brown. Nucleus is clearly visible with a central karyosome. The cyloplam of the cystic stage shows smooth and hyaline appearance. Nuclear chromatin and karysome appear bright yellow Glycogen masses stain golden brown and chromatoid bars are not stained.Trichrome stain is useful to demonstrate intracellular features of both trophozoites and cysts. Since excretion of cysts in the stool is often intermittent, at least 3 consecutive specimens should be examined (Fig. 3.6). ¾¾ Media used for stool culture € € € € € Boeck and Drbohlav media NIH polygenic media Craig’s medium Nelson’s medium Robinson’s medium Serodiagnosis Serological tests become positive only in invasive amoebiasis. Mucosal Scrapings Scraping obtained by sigmoidoscopy are often contributory. Examination method includes a direct wet mount and iron hemotoxylin and immunoluroscent staining. Stool Culture Stool culture is a sensitive method in diagnosing chronic and asymptomatic intestinal amoebiasis. Fig. 3.6: Entamoeba histolytica as it appears in laboratory specimen 22 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Various serological tests done include— Indirect hemagglutination (IHA) test: serum with antibody titer of 1:256 or more by IHA is diagnostic of amoebic hepatitis. € Latex agglutination test. € Enzyme­linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA): Commercially available tests that use ELISAs to detect Entamoeba antigens are less expensive and more easily performed and are being used with increasing frequency. Greater sensitivity than microscopy and the ability to detect E. histiolytica speciically are claimed by some of the leading kits, representing signiicant advantages over microscopy. € Molecular Diagnosis Recently, DNA probes and Radio immunoassay have been used to detect E. histolytica in stool. It is a rapid and speciic method. Diagnosis of Extraintestinal Amoebiasis Microscopy Microscopic examination of pus aspirated from liver abscess may demonstrate trophozoite of E.histolytica in less than 20 percent cases. In case of liver abscess, when diagnostic aspiration is done, the pus obtained from the center of the abscess may not contain amoeba as they are conined to the periphery. The luid draining after a day or two is more likely to contain the trophozoite. Aspirates from the margins of the abscess would also show the trophozoites. Cysts are never seen in extraintestinal lesions. Liver biopsy Trophozoite of E.histolytica may be demostrated in liver biopsy specimen, in case of hepatic amoebiasis or amoebic hepatitis. Gel precipitation tests are less sensitive, but more speciic. ELISAs are both sensitive and speciic and like GDP and CIE become negative within six months of successful treatment. Stool examinaton It is not of much value as E. histolytica cyst can be detected in stool in less than 15% cases of amoebic hepatitis. Radiological examination ¾¾ On X-Ray, the right lobe of the liver is generally found to be situated at a higher level. scan of the liver may locate the spaceoccupying lesions. ¾¾ Ultrasonography (USG), computed tomography (CT) scan, or (MRI) of liver may be found useful in detection of amoebic liver abscess (Flowchart 3.3B). The diagnosis of amoebic liver abscess is based on the detection (generally by USG or CT) of one or more spaceoccupying lesions in the liver and a positive serologic test for antibodies against E. histolytica antigens. When a patient has a space-occupying lesion of the liver and a positive amoebic serology , it is highly sensitive (>94%) and highly speciic (>95%) for the diagnosis of amebic liver abscess (Flowchart 3.3B). ¾¾ Radioisotope Immunity Infection with invasive strains includes both humoral and cellular Immune responses. Local and systemic antibodies can be demonstrated within a week of invasive infection. Infection confers some degree of protection as evidenced by the very low frequency of recurrence of invasive colitis and liver abscess in endemic areas. The course and severity of amoebiasis does not seem to be afected by human immunodeiciency virus (HIV) infection. Serological response is hardly ever seen in infection with non-invasive zymodemes. Treatment Serological test Serological test, are of immense value in the diagnosis of hepatitis amoebiasis. Craig (1928) was the irst to report a complement ixation test in amoebiasis. Subsequently a number of diferent serological tests have been developed including indirect haemagglutination (IHA), latex agglutination (LA), gel difusion precipitation (GDP), cellulose acetate membrane precipitation (CAP) test, counter current immunoelectrophoresis (CIE) and enzyme linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA). While lHA and LA are highly sensitive, they often give false-positive results. They remain positive for several years even after successful treatment. Three classes of drug are used in the treatment of amoebiasis. ¾¾ Luminal amoebicides: Diloxanide furoate, iodoquinol, paromomycin, and tetracycline act in the intestinal lumen but not in tissues. ¾¾ Tissue amoebicides: Emetine, chloroquine, etc. are efective in systemic infection, but less efective in the intestine. Dosage of chloroquine in amoebic liver abscess is 1 g for 2 days followed by 5 g daily for 3 weeks. ¾¾ Both luminal and tissue amoebicides: Metronidazole and related compounds like tinidazole and ornidazole act on both sites and are the drug of choice for treating amoebic colitis and amoebic liver abscess. Amoebae A B 23 C Fig. 3.7: Schematic diagram of the morphological forms of Entamoeba coli (Heidenhain’s hematoxylin Magn. X 2000). A. Vegetative form; B. Binucleate cyst; C. Eight-nucleate cyst Note: Although metronidazole and tinidazole act on both the sites but neither of them reach high levels in the gut lumen; therefore, patients with amoebic colitis or amoebic liver abscess should also receive treatment with a luminal agent (paromomycin or iodoquinol) to ensure eradication of infection (Table 3.3). Paromomycin is the preferred agent. Table 3.3: Recommended Dosages of Antiamoebic Drugs Drug Dosage Duration (in days) Amoebic colitis or Amoebic liver abscess Tinidazole 2 g/day orally 3 Metronidazole 750 mg three times a day, orally or IV 5–10 Paromomycin 30 mg/kg 4 times a day ,orally in 3 divided doses 5–10 Iodoquinal 650 mg orally ,three times day 20 General prophylaxis is as for all fecal-oral infections. Food and water have to be protected from contamination with human exc reta. ¾¾ Detection and treatment of carriers and their exclusion from food handling occupations will help in limiting the spread of infection. ¾¾ Health education and inclusion of healthy personal habits helps in control. NONPATHOGENIC INTESTINAL AMOEBA Entamoeba Coli Intestinal amoebiasis ¾¾ Asymptomatic Prophylaxis individuals with documented E. histolytica infection should also be treated because of the risks of developing amoebic colitis or amoebic liver abscess in the future and risk of transmitting the infection to others. Paromomycin or iodoquinol in the doses listed in the Table 3.3 should be used in these cases. ¾¾ Oral rehydration and electrolyte replacement should be done wherever necessary. E. coli was irst described by Lewis (1870) and Cunnigham (1871) in Kolkata and its presence in healthy persons was reported by Grassi (1878). ¾¾ It is worldwide in distribution and a nonpathogenic commensal intestinal amoeba. ¾¾ It is larger than E. histolytica about 20–50 µm with sluggish motility and contains ingested bacteria but no red cells. ¾¾ The nucleus is clearly visible in unstained ilms and has a large eccentric karyosome and thick nuclear membrane lined with coarse granules of chromatin (Fig. 3.7A and B). ¾¾ Cysts are large, 10–30 µm in size, with a prominent glycogen mass in the early stage. The chromatoid bodies are splinter­like and irregular. The mature cyst has 8 nuclei (Fig. 3.7C). ¾¾ The life cycle is the same as in E.histolytica except that it remains a luminal commensal without tissue invasion and is nonpathogenic. 24 Textbook of Medical Parasitology ¾¾ It is global in distribution. ¾¾ Only the trophozoite is found; Fig. 3.8: Trophozoite of Entamoeba hartmanni Entamoeba Hartmanni E. hartmanni occurs wherever E. histolytica is found. It is now considered to be a separate species of nonpathogenic commensal intestinal amoeba. ¾¾ It is much smaller than E. histolytica, the trophozoite measuring 4–12 µm and cyst 5–10 µm in size (Fig. 3.8). ¾¾ Trophozoites do not ingest red cells and their motility is less vigorous. ¾¾ The cyst resembles that of Endolimax nana. Difential features of cyst and trophozoites of E. coli, E. hartmanni, and E. hislolytica are shown in Table 3.4. Entamoeba Gingivalis E. Gingivalis was the irst amoeba of humans, discovered by Gros in 1849. the cystic stage being apparently absent. ¾¾ The trophozoite is about 10–20 µm, actively motile with multiple pseudopodia. ¾¾ The cytoplasm contains food vacuoles with ingested bacteria, leuocytes, and epithelial cells. ¾¾ Nucleus is round with central karyosome lined by coarse chromatin granules. ¾¾ The amoeba lives in gingival tissues and is abundant in unhygienic mouths. It is a commensal and is not considered to cause any disease. ¾¾ It is transmitted by direct oral contact. ¾¾ E. gingivalis have been found in bronchial washings and vaginal and cervical smears, where it can be mistaken for E. histolytica. Endolimax Nana This common commensal amoeba is widely distributed. ¾¾ It lives in the human intestine. ¾¾ The trophozoite is small (nana: small), less than 10 µm in size with a sluggish motility (Fig. 3.9A). ¾¾ The nucleus has conspicuous karyosome connected to nuclear membrane by one or none coarse strands. ¾¾ The cyst is small, oval, and quadrinucleate with glyocgen mass and chromidial bars, which are inconspicuous or absent (Fig. 3.9B). ¾¾ It is non-pathogenic. Table 3.4: Diferential Features of Intestinal Entamoebae E. histolytica E. coli E. hartmanni Size (µm) 12–60 20–50 4–12 Motility Active Sluggish Active Pseudopodia Finger-shaped, rapidly extruded Short, blunt slowly extruded Finger-shaped, rapidly extruded Cytoplasm Clearly deined into ectoplasm and endoplasm Diferentiation not distinct Clearly deined into ectoplasm and endoplasm Inclusions RBCs present, no bacteria Bacteria and other particles, no RBCs Bacteria and other particles, no RBCs Nucleus Not clearly visible in unstained ilms Visible in unstained ilms Not visible in unstained ilms Karyosome Small, central Large, eccentric Small, eccentric Nuclear Membrance Delicate, with ine chromatin dots Thick, with coarse chromatin granules Coarse chromatin granules Size (µm) 10–15 10–30 5–10 Nuclei in mature cyst 4 8 4 Glycogen mass Seen in uninucleate, but not in quadinucleate stage Seen up to quadrinucleate stage Seen in uninucleate, but not in quadinucleate stage chromidial 1–4 with crounded ends Splinter like with angular ends Many with irregular shape Trophozoite Cyst Amoebae A 25 B Fig. 3.9: Endolimax nana; A. Vegetative form; B. Quadrinucleate cyst Iodamoeba Buetschlii This is widely distributed, though less common than E. coli and E. nana. ¾¾ The trophozoite is small, 6–12 µm, with conspicuous nucleus (Fig. 3.10A). ¾¾ The prominent karyosome is half the size of the nucleus, having bull’s eye appearance. ¾¾ The cyst is oval, uniucleate, and has a prominent iodine staining glycogen mass (iodophilic body). Hence, the name ‘Iodamoeba’. It is non-pathogenic (Fig. 3.10B). The comparative morphology of amoebae infecting humans is illustrated in Fig. 3.11. PATHOGENIC FREE-LIVING AMOEBAE Among the numerous types of free-living amoebae found in water and soil, a few are potentially pathogenic and can cause human Infections. ¾¾ Primary amoebic meningoencephalitis (PAM) – caused by amoebolagellate Naegleria (the brain eating amoeba). Fig. 3.11: Comparative morphology of amoebae infecting humans, showing trophozoite and cyst stages, as well as enlarged representation of their nuclear structure ¾¾ Granulomatous amoebic encephalitis (GAE) and chronic amoebic keratitis (CAK) – caused by Acanthamoeba. A few instances of GAE caused by lyptomyxid amoeba like Balamuthia have also been reported. While PAM and CAK occur in previously healthy individual, GAE has been associated with immunodeicient patients. The term amphizoic has been used for organisms such as these, which can multiply both in the body of a host (endozoic) and in free-living (exozoic) conditions. A Naegleria Fowleri B Fig. 3.10: Iodamoeba buetschlii; A. Vegetative form; B. Cyst It is the only species of genus Naegleria, which infects man. N. fowleri causes the disease primary amoebic meningi encephalitis (PAM), a brain infection that leads to destruction of brain tissue. 26 Textbook of Medical Parasitology History and Distribution N. fowleri is named after Fowler, who along with Carter described it irst from Australia in 1965. ¾ N. fowleri is a heat-loving (thermophilic) amoeba that thrives in warm water at low oxygen tension and is commonly found in warm freshwater (e.g. lakes, rivers, and springs) and soil. ¾ It is world wide in distribution. ¾ In the last 10 years from 2002 to 2011, 32 infections were reported in the US, and in India, a total of 17 cases have been reported so far. Morphology N .fowleri occurs in 3 forms: ¾ Cyst ¾ Amoeboid trophozoite form ¾ Flagellate trophozoite form Trophozoite Stage The trophozoites occur in 2 forms, amoeboid and lagellate. Amoeboid form The amoeboid form is about 10–20 µm, showing rounded pseudopodia (lobopodia), a spherical nucleus with big endosome, and pulsating vacuoles. € With electron microscopy, vacuole appear to be densely granular in contrast to highly vacuolated body of amoeba and are called as amoebostomes. They are used for enguling RBCs and WBCs and vary in number, depending on the species. € Amoeboid form is the feeding, growing, and replicating form of the parasite, seen on the surface of vegetation, mud, and water. € It is the invasive stage of the parasite and the infective form of the parasite. € € € € The cyst is 7–10 µm in diameter and has a smooth double wall. They are the resting or the dormant form and can resist unfavorable conditions, such as drying and chlorine up to 50 ppm. The trophozoites can withstand moderate heat (45°C), but die at chlorine levels of 2 ppm and salinity of 0.7%. Cysts and lagellate forms of N. fowleri have never been found in tissues of cerebrospinal luid (CSF). Life Cycle Typically, infection occurs when people go swimming or diving in warm freshwater river or ponds and poorlymaintained swimming pools or nasal irrigation using contaminated tap water (Fig. 3.12). ¾¾ The life cycle of N. fowleri is completed in the external environment. ¾¾ The amoeboid form of trophozoite multiplies by binary ission. ¾¾ Under unfavorable conditions, it forms a cyst and which undergoes excystation in favorable conditions. ¾¾ Flagellate form of trophozoite helps in the spread of N. fowleri to new water bodies. Since the amoeboid form is the invasive stage, hence, the lagellate forms revert to amoeboid forms to become infective to man. Flagellate form The bifagellate form occurs when trophozoites are transferred to distilled water. € This transformation of trophozoites to bilagellate pear-shaped form occurs within a minute. € The lagellate can revert to the amoeboid form, hence N. fowleri is classiied as amoebolagellate. Cyst Stage Trophozoites encyst due to unfavorable conditions like food deprivation, dessication, cold temperature, etc. Fig. 3.12: Life cycle of Naegleria fowleri Amoebae 27 Table 3.5: Diferential features of Naegleria and Acanthamoeba Naegleria Acanthamoeba Disease Primary amoebic meningoencephalitis (PAM) Granulomatous amoebic encephalitis (GAE) and keratitis Portal of entry Nose Upper Respiratory tract (?), cornea Clinical course Acute Subacute or chronic Pathogenecity Acute suppurative inlammation Granulomatous inlammation Morphological forms 3 stages: trophozoite, cyst and lagellate form 2 stages: trophozoite and cyst lagellate form absent Trophozoite 10–20 µm, with a single pseudopodia 20–50 µm, with spine-like pseudopodia Cyst 7–10 µm, round with smooth wall 15–25 µm, polygonal double-walled with wrinkled surface Nuclear division By promitosis, nucleolus divides, nuclear membrance persists Nuclear membrance dissolves WBC in CSF Predominantly neutrophils Predominantly lymphocytes Pathogenecity and Clinical Features Culture Patients are mostly previously healthy young adults or children. ¾¾ Human infection comes from water containing the amoebae and usually follows swimming or diving in ponds. ¾¾ The amoebae invade the nasal mucosa and pass through the olfactory nerve branches in the cribriform plate into the meninges, and brain to initiate an acute purulent meningitis and encephalitis, called as primary amoebic meningo encephalitis (PAM) . ¾¾ The incubation period varies from 2 days to 2 weeks. ¾¾ In the incubation period, the patient experiences anosmia. ¾¾ The disease advances rapidly, causing fever, headache, vomiting, stif neck, ataxia, seizure, and coma. ¾¾ Cranial nerve palsies, especially of the third, fourth, and sixth nerves have also been documented. ¾¾ The disease almost always ends fatally within a week (average 5 days). N. fowleri can be grown in several kinds of liquid axenic media or non-nutrient agar plates coated with Escherichia coli. Both trophozoites and cysts occur in culture. Laboratory Diagnosis The diagnosis of PAM is based on the inding of motile Naegleria trophozoites in wet mounts of freshly-obtained CSF. Cerebrospinal Fluid Examination The CSF is cloudy to purulent, with prominent neutrophilic leucocytosis, elevated protein, and low glucose, resembling pyogenic meningitis. ¾¾ Wet ilm examination of CSF may show trophozoites. ¾¾ Cysts are not found in CSF or brain. ¾¾ At autopsy, trophozoites can be demonstrated in brain histologically by immunoluroscent staining. Molecular Diagnosis Newer tests based on polymerase chain reaction (PCR) technology are being developed. Treatment The drug of choice is amphotericin-B intravenously. It can also be instilled directly into the brain. ¾¾ Treatment combining miconazole and sulfadiazine has shown limited success, only when administered early. ¾¾ More than 95% cases of PAM are fatal despite of treatment. Acanthamoeba Species A. culbertsoni (formerly, Hartmanella culbertsoni) is the species most often responsible for human infection but other species like A. polyphagia, A. castalleni, and A. astromyx have also been reported. Distribution This is an opportiunistic protozoan pathogen found worldwide in the environment in water and soil. ¾¾ Approximately, 400 cases have been reported worldwide. Morphology Acanthamoeba exists as active trophozoite form and a resistant cystic form. 28 Textbook of Medical Parasitology ¾¾ The trophozoite is large, 20–50 µm in size and characterized by spine-like pseudopodia (acantho­ podia). ¾¾ It difers from Naegleria in not having a lagellate stage and in forming cysts in tissues (Table 3.5). ¾¾ The polygonal double-walled cysts are highly resistant. ¾¾ The cysts are present in all types of environment, all over the world. Life Cycle ¾¾ Both trophozoites and cysts are infective. ¾¾ Human beings acquire by inhalation of cyst or trophozoite , ingestion of cysts, or through traumatized skin or eyes (Fig. 3.13). ¾¾ After inhalation of aerosol or dust containing trophozoites and cysts, the trophozoites reach the lungs and from there, they invade the central nervous system through the blood stream, producing granulomatous amoebic encephalitis (GAE). Fig. 3.13: Life cycle of Acanthamoeba culbertsoni usually occurs in patients with immunodeiciency, diabetes, malignancies, malnutrition, systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE), or alcoholism. ¾¾ The parasite spreads hemotogenously into central nervous system. Subsequent invasion of the connective tissue and induction of proinlammatory responses lead to neuronal damage that can be fatal within days. ¾¾ A postmortem biopsy reveals severe edema and hemorrhagic necrosis. typically occurs in persons with a compromised immune system. € GAE is believed to follow inhalation of the dried cysts. € The incubation period is long and the evolution of the illness is slow. € Clinical picture is that of intracranial space-occupying lesions with seizures, pareses, and mental deterioration. ¾¾ Disseminated infection: In immunocomprised states like acquired immunodeiciency syndrome (AIDS), a widespread infection can afect skin, lungs, sinuses, and other organs independently or in combination. Clinical Disease Laboratory Diagnosis It presents chiely as 2 chronic conditions—keratitis and encephalitis. ¾¾ Acanthamoeba keratitis: An infection of the eye that typically occurs in healthy persons and develops from the entry of the amoebic cyst through abrasions on the cornea. € Majority of such cases have been associated with the use of contact lenses. € The picture resembles that of severe herpetic keratitis with a slow relapsing course, but the eye is severely painful in the amoebic infection. € Unilateral photophobia, excessive tearing, redness and foreign body sensation are the earliest signs and symptoms; disease is bilateral in some contact lens users. € Keratitis and uveitis can result in permanent visual impairment or blindness. ¾¾ Granulomatous amoebic encephalitis(GAE): It is a serious infection of the brain and spinal cord that of amoebic keratitis is made by demonstration of the cyst in corneal scrapings by wet mount, histology and culture. Growth can be obtained from corneal scarpings inoculated on nutrient agar, overlaid with live or dead Escherichia coli and incubated at 30°C. ¾¾ Diagnosis of GAE is made by demonstration of trophozoites and cysts in brain biopsy, culture, and immoluroscence microscopy using monoclonal antibodies. € CSF shows lymphocytic pleocytosis, slightly elevated protein levels, and normal or slightly decreased glucose levels. € CT scan of brain provides inconclusive indings. Pathogenesis and Clinical Features ¾¾ Infection ¾¾ Diagnosis Treatment In acanthamoeba keratitis, current therapy involves topical administration of biguanide or chlorhexadine with Amoebae or without diamidine agent. In severe cases, where vision is threatened, penetrating keratoplasty can be done. No efective treatment is available for GAE. Multidrug combinations including pentamidine, sulfadiazine, rifampicin, and luconazole are being used with limited success. Balamuthia Mandrillaris B. mandrillaris, a leptomixid free-living amoeba, is a newly identiied species reported to cause GAE. Morphology It exists in amoeboid trophozoite stage. The lagellate stage is absent. ¾¾ It is relatively large (12–60 µm), irregular in shape, and actively motile by broad pseudopodia. ¾¾ Cyst of B. mandrillaris are usually spherical (6–20 µm), surrounded by a three-layered cyst wall—outer irregular ectocyst, a middle mesocyst and an inner endocyst round wall. Under light microscopy, it appears to have two walls—an outer irregular wall and an inner smooth wall. ¾¾ Infection is trasmitted through respiratory tract skin lesions; or eyes. ¾¾ Life cycle is similar to that of Acanthamoeba spp. Clinical Disease It causes granulomatous amoebic encephalitis in both healthy and immunocompromised hosts particularly in children and elderly. Laboratory Diagnosis Laboratory diagnosis is done by identifying trophozoites of B. mandrillaris in the CSF and trophozoites and cysts in brain tissue. PCR also gives reliable diagnosis. Key points of Amoebae •¾E. histolytica is found in human colon and is mainly asymptomatic. •¾Cyst contains glycogen mass and 1–4 chromatid bars. •¾Pathogenic strains are identiied by genetic markers and zymodeme analysis. •¾Stools: In amoebic dysentery, stool are copious foul smelling, brownish black often with blood-streaked mucus. •¾Amoebic ulcers: Typical ulcers are discrete, lask-shaped, with ragged undermined margin, found in caecum and sigmoido-rectal region. •¾Amoebic granuloma or amoeboma may develop from chronic ulcers. •¾Extraintestinal complications: Amoebic hepatitis and liver abscess are the most common. •¾Abscesses in other organs such as lung, brain, spleen, and genitourinary tract may result from hematogenous spread or by direct spread from hepatic lesion. •¾Diagnosis: By demonstration of trophozoites and cyst in stool and also by serological tests and imaging techniques in hepatic amoebiasis. •¾Treatment: By Metronidazole or tinidazole along with parmomycin, diloxanide furoate, or chloroquine. •¾E. hartmanni, E. coli, E. gingivalis, E. nana, and Iodamoeba are commensals and non-pathogenic amoebae. •¾Naegleria and Acanthamoeba are pathogenic free-living amoeba. •¾N. fowleri occurs in 3 forms – cyst, trophozoite, and lagellate. It causes PAM. •¾Acanthamoeba species cause amoebic keratitis and also GAE in immuono-compromised subjects. Review Questions 1. Describe briely the life cycle and laboratory diagnosis of Entamoeba histolytica. 2. Write short notes on: (a) Extraintestinal amoebiasis 3. Diferentiate between: (a) Amoebic dysentery and bacillary dysentery (b) Naegleria and Achanthamoeba 29 (b) Free-living amoebae (b) Entamoeba histolytica and Entamoeba coli 30 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Intestinal, Oral, and Genital Flagellates Parasitic protozoa, which possess whip-like lagella as their organs of locomotion are called as lagellates and classiied as— Phylum: Sarcomastigophora Subphylum: Mastigophora Class: Zoomastigophora (mastix: whip) ¾¾ Depending on their habitat, they can be considered under: € Lumen-dwelling lagellates: Flagellates found in the alimentary tract and urogenital tract (Table 4.1). € Hemolagellates: Flagellates found in blood and tissues (Table 4.1). ¾¾ Most luminal lagellates are nonpathogenic commensals. Two of them cause clinical diseases—Giardia lamblia, which can cause diarrhea and Trichomonas vaginalis, which can produce vaginitis and urethritis. 4 Giardia Lamblia History and Distribution It is one of the earliest protozoan parasite to have been recorded. ¾¾ The lagellate was irst observed by Dutch scientist Antonie von Leeuwenhoek (1681) in his own stools. ¾¾ It is named 'Giardia' after Professor Giard of Paris and 'lamblia' after Professor Lamble of Prague, who gave a detailed description of the parasite. ¾¾ It is the most common protozoan pathogen and is worldwide in distribution. ¾¾ Endemicity is very high in areas with low sanitation, especially tropics and subtropics. Visitors to such places frequently develop traveller's diarrhea caused by giardiasis through contaminated water. Table 4.1: Flagellates Group Parasites Habitat Lumen­dwelling lagellates Giardia lamblia Trichomonas vaginalis Trichomonas tenax Trichomonas hominis Chilomastix mesnili Enteromonas hominis Retortamonas intestinalis Dientamoeba fragilis Duodenum and jejunum Vagina and urethra Mouth Large intestine (caecum) Large intestine (caecum) Large intestine (colon) Large intestine (colon) Large intestine (caecum and colon) Hemolagellates Leishmania spp. Trypanosoma brucei Trypanosoma cruzi Reticuloendothelial cells Connective tissue and blood Reticuloendothelial cells and blood Intestinal, Oral, and Genital Flagellates 31 Habitat G. lamblia lives in the duodenum and upper jejunum and is the only protozoan parasite found in the lumen of the human small intestine. Protozoans found in small intestine •¾Giardia lamblia •¾Isospora belli •¾Cyclospora caytenensis •¾Cryptosporidium parvum •¾Sarcocystis hominis and suihominis Morphology Fig. 4.1: Giardia lamblia in duodenal luid wet preparation. Magniication X 1500 It exists in 2 forms: ¾¾ Trophozoite (or vegetative form) ¾¾ Cyst (or cystic form). € Trophozoite The trophozoite is in the shape of a tennis racket (heartshaped or pyriform shaped) and is rounded anteriorly and pointed posteriorly (Figs. 4.1 and 4.2A and B). ¾¾ It measures 15 µm x 9 µm wide and 4 µm thick. ¾¾ Dorsally, it is convex and ventrally, it has a concave sucking disc, which helps in its attachment to the intestinal mucosa. ¾¾ It is bilaterally symmetrical and possesses. € 1 pair of nuclei € 4 pairs of lagella € Blepharoplast, from which the lagella arise (4 pairs) € 1 pair of axostyles, running along the midline A B Two sausage­shaped parabasal or median bodies, lying transversely posterior to the sucking disc. ¾¾ The trophozoite is motile, with a slow oscillation about its long axis, often resembling falling leaf. Cyst It is the infective form of the parasite (Fig. 4.2C). ¾¾ The cyst is small and oval, measuring 12 µm x 8 µm and is surrounded by a hyaline cyst wall. ¾¾ Its internal structure includes 2 pairs of nuclei grouped at one end. A young cyst contains 1 pair of nuclei. ¾¾ The axostyle lies diagnonally, forming a dividing line within cyst wall. ¾¾ Remnants of the lagella and the sucking disc may be seen in the young cyst. C Fig. 4.2: Trophozoite. A. Ventral view; B. Lateral view; C. Quadrinucleate Cyst 32 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Life Cycle Pathogenicity and Clinical Features Giardia passes its life cycle in 1 host. Infective form: Mature cyst. Mode of transmission: € Man acquires infection by ingestion of cysts in contaminated water and food. € Direct person­to­person transmission may also occur in children, male homosexuals, and mentally­ ill persons. € Enhanced susceptibility to giardiasis is associated with blood group A, achlorhydria, use of cannabis, chronic pancreatitis, malnutrition, and immune defects such as 19A deiciency and hypogamma­ globulinemia. ¾ Within half an hour of ingestion, the cyst hatches out into two trophozoites, which multiply successively by binary ission and colonize in the duodenum (Fig. 4.3). ¾¾ The trophozoites live in the duodenum and upper part of jejunum, feeding by pinocytosis. ¾¾ During unfavorable conditions, encystment occurs usually in colon (Fig. 4.3). ¾¾ Cysts are passed in stool and remain viable in soil and water for several weeks. ¾¾ There may be 200,000 cysts passed per gram of feces. ¾ Infective dose is 10–100 cysts. G. lamblia is typically seen within the crypts of duodenal and jejunal mucosa. It does not invade the tissue, but remains tightly adhered to intestinal epithelium by means of the sucking disc. ¾ They may cause abnormalities of villous architecture by cell apoptosis and increased lymphatic iniltration of lamina propria. ¾ Variant speciic surface proteins (VSSP) of giardia play an important role in virulence and infectivity of the parasite. ¾ Often they are asymptomatic, but in some cases, Giardia may lead to mucus diarrhea, fat malabsorption (steatorrhea), dull epigastric pain, and latulence. The stool contains excess mucus and fat but no blood. ¾ Children may develop chronic diarrhea, malabsorption of fat, vitamin A, protein, sugars like xylose disaccharides, weight loss, and sprue­like syndrome. ¾ Occassionally, Giardia may colonize the gall bladder, causing biliary colic and jaundice. ¾ Incubation period is variable, but is usually about 2 weeks. Protozoan parasites causing diarrhea •¾Giardia lamblia •¾Cyclospora cayetanensis •¾Isospora belli Fig. 4.3: Life cycle of Giardia lamblia  ¾ Entamoeba histolytica Cryptosporidium parvum Intestinal, Oral, and Genital Flagellates 33 Flowchart 4.1: Laboratory diagnosis of Giardia lamblia Laboratory Diagnosis Stool Examination Giardiasis can be diagnosed by identiication of cysts of Giardia lamblia in the formed stools and the trophozoites and cysts of the parasite in diarrheal stools (Flowchart 4.1). ¾¾ On macroscopic examination fecal specimens containing G. lamblia may have an ofensive odor, are pale colored and fatty, and loat in water. ¾¾ On microscopic examination, cysts and trophozoites can be found in diarrheal stools by saline and iodine wet preparations. ¾¾ Often multiple specimens need to be examined and concentration techniques like formal ether or zinc acetate are used. In asymptomatic carriers, only the cysts are seen. Enterotest (String test) A useful method for obtaining duodenal specimen is enterotest. A coiled thread inside a small weighted gelatin capsule is swallowed by the patient, after attaching the free end of the thread in the check. The capsule passes through the stomach to the duodenum. After 2 hours, the thread is withdrawn, placed in saline, and is mechanically shaken. The centrifuged deposit of the saline is examined for Giardia. The use of enterotest is not recommended because of the very high cost of the test. ¾¾ The sensitivity of the test is 95% and speciicity is 100%, when compared to conventional microscopy. test may be used for quantiication of cysts and in epidemiological and control studies, but not for routine use. ¾¾ The Antibody detection IIF test and ELISA are used to detect antibodies against Giardia. ¾¾ Demonstration of antibodies is useful in the epidemio­ logical and pathophysiological studies. ¾¾ These tests cannot diferentiates between recent and past infection and lack sensitivity and speciicity. Molecular Method DNA probes and polymerase chain reaction (PCR) have been used to demonstrate parasitic genome in the stool specimen (Flowchart 4.1). Treatment Metronidazole (250 mg, thrice daily for 5–7 days) and tinidazole (2 g single dose) are the drugs of choice. ¾¾ Cure rates with metronidazole are more than 90%. ¾¾ Tinidazole is more efective than metronidazole. ¾¾ Furuzolidone and nitazoxamide are preferred in children, as they have fewer adverse efects. ¾¾ Parmomycin, an oral aminoglycoside can be given to symptomatic pregnant females. Note: Only symptomatic cases need treatment. Serodiagnosis Antigen detection Enzyme­linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA), immuno­ chromatographic strip tests and indirect immunoluroscent (IIF) tests using monoclonal antibodies have been developed for detection of Giardia antigens in feces (Flowchart 4.1). ¾¾ The presence of antigen indicates active infection. ¾¾ Commercially available ELISA kits (ProSpec T/Giardia kit) detects Giardia-speciic antigen 65 (GAS 65). Prophylaxis Giardiasis can be prevented by following measures: ¾¾ Proper disposal of waste water and feces. ¾¾ Practice of personal hygiene like hand­washing before eating and proper disposal of diapers. ¾¾ Prevention of food and water contamination. Community chlorination of water is inefective for inactivating cysts. Boiling of water and iltration by membrane ilters are required. 34 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Trichomonas Vaginalis Key points of Giardia lamblia •¾Giardia is the only protozoan parasite found in the lumen of the human small intestine (duodenum and jejunum). •¾Trophozoites are pear­shaped, bilaterally symmetrical with 2 nuclei, 4 pairs of lagella, and a ventral concave sucking disc. They exhibit motility resembling a ‘falling leaf’. •¾Ellipsoid cysts contain 4 nuclei with remnants of lagella. •¾Infective form: Ellipsoid cysts. •¾Clinical features: Mostly asymptomatic but in some cases may cause diarrhea, dull epigastric pain, and malabsorption. Stool contains excess mucus but no blood. •¾Diagnosis: By microscopic demonstration of tropho­ zoites or cysts in stool, enterotest, and serodiagnosis by ELISA (ProSpec T/Giardia antigen assay). •¾Treatment: Metronidazole and tinidazole are the drugs of choice. Trichomonas Trichomonas difers from other lagellates, as they exist only in trophozoite stage. Cystic stage is not seen. ¾¾ Genus Trichomonas has 3 species, which occur in humans (Fig. 4.4). € T. vaginalis (Fig. 4.4 A) € T. hominis (Fig. 4.4 B) € T. tenax (Fig. 4.4 C) A History and Distribution T. vaginalis was irst observed by Donne (1836) in vaginal secretion. ¾ Prevalence of trichomoniasis varies from 5% patients at hospitals to 75% in sexual workers. Morphology It is pear-shaped or ovoid and measures 10–30 µm in length and 5–10 µm in breadth with a short undulating membrane reaching upto the middle of the body (Fig. 4.4A). ¾ It has four anterior lagella and ifth running along the outer margin of the undulating membrane, which is supported at its base by a lexible rod, costa. ¾ A prominent axostyle runs throughout the length of the body and projects posteriorly like a tail. ¾ The cytoplasm shows prominent siderophillic granules, which are most numerous alongside the axostyle and costa. ¾ It is motile with a rapid jerky or twitching type movement. Habitat In females, it lives in vagina and cevix and may also be found in Bartholin’s glands, urethra, and urinary bladder. In males, it occurs mainly in the anterior urethra, but may also be found in the prostate and preputial sac. B Fig. 4.4: Trichomonas species. A. T. vaginalis; B. T. hominis; C. T. tenax C Intestinal, Oral, and Genital Flagellates Life Cycle Life cycle of T. vaginalis is completed in a single host either male or female. Mode of transmission: € The trophozoite cannot survive outside and so infection has to be transmitted directly from person­ to­person. Sexual transmission is the usual mode of infection. € Trichomoniasis often coexists with other sexually transmitted diseases; like candidiasis, gonorrhea, syphillis, or human immunodeiciency virus (HIV). € Babies may get infected during birth. € Fomites such as towels have been implicated in transmission. ¾¾ Trophozoites divide by binary ission. ¾¾ As cysts are not formed, the trophozite itself is the infective form. ¾¾ Incubation period is roughly 10 days. Protozoa transmitted by sexual contact •¾Trichomonas vaginalis •¾Giardia lamblia •¾Entamoeba histolytica Pathogenesis T. vaginalis particularly infects squamous epithelium and not columnar epithelium. It secretes cystine proteases, lactic acid, and acetic acid, which disrupt the glycogen levels and lower the pH of the vaginal luid. ¾¾ It is an obligate parasite and cannot live without close association with the vaginal, urethral, or prostatic tissues. ¾¾ Parasite causes petechial hemorrhage (strawberry mucosa), metaplastic changes, and desquamation of the vaginal epithelium. ¾¾ Intracellular edema and so called chicken-like epithelium, is the most characteristic feature of trichomoniasis. Clinical Features Infection is often asymptomatic, particularly in males, although some may develop urethritis, epididymitis, and prostatitis. ¾¾ In females, it may produce severe pruritic vaginitis with an ofensive, yellowish green, often frothy discharge, dysuria, and dyspareunia. Cervical erosion is common. Endometritis and pyosalpingitis are infrequent complications. ¾¾ Rarely, neonatal pneumonia and conjunctivitis have been reported in infants born to infected mothers. 35 ¾¾ The incubation period of trichomoniasis is 4 days to 4 weeks. Laboratory Diagnosis Microscopic examination ¾¾ Vaginal or urethral discharge is examined microscopically in saline wet mount preparation for characteristic jerky and twitching motility and shape. In males, trophozoites may be found in urine or prostatic secretions. ¾¾ Fixed smears may be stained with acridine orange, papanicolaou, and Giemsa stains. ¾¾ Direct luroscent antibody (DFA) is another method of detection of parasite and is more sensitive than the wet mount. Culture Culture is recommended when direct microscopy is negative and is considered as a 'gold standard' as well as the most sensitive (95%) method for the diagnosis of T. vaginalis infection. ¾¾ It grows best at 35°–37°C under anaerobic conditions. The optimal pH for growth is 5.5–6.0. ¾¾ It can be grown in a variety of solid or liquid media, tissue culture, and eggs. Cysteine­peptone­liver­maltose (CPLM) medium and plastic envelope medium (PEM) are often used. Serology ELISA is used for demonstration of T. vaginalis antigen in vaginal smear using a monoclonal antibody for 65­KDA surface polypeptide of T. vaginalis. Molecular method DNA hybridization and PCR are also highly sensitive (97%) and speciic (98%) tests for the diagnosis of trichomoniasis. Treatment Simultaneous treatment of both partners is recommended. ¾¾ Metronidazole 2 g orally as a single dose or 500 mg orally twice a day for 7 days is the drug of choice. ¾¾ In patients not responding to treatment with standard regime, the dose of metronidazole may be increased or it may be administered parenterally. ¾¾ In pregnancy, metronidazole is safe in second and third trimesters. Prophylaxis Prevention is same as for other sexually transmitted diseases. 36 Textbook of Medical Parasitology ¾¾ Avoidance of sexual contact with infected partners and use of barrier method during intercourse prevent the disease. ¾¾ Patient’s sexual partner should be tested for T. vaginalis when necessary. Trichomonas Tenax T. tenax, also known as T. buccalis, is a harmless commensal which lives in mouth­in the periodontal pockets, carious tooth cavities, and less often in tonsillar crypts. ¾¾ It is smaller (5–10 µm) than T. vaginalis. ¾ It is transmitted by kissing, through salivary droplets, and fomites. There are sporadic reports of its involvement in respiratory infections and thoracic abcesses. ¾¾ Better oral hygine rapidly eliminates the infection and no therapy is indicated. Trichomonas Hominis T. hominis measures 8–12 µm, pyriform-shaped, and carries 5 anterior lagella and an undulating membrane that extends the full length of the body. ¾¾ It is a very harmless commensal of the caecum. ¾¾ Microscopic examination of stool will reveal motile trophozoite of T. hominis. ¾¾ Transmission occurs in trophic form by fecal­oral route. Fig. 4.5: Trophozoite and egg of Chilomastix mesnili ¾¾ A distinct spiral groove is seen on one side of the nucleus. ¾¾ The cysts are lemon-shaped having a spiral projection at the anterior end. It measures 5–10 µm in length and 4–6 µm in breadth and is surrounded by a thick cyst wall. ¾¾ Both trophozoites and cysts are demonstrated in the semi­formed stool. ¾¾ It is a harmless commensal of caecum where the organism feeds on bacteria and food debris. Since infection is acquired through ingestion of cysts, prevention depends on improved personal hygine. Key points of Trichomonas •¾Trichomonas occurs only in trophozoite form, which is pear­shaped, with 5 lagella and an undulating membrane. •¾The motility is rapid jerky or twitching type. •¾Habitat: Vagina and cervix in female and urethra in males. •¾Clinical features: Often asymptomatic in males. In females, it leads to pruritic vaginitis with greenish yellow discharge, strawberry mucosa and dysuria. •¾Diagnosis: By wet mount microscopy of vaginal or uretheral discharge, Culture (gold standard), PCR, and by demonstration of antigen in vaginal smear by ELISA. •¾Treatment: Metronidazole is the drug of choice and simultaneous treatment of both partners is recommended. Enteromonas Hominis E. hominis is a non-pathogenic commensal that lives in large intestine, mainly in the caecum. ¾¾ It exists in 2 forms: trophozoite and cyst (Fig. 4.6). ¾¾ The trophozoite is pear-shaped, with 3 anterior and 1 posterior lagella. Chilomastix Mesnili This occurs as trophozoites and cysts (Fig. 4.5). ¾¾ The trophozoite is pear-shaped measuring 5–20 µm in length and 5–10 µm in breadth. ¾¾ At the anterior end, it has a spherical nucleus. Fig. 4.6: Trophozoite and cyst of Enteromonas hominis Intestinal, Oral, and Genital Flagellates 37 € It measures 5–10 µm in length and 3–6 µm in breadth. € The cytoplasm contains numerous bacteria and an anteriorly placed nucleus but no cytostoma. € It shows jerky forward movements. ¾¾ The cyst is oval in shape, measuring 5–8 µm in length and 4–6 µm in breadth. € It contains 2–4 nuclei. € The cyst of E. hominis may mimic a two­nucleated cyst of E. nana. ¾¾ Infection occurs through fecal­oral route by ingestion of cysts in contaminated food and water. ¾¾ Diagnosis is made by identiication of trophozoites or cysts in the stool by iron­hematoxylin stain. Retortamonas Intestinalis Wenyon and O’ Connor irst observed the parasite in stool in Egypt. ¾¾ R. intestinalis is a small nonpathogenic lagellate found in the large intestine. ¾¾ It also exists in 2 forms—trophozoite and cyst. ¾¾ The trophozoite is elongagted, pyriform in shape, measuring 5–10 µm in length and 3–4 µm in breadth. € The cytoplasm is granular and vacuolated. € It has a cleft­like cytosome, spherical nucleus, and central karyosome. € Two minute blepharoplasts are present near nucleus, from which two lagella originate. € The trophozoite multiplies by binary ission. ¾¾ The cyst is ovoid or pyriform in shape, measuring 6 µm in length and 3 µm in breadth. ¾¾ Water and food contaminated by cysts are the main source of infection. ¾¾ Diagnosis is made by identifying the cysts and tropho­ zoites in the direct wet mount and iron hemtoxylin­ stained specimen of stool. Dientamoeba Fragilis D. fragilis was previously considered as an amoeba but has now been reclassiied as an amoebolagellate, based on electron microscopic study and antigenic similarity to Trichomonas. Fig. 4.7: Trophozoite of Dientamoeba fragilis ¾¾ It is unique as it has only trophozoite stage but no cyst stage. name Dientamoeba fragilis is derived from the binucleate nature of trophozoite (Dientamoeba) and the fragmented appearance (fragilis) of its nuclear chromatin. ¾¾ It is seen worldwide and is reported to be the most common intestinal protozoan parasite in Canada. ¾¾ It lives in colonic mucosal crypts, feeding on bacteria. It does not invade tissues, but may rarely ingest RBCs. ¾¾ The trophozoite is 7–12 µm in diameter. It is motile with broad hyaline leaf­like pseudopodia. They have 1–4 nuclei; the binucleate form being the most common (Fig. 4.7). The nuclear chromatin is present as 3–5 granules in the center, with no peripheral chromatin on the nuclear membrane. ¾¾ In the absence of cyst stage, its mode of transmission is not clear. Possibly, it is transmitted from person­ to­person by the fecal­oral route or by the eggs of Enterobius vermicularis and other nematodes, which may serve as a vector. ¾¾ Formerly believed to be nonpathogenic, it has now been associated with a variety of symptoms like intermittent diarrhea, abdominal pain, latulence, anorexia, nausea, malaise, and fatigue. ¾¾ High incidence is seen among children between 2 and 10 years of age. ¾¾ Laboratory diagnosis is made by demonstration of trophozoites in stool. At least 3 stool specimens should be collected over a period of 7 days. ¾¾ Metronidazole, iodoquinol, paromomycin, and tetracycline have been used for treatment. ¾¾ The Review Questions 1. Describe briely the life cycle and laboratory diagnosis of Giardia lamblia. 2. Write Short notes on: (a) Trichomonas vaginalis (b) Dientamoeba fragilis 38 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Hemoflagellates The blood and tissue lagellates belong to the family Trypanosomatidae. The family consists of 6 genera, of which 2 genera Trypanosoma and Leishmania are pathogenic to humans. Zoological Classiication of Flagellates Phylum Subphylum Class Order Family : : : : : Sarcomastigophora Mastigophora Kinetoplastidea Trypanosomatida Trypanosomatidae 5 the blepharoplast to surface of the body is known as axoneme. A free lagellum at the anterior end traverses on the surface of the parasite as a narrow undulating membrane (Fig. 5.1). ¾¾ Hemolagellates exist in two or more of four morphological stages. These forms were formerly called the leishmanial, leptomonad, crithidial, and trypanosomal stages. But as these names are also given to diferent genera within the family, they were changed to amastigote, promastigote, epimastigote and trypomastigote. The names of the stages are formed by the suix mastigote, combined with various preixes, referring to the arrangement of the lagella in relation to General Characteristics ¾¾ They live in the blood and tissues of man and other vertebrate hosts and in the gut of the insect vectors. ¾¾ Members of this family have a single nucleus, a kinetoplast, and a single lagellum (Fig 5.1). ¾¾ Nucleus is round or oval and is situated in the central part of the body. ¾¾ Kinetoplast consists of a deeply staining parabasal body and adjacent dot­like blepharoplast. The parabasal body and blepharoplast are connected by one or more thin ibrils (Fig 5.1). ¾¾ Flagellum is a thin, hair­like structure, which originates from the blepharoplast. The portion of the lagellum, which is inside the body of the parasite and extends from Fig. 5.1: Basic morphology of hemolagellates Note: Parabasal body and blepharoplast together constitute the kinetoplast Hemolagellates 39 Table 5.1: Diferences between Various Morphological Stages of Hemolagellates Amastigote Promastigote Epimastigote Trypomastigote Morphological characteristics Rounded or ovoid, without any external lagellum. The nucleus, kinetoplast, and axial ilaments can be seen. The axoneme extends upto the anterior end of the cell Lanceolate in shape. Kinetoplast is anterior to the nucleus (antenuclear kineloplast) near the anterior end of the cell, from which lagellum emerges. There is no undulating membrane Elongated, with the kinetoplast placed more posteriorly, though close to and in front of the nucleus (juxtanuclear kinetoplast). The lagellum runs alongside the body as a short undulating membrane, before emerging from the anterior end This stage is elongated, spindle­ shaped with a central nucleus. The kinetoplast is posterior to the nucleus (postnuclear kinetoplast) and situated at the posterior end of the body. The lagellum runs alongside the entire length of the cell to form a long undulating membrane before emerging as a free lagellum from the anterior end Seen in Trypanosoma cruzi and Leishmania as intracellular form in vertebrate host It is the infective stage of Leishmania, found in the insect vector as well as in cultures in­vitro It is the form in which Trypanosoma brucei occur in salivary gland of the vector tsetse ly and Trypanosoma cruzi in the midgut of the vector reduviid bug. Note: This stage is lacking in Leishmania. This is the infective stage of trypanosomes found in arthropod vector and in the blood of infected vertebrate. Note: This stage is lacking in Leishmania Schematic illustration N = Nucleus; P = Parabasal body; B = Blepharoplast; A = Axoneme; U = Undulating membrane; F = Flagellum. Note: Besides the stages described in the table, some transitional stages have been recognized. These include the sphaeromastigote, a motile round form with free lagellum, which is a transitional stage from amastigote to promastigote, seen in the genus Trypanosoma and the paramastigote, a transitional form leading to the infective promastigote in Leishmania the position of the nucleus and its point of emergence from the cells (Table 5.1). ¾¾ Staining characteristics of trypanosomes: For smears of body luids, Romanowsky’s Wrights stain, Giemsa stain, and Leishman’s stain are suitable for identifying internal structures. The cytoplasm appears blue, the nucleus and lagellum appear pink, and the kinetoplast appears deep red. For tissue section, hematoxylin­eosin staining is done for demonstrating structures of the parasite. ¾¾ All members of the family have similar life cycles. They all require an insect vector as an intermediate host. ¾¾ Multiplication in both the vertebrate and invertebrate host is by binary ission. No sexual cycle is known. Trypanosomes General Characters All members of the genus Trypanosoma (trypanes: to bore, soma: body), exist at sometime in their life cycle, as trypomastigote stage with an elongated spindle­shaped body, central nucleus, a posterior kinetoplast, and long undulating membrane. Volutin granules are found in cytoplasm. Some trypanosomes such as T. cruzi assume amastigote forms in vertebrate hosts. In addition to the typical forms, cells with atypical features are frequently found, a condition known as polymorphism. ¾¾ Trypanosoma pass their life cycle in 2 hosts— vertebrate hosts (deinitive hosts) and insect vectors (intermediate hosts). The vector becomes infective to the vertebrate host only after an extrinsic incubation period, during which the parasite undergoes development and multiplication. ¾¾ In the vector, the trypanosomes follow one or two modes of development and are accordingly classiied into 2 groups—Salivaria and Stercoraria. € Salivaria (anterior station): In salivaria, the trypano­ somes migrate to mouth parts of the vectors, so that infection is transmitted by their bite (inoculative transmission). Examples are T. gambiense and T. rhodesiense causing African trypanosomiasis, which are transmitted by the bite of tsetse lies. € Stercoraria (posterior station): In stercoraria, the trypanosomes migrate to the hindgut and are 40 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Classiication of Trypanosomes Trypanosomes Infecting Man •¾Trypanosoma brucei complex, causing African trypanosomiasis or sleeping sickness, sub­species are:  Trypanosoma brucei gambiense: causing West African sleeping sickness.  Trypanosoma brucei rhodesiense: causing East African sleeping sickness. •¾Trypanosoma cruzi, causing South American trypanosomiasis or Chagas’ disease. •¾Trypanosoma rangeli, a nonpathogenic trypanosome causing human infection in South America. Trypanosomes of Animals •¾Trypanosoma brucei brucei, causing the economically important disease ‘nagana’ in African cattle. •¾Trypanosoma evansi, causing the disease ‘surra’ in horses, camels, and elephants. It is transmitted mechanically by biting lies and also by vampire bats. This infection is found in India. •¾Trypanosoma equiperdum, causing ‘stallion’s disease’ in horses and mules. It is transmitted by sexual contact, without the need for an insect vector. •¾Trypanosoma lewisi, causing harmless infection of rats all over the world. The vector is rat lea. A trypanosome resembling Trypanosoma lewisi was reported from Madhya Pradesh in India in peripheral blood of 2 persons with short­term fever. Fig. 5.2: Geographical distribution of trypanosomiasis in Africa. Lines indicate areas endemic for Trypanosoma gambiense and dots represent Trypanosoma rhodesiense ¾¾ Trypanosome was irst isolated from the blood of a steamboat captain on the Gambia river in 1901 (hence, the name gambiense) by Forde. ¾¾ Dulton, in 1902, proposed the name Trypanosoma gambiense. ¾¾ It is endemic in scattered foci in West and Central Africa between 15°N and 18°S latitudes. Habitat passed in feces (stercorian transmission), e.g. T. cruzi causing Chagas’ disease, which is acquired by rubbing the feces of the vector bug into the wound caused by its bite and T. lewisi, the rat trypanosome, which is transmitted by ingestion of feces of infected rat leas. ¾¾ Distribution: Human trypanosomiasis is strictly restricted to certain geographical regions; the African and South American trypanosomiasis being seen only in the respective continents. This is due to the vector being conined to these places alone. € African trypanosomiasis (sleeping sickness) € South American trypanosomiasis (Chagas’ disease) Trypanosoma Brucei Gambiense (West African Trypanosomiasis) History and Distribution Trypanosomiasis is believed to have been existing in tropical Africa from antiquity (Fig. 5.2). Trypanosomes live in man and other vertebrate host. They are essentially a parasite of connective tissue, where they multiply rapidly and then invade regional lymph nodes, blood, and inally may involve central nervous system. Morphology Vertebrate Forms In the blood of vertebrate host, T. brucei gambiense exists as trypomastigote form, which is highly pleomorphic. ¾¾ It occurs as a long slender form, a stumpy short broad form with attenuated or absent lagellum, and an intermediate form. ¾¾ The trypomastigotes are about 15–40 µm long and 1.5– 3.5 µm broad. ¾¾ In fresh blood ilms, trypomastigotes are seen as color­ less, spindle­shaped bodies that move rapidly, spining around the red cells. ¾¾ In smears stained with Giemsa or other Romanowsky's stain, the cytoplasm appears pale blue and the nucleus appears red. The kinetoplast appears as a deep red dot Hemolagellates and volutin granules stain deep blue. The undulating membrane appears pale blue and the lagellum red. Insect Forms In insects, it occurs in 2 forms: ¾¾ Epimastigotes ¾¾ Metacyclic trypomastigote forms. Antigenic Variation Trypanosomes exhibit unique antigenic variation of their glycoproteins. ¾¾ There is a cyclical luctuation in the trypanosomes in the blood of infected vertebrates after every 7–10 days. ¾¾ Each successive wave represents a variant antigenic type (VAT) of trypomastigote posssesing variant surface speciic antigens (VSSA) or variant surface glycoprotein (VSG) coat antigen. ¾¾ It is estimated that a single trypanosome may have as many as 1,000 or more VSG genes, that help to evade immune response. Besides this, trypanosomes have other mechanisms also that help them to evade host immune responses. Life Cycle T. brucei gambiense passes its life cycle in 2 hosts. Vertebrate host: Man, game animals, and other domestic animals. Invertebrate host: Tsetse ly. Both male and female tsetse ly of Glossina species (G. palpalis) are capable of transmitting the disease to humans. These lies dwell on the banks of shaded streams, wooded savanna, and agricultural areas. Infective form: Metacyclic trypomastigote forms are infec­ tive to humans. Mode of transmission: ¾¾ By bite of tsetse ly ¾¾ Congenital transmission has also been recorded. Reservoirs: Man is the only reservoir host, although pigs and others domestic animals can act as chronic asymptomatic carriers of the parasite. Development in Man and Other Vertebrate Hosts ¾¾ Metacyclic stage (infective form) of trypomastigotes are inoculated into a man (deinitive host) through skin when an infected tsetse ly takes a blood meal (Fig. 5.3). ¾¾ The parasite transforms into slender forms that multiply asexually for 1–2 days before entering the peripheral blood and lymphatic circulation. ¾¾ These become ‘stumpy’ via intermediate forms and enter the blood stream. 41 ¾¾ In chronic infection, the parasite invades the central nervous system. ¾¾ Trypomastigotes (short plumpy form) are ingested by tsetse ly (male or female) during blood meal. Development in Tsetse Fly ¾¾ In the midgut of the ly, short stumpy trypomastigotes develop into long, slender forms and multiply. ¾¾ After 2–3 weeks, they migrate to the salivary glands, where they develop into epimastigotes, which multiply and ill the cavity of the gland and eventually transform into the infective metacyclic trypomastigotes (Fig. 5.3). ¾¾ Development of the infective stage within the tsetse ly requires 25–50 days (extrinsic incubation period). ¾¾ Thereafter, the ly remains infective throughout its life of about 6 months. Pathogenecity and Clinical Features T. brucei gambiense causes African trypanosomiasis (West African sleeping sickness). The illness is chronic and can persist for many years. ¾¾ There is an initial period of parasitemia, following which parasite is localized predominatly in the lymph nodes. ¾¾ A painless chancre (trypanosomal chancre) appears on skin at the site of bite by tsetse ly, followed by intermittent fever, chills, rash, anemia, weight loss, and headache. ¾¾ Systemic trypanosomiasis without central nervous system involvement is referred to as stage I disease. In this stage, there is hepatosplenomegaly and lymphadenopathy, particularly in the posterior cervical region (Winterbottom’s sign). ¾¾ Myocarditis develops frequently in patients with stage I disease and is especially common in T. brucei rhodesiense infections. ¾¾ Hematological manifestations seen in stage I include anemia, moderate leucocytosis, and thrombocytopenia. High levels of immunoglobulins mainly immunoglobulin (Ig)M are a constant feature. ¾¾ Stage II disease involves invasion of central nervous system. With the invasion of central nervous system, which occurs after several months, the ‘sleeping sickness’ starts. This is marked by increasing headache, mental dullness, apathy, and day time sleepiness. The patient falls into profound coma followed by death from asthenia. Clinical staging of human African trypanosomiasis (HAT) •¾Stage I: Characterized by hematogenous and lymphatic dissemination of the disease II: Characterized by centeral nervous system involvement •¾Stage 42 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Fig. 5.3: Life cycle of Trypanosoma brucei ¾¾ Histopathology shows chronic meningoencephalitis. The meninges are heavily iniltrated with lymphocytes, plasma cells, and morula cells, which are atypical plasma cells containing mulberry-shaped masses of IgA. Brain vessels show perivascular cuing. This is followed by iniltration of the brain and spinal cord, neuronal degeneration, and microglial proliferation. ¾¾ Abnormalities in cerebrospinal luid include raised intracranial pressure, pleocytosis, and raised total protein concentrations. Trypanosoma Brucei Rhodesiense (East African Trypanosomiasis) ¾¾ It is found in Eastern and Central Africa (Uganda, Tanzania, Zambia, and Mozambique) (Fig. 5.2). ¾¾ Stephans and Fanthan discovered T. brucei rhodsiense in 1910 from the blood of a patient in Rhodesia sufering from sleeping sickness. ¾¾ The principal vector is G. morisitans, G. palpalis, and G. Swynnertoni, which live in the open savannah countries. Hemolagellates 43 ¾¾ Although the disease is usually transmitted by the vector from man­to­man, the disease is actually a zoonosis, with the reservoir being wild game animals like bush buck, antelope and domestic animals like cattle. ¾¾ Its morphology, habitat, and life cycle is similar to T. brucei gambiense (Fig. 5.3). ¾¾ The diference between T. brucei gambiense and T. brucei rhodesiense are detailed in Table 5.2. Pathogenesis and Clinical Feature T. brucei rhodesiense causes East African sleeping sickness (Table 5.2). ¾¾ East African trypanosomiasis is more acute than the Gambian form and appears after an incubation period of 4 weeks. ¾¾ It may end fatally within an year of onset, before the involvement of central nervous system develops. ¾¾ Pathological features are similar in both diseases with some variations— € Edema, myocarditis, and weakness are more prominent in East African sickness. € Lymphadenitis is less prominent. € Febrile paroxysms are more frequent and severe. € There is a larger quantity of parasite in the peripheral blood. € Central nervous system involvement occurs early. Mania and delusions may occur but the marked somnolence, which occurs in T. brucei gambiense infection is lacking. Table 5.2: Diferences Between West African and East African Trypanosomiasis Characteristics West African East African Organism T. brucei gambiense T. brucei rhodesiense Distribution West and Central Africa East and Central Africa Vector Tsetse ly (Glossina palpalis group) Tsetse ly (Glossina morsilans group) Reservoir Mainly humans Wild and domestic animals Virulence Less More Course of disease Chronic (late central nervous system invasions); months to years Acute (early central nervous system invasion); less than 9 months Parasitemia Low High and appears early Lymphadenopathy Early, prominent Less common Isolastion in rodents No Yes Mortality Low High Parasites causing myocarditis •¾Trypanosoma brucei rhodesiense •¾Trypanosoma cruzi •¾Toxoplasma gondii •¾Echinococcus granulosus •¾Trichinella spiralis Laboratory Diagnosis The diagnosis of both types of African trypanosomiasis is similar (Flowchart 5.1). Non­speciic Findings ¾¾ Anemia and monocytosis. ¾¾ Raised erythrocyte sedimentation rate due to rise in gamma globulin levels. ¾¾ Reversal of albumin:globulin ratio. ¾¾ Increased cerebrospinal luid (CSF) pressure and raised cell count and proteins in CSF. Speciic Findings Deinitive diagnosis of sleeping sickness is established by the demonstration of trypanosomes in peripheral blood, bone marrow, lymphnode, CSF, and chancre luid. Microscopy ¾¾ Wet mount preparation of lymphnode aspirates and chancre luid are used as a rapid method for demonstration of trypanosomes. These specimen are also examined for parasites after ixing and staining with Giemsa stain. ¾¾ Examination of Giemsa­stained thick peripheral blood smears reveals the presence of the trypomastigotes (Fig. 5.4). ¾¾ If parasitemia is low, then examination of concentrated blood smear is a highly sensitive method. Diferent concentration techniques employed are bufy coat examination, diferential centrifugation, membrane iltration, and ion exanchange column chromatography. ¾¾ Examination of wet mount and stained smear of the CSF may also show trypanosomes (Flowchart 5.1). Culture The organisms are diicult to grow, hence culture is not routinely used for primary isolation of the parasite. However, it can be cultivated in Weinman’s or Tobie’s medium. 44 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Molecular Diagnosis Polymerase chain reaction (PCR) assays for detecting African trypanosomes in humans have been developed, but none is commercially available. Imaging Computed tomography (CT) scan of the brain shows cerebral edema and magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) shows white matter enhancement in patients with late stage central nervous systems involvement (Flowchart 5.1). •¾For Fig. 5.4: Trypanosoma rhodesiense, blood smear Giemsa stain, magn X 1100 Animal Inoculation Inoculation of specimens from suspected cases to white rat or white mice is a highly sensitive procedure for detection T. brucei rhodesiense infection. Serodiagnosis Antibody detection Almost all patients with African tryponosomiasis have very high levels of total serum IgM antibodies and later, CSF IgM antibodies. Various serological methods have been developed to detect these antibodies and are as follows: ¾¾ Indirect hemagglutination (IHA) ¾¾ Indirect immunoluroscence (IIF) ¾¾ Enzyme­linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) ¾¾ Card agglutination trypanosomiasis test (CATT) ¾¾ Complement ixation test (CFT) Speciic antibodies are detected by these tests in serum within 2–3 weeks of infection. Speciic antibodies in CSF are demonstrated by IIF and ELISA. These serological tests are useful for ield use and mass screening (Flowchart 5.1). Antigen detection diferentiation between the ‘human strains’ and ‘animal strains’ of T. brucei, the blood incubation infectivity test (BIIT) had been widely used. •¾The strain is incubated with oxalated human blood and then inoculated into the multimammate rat or other susceptible rodents. •¾The infectivity of ‘animal strains’ will be neutralized by human blood, while ‘human strains’ retain infectivity after incubation with human blood. •¾In vitro culture systems are now employed instead of rodents for testing infectivity. •¾More recently their diferentiation is based on isoenzymes, DNA, and RNA characteristics (Flowchart 5.1). Treatment ¾¾ In the initial stages, when central nervous system is not involved i.e. stage I, pentamidine is the drug of choice for gambiense HAT (human African trypanosomiasis) and suramin is the drug of choice for rhodesiense HAT. Dose € € Antigens from serum and CSF can be detected by ELISA. Pentamidine: Dose 3–4 mg/kg of body weight, intramuscularly daily for 7–10 days. Suramin: Dose 20 mg/kg of body weight in a course of 5 injections intravenously, at an interval of 5–7 Flowchart 5.1: Laboratory diagnosis of trypanosomiasis Hemolagellates days. Suramin does not cross blood brain barrier but it is nephrotoxic. ¾¾ In patients with central nervous system involvement, melarsoprol (Mel­B) is the drug of choice, as it can cross the blood brain barrier. Dose: 2–3 mg/kg/per day (max. 40 mg) for 3–4 days (Table 5.3). Table 5.3: Treatment of Human African Trypanosomiasis Causative organism Clinical stage I (Normal CSF) II (Abnormal CSF) T. brucei gambiense (West African) Pentamidine Elornithine T. brucei rhodesiense (East African) Suramin Melarsoprol Prophylaxis Control is based on early diagnosis and treatment of cases to reduce the reservoir of infection. ¾¾ Control of tsetse ly population (most important preventive measure) by wide spraying of insecticides, traps, and baits impregnated with insecticides. ¾¾ No vaccine is available. 45 ¾¾ In reduviid bugs, amastigote forms are found in the midgut and metacyclic trypomastigote forms are present in hindgut and feces. Obligate intracellular parasites •¾Trypanosoma cruzi •¾Leishmania spp. •¾Plasmodium spp. •¾Babesia spp. •¾Toxoplasma gondii •¾Microsporidia Morphology Amastigote Amastigotes are oval bodies measuring 2–4 μm in diameter having a nucleus and kinetoplast (Fig. 5.5A). ¾¾ Flagellum is absent. ¾¾ Morphologically, it resembles the amastigote of Leishmania spp., hence it is frequently called as leishmanial form. ¾¾ Multiplication of the parasite occurs in this stage. ¾¾ This form is found in muscles, nerve cells, and reticulo­ enodothelial systems. Trypanosoma Cruzi Trypomastigote T. cruzi is the causative organism of Chagas’s disease or South American trypanosomiasis. Trypomastigotes are non­multiplying forms found in the peripheral blood of man and other mammalian hosts (Fig. 5.5B). ¾¾ In the blood, they appear either as long, thin lagellates about (20 μm long) or short stumpy form (15 μm long). ¾¾ Posterior end is wedge­shaped. History and Distribution It is a zoonotic disease and is limited to South and Central America. ¾¾ Carlos Chagas, investigating malaria in Brazil in 1909, accidentally found this trypanosome in the intestine of a triatomine bug and then in the blood of a monkey bitten by the infected bugs. ¾¾ Chagas named the parasite T. cruzi after his mentor Oswaldo Cruz and the disease was named as Chagas’ disease in his honor. A B Habitat ¾¾ In humans, T. cruzi exists in both amastigote and trypomastigote forms. € Amastigotes are the intracellular parasites. They are found in muscular tissue, nervous tissue, and reticulo­endothelial system. € Trypomastigotes are found in the peripheral blood. C Fig. 5.5: Trypanosoma cruzi. A. Amastigote; B. Trypomastigote; C. Epimastigote 46 Textbook of Medical Parasitology ¾¾ In stained blood smears, they are shaped like alphabet ‘C’, ‘U’, or ‘S’, having a free lagellum of about one­third the length of the body. ¾¾ These forms do not multiply in humans and are taken up by the insect vectors. Epimastigote Form Epimastigote forms are found in the insect vector, the reduviid bug and in culture also (Fig. 5.5C). ¾ It has a kinetoplast adjacent to the nucleus. ¾¾ An undulating membrane runs along the anterior half of the parasite. ¾¾ Epimastigotes divide by binary ission in hindgut of the vector. Life Cycle T. cruzi passes its life cycle in 2 hosts (Fig. 5.6). Deinitive host: Man Intermediate host (vector): Reduviid bug or triatomine bugs. Reservoir host: Armadillo, cat, dog, and pigs. Infective form: Metacyclic trypomastigotes forms are the infective forms found in feces of reduviid bugs. ¾ The parasite occurs in 3 diferent but overlapping infection cycles a sylvatic zoonosis in wild animals like armadillos and opposums, peridomestic cycle in dogs, cats, and other domestic animals, and domestic cycle in humans. Diferent vector species are active in these infection cycles. Fig. 5.6: Life cycle of Trypanosoma cruzi Hemolagellates ¾¾ The vectors important in human infection are the reduviid bugs adapted to living in human habitations, mainly Triatoma infestans, Rhodnius prolixus, and Panstrongylus megistus. These are large (upto 3 cm long) night­biting bugs, which typically defecate while feeding. The feces of infected bugs contain the metacyclic trypomastigote. Mode of transmission: € Transmission of infection to man and other reservoir hosts takes place when mucus membranes, conjunctiva, or wound on the surface of the skin is contaminated by feces of the bug containing metacyclic trypomastigotes. € T. cruzi can also be transmitted by the blood transfusion, organ transplantation, and vertical transmission i.e. from mother to fetus or very rarely by ingestion of contaminated food or drink. Development in Man ¾¾ The metacyclic trypomastigotes introduced in human body by bite of Tsetse ly invade the reticulo endothilial system and spread to other tissues. ¾¾ After passing through promastigote and epimastigote forms, they again become trypomastigotes, which are released into the blood stream and are the infective stage for triatomine bug. No multiplication occurs in this stage. Multiplication takes place only intracellularly in the amastigote form and to some extent as promastigote or epimastigotes (Fig. 5.6). Development in Reduviid Bugs ¾¾ Bugs acquire infection by feeding on an infected mammalian host. ¾¾ Most triatomine bugs are nocturnal. ¾¾ The trypomastigotes are transformed into epimastigotes in the midgut, from where they migrate to the hindgut and multiply. ¾¾ These, in turn, develop into non-dividing metacyclic trypomastigotes (infective form), which are excreted in feces (stercorarian transmission). ¾¾ The development of T. cruzi in the vector takes 8–10 days, which contitutes the extrinsic incubation period. Pathogenecity and Clinical Features The incubation period of T. cruzi in man is 1–2 weeks. The disease manifests in acute and chronic form. Acute Chagas’ Disease Acute phase occurs soon after infection and may last for 1–4 months. ¾¾ It is seen often in children under 2 years of age. ¾¾ First sign appears within a week after invasion of parasite. 47 ¾¾ 'Chagoma' is the typical subcutaneous lesion occuring at the site of inoculation. Inoculation of the parasite in conjunctiva causes unilateral, painless edema of perioccular tissues in the eye called as Romana’s sign. This is a classical inding of the acute Chagas' disease. ¾¾ In few patients, there may be generalized infection with fever, lymphadenopathy, and hepatosplenomegaly. ¾¾ The patient may die of acute myocarditis and meningoencephalitis. ¾¾ Usually within 4–8 weeks, acute signs and symptoms resolve spontaneously and patients then enter the asymptomatic or indeterminate phase of chronic T. cruzi infection. Chronic Chagas’ Disease The chronic form is found in adults and older children and becomes apparent years or even decades after the initial infection. ¾¾ In chronic phase, T. cruzi produces inlammatory response, cellular destruction, and ibrosis of muscles and nerves, that control tone of hollow organs like heart, esophagus, colon, etc. Thus, it can lead to cardiac myopathy and megaesophagus and megacolon (dilalation of esophagus and colon). Congenital Infection Congenital transmission is possible in both acute and chronic phase of the disease causing myocardial and neurological damage in the fetus. Laboratory Diagnosis Diagnosis is done by demonstration of T. cruzi in blood or tissues or by serology. Microscopy ¾¾ The diagnosis of acute Chagas’ disease requires detection of parasites. ¾¾ Microscopic examination of fresh anticoagulated blood or the bufy coat is the simplest way to see motile organisms. ¾¾ In wet mount, trypomastigotes are faintly visible but their snake­like motion against RBC’s makes their presence apparent. ¾¾ Trypomastigotes can also be seen in thick and thin peripheral blood smear, stained with Giemsa stain (Fig. 5.7). ¾¾ Microhematocrit containing acridine orange as a stain can also be used. ¾¾ When used by experienced personnel, all these methods yield positive results in a high proportion of cases of acute Chagas’s disease. 48 Textbook of Medical Parasitology ¾¾ The reduviid bugs are reared in a trypanosome­free laboratory and starved for 2 weeks. They are then fed on patients blood. If trypomastigotes are ingested, they will multiply and develop into epimastigotes and trypomastigotes, which can be found in the feces of the bug 2 weeks later. Histopathology Biopsy examination of lymphnodes and skeletal muscles and aspirate from Chagoma may reveal amastigotes of T. cruzi. Serology Fig. 5.7: Trypanosoma cruzi, blood smear Giemsa stain, magn x 1100 Note: Serologic testing plays no role in diagnosing acute Chagas’ disease. Protozoan parasites detected in peripheral blood ilm •¾Trypanosoma cruzi •¾Trypanosoma brucei rhodesiense •¾Trypanosoma brucei gambiense •¾Leishmania spp. •¾Plasmodium spp. •¾Babesia spp. Culture Novy, Neal, and Nicolle (NNN) medium or its modiications are used for growing T. cruzi. ¾¾ This medium is inoculated with blood and other specimens and incubated at 22°–24°C. ¾¾ The luid from the culture is examined microscopically by 4th day and then every week for 6 weeks. ¾¾ Epimastigotes and trypomastigotes are found in the culture. ¾¾ Culture is more sensitive than smear microscopy. Animal Inoculation Guinea pig or mice inoculation may be done with blood, CSF, lymph node aspirate, or any other tissue material and the trypomastigote is looked for in its blood smears in a few days after successful inoculation. Xenodiagnosis This is the method of choice in suspected Chagas’ disease, if other examinations are negative, especially during the early phase of the disease onset. Antigen detection T. cruzi antigen can be detected in urine and sera in patients with chronic Chagas’ disease. ELISA has been developed for detection of antigens. Antibody detection Antibodies (IgG) against T. cruzi may be detected by the following tests – ¾¾ IHA ¾¾ CFT (Machado­Guerreiro test) ¾¾ ELISA ¾¾ IIF ¾ Direct agglutination test (DAT). It is a simple test being recommended for ield use. ¾¾ Chagas' RadioImmune Precipitation Assay (RIPA) is a highly sensitive and speciic conirmatory method for detecting antibodies of T. cruzi. The disadvantage of the antibody based tests is that they may be false positive with other disease like leishmaniasis and syphilis. Intradermal Test The antigen ‘cruzin’ is prepared from T. cruzi culture and used for the intradermal test. A delayed hypersensitivity reaction is seen. Molecular Diagnosis PCR is available that detects speciic primers, which have been developed against T. cruzi kinetoplastic or nuclear DNA. The disadvantage of the test is that it is not commercially available. Other Tests ¾¾ Electrocardiography (ECG) and chest X­ray are useful for diagnosis and prognosis of cardiomyopathy seen Hemolagellates in chronic Chagas’ disease. The combination of right bundle branch block (RBBB) and left anterior fascicular block is a typical feature of Chagas’ heart disease. ¾¾ Endoscopy helps in visualization of megaesophagus in Chagas’ disease. Treatment No efective speciic treatment is available for treating Chagas' disease. Nifutrimox and benznidazole have been used with some success in both acute and chronic Chagas disease. These drugs kill only the extracellular trypanosomes but not the intracellular forms. Dose: Nifutrimox: 8–10 mg/kg for adults and 15 mg/kg for children. The drug should be given orally in 4 divided doses each day for 90–120 days. Benznidazole: 5–10 mg/day orally for 60 days. Prophylaxis ¾¾ Application of insecticide to control the vector bug. ¾¾ Personal protection using insect repellant and mosquito net. ¾¾ Improvement in rural housing and environment to eliminate breeding places of bugs. Trypanosoma Rangeli T. rangeli was irst described by Tejera in 1920 while examining the intestinal content of reduviid bug (R. prolixus). ¾¾ It is nonpathogenic. ¾¾ T. rangeli infections are encountered in most areas where T. cruzi infection also occurs (Mexico, Central America, and northern South America). ¾¾ Morphologically, it is similar to T. cruzi, except that it is slender and long (26–36 µm long) and has a smaller kinetoplast (Table 5.4). ¾¾ It is commonly found in dogs, cats, and humans. ¾¾ Infection is transmitted by both bite of triatomine bug and fecal contamination from reduviid bug. Table 5.4: Diferences Between T. cruzi and T. rangeli Trypanosoma cruzi Trypanosoma rangeli Pathogenic Nonpathogenic 15–20 µm long 30 µm long, more slender and longer C or U­shaped Not C or U­shaped Kinetoplast: Large and terminal Kinteoplast: Small and subterminal Primary reservoirs: Opposums, dog, cats, and wild rodents Primary reservoir: Wild rodents 49 ¾¾ T. rangeli multiplies in human blood by binary ission. Intracellular stage is typically absent. ¾¾ T. rangeli can circulate in blood of infected animals for a long period, unlike T. cruzi. ¾¾ Although T. rangeli appears to be a normal commensal, they do reduce the life span of reduviid bug. ¾¾ Diagnostic methods are similar to that of T. cruzi. Key points of Trypanosomes •¾Trypanosomes follow one of the two developmental modes in vectors. In Salivaria: The trypanosomes migrate to mouth parts of vector tsetse ly, e.g. T. gambiense, T. rhodesiense. In Stercoraria: The trypanosomes migrate to hindgut of vector bug, e.g. T. cruzi. •¾T. brucei gambiense causes West African sleeping sickness manifested by fever, hepatosplenomegaly, and posterior cervical lymphadenopathy with chronic central nervous system invasion. •¾T. brucei rhodesiense causes East African sleeping sickness manifested by fever, early and acute central nervous system invasion, with loss of weight and myocarditis. •¾Diagnosis: By detection of trypanosomes in wet mount preparations of lymph node aspirates or blood or by serology and PCR. •¾Drug of choice: For stage I HAT by T. brucei gambiense is pentamidine and by T. brucei rhodesiense is suramin. In stage II, the drug of choice is melarsopro in both cases. •¾South American trypanosomiasis (Chagas’ disease) is caused by T. cruzi. •¾It is transmitted by wound or conjunctival conta­ mination of feces of the reduviid bugs. •¾Clinical features: ‘Chagoma’ is the typical subcutaneous lesion commonly on face (Romana’s sign) in Chagas’ disease. Damage to nerve cells and muscles leads to megaesophagus, megacolon, and cardiac myopathy. •¾Diagnosis: By demonstration of T. cruzi in blood or tissue or by serology and xenodiagnosis. •¾Treatment: Nifutrimox and benznidazole. Leishmania General Characteristics The genus Leishmania is named after Sir William Leishman, who discovered the lagellate protozoa causing Kala­azar, the Indian visceral leishmaniasis. ¾¾ All members of the genus Leishmania are obligate intracellular parasites that pass their life cycle in 2 50 Textbook of Medical Parasitology hosts—the mammalian host and the insect vector, female sandly. ¾¾ In humans and other mammalian hosts, they multiply within macrophages, in which they occur exclusively in the amastigote form, having an ovoid body containing a nucleus and kinetoplast. ¾¾ In the sandly, they occur in the promastigote form, with a spindle­shaped body and a single lagellum arising from anterior end. ¾¾ Leishmaniasis has an immense geographical distribution in the tropics and subtropics of the world, extending through most of the Central and South America, part of North America, central and South­east Asia, India, China, the Mediterranean region, and Africa. ¾¾ The disease afects the low socio­economic group of people. Overcrowding, poor ventilation, and collection of organic material inside house facilitate its transmission. ¾¾ Across the tropics, 3 diferent diseases are caused by various species of genus Leishmania. These are: € € € Visceral leishmaniasis: The species L. donovani complex infecting internal organs (liver, spleen, and bone marrow) of human is the causative parasite. Cutaneous leishmaniasis: The species L. tropica complex, L. aethiopica, L. major and L. mexicana complex are the causative parasite. Mucocutaneous leishmaniasis : It is caused by the L. braziliensis complex . Classiication The genus Leishmania includes a number of diferent varieties and subspecies, which difer in several features such as antigenic structure, isoenzymes, and other bio­ chemical characteristics, growth properties, host speciicity, etc. (Table 5.5). Leishmania species can also be classiied on the basis of geographical distribution as given in Table 5.6. The various manifestations of leishmaniasis and Leishmania species causing them have been summarized in Flowchart 5.2. Table 5.5: Leishmania species Involved in Human Disease Species Disease Geographical distribution Vector Reservoir Transmission Leishmania donovani Visceral leishmaniasis Middle East, (Kala­azar or Africa, and Indian dumdum fever) Subcontinent Phlebotomus argentipes, Phlebotomus orientalis Humans Anthroponotic, occasionally zoonotic Leishmania infantum Visceral leishmaniasis, cutaneous leishmaniasis Leishmania chagasi Visceral leishmaniasis Tropical South America Lutzomyra longipalpis Fox and wild canines Zoonotic Leishmania tropica Cutaneous Leishmaniasis (oriental sore, Baghdad boil) Middle East and Central Asia Phlebotomus sergenti Humans Anthroponotic Leishmania major Cutaneous leishmaniasis Africa, Indian Subcontinent, and Central Asia Phlebotomus papatasi, Phlebotomus duboscqi Gerbil Zoonotic Leishmania aethiopica Cutaneous and difuse cutaneous leishmaniasis Ethiopia and Kenya Phlebotomus longipes Phlebotomus pedifer Hydraxes Zoonotic Leishmania braziliensis complex Mucocutaneous leishmaniasis (Espundia) Tropical South America Lutzomyra umbratilis Forest rodents and peridomestic animals Zoonotic Leishmania mexicana complex Mucocutaneous leishmaniasis (Chiclero’s ulcer) Central America and Amazon basin Lutzomyra olmeca, Lutzomyra lairscutellata Forest rodents and marsupials Zoonotic Mediterranean Coast, Phlebotomus Dog, fox, jackal, and Middle East, and perniciousus, wolf China. Phlebotomus ariasi, Phlebotomus papatasi Zoonotic Hemolagellates 51 Table 5.6: Classiication of Leishmania based on Geographical Distribution Old world leishmaniasis New world leishmaniasis Leishmania donovani Leishmania braziliensis complex Leishmania infantum Leishmania mexicana complex Leishmania tropica Leishmania chagasi Leishmania major Leishmania peruviana Leishmania aethiopica Note: The vector for old world leishmaniasis is sandly of the genus Phlebotomus and for new world leishmaniasis is sandly of the genera Lutzomyra and Psychodopygus. Old World Leishmaniasis Leishmania Donovani L. donovani causes visceral leishmaniasis or Kala-azar. It also causes the condition, Post Kala-azar Dermal Leishmaniasis (PKDL). History and Distribution Sir William Leishman in 1900, observed the parasite in spleen smears of a soldier who died of ‘Dumdum fever’ or Kala­azar contracted at Dum Dum, Calcutta. Leishman reported this inding from London in 1903. In the same year, Donovan also reported the same parasite in spleen smears of patients from Madras. The name Leishmania donovani was, therefore given to this parasite. The amastigote forms of the parasite as seen in smears from patients are called Leishman Donovan (LD) bodies. ¾¾ Visceral leishmaniasis or Kala­azar is a major public health problem in many parts of world. According to the World Health Organization (WHO), a total of 5,00,000 cases of visceral leishmaniasis occur every year. Of these new cases, 90% are found in the Indian subcontinent and Sudan and Brazil. Fig. 5.8: Geographical distribution of visceral leishmaniasis. Endemic areas shaded; dots indicate sporadic cases ¾¾ The disease occurs in endemic, epidemic, or sporadic forms. Major epidemics of the disease are currently found in India, Brazil, and Sudan (Fig. 5.8). ¾¾ The resurgence of Kala­azar in India, beginning in the mid­1970s, assumed epidemic proportions in 1977 and involved over 1,10,000 cases in humans. Initially, the disease was conined to Bihar (Muzafarpur, Samastipur, Vaishali, and Sitamarhi). Since then, the cases are increasing and involving newer areas. The epidemic extended to West Bengal and irst outbreak occurred in 1980 in Malda district. ¾¾ At present, the disease has established its endemicity in 31 districts in Bihar, 11 districts in West Bengal, 5 districts in Jharkhand, and 3 districts in Uttar Pardesh. Sporadic cases have been reported from Tamil Nadu, Maharashtra, Karnataka, and Andhra Pradesh. Habitat The amastigote (LD body) of L. donovani is found in the reticuloendothelial system. They are found mostly within the macrophages in the spleen, liver, bone marrow and less often in other locations such as skin, intestinal mucosa, and mesenteric lymph nodes. Flowchart 5.2: Distribution and disease caused by Leishmania spp. 52 Textbook of Medical Parasitology ¾¾ A single nucleus is situated at the center. The kinetoplast Morphology The parasite exists in 2 forms (Fig. 5.9). ¾ Amastigote form: in humans and other mammals. ¾ Promastigote form: in the sandly and in artiicial culture. Amastigote The amastigote form (LD body) is an ovoid or rounded cell, about 2–4 µm in size (Fig. 5.9A). ¾¾ It is typically intracellular, being found inside macro­ phages, monocytes, neutrophils, or endothelial cells. ¾¾ They are also known as LD bodies. ¾¾ Smears stained with Leishman, Giemsa, or Wright’s stain show a pale blue cytoplasm enclosed by a limiting membrane. ¾¾ The large oval nucleus is stained red. Lying at the right angles to nucleus, is the red or purple­stained kinetoplast. ¾¾ In well­stained preparations, the kineloplast can be seen consisting of a parabasal body and a dot­like blepharoplast with a delicate thread connecting the two. The axoneme arising from the blepharoplast extends to the anterior tip of the cell. ¾¾ Alongside the kinetoplast a clear unstained vacuole can be seen. ¾¾ Flagellum is absent. lies transversely near the anterior end. ¾¾ The lagellum is single, delicate, and measures 15–28 µm. ¾¾ Giemsa or Leishman­stained ilms show pale blue cytoplasm with a pink nucleus and bright red kinetoplast. ¾¾ A vacuole is present near the root of the lagellum. ¾¾ There is no undulating membrane. ¾¾ Promastigote forms, which develop in artiicial cultures, have the same morphology as in the sandly. Life Cycle L. donovani completes its life cycle in 2 hosts (Fig. 5.10). Deinitive host: Man, dog, and other mammals. Vector: Female sandly (Phlebotomus species). Infective form: Promastigote form present in midgut of female sandly. Vector species responsible for transmission of Leishmania donovani Country India China, Bangladesh ­ ­ Sudan and Africa ­ Mediterrean countries ­ Middle East and Russia ­ Centra Asia South America ­ ­ Promastigote It is a lagellar stage and is present in insect vector, sandly and in cultures. ¾¾ The promastigotes, which are intitially short, oval or pear­shaped forms, subsequently become long spindle­ shaped cells, 15–25 µm in length and 1.5–3.5 µm in breadth (Fig. 5.9B). A B Fig. 5.9: Morphology of Leishmania donovani. A. Amastigote (LD body); B. Promastigote Phlebotomus species P. argentipes P. chineses P. sergenti P. pernicious P. orientalis (Sudan) P. longicupis P. sergenti P. pernicious P. papatasii P. major P. tobbi P. perfulievi P. papatasii P. papatasii P. longipalpis P. intermudias P. lutzi Mode of transmission: € Humans acquire by bite of an infected female sandly. € It can also be transmitted vertically from mother to fetus, by blood transfusion, and accidental inoculation in the laboratory. Incubation period: Usually 2–6 months, occasionally it may be as short as 10 days or as long as 2 years. ¾¾ The sandly regurgitates the promastigotes in the wound caused by its proboscis. ¾¾ These are engulfed by the cells of reticuloendothelial system (macrophages, monocytes, and polymorpho­ Hemolagellates 53 Fig. 5.10: Life cycle of Leishmania donovani nuclear leucocytes) and change into amastigote (LD body) within the cells . ¾¾ The amastigote multiplies by binary ission, producing numerous daughter cells that distend the macrophage and rupture it. The liberated daughter cells are in turn, phagocytosed by other macrophages and histiocytes. Small number of LD bodies can be found in peripheral blood inside neutrophils or monocytes (Fig. 5.10). ¾¾ When a vector sandly feeds on an infected person, the amastigotes present in peripheral blood and tissue luids enter the insect along with its blood meal. In the midgut (stomach) of the sandly, the amastigote elongates and develops into the promastigote form (Fig. 5.10). ¾¾ The promastigote multiples by longitudinal binary ission and reaches enormous numbers. They may be seen as large rosettes with their lagella entangled. ¾¾ In the sandly, they migrate from the midgut to the pharynx and hypostome, where they accumulate and block the passage. ¾¾ Such blocked sandlies have diiculty in sucking blood. When they bite a person and attempt to suck blood, plugs of adherent parasites may get dislodged from 54 Textbook of Medical Parasitology the pharynx and they are deposited in the punctured wound. It takes about 10 days for the promastigotes to reach adequate numbers after ingestion of the amastigotes, so as to block the buccal cavity and pharynx of the sandly. This is, therefore, the duration of extrinsic incubation period. This period is also synchronous with the gonadotropic cycle of the vector, so that amastigotes ingested during a single blood meal, are ready to be transmitted when the sandly takes the next blood meal after its eggs have been laid. Pathogenicity L. donovani causes visceral leishmaniasis or kala­azar. ¾¾ Kala­azar is a reticuloendotheliosis resulting from the invasion of reticuloendothelial system by L. donovani. ¾¾ The parasitized macrophages disseminate the infection to all parts of the body. ¾¾ In the spleen, liver, and bone marrow particularly, the amastigotes multiply enormously in the ixed macrophages to produce a ‘blockade’ of the reticuloendothelial system. This leads to a marked proliferation and destruction of reticuloendothelial tissue in these organs. ¾¾ Spleen: € The spleen is the most afected organ. It is grossly enlarged and the capsule is thickened due to perisplenitis. € Spleen is soft and friable and cuts easily due to absence of ibrosis. € The cut section is red or chocolate in color due to the dilated and engorged vascular spaces. € The trabeculae are thin and atrophic. € Microscopically, the reticulum cells are greatly increased in numbers and are loaded with LD bodies. € Lymphocytic iniltration is scanty, but plasma cells are numerous. ¾¾ Liver: € The liver is enlarged. € The Küpfer cells and vascular endothelial cells are heavily parasitized, but hepatocytes are not afected. € Liver function is, therefore, not seriously afected, although prothrombin production is commonly decreased. € The sinusoidal capillaries are dilated and engorged. € Some degree of fatty degeneration is seen. The cut surface may show a ‘nutmeg’ appearance. ¾¾ Bone marrow: € The bone marrow is heavily iniltrated with parasitized macrophages, which may crowd the hematopoietic tissues. ¾¾ Peripheral lymphnodes and lymphoid tissues of the nasopharynx and intestine are hypertrophic, although this is not seen in Indian cases. ¾¾ Severe anemia with hemoglobin levels of 5–10 g/dL may occur in Kala­azar, as a result of iniltration of the bone marrow as well as by the increased destruction of erythrocytes due to hypersplenism. Autoantibodies to red cells may contribute to hemolysis. Ecological types The epidemiology and clinical features of visceral leish­ maniasis and the ecology of the parasite are very diferent in diferent geographical areas. The diferent clinical syndromes have, therefore been considered to be distinct entities and the parasite causing them have been given separate species or sub­species status, as listed below. •¾Indian visceral leishmaniasis: Caused by L. donovani producing the anthroponotic disease Kala­azar and its sequel post Kala­azar dermal leishmaniasis (PKDL). The disease is not zoonotic; human beings being the only host and reservoir. Vector is the sandly, P. argentipes. •¾Mediterranean leishmaniasis: Middle eastern leishmaniasis caused by L. donovani infantum afecting mostly young children. It is a zoonotic disease; the reservoir being dog and wild canines such as foxes, jackals, and wolves. Vectors are P. pernicious and P. papatasii. •¾East African leishmaniasis: Caused by L. archibaldi. The disease is zoonotic, found mainly in rural areas. •¾South American leishmaniasis: Caused by L. donavani chagasis (L. chagasi). The disease is zoonotic. Foxes and wild canines are reservoirs. Dogs act as link between the reservoir hosts and humans. The main vector is the sandly, Lutzomyra longipalpis. •¾China: The disease resembles the mediterranean type (L. infantum) in the north­west and Indian type L. donovani in the East. •¾American (New World) visceral leishmaniasis: Caused by L. chagasi. It is present is most parts of Latin America and resembles the disease caused by L. infantum. The main vector is L. longipalpis. ¾¾ Leucopenia with marked neutropenia and thrombo­ cytopenia are frequently seen. Antibodies against WBCs and platelets suggest an autoimmune basis for the pancytopenia observed in Kala­azar. Causes of anemia in Kala-azar •¾Splenic sequestration of RBCs •¾Decreased erythropoesis due to replacement of bone marrow with parasitized macrophages •¾Autoimmune hemolysis •¾Hemorrhage Hemolagellates 55 Table 5.7: Diferences Between PKDL of India and East Africa Fig. 5.11: Kala­azar Spleen showing a greatly enlarged organ Characteristics India East Africa Incidence 5% 50% Time interval between visceral leishmaniasis and PKDL Occurs after visceral leishmaniasis. May take 3–5 years Occurs during visceral leishmaniasis Age group afected Any age Mostly children Appearance of rash Rashes appear after visceral leishmaniasis Rashes may appear during visceral leishmaniasis Spontaneous cure Not seen Seen Duration of treatment with sodium stibogluconate 60–120 days 60 days Clinical Features of Kala-Azar ¾¾ The onset is typically insidious. The clinical illness begins with fever, which may be continuous, remittent, or irregular. ¾¾ Splenomegaly starts early and is progressive and massive (Fig. 5.11). ¾¾ Hepatomegaly and lymphadenopathy also occur but are not so prominent. ¾¾ Skin becomes dry, rough, and darkly pigmented (hence, the name Kala-azar). ¾¾ The hair become thin and brittle. ¾¾ Cachexia with marked anemia, emaciation, and loss of weight is seen. ¾¾ Epistaxis and bleeding from gums are common. ¾¾ Most untreated patients die in about 2 years, due to some intercurrent disease such as dysentery, diarrhea, and tuberculosis. Post Kala-azar Dermal Leishmaniasis About 3–10% cases of patients of visceral leishmaniasis in endemic areas develop PKDL, about an year or 2 after recovery from the systemic illness. ¾¾ PKDL is seen mainly in India and East Africa and not seen elsewhere. The Indian and African diseases difer in several aspects; important features of PKDL in these two regions are listed in Table 5.7. ¾¾ PKDL is a non­ulcerative lesion of skin. The lesions are of 3 types. € Depigmented macules: These commonly appear on the trunk and extremities and resemble tuberculoid leprosy. € Erythematous patches: These are distributed on the face in a 'butterly distribution'. € Nodular lesion: Both of the above mentioned lesions may develop into painless yellowish pink non­ulcerating granulomatous nodules. ¾¾ The parasite can be demonstrated in the lesions. Immunity ¾¾ The most important immunological feature in Kala­azar is the marked suppression of cell­mediated immunity to leishmanial antigens. This makes unrestricted intracellular multiplication of the parasite possible. Cellular responses to tuberculin and other antigens are also suppressed and may be regained some 6 weeks after recovery from the disease. ¾¾ In contrast, there is an overproduction of immuno­ globulins, both speciic anti­leishmanial antibodies as well as non­speciic polyclonal IgG and IgM. Circulating immune complexes are demonstrable in serum. Laboratory Diagnosis Laboratory diagnosis of Kala­azar depends upon direct and indirect evidences (Flowchart 5.3). Direct Evidence Microscopy ¾¾ Demonstration of amastigotes in smears of tissue aspirates is the gold standard for diagnosis of visceral leishmaniasis. 56 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Flowchart 5.3: Laboratory diagnosis of Kala­azar ¾¾ For microscopic demonstration of the parasite, the materials collected are: € Peripheral blood € Bone marrow € Splenic aspirate € Enlarged lymph node. ¾¾ The smears are stained by Leishman, Giemsa, or Wright’s stains and examined under oil immersion objective. ¾¾ Amastigote parasite can be seen within the macrophages, often in large numbers. A few extracellular forms can also be seen. ¾¾ Peripheral blood smear: € Peripheral blood contains the amastigotes present inside circulating monocytes and less often in neutrophils, but the numbers are so scanty that a direct blood smear may not show them. € Chances of detecting them are somewhat improved by examination of a thick blood ilm. € It is best to examine bufy coat smear, although even these are not often found positive. € Bufy coat smears show a diurnal periodicity, more smears being positive when collected during the day than at night. ¾¾ Bone marrow aspirate: € Bone marrow aspirate is the most common diagnostic specimen collected. € Generally, the sternal marrow is aspirated by puncturing the sternum at the level of the 2nd or 3rd intercostal space, using a sternal puncture needle. € This consists of a short stout needle with a stylet. It has a movable guard, which is ixed at 1–2 cm from the tip, depending on the thickness of the chest wall over the sternum. € After disinfecting and anesthetizing the skin, the needle is introduced into the sternal marrow and about 0.5 mL of marrow luid is aspirated using a syringe. The puncture wound is sealed with celloidin or tincture benzoin. Bone marrow samples can also be obtained by puncturing the iliac crest. ¾¾ Splenic aspirates: € Splenic aspirates are richer in parasites and therefore, are more valuable for diagnosis. € But, the procedure can sometimes cause dangerous bleeding and therefore, should be done carefully and only when a marrow examination is inconclusive. ¾¾ Lymphnode aspirates: € Lymphnode apsirates are not useful in the diagnosis of Indian Kala­azar, although it is employed in visceral leishmaniasis in some other countries. ¾¾ Comparison of aspiration biopsies: Although splenic aspiration is the most sensitive method (98% positive), bone marrow puncture (50–85%, positive) is a safer procedure when compared to spleen puncture, as there is risk of hemorrhage in splenic puncture particularly in patients with advanced stage of disease with soft enlarged spleen. Splenic aspiration is contraindicated in patients with prolonged prothrombin time or if platelet count is less than 40,000/mm3. Liver biopsy is also not a safe procedure and carries a risk of hemorrhage. Lymph node aspiration is positive in 65% of cases of African Kala­azar, but not useful in cases of Indian Kala­azar. Hemolagellates A 57 B Fig. 5.12: Leishmania donovani. A. Culture form (Giemsa stain, magn. X 1100); B. Liver smear (Giemsa stain, magn. X 1100) Culture Diferent tissue materials or blood are cultured on NNN medium. This is a rabbit blood agar slope consisting of 2 parts of salt agar and 1 part of deibrinated rabbit blood. The material is inoculated into the water of condensation and culture is incubated at 22°–24°C for 1–4 weeks. At the end of each week, a drop of culture luid is examined for promastigotes under high power objective or phase contrast illumination (Fig. 5.12). Other biphasic medium, like Schneider’s drosophila tissue culture medium with added fetal calf serum can also be used. Animal inoculation Animal inoculation is not used for routine diagnosis. ¾¾ When necessary, Chinese golden hamster is the animal employed. ¾¾ The material is inoculated intraperitoneally or intradermally into the skin of nose and feet ¾¾ The inoculated animals are kept at 23°–26°C. ¾¾ In positive cases, the amastigote can be demonstrated in smears taken from ulcers or nodules developing at the sites of inoculation or from the spleen (Fig. 5.13). ¾¾ Animal inoculation is a very sensitive method, but takes several weeks to become positive. ¾¾ Detection of antibodies: CFT was the irst serological test used to detect serum antibodies in visceral leishmaniasis. The antigen originally used, was prepared from human tubercle bacillus by Witebsky, Kliengenstein, and Kühn (hence, called WKK antigen). CFT using WKK antigen becomes positive early in the disease, within weeks of infection. Positive reaction also occurs in other conditions, including tuberculosis, leprosy, and tropical eosinophilia. € Speciic leishmanial antigens prepared from cultures have been used in a number of tests to demonstrate speciic antibodies. These tests include: ˆ Indirect immunoluroscent antibody test (IFAT) ˆ Counter immunoelectrophoresis (CIEP) ˆ ELISA and DOT­ELISA ˆ DAT Indirect Evidences Serodiagnosis ¾¾ Detection of antigen: The concentration of antigen in the serum or other body luids is very low. ELISA and PCR have been developed for detection of leishmanial antigen. Fig. 5.13: LD body in spleen smear of experimentally infected animal (Giemsa stain) 58 Textbook of Medical Parasitology ˆ A speciic rapid immunchromatographic dipstick (ICT) method for antibody has been developed using a recombinant leishmanial antigen rk 39 consisting of 39 amino acids conserved in kinesin region of L. infantum. The sensitivity of the test is 98% and speciicity is 90%. Skin test ¾¾ Leishmanin skin test (Montenegro test): € € € Note: The direct agglutination test for antileishmanial antibody has been found to be highly speciic and sensitive for diagnosis of Kala­azar. However, rk 39 antibody test is more useful and sensitive and recommended by National Vector­borne Disease Control Programme (NVDCP) in India. € Molecular diagnosis € A number of molecular diagnosis methods have been developed, which help in species identiication of Leish­ mania. The methods include Western blot and PCR. The use of PCR is conined to specialized laboratories and is yet to be used for routine diagnosis of visceral leishmaniasis in endemic areas. Non-speciic serum tests These tests are based on the greatly increased globulin content of serum in the disease. ¾¾ The 2 tests widely used are € Napier’s aldehyde or formogel test € Chopra’s antimony test. ¾¾ Napier’s aldehyde test: 1 mL of clear serum from the patient is taken in a small test tube, a drop of formalin (40% formaldehyde) is added, shaken, and kept in a rack at room temperature. € A control tube with normal serum is also set up. € A positive reaction is jelliication and opaciication of the test serum, resembling the coagulated white of egg appearing within 3–30 minutes. € About 85% of patients with disease of 4 months or more give positive reaction. € Aldehyde test is always negative in cutaneous leishmaniasis. € The test merely indicates greatly increased serum gamma globulin and thus, is non­speciic. ¾¾ Chopra’s antimony test: It is done by taking 0.2 mL of serum diluted 1:10 with distilled water in a Dreyer’s tube and overlaying with few drops of 4% solution of urea stibamine. Formation of loculant precipitate indicates positive test. € The reaction is said to be more sensitive than the aldehyde test. ¾¾ Both the tests give false positive reactions in several other disease such as multiple myeloma, cirrhosis of liver, tuberculosis, leprosy, schistosomiasis, African trypanosomiasis, etc., where hypergammaglobulinemia exists. € It is delayed hypersensitivity test. This was irst discovered by Montenegro in South America and hence, named after him. 0.1 mL of killed promastigote suspension (106 washed promastigotes/mL) is injected intradermally on the dorsoventral aspect of forearm. Positive result is indicated by an induration and erythema of 5 mm or more after 48–72 hours. Positive result indicates prior exposure to leishmanial parasite. In active Kala­azar, this test is negative and becomes positive usually 6–8 weeks after cure from the disease. Blood picture ¾¾ Complete blood count shows normocytic normochromic anemia and thrombocytopenia. ¾¾ Leucocyte count reveals leucopenia accompanied by a relative increase of lymphocytes and monocytes. Eosinophil granulocytes are absent. During the course of disease, there is a progressive diminution of leucocyte count falling to 1,000/mm3 of blood or even below that. ¾¾ The ratio of leucocyte to erythrocyte is greatly altered and may be about 1:200 to 1:100 (normal 1:750). ¾¾ Serum shows hypergammaglobulinemia and a reversal of the albumin: globulin ratio. ¾¾ Liver function tests show mild elevations. Diagnosis of PKDL ¾¾ The nodular lesions are biopsied and amastigote forms are demonstrated in stained sections. ¾¾ The biopsy material can be cultured or animal inoculation can be done. ¾¾ Immunodiagnosis has no role in the diagnosis of PKDL. Treatment Kala­azar responds to treatment better than other forms of visceral leishmaniasis. The standard treatment consists pentavalent antimonial compound, which is the drug of choice in most of the endemic regions of the world, but there is resistance to antimony in Bihar in India, where amphotericin­B­deoxycholate or miltefosine is preferred. Pentavalent Antimonial Compound Two pentavalent antimonial (Sbv) preparations are available: ¾¾ Sodium stibogluconate (100 mg of Sbv/mL) ¾¾ Meglumine antimonate (85 mg of Sbv/mL). Dosage: The daily dose is 20 mg/kg by rapid intravenous (IV) infusion or intramuscular (IM) injection for 20–30 days. Hemolagellates Cure rates exceed 90% in most of the old world, except in Bihar (India) due to resistance. Amphotericin B ¾¾ Amphotericin B is currently used as a irst­line drug in Bihar. In other parts of the world, it is used when initial antimonial treatment fails. ¾¾ Dosage: 0.75–1.0 mg/kg on alternate days for a total of 15 infusions. Note: Fever with chills is almost seen in all patients, using amphotericin­B infusions. ¾¾ Liposomal amphotericin B: It has been developed and used extensively to treat visceral leishmaniasis in all parts of the world. It is the only drug approved by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) for the treatment of visceral leishmaniasis; dose being 3 mg/kg daily. By using liposomal amphotericin­B, higher doses can be given, improving the cure, without toxicity. 59 € Leishmania aethiopica these species cause old world cutaneous leishmaniasis. The disease is also known as oriental sore, Delhi boil, Bagdad boil, or Aleppo button. ¾¾ All History and Distribution Cunnigham (1885) irst observed the parasite in the tissues of a Delhi boil in Calcutta. ¾¾ Russian military surgeon, Borovsky (1891) gave an accurate description of its morphology and Luhe (1906) gave the name L. tropica. ¾¾ L. tropica and L. major are found in Middle­East, India, Afganistan, eastern Mediterranean countries, and North Africa. ¾¾ L. aethiopica occurs in Ethiopia and Kenya. ¾¾ In India, cutaneous leishmaniasis is restricted to the dry western half of the Indo­gangetic plains including dry areas bordering Pakistan, extending from Amritsar to Kutch and Gujrat plains. To the East, the cases have been reported from Delhi and Varanasi in Uttar Pradesh. Paromomycin Habitat Paromomycin is an intramuscular aminoglycoside antibiotic with antileishmanial activity. Dosage: It is given in a dose of 11 mg/kg daily for 21 days. L. tropica causing cutanaeous leishmaniasis (old world cutaneous leishmaniasis) are essentially the parasite of skin. The amastigote forms occur in the reticuloendothelial cells of the skin, whereas promastigote forms are seen in sandly vector. Miltefosine Miltefosine is the irst oral drug, approved for the treatment of leishmaniasis. Dosage: 50 mg daily for 28 days for patients weighing less than 25 kg, and twice daily for patients weighing more than 25 kg. Treatment of PKDL is same as that for visceral leishmaniasis. Prophylaxis ¾¾ Early detection and treatment of all cases. ¾¾ Integrated insecticidal spraying to reduce sandly population. ¾¾ Destruction of animal reservoir host in cases of zoontic Kala­azar. ¾¾ Personal prophylaxis by using anti­sandly measures like, using thick clothes, bed nets, window mesh, or insect repellants and keeping the environment clean. ¾¾ No vaccine is available against Kala­azar. Leishmania Tropica Complex It includes 3 species: € Leishmania tropica € Leishmania major Morphology Morphology of L. tropica complex is indistinguishable from that of L. donovani. Life Cycle The life cycle of L. tropica is similar to that of L. donovani except Vectors: The vectors of L. tropica complex are Phlebotomus sandlies. The following species of sandlies act as vector. € P. sergenti € P. pappatasi € P. causasiasus € P. intermedius Mode of transmission: € The most common mode of infection is through bite of sandlies. € Infection may also sometimes occur by direct contact. € Infection may be transmitted from man­to­man or animal­to­man by direct inoculation of amastigotes € Infection may also occur by autoinoculation. ¾¾ The amastigotes are present in the skin, within large mononuclear cells, neutrophils, inside capillary endothelial cells, and also free in the tissues. 60 Textbook of Medical Parasitology ¾¾ They are ingested by sandlies feeding near the skin lesions. ¾¾ In the midgut of the sandly, the amastigotes develop into promastigotes, which replicate profusely. ¾¾ These are in turn transmitted to the skin of persons bitten by sandlies in the skin, the promastigotes are phagocytosed by mononuclear cells, in which they become amastigotes and multiply. ¾¾ However, they remain conined to the skin, without being transported to the internal organs, as is the case in visceral leishmaniasis. Incubation period: Incubation period varies from 2–8 months. Pathology Amastigote forms are found in histiocytes and endothelial cells. There is an inlammatory granulomatous reaction with iniltration of lymphocyte and plasma cells. Early lesions are papular, followed by ulceration necrosis. Papule and ulcer are the main pathological lesions. They heal over months to years, leaving scars. Clinical Features L. tropica causes Old World Cutaneous leishmaniasis. ¾¾ Features of the disease vary with epidemiological pattern from region­to­region. ¾¾ Three distinct patterns of old world cutaneous leishmaniasis have been recognized. ¾¾ The anthroponotic urban type causing painless dry ulcerating lesions, leading to disiguring scars, caused by the species L. tropica. € This is prevalent from the Middle East to north­ western India. The most important vector is P. sargenti. € It is seen mainly in children in endemic areas and is called as oriental sore or Delhi boil. € It begins as a raised papule, which grows into a nodule that ulcerates over some weeks. € Lesions may be single or multiple and vary in size from 0.5 to more than 3 cm. Lymphatic spread and lymph gland involvement may be palpable and may precede the appearance of the skin lesion. € The margins of the ulcer are raised and indurated. € The ulcer is usually painless unless secondary bacterial infection occurs. € There may be satellite lesions, especially in L. major and L. tropica infections. € The dry ulcers usually heal spontaneously in about an year. ¾¾ The zoonotic rural type causing moist ulcers which are inlamed, often multiple, caused by L. major. € The incubation period is usually less than 4 months. € Lesions due to L. major heal more rapidly than L. tropica € This is seen in the lowland zones of Asia, Middle East, and Africa. € Gerbils, rats, and other rodents are the reservoirs. € P. papatasi is the most important vector. ¾¾ The non-ulcerative and often difuse lesions caused by L. aethiopica and seen in the highlands of Ethiopia and Kenya are known as difuse cutaneous leishmaniasis. € P. longipes is the usual vector. € It is a rare form of disease, where nodular lesions although restricted to skin are widely distributed. € It is characterized by low humoral as well as cell­ mediated immunity. € The lesions last for years or even for entire age. € It is diicult to treat. Leishmaniasis recidivans is a type of lesion seen in persons with a high degree of cell­mediated immunity to the parasite. The lesions are chronic with alternating periods of activity and healing, characterized by a central scar with peripheral activity. The lesions resemble those of lupus or tuberculoid leprosy. Parasites are very scanty in the lesions. The Leishmanin test is strongly positive. Chemotherapy is not very useful. Better results follow local application of heat. Laboratory Diagnosis Microscopy ¾¾ Smear is made from the material obtained from the indurated edge of nodule or sore and stained by Giemsa or Leishman stain. ¾¾ Amastigotes are found in large numbers inside the macrophages. ¾¾ Deinitive diagnosis is made by demonstration of amastigote in the smear collected from the lesion. Culture Promastigote forms can be isolated by culture of the aspirate material in NNN medium. Skin Test Leishmanin skin test is helpful. Positive leishmanin test in children under 10 years of age from endemic areas is highly suggestive of the disease. The skin test is negative in difuse cutaneous leishmaniasis. Serology These are of limited value as the patient shows no detectable levels of circulating antibodies. Hemolagellates Treatment The speciic treatment of cutaneous leishmaniasis is same as visceral leishmaniasis. ¾¾ Antimony­resistant difuse cutaneous leishmaniasis can be treated with pentamidine. ¾¾ Topical treatment consists of a paste of 10% charcoal in sulphuric acid or liquid nitrogen. Prophylaxis ¾¾ Control of sandly population by insecticides and sanitation measures. ¾¾ Personal protection by use of protective clothing and use of insect repellants. ¾¾ Elimination of mammalian reservoir. New World Leishmaniasis L. braziliensis complex and L. mexicana complex History and Distribution Lindenberg and paranhos (1909) irst described amastigotes in the ulcers of skin in a man in Brazil. Vianna (1911) named the species as L. braziliensis. ¾¾ L. braziliensis complex and L. mexicana complex cause new world leishmaniasis in Central and South America. Habitat These occur as intracellular parasite. The amastigote form is seen inside the macrophages of skin and mucous membrane of the nose and buccal cavity. The promastigote form occurs in vector species Lutzomyra. Morphology Morphology of amastigote and promastigote forms of both the parasites is same as that of the other 2 species of Leishmania. 61 ¾¾ Direct transmission and autoinfection also occurs man­ to­man. Clinical Features L. mexicana complex leads to cutaneous leishmaniasis which closely resembles the old world cutaneous leishmaniasis. However a speciic lesion of caused by L. mexicana is chiclero ulcer which is characterized by ulcerations in pinna. ¾¾ Chiclero ulcer is also called as self healing sore of Mexico. L. brazilensis complex causes both mucocutaneous leish­ maniasis and cutaneous leishmaniasis. ¾¾ L. braziliensis causes the most severe and destructive form of cutaneous lesion. ¾¾ It involves the nose, mouth, and larynx. ¾¾ The patient experiences a nodule at the site of sandly bite with symptoms consistent with oriental sore. ¾¾ Subsequent mucocutaneous involvement leads to nodules inside the nose, perforation of the nasal septum, and enlargement of the nose and lips (espundia). ¾¾ If the larynx is involved, the voice changes as well. ¾¾ Ulcerated lesions may lead to scarring and tissue destruction that can be disiguring. ¾¾ The disease occurs predominantly in Bolivia, Brazil, and Peru. Pian Bois It is also known as ‘forest yaws'. ¾¾ It is caused by L. brazilensis gyanensis and is characterized by appearance of single or multiple painless dry persistent ulcers appear all. Laboratory Diagnosis Microscopy Amastigotes are demonstrated in smears taken from lesions of skin and mucous membrane. L mexicana amastigotes are larger than those of L braziliensis and their kinetoplast is more centrally placed. Biopsy Life Cycle Amastigotes can also be demonstrated from slit­skin biopsy. The life cycle of Leishmania species causing the new world cutaneous and mucocutaneous leishmaniasis is similar to that of L. donovani except: ¾¾ Amastigotes are found in the reticuloendothelial cells and lymphoid tissues of skin, but not in the internal organs. ¾¾ The infection is transmitted to man from animals by bite of sandly vectors of genus Lutzomiya. ¾¾ Sylvatic rodents and domestic animals are the common sources and reservoir of infection. Culture Culturing material obtained from ulcers in NNN medium demonstrates promastigotes. L. mexicana grows well in comparison to L. brazilensis, which is a grows slowly. Serology Antibodies can be detected in serum by IFA test, which is positive in 89–95% of cases. ELISA is also a sensitive method to detect antibody; being positive in 85% of cases. 62 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Skin Test Leishmanin test is positive in cutaneous and mucocutaneous leishmaniasis. Treatment Treatment with a pentavalent antimonial compound is moderately efective for mild mucocutaneous leishmaniasis. ¾ Amphotericin­B is the best alternative drug currently available. ¾ In case of respiratory complications, glucocorticoids can be used. Prophylaxis ¾ ¾ ¾ ¾ Due to sylvatic and rural nature of the disease, control is often diicult. Use of insect repellants, spraying of insecticides, and screening are advisable. Forest workers should use protective clothing and other protective measures. A recently developed polyvalent vaccine using 5 Leish­ mania strains has been reported to be successful in reducing the incidence of cutaneous leishmaniasis in Brazil. Key points of Leishmania •¾Visceral leishmaniasis (Kala­azar) is caused by L. donovani and L. infantum. •¾Vector of Kala­azar is sandly (argentipes). •¾Amastigote forms (LD body) is found in macrophages and monocytes in human. •¾Promastigote forms with a single lagellum is found in vector sandly and artiicial culture. •¾Clinical features: Kala­azar: Fever, hepatosplenomegaly, marked anemia, darkly pigmented skin, weight loss, cachexia, etc. •¾PKDL: Seen after 1–2 years of treatment in 3–10% cases and is a non­ulcerative lesion of skin. •¾Diagnosis: By demonstrations of LD bodies in peripheral blood, bone marrow aspirate, splenic aspirate, and lymph node aspirate; culture done in NNN medium; aldehyde test; detection of speciic antigen and antibody by IIF, ELISA, DAT and rapid rk 39 antibody detection test. •¾Blood picture: Anemia, thrombocytopenia, leucopenia with relative lymphocytosis, and hypergamma­globulinemia. •¾Treatment: Sodium stibogluconate amphotericin­B, and oral miltefosine. •¾Old world cutaneous lesishmaniasis (oriental sore) is caused by L. tropica and the vectors are P. surgenti and P. pappatasi. •¾New world mucocutaneous and cutaneous leishmanisis (espundia) are caused by L. brazilensis and L. mexicana. Vector is sandly of genus Lutzomyra. Review Questions 1. Describe briely the life cycle and laboratory diagnosis of: (a) Trypanosoma brucei gambiense (b) Trypanosoma cruzi (c) Leishmania donovani 2. Write short notes on: (a) Sleeping sickness (c) Antegenic variations of Trypanosoma brucei gambiense (e) Trypanosoma rangeli (g) Post kala­azar dermal leishmaniasis (i) Difuse cutaneous leishmaniasis (b) (d) (f) (h) Chagas disease Morphological stages of hemolagellates Kala­azar Cutaneous leishmaniasis 3. Diferentiate between: (a) East African trypanosomiasis and West African trypanosomiasis (b) Trypanosoma cruzi and Trypanosoma rangeli Malaria and Babesia Protozoan parasites characterized by the production of spore-like oocysts containing sporozoites were known as sporozoa. ¾¾ They live intracellularly, at least during part of their life cycle. ¾¾ At some stage in their life cycle, they possess a structure called the apical complex, by means of which they attach to and penetrate host cells. ¾¾ These protozoa are therefore grouped under the Phylum Apicomplexa. ¾¾ The medically important parasites in this group are the malaria parasites, Coccidia, and Babesia. ¾¾ The Phylum Apicomplexa includes 2 classes viz. haematozoa and coccidia and 3 orders—eimeriida, haemosporida, and piroplasmida (Table 6.1). Note: Many minute intracellular protozoa formerly grouped as sporozoa have been reclassiied because of some structural diferences. These are now called microspora. They infect a Table 6.1: Phylum Apicomplexa (Sporozoa) Class Order Genera Haematozoa Haemosporida Piroplasmida Plasmodium Babesia Coccidia Eimeriida Toxoplasma Cyclospora Cryptosporidium Isospora Sarcocystis 6 large spectrum of hosts including vertebrates and invertebrates. Infection is mostly asymptomatic, but clinical illness is often seen in the immunodeicient. Classiication Malaria parasite belongs to Phylum: Apicomplexa Class: Sporozoa Order: Haemosporida Genus: Plasmodium. ¾¾ The genus Plamodium is divided into 2 subgenera, P. vivax, P. malariae and P. ovale belong to the subgenus Plasmodium while P. falciparum is allocated to subgenus Laverania because it difers in a number of aspects from the other 3 species. ¾¾ P. vivax, P. malariae, and P. ovale are closely related to other primate malaria parasites. P. falciparum on the other hand, is more related to bird malaria parasites and appears to be a recent parasite of humans, in evolutionary terms. Perhaps for this reason, falciparum infection causes the severest form of malaria and is responsible for nearly all fatal cases. ¾¾ P. knowelsi, a parasite of long–tailed Macaque monkeys may also afect man. Causative Agents of Human Malaria ¾¾ Plamodium vivax: Benign Tertian Malaria ¾¾ Plasmodium falciparum: Malignant Tertian Malaria 64 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Fig. 6.1: Global distribution of malaria ¾¾ Plasmodium malariae: Benign Quartan Malaria ¾¾ Plasmodium ovale: Benign Tertian Malaria. Malaria Parasite History and Distribution Malaria has been known from antiquity. Seasonal intermittent fevers with chills and shivering, recorded in the religious and medical texts of ancient Indian, Chinese, and Assyrian civilizations, are believed to have been malaria (Fig. 6.1). ¾¾ The name malaria (mal: bad, aria: air) was given in the 18th century in Italy, as it was believed to be caused by foul emanations from marshy soil. ¾¾ The speciic agent of malaria was discovered in RBCs of a patient in 1880 by Alphonse Lavaran, a French army surgeon in Algeria. ¾¾ In 1886, Golgi in Italy described the asexual development of the parasite in RBCs (erythrocytic schizogony), which therefore came to be called as Golgi cycle. ¾¾ Romanowsky in Russia in 1891, developed a method of staining malarial parasites in blood ilms. ¾¾ Three diferent species of malaria parasite infecting man, P. vivax, P. malariae, and P. falciparum were described in Italy between 1886 and 1890. The fourth species, P. ovale was identiied only in 1922. ¾¾ The mode of transmission of the disease was established in 1897, when Ronald Ross in Secunderabad, India identiied the developing stages of malaria parasites in mosquitoes. This led to various measures for the control and possible eradication of malaria by mosquito control. Both Ross (1902) and Laveran (1907) won the Nobel prize for their discoveries in malaria. ¾¾ Malaria afects mainly poor, underserved, and marginalized population in rural remote areas as well as in Urban areas. An epidemic can develop when there are changes in environmental, economic, and social conditions such as migrations and heavy rains following draughts. ¾¾ The relative prevalence of the 4 species of malaria parasites varies in diferent geographical regions (Fig. 6.1). € P. vivax is the most widely distributed, being most common in Asia, North Africa, and Central and South America. € P. falciparum, the predominant species in Africa, Papua New Guinea, and Haiti, is rapidly spreading in South-east Asia and India. € P. malariae is present in most places but is rare, except in Africa. € P. ovale is virtually conined to West Africa where it ranks second after P. falciparum (Fig. 6.1). ¾¾ Malaria may occur in endemic as well as epidemic patterns. It is described as endemic, when it occurs constantly in an area over a period of several successive years and as epidemic, when periodic or occasional sharp rises occur in its incidence. The World Health Organization (WHO) has recommended the classiication of endemicity depending on the spleen or parasite rate in a statistically signiicant sample in the populations of children (2–9 years) and adults. According to this: € Hypoendemic (transmission is low): Spleen or parasite rate <10% € Mesoendemic (transmission is moderate): Spleen or parasite rate 11–50% € Hyperendemic (transmission is intense but seasonal): Spleen or parasite rate 51–75% € Holoendemic (transmission of high intensity): Spleen or parasite rate >75% ¾¾ In India, malaria continues to be a major public health threat. In India, about 27% population lives in high transmission (>1 case/1,000 population) and about 58% in low transmission (0–1 case)/1,000 population) area. Although total malaria cases has declined as compared to previous years, the proportion of P. falciparum malaria has increased. Vectors Human malaria is transmitted by over 60 species of female Anopheles mosquito. ¾¾ The male mosquito feeds exclusively on fruits and juices, but the female needs at least 2 blood meals, before the irst batch of eggs can be laid. ¾¾ Out of 45 species of Anopheles mosquito in India, only few are regarded as the vectors of malaria. These are An culicifacies, An luvatilis, An stephansi, An minimus, An phillippenensis, An sundaicus, etc. Malaria and Babesia € Life Cycle Malaria parasite passes its life cycle in 2 hosts. Deinitive host: Female Anopheles mosquito. Intermediate host: Man. ¾ The life cycle of malarial parasite comprises of 2 stages— an asexual phase occurring in humans, which act as the intermediate host and a sexual phase occurring in mosquito, which serves as a deinitive host for the parasite (Fig. 6.2). Asexual phase: € In this stage, the malaria parasite multiplies by division or splitting a process designated to as Schizogony (from schizo: to split, and gone: generation). € Because this asexual phase occurs in man, it is also called the vertebrate, intrinsic, or endogenous phase. € In humans, schizogony occurs in 2 locations—in the red blood cell (erythrocytic schizogony) and in the liver cells (exoerythrocytic schizogony or the tissue phase). € 65 Because schizogony in the liver is an essential step before the parasites can invade erythrocytes, it is called pre-erythrocytic schizogony. The products of schizogony, whether erythrocytic or exoerythrocytic, are called merozoites (meros: a part, zoon: animal). Sexual phase: The sexual phase takes place in the female Anopheles mosquito, even though the sexual forms of the parasite (gametocytes) originate in human red blood cells. € Maturation and fertilization take place in the mosquito, giving rise to a large number of sporozoites (from sporos: seed). Hence this phase of sexual multiplication is called sporogony. It is also called the invertebrate, extrinsic, or exogenous phase. ¾¾ There is, thus an alternation of generations in the life cycle of malaria parasites—asexual and sexual generations, alternatively. € Fig. 6.2: Life cycle of the Plasmodium vivax 66 Textbook of Medical Parasitology ¾¾ There also occurs an alternation of hosts, as the asexual phase takes place in humans followed by the sexual phase in the mosquito. Therefore, the complete life cycle of the malaria parasite comprises an alternation of generations with an alternation of hosts. Human Cycle (Schizogony) Human infection comes through the bite of the infective female Anopheles mosquito (Fig. 6.2). ¾¾ The sporozoites, which are infective forms of the parasite are present in the salivary gland of the mosquito. ¾¾ They are injected into blood capillaries when the mosquito feeds on blood after piercing the skin. ¾¾ Usually, 10–15 sporozoites are injected at a time, but occasionally, many hundreds may be introduced. ¾¾ The sporozoites pass into the blood stream, where many are destroyed by the phagocytes, but some reach the liver and enter the parenchymal cells (hepatocytes). Pre-erythrocytic (Tissue) Stage or Exoerythrocytic Stage Within an hour of being injected into the body by the mosquito, the sporozoites reach the liver and enter the hepatocytes to initiate the stage of pre-erythrocytic schizogony or merogony. ¾¾ The sporozoites, which are elongated spindle-shaped bodies, become rounded inside the liver cells. ¾¾ They enlarge in size and undergo repeated nuclear division to form several daughter nuclei; each of which is surrounded by cytoplasm. ¾¾ This stage of the parasite is called the pre-erythrocytic or exoerythrocytic schizont or meront. ¾¾ The hepatocyte is distended by the enlarging schizont and the liver cell nucleus is pushed to the periphery. ¾¾ Mature liver stage schizonts are spherical (45–60 µm), multinucleate, and contain 2000–50,000 uninucleate merozoites. ¾¾ Unlike erythrocytic schizogony, there is no pigment in liver schizonts. These normally rupture in 6–15 days and release thousands of merozoites into the blood stream. ¾¾ The merozoites infect the erythrocytes by a process of invagination. ¾¾ The ¾ ¾ ¾ interval between the entry of the sporozoites into the body and the irst appearance of the parasites in blood is called the prepatent period. The duration of the pre-erythrocytic phase in the liver, the size of the mature schizont, and the number of merozoites produced vary with the species of the parasite (Table 6.2). Latent stage: In P. vivax and P. ovale, two kinds of sporozoites are seen, some of which multiply inside hepatic cells to form schizonts and others persist and remain dormant (resting phase). The resting forms are called hypnozoites (hypnos: sleep). From time to time, some are activated to becomes schizonts and release merozoites, which go on infecting RBCs producing clinical relapse. In P. falciparum and P. malariae, initial tissue phase disappears completely, and no hypnozoites are found. However, small number of erythrocytic parasites persist in the blood stream and in due course of time, they multiply to reach signiicant numbers resulting in clinical disease (short-term relapse or recrudescence). Erythrocytic Stage The merozoites released by pre-erythrocytic schizonts invade the red blood cells. ¾ The receptor for merozoites is glycophorin, which is a major glycoprotein on the red cells. The diferences in the glycophorins of red cells of diferent species may account for the species speciicity of malaria parasites. ¾ Merozoites are pear-shaped bodies, about 1.5 µm in length, possessing an apical complex (rhoptery). They attach to the erythrocytes by their apex and then the merozoites lie within an intraerythrocytic parasitophorus vacuole formed by red cell membrane by a process of invagination. ¾ In the erythrocyte, the merozoite loses its internal organelles and appears as a rounded body having a vacuole in the center with the cytoptasm pushed to the periphery and the nucleus at one pole. These young parasites are, therefore called the ring forms or young trophozoites. Table 6.2: Features of Pre-erythrocytic Schizogony in Human Malaria Parasites P. vivax P. falciparum P. malariae P. ovale Pre-erythrocytic stage (days) 8 6 15 9 Diameter of pre-erythrocytic schizont (µm) 45 60 55 60 No. of merozoites in pre-erythrocytic schizont 10,000 30,000 15,000 15,000 Malaria and Babesia ¾¾ The parasite feeds on the hemoglobin of the erythrocyte. It does not metabolize hemoglobin completely and therefore, leaves behind a hematin-globin pigment called the malaria pigment or haemozoin pigment, as residue. The appearance of malaria pigments varies in diferent species as follows: •¾P vivax: Numerous ine golden-brown dust-like particles •¾P. falciparum: Few 1–3 solid blocks of black pigment •¾P. malariae: Numerous coarse dark brown particles •¾P ovale: Numererous blackish brown particles. ¾¾ The malaria pigment released when the parasitized cells rupture is taken up by reticuloendothelial cells. Such pigment-laden cells in the internal organs provide histological evidence of previous malaria infection. ¾¾ As the ring form develops, it enlarges in size becoming irregular in shape and shows amoeboid motility. This is called the amoeboid form or late trophozoite form. ¾¾ When the amoeboid form reaches a certain stage of development, its nucleus starts dividing by mitosis followed by a division of cytoplasm to become mature schizonts or meronts. ¾¾ A mature schizont contains 8–32 merozoites and hemozoin. The mature schizont bursts releasing the merozoites into the circulation. ¾¾ The merozoites invade fresh erythrocytes within which they go through the same process of development. This cycle of erythrocytic Schizogony or merogony is repeated sequentially, leading to progressive increase in the parasitemia, till it is arrested by the development of host immune response. ¾¾ The rupture of the mature schizont releases large quantities of pyrogens. This is responsible for the febrile paroxysms characterizing malaria. ¾¾ The interval between the entry of sporozoites into the host and the earliest manifestation of clinical illness is the incubation period. This is diferent from prepatent period, which is the time taken from entry of the sporozoites to the irst appearance of malaria parasite in peripheral blood. ¾¾ In P. falciparum, erythrocytic schizogony always takes place inside the capillaries and vascular beds of internal organs. Therefore, in P. falciparum infections, schizonts, and merozoites are usually not seen in the peripheral blood. ¾¾ The erythrocytic stages of all the 4 species of Plasmodium is shown in Figure 6.3. 67 Gametogony After a few erythrocytic cycles, some of the merozoites that infect RBC's do not proceed to become trophozoites or schizonts but instead, develop into sexually diferentiated forms, the gametocytes. ¾¾ They grow in size till they almost ill the RBC, but the nucleus remains undivided. ¾¾ Development of gametocytes generally takes place within the internal organs and only the mature forms appear in circulation. ¾¾ The mature gametocytes are round in shape, except in P. falciparum, in which they are crescent-shaped. ¾¾ In all species, the female gametocyte is larger (macrogametocyte) and has cytoplasm staining dark blue with a compact nucleus staining deep red. In the smaller male gametocyte (microgametocyte), the cytoplasm stains pale blue or pink and the nucleus is larger, pail stained and difuse. Pigment granules are prominent. ¾¾ Female gametocytes are generally more numerous than the male. ¾¾ Gametocyte appear in circulation 4–5 days after the irst appearance of asexual form in case of P. vivax and 10–12 days in P. falciparum. ¾¾ A person with gametocytes in blood is a carrier or reservoir. ¾¾ The gametocytes do not cause any clinical illness in the host, but are essential for transmission of the infection. ¾¾ A gametocyte concentration of 12 or more per cumm of blood in the human host is necessary for mosquitoes to become infected. The Mosquito Cycle (Sporogony) When a female Anopheles mosquito ingests parasitized erythrocytes along with its blood meal, the asexual forms of malaria parasite are digested, but the gametocytes are set free in the midgut (stomach) of mosquito and undergo further development. ¾¾ The nuclear material and cytoplasm of the male gametocytes divides to produce 8 microgametes with long, actively motile, whip-like ilaments. (exlagellating male gametocytes) (Fig. 6.4). ¾¾ At 25° C, the exlagellatation is complete in 15 minutes for P. vivax and P. ovale and 15–30 minutes for P. falciparum. ¾¾ The female gametocyte does not divide but undergoes a process of maturation to become the female gamete or macrogamete. It is fertilized by one of the microgametes to produce the zygote (Fig. 6.4). ¾¾ Fertilization occurs in half to two hours after the blood meal. The zygote, which is initially a motionless 68 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Fig. 6.3: Malaria parasites—Erythrocytic stages of the four species (Giemsa stain. Magn × 2000) round body, gradually elongates and within 18–24 hours, becomes a vermicular motile form with an apical complex anteriorly. This is called the ookinete (‘travelling vermicule’). ¾¾ It penetrates the epithelial lining of the mosquito stomach wall and comes to lie just beneath the basement membrane. ¾¾ It becomes rounded into a sphere with an elastic membrane. This stage is called the oocyst, which is yet another multiplicatory phase, within which numerous sporozoites are formed. ¾¾ The mature oocyst, which may be about 500 µm in size, bulges into body cavity of mosquito and when it ruptures, the sporozoites enter into the hemocele or Malaria and Babesia 69 ¾¾ The degree of parasitization is not generally heavy, each Fig. 6.4: Schematic diagram showing formation of microgamete and macrogamete body cavity, from where some ind their way to the salivary glands. ¾¾ The mosquito is now infective and when it feeds on humans, the sporozoites are injected into skin capillaries to intitiate human infection. ¾¾ The time taken for completion of sporogony in the mosquito is about 1–4 weeks (exitrinsic incubation period), depending on the environmental temperature and the species. Types of Malarial Parasites Plasmodium Vivax P. vivax has the widest geographical distribution, extending through the tropics, subtropics and temperate regions. It is believed to account for 80% of all malaria infections. It is the most common species of malaria parasite in Asia and America, but is much less common in Africa. It causes benign tertian malaria with frequent relapses. ¾¾ The sporozoites of P. vivax are narrow and slightly curved. On entering the liver cells, the sporozoites initiate 2 types of infection. Some develop promptly into exoerythrocytic schizonts, while others persist in the dormant state for varying periods as hypnozoites. There may be 2 distinct types of sporozoites, the tachysporozoites (tachy: fast), which develops into the primary exoerythrocytic schizont and the bradysporozoite (brady: slow) which becomes the hypnozoite. ¾¾ The pre-erythrocytic schizogony lasts for 8 days and the average number of merozoites per tissue schizont is 10,000. ¾¾ Merozoites of P. vivax preferentially infect reticulocytes and young erythrocytes. ¾¾ All stages of erythrocytic schizogony can be seen in peripheral smears (Fig. 6.5). infected red cell usually having only one trophozoite and not more than 2–5% of the red cells being afected. Reticulocytes are preferentially infected. ¾¾ The trophozoite is actively motile, as indicted by its name vivax. The ring form is well-deined, with a prominent central vacuole. One side of the ring is thicker and the other side thin. Nucleus is situated on the thin side of the ring. The ring is about 2.5–3 µm in diameter, about a third of the size of an erythrocyte. The cytoplasm is blue and the nucleus red in stained ilms. The ring develops rapidly to the amoeboid form and accumulates malarial pigment (Figs 6.6 and 6.7). ¾¾ The infected erythrocytes are enlarged and show red granules known as Schufner’s dots on the surface. They become irregular in shape, lose their red color, and present a washed out appearance. A few of the parasitized erythrocytes retreat into the blood spaces of the internal organs. ¾¾ The schizont appears in about 36–40 hours. It occupies virtually the whole of the enlarged red cell. The schizont matures in the next 6–8 hours, with the development of merozoites, each with its central nucleus and surrounding cytoplasm. The pigment granules agglomerate into a few dark brown collections at the center, and with the merozoites around it, this stage presents a rosette appearance. There are about 12–24 (usually 16) merozoites per schizont. ¾¾ Erythrocytic schizogony takes approximately 48 hours. The red cell, which now measures about 10 µm in diameter is heavily stippled and often distorted. It bursts to liberate the merozoites and pigment. The pigment is phagocytosed by reticuloendothelial cells. ¾¾ The merozoites measure about 1.5 µm and have no pigment. ¾ Gametocytes appear early, usually within 4 days after the trophozoites irst appear. Both male and female gametocytes are large, nearly illing the enlarged red cell. The macrogametocyte has dense cytoplasm staining deep blue and a small compact nucleus. The microgametocyte has pale-staining cytoplasm and a large difuse nucleus. Pigment granules are prominent in the gametocytes. Plasmodium Falciparum The name falciparum comes from the characteristic sickle shape of the gametocytes of this species (falx: sickle, parere: to bring forth). This is the highly pathogenic of all the plasmodia and hence, the name malignant tertian or pernicious malaria for its infection. 70 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Fig. 6.5: Plasmodium vivax (Giemsa stain, magn x 2000) Fig. 6.6: Malarial parasite in blood ilm – Ring stage of P. vivax. Courtesy: Harsh Mohan, Textbook of Pathology, 6th ed. New Delhi: Jaypee Brothers, 2013(R), p. 189 Fig. 6.7: Malarial parasite in blood ilm – Amoeboid form of P. vivax. Courtesy: Harsh Mohan, Textbook of Pathology, 6th ed. New Delhi: Jaypee Brothers, 2013(R), p. 189 Malaria and Babesia 71 ¾¾ The disease has a high rate of complications and unless ¾¾ The mature schizont is smaller than in any other species treated, is often fatal. The species is responsible for almost all deaths caused by malaria. ¾¾ Schizogony: The sporozoites are sickle-shaped. The tissue phase consists of only a single cycle of preerythrocytic schizogony. No hypnozoites occur. The mature liver schizont releases about 30,000 merozoites. ¾¾ They attack both young and mature erythrocytes and so the population of cells afected is very large. Infected erythrocytes present a brassy coloration. ¾¾ Ring form: The early ring form in the erythrocyte is very delicate and tiny, measuring only a sixth(1/6) of the red cell diameter. Rings are often seen attached along the margin of the red cell, the so-called form appliqué or accole. Binucleate rings (double chromatin) are common resembling stereo headphones in appearance. Several rings may be seen within a single erythrocyte. In course of time, the rings become larger, about a third of the size of the red cell and may have 1 or 2 grains of pigment in its cytoplasm (Figs 6.8 and 6.9). ¾¾ The subsequent stages of the asexual cycle—late trophozoite, early and mature schizonts—are not ordinarily seen in peripheral blood, except in very severe or pernicious malaria. The presence of P. falciparum schizonts in peripheral smears indicates a grave prognosis. and has 8–24 (usually 16) merozoites. The erythrocytic schizogony takes about 48 hours or less, so that the periodicity of febrile paroxysms is 36–48 hours. ¾¾ Very high intensity of parasitization is seen in falciparum malaria. In very severe infections, the rate of parasitized cells may even be up to 50%. ¾¾ The infected erythrocytes are of normal size. They show a few (6–12) coarse brick-red dots which are called Maurer’s clefts. Some red cells show basophilic stippling. ¾¾ Gametogony: It begins after several generations of schizogony. Gametocytes are seen in circulation about 10 days after the ring stage irst appears. The early gametocytes seldom appear in peripheral circulation. The mature gametocytes, which are seen in peripheral smears are curved oblong structures, described as crescentic, sickle, sausage, or banana-shaped. They are usually referred to as crescents (Fig. 6.10). ¾¾ The male gametocytes are broad and sausageshaped or kidney-shaped, with blunt rounded ends as compared to the female gametocytes, which are thinner and more typically crescentic, with sharply rounded or pointed ends. The mature gametocyte is longer than the diameter of the red cell and so produces gross distortion and sometimes even apparent disappearance of the infected red cell. The red cell is often seen as a rim on the concave side of the gametocyte. The cytoplasm in the female gametocyte is deep blue, while in the male it is pale blue or pink. The nucleus is deep red and compact in the female, with the pigment granules closely aggregated around it, while in the male, it is pink, large and difuse, with the pigment granules scattered in the cytoplasm. ¾¾ Falciparum crescents can survive in circulation for up to 60 days, much longer than in other species. Gametocytes are most numerous in the blood of young children, 9 months to 2 years old. They, therefore serve as the most efective source of infection to mosquoties. Pathogenesis of Malignant Malaria The trophozoites usually disappear from peripheral circulation after about 24 hours. By then, membrane protuberances appear in erythrocyte’s surface, 12–15 hours after cell invasion. These knobs extrude a high molocular weight, antigenically variant strain-speciic erythrocyte membrane adhesive protein, Pf MP1, that mediates attachment to receptors on venular capillary endothelium, an event termed ‘cytoadherence’. Several vascular receptors have been identiied of which intracellular adhesion molecule (ICAM-1) is probably most important in the brain, chondroitin sulfate B in the placenta, and CD36 in most other organs. The infected erythrocytes stick inside and eventually block capillaries and venules. At the same stage, these P. falciparum infected RBCs adhere to uninfected RBCs to form rosettes. The process of cytoadherence, resetting, and agglutination are central to pathogenesis of falciparum malaria. They result in sequestration of RBCs containing mature form of the parasite in vital organs like brain, kidney, heart, lungs, spleen, intestine, bone marrow, and placenta, where they interfere with microcirculatory low and metabolism and are responsible for many of the serious complications of falciparum malaria, such as cerebral malaria. Plasmodium Malariae This was the species of malaria parasite irst discovered by Laveran in 1880 and the name malariae is the one given by him. It causes quartan malaria, in which febrile paroxysms occur every fourth day, with 72 hours’ interval between the bouts. ¾¾ The disease is generally mild, but is notorious for its long persistence in circulation in undetectable levels, for 50 years or more. Recrudescence may be provoked by splenectomy or immunosuppression. ¾¾ The development of the parasite, in man and mosquito is much slower than with other species. Chimpanzees 72 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Fig. 6.8: Plasmodium falciparum (Giemsa stain, magn x 2000) Fig. 6.9: Malarial parasite in blood ilm – Ring stage of P. falciparum. Courtesy: Harsh Mohan, Textbook of Pathology, 6th ed. New Delhi: Jaypee Brothers, 2013(R), p. 189 Fig. 6.10: Malarial parasite in blood ilm – Gametocytes of P. falciparum. Courtesy: Harsh Mohan, Textbook of Pathology, 6th ed. New Delhi: Jaypee Brothers, 2013(R), p. 189 Malaria and Babesia may be naturally infected with P. malariae and may constitute a natural reservoir for quartan malaria. ¾¾ P. malariae occurs in tropical Africa, Sri Lanka, Burma, and parts of India, but its distribution is patchy. ¾¾ The sporozoites are relatively thick. Pre-erythrocytic schizogony takes about 15 days, much longer than in other species. Each schizont releases about 15,000 merozoites. Hypnozoites do not occur. The long latency of the infection is believed to be due to persistence of small numbers of erythrocytic forms in some internal organs. ¾¾ P. malariae preferentially infects older erythrocytes and the degree of parasitization is low. ¾¾ The ring forms resembles those of P. vivax, although thicker and more intensely-stained. The old trophozoites are sometimes seen stretched across the erythrocyte as a broad band. These band forms are a unique feature of P. malariae. Numerous large pigment granules are seen (Fig. 6.11). ¾¾ The schizonts appear in about 50 hours and mature during the next 18 hours. The mature schizont has an average of 8 merozoites, which usually present a rosette appearance. ¾¾ The infected erythrocytes may be of the normal size or slightly smaller. Fine stippling, called Ziemann’s stippling, may be seen with special stains. The degree of parasitization is lowest in P. malariae. ¾¾ Erythrocytic schizogony takes 72 hours. ¾¾ The gametocytes develop in the internal organs and appear in the peripheral circulation when fully grown. Gametocytes occupy nearly the entire red cell. The male has pale blue cytoplasm with a large difuse nucleus, 73 while the female has deep blue cytoplasm and a small compact nucleus. Plasmodium Ovale This parasite produces a tertian fever resembling vivax malaria, but with milder symptoms, prolonged latency and fewer relapses. ¾¾ It is the rarest of all plasmodia infecting humans and is seen mostly in tropical Africa, particularly along the West Coast. ¾¾ The pre-erythrocytic stage extends for 9 days. Hepatocytes containing schizonts usually have enlarged nuclei. The mature liver schizont releases about 15,000 merozoites. Hypnozoites are present. ¾¾ The trophozoites resemble those in vivax malaria, but are usually more compact, with less amoeboid appearance. Schufner’s dots appear earlier and are more abundant and prominent than in vivax infection (Fig. 6.12). ¾¾ The infected erythrocytes are slightly enlarged. In thin ilms, many of them present an oval shape with imbriated margins. This oval appearance of the infected erythrocyte is the reason for the name ovale given to this species. ¾¾ The schizonts resemble those of P. malariae, except that the pigment is darker and the erythrocyte is usually oval, with prominent Schufner’s dots. Mixed Infections In endemic areas it is not uncommon to ind mixed infections with 2 or more species of malaria parasites in the same individual. Fig. 6.11: Plasmodium malariae stages of erythrocytic schizogony (Giemsa stain, magn x 2000) 74 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Fig. 6.12: Plasmodium ovale stages of erythrocytic schizogony (Giemsa stain, magn x 2000) ¾¾ Mixed infection with P. vivax and P. falciparum is the most common combination with a tendency for one or the other to predominate ¾¾ The clinical picture may be atypical with bouts of fever occurring daily ¾¾ Diagnosis may be made by demonstrating the characteristic parasitic forms in thin blood smears. The characteristics of the 4 species of plasmodia infecting man are listed in Table 6.3. Pathogenesis All clinical manifestation in malaria are due to products of erythrocytic schizogony and the host’s reaction to them. ¾¾ The disease process in malaria occurs due to the local or systemic response of the host to parasite antigens and tissue hypoxia caused by reduced oxygen delivery because of obstruction of blood low by the parasitized erythrocytes. ¾¾ Liver is enlarged and congested. Kupfer cells are increased and illed with parasites. Hemozoin pigments are also found in the parenchymal cells (Fig. 6.13). Fig. 6.13: Major pathological changes in organs in malaria Malaria and Babesia 75 Table 6.3: Comparison of the Characteristics of Plasmodia Causing Human Malaria P. vivax P. falciparum P. malariae P. ovale Hypnozoites Yes No No Yes Erythrocyte preference Reticulocytes Young erythrocytes, but can infect all stages Old erythrocytes Reticulocytes Stages found in peripheral blood Rings, trophozoites, schizonts, gametocytes Only rings and gametocytes As in vivax As in vivax Ring stage Large, 2.5 µm, usually single, prominent chromatin Delicate, small, 1.5 µm, double chromatin, and multiple rings common, Accole forms found. Similar to vivax, but thicker Similar to vivax, more compact Late trophozoite Large irregular, actively amoeboid, prominent vacuole Compact, seldom seen in blood smear Band form characteristic Compact, coarse pigment Schizont Large illing red cell Small, compact, seldom seen in blood smear Medium size Medium size Number of merozoites 12–24 in irregular grapelike cluster 8–24 grape-like cluster 6–12 in daisy-head or rosette pattern 6–12 irregularly arranged Microgametocyte Spherical, compact, pale blue cytoplasm, difuse nucleus Sausage or bananashaped pale blue or pink cytoplasm, large difuse nucleus As in vivax As in vivax Macrogametocyte Large, spherical, deep blue cytoplasm, compact nucleus Crescentic, deep blue cytoplasm, compact nucleus As in vivax As in vivax Infected erythrocyte Enlarged, pale, with Schufner’s dots Normal size, Maurer’s clefts, sometimes basophilic stippling Normal, occasionally Ziemann’s stippling Enlarged, oval imbriated, prominent Schufner’s dots Duration of schizogony (days) 2 2 3 2 Prepatent period (days) 8 5 13 9 Average incubation period (days) 14 12 30 14 Appearance of gametocyte after parasite patency (days) 4–5 10–12 11–14 5–6 Duration of sporogony in mosquito (25oC) (days) 9–10 10–12 25–28 14–16 Average duration of untreated infection (years) 4 2 40 4 Parenchymal cells show fatty degeneration, atrophy, and centrilobular necrosis. ¾¾ Spleen is soft, moderately enlarged, and congested in acute infection. In chronic cases, spleen is hard with a thick capsule and slate grey or dark brown or even black in color due to dilated sinusoids, pigment accumulation, and ibrosis (Fig. 6.13). ¾¾ Kidneys are enlarged and congested. Glomeruli frequently contain malarial pigments and tubules may contain hemoglobin casts (Fig. 6.13). ¾¾ The brain in P. falciparum infection is congested. Capillaries of the brain are plugged with parasitized RBCs. The cut surface of the brain shows slate grey cortex with multiple punctiform hemorrhage in subcortical white matter. ¾¾ Anemia is caused by destruction of large number of red cells by complement-mediated and autoimmune hemolysis. Spleen also plays an active role by destroying a large number of unparasitized erythrocytes. There is also decreased erythropoiesis in bore marrow due to 76 Textbook of Medical Parasitology tumor necrosis factor (TNF) toxicity and failure of the host to recycle the iron bound in hemozoin pigments. ¾¾ Cytokines such as TNF, interleukin (IL)-1, and interferon (IFN)-gamma play a pivotal role in the pathogenesis of end organ disease of malaria. Causes of anemia in malaria •¾Destruction of large number of RBCs by complement mediated and autoimmune hemolysis •¾Suppression of erythropoesis in the bone marrow •¾Increased clearance of both parasitied and non parasitized RBCs by the spleen. •¾Failure of the host to recycle the iron bound in hemozoin pigment •¾Antimalarial therapy in G6PD deicient patients. Clinical Features Benign Malaria The typical picture of malaria consists of periodic bouts of fever with rigor, followed by anemia and splenomegaly. Severe headache, nausea, and vomiting are common. ¾¾ The febrile paroxysm comprises of 3 successive stages— cold stage, hot stage, and sweating stage. € In the cold stage, that lasts for 15–60 minutes, the patient experiences intense cold and uncontrollable shivering. € This is followed by the hot stage, lasting for 2–6 hours, when the patient feels intensely hot. The temperature mounts to 41°C or higher. € Afterwards comes the sweating stage, when the patient is drenched in profuse sweat. The temperature drops rapidly and the patient usually falls into deep sleep, to wake up refreshed. Incubation period It is the interval between the infective mosquito bite and the irst appearance of clinical symptoms. The duration of incubation period varies with the species of the parasite. The average incubation periods of diferent species of Plasmodium are as follows – •¾P. vivax—14 (8–31) days •¾P. falciparum—12 (8–14) days •¾P. ovale—14 (8–31) days •¾P. malariae—28 (18–40) days The incubation period is to be distinguished from the pre-patent period, which is the interval between the entry of the parasites into the host and the time when they irst become detectable in blood. ¾¾ The paroxysm usually begins in the early afternoon and lasts for 8–12 hours. The febrile paroxysm synchronises with the erythrocytic schizogony. ¾¾ The periodicity is approximately 48 hours in tertian malaria (in P. vivax, P. falciparum, and P. ovale) and 72 hours in quartan malaria (in P. malariae). ¾¾ Quotidian periodicity, with fever occurring at 24 hour intervals may be due to 2 broods of tertian parasites maturing on successive days or due to mixed infection. ¾¾ Regular peridiocity is seldom seen in primary attack, but is established usually only after a few days of continuous, remittent, or intermittent fever. True rigor is typically present in vivax malaria and is less common in falciparum infection. ¾¾ There can be both hypoglycemia or hyperglycemia in malaria. ¾¾ Sometimes, there may be hyperkalemia due to red cell lysis and fall in blood pH. ¾¾ Infection with P. vivax usually follows a chronic course with periodic relapses, whereas P. ovale malaria is generally mild. Although P. malariae malaria is less severe, but it may lead to renal complications. ¾¾ Other features of benign malaria are anemia, splenomegaly, and hepatomegaly. Malignant Tertian Malaria The most serious and fatal type of malaria is malignant tertian malaria caused by P. falciparum. When not treated promptly and adequately, dangerous complications develop. The term pernicious malaria has been applied to a complex of life-threatening complications that sometimes supervene in acute falciparum malaria. These may present in various forms, the most important of which are the cerebral, algid, and septicemic varieties. ¾¾ Cerebral Malaria: It is the most common cause of death in malignant malaria. € Even with treatment, death occurs in 15% of children and 20% of adults who develop cerebral malaria. € It is manifested by headache, hyperpyrexia, coma or confusion, and paralysis. € This occurs particularly when non-immune persons have remained untreated or inadequately treated for 7–10 days after development of the primary fever. € Late stage schizonts of P. falciparum secrete a protein on the surface of RBCs to form knob-like deformities. This knob produces speciic adhesive proteins, which promote aggregation of infected RBCs to other non-infected RBCs and capillary endothelial cells. These sequestrated RBCs cause Malaria and Babesia capillary plugging of cerebral microvasculature, which results in anoxia, ischemia, and hemorrhage in brain. ¾¾ Blackwater fever: A syndrome called blackwater fever (malarial hemogloblinuria) is sometimes seen in falciparum malaria, particularly in patients, who have experienced repeated infections and inadequate treatment with quinine. € Patients with G6PD deiciency may develop this condition after taking oxidant drugs, even in the absence of malaria. € Clinical manifestation include bilious vomiting and prostration, with passage of dark red or blackish urine (black water). € The pathogenesis is believed to be massive intravascular hemolysis caused by anti-erythrocyte antibodies, leading to massive absorption of hemoglobin by the renal tubules (hemoglobinuric nephrosis) producing black water fever. Complications of black water fever include renal failure, acute liver failure, and circulatory collapse. ¾¾ Algid Malaria: This syndrome is characterized by peripheral circulatory failure, rapid thready pulse with low blood pressure, and cold clamy skin. There may be severe abdominal pain, vomiting, diarrhea, and profound shock. ¾¾ Septicemic malaria: It is characterized by high continuous fever with dissemination of the parasite to various organs, leading to multiorgan failure. Death occurs in 80% of the cases. Complications of falciparum malaria •¾Cerebral Malaria •¾Algid Malaria •¾Septicemic Malaria •¾Blackwater fever •¾Pulmonary edema •¾Acute renal failure •¾Hypoglycemia (<40 mg/dL) •¾Severe anemia (Hb <5 g/dL., PCV <15%) •¾Hyperpyrexia •¾Metabolic acidosis and shock Merozoite-induced Malaria Natural malaria is sporozoite-induced, the infection being transmitted by sporozoites introduced through the bite of vector mosquitoes. Injection of merozoites can lead to direct infection of red cells and erythrocytic schizogony with clinical illness. Such merozoite-induced malaria may occur in the following situations: 77 Table 6.4: Diference Between Mosquito-borne Malaria and Blood Transfusion Malaria Mosquito-borne malaria Mode of transmission Mosquito bite Blood Transfusion malaria Blood or Blood products transfusion Infective stage Sporozoite Trophozoite Incubation period Long Short Pre-erythrocytic schizogony Present Absent Hypnozoites May be present Absent Severerity Comparitively less More complications seen Relapse May occur Does not occur Radical treatment Required Not required ¾¾ Transfusion Malaria: Blood transfusion can accidentally transmit malaria, if the donor is infected with malaria. The parasites may remain viable in blood bank for 1–2 weeks. As this condition is induced by direct infection of red cells by the merozoites, pre-erythrocytic schizogony and hypnozoites are absent. Relapse does not occur and incubation period is short. € Table 6.4 enumerates the diferences between mosquito-borne malaria and blood transfusion malaria. ¾¾ Congenital malaria: A natural form of merozoite induced malaria, where the parasite is transmitted transplacentally from mother to fetus. ¾¾ Renal transplantation may lead to malaria if the donor had parasitaemia. ¾¾ Shared syringes among drug addicts may be responsible. Tropical Splenomegaly Syndrome Tropical splenomegaly syndrome (TSS) also known as hyper-reactive malarial splenomegaly (HMS) is a chronic benign condition seen in some adults in endemic areas, mainly tropical Africa, New Guinea, and and Vietnam. ¾¾ This results from abnormal immunological response to malaria and is characterized by enormous splenomegaly, high titers of circulating anti-malaria antibodies and absence of malaria parasites in peripheral blood smears. ¾¾ Hypergammaglobulinemia (IgM), cryoglobulinemia reduced C3, and presence of rheumatoid factor without arthritis are its other features. ¾¾ A normocytic normochromic anemia is present which does not respond to hematinics or antihelmentics. 78 Textbook of Medical Parasitology ¾¾ Spleen and liver are enlarged, congested, with dilated sinusoids and marked lymphocytic iniltration. Numerous pigment-laden Küpfer cells dot the liver. Changes are also seen in bone marrow, kidneys, and adrenals. ¾¾ TSS difers from various other types of splenomegalies seen in the tropics in its response to anti-malarial treatment. Immunity Immunity in malaria may be classiied as innate immunity and acquired immunity. Innate Immunity ¾¾ It refers to the inherent, non-immune mechanism of host resistance against malarial parasite. ¾¾ Innate immunity could be due to: € Dufy negative RBCs: The invasion of red cells by merozoites requires the presence of speciic glycoprotein receptors on the erythrocyte surface. It has been found that persons, who lack the Duly blood group (Fya and Fyb alleles) antigen, are refractory to infection by P. vivax. These genetically determined blood group antigen appears to be the speciic receptor for P. vivax. € Nature of hemoglobin: Hemoglobin E provides natural protection against P. vivax. P. falciparum does not multiply properly in sickled red cells containing HbS. Sickle cell anemia trait is very common in Africa, where falciparum malaria is hyperendemic and ofers a survival advantage. HbF present in neonates protects them against all Plasmodium species. € G6PD deiciency: Innate immunity to malaria has also been related to G6PD deiciency found in Mediterranean coast, Africa, Middle East, and India. € HLA-B53: HLA-B53 is associated with protection from malaria. There is some evidence that severe malnutrition and iron deiciency may confer some protection against malaria. € Pregnancy: Falciparum malaria is more severe in pregnancy, particularly in primigravida and may be enhanced by iron supplementation. € Splenectomy: The spleen appears to play an important role in immunity against malaria. Splenectomy enhances susceptibility to malaria. Acquired Immunity Infection with malaria parasite induces speciic immunity involving both humoral and cellular immunity, which can bring about clinical cure, but cannot eliminate parasites from the body. ¾¾ It can prevent superinfection, but is not powerful enough to defend against re-infection. This type of resistance in an infected host, which is associated with continued asymptomatic parasite infection is called premunition. This type of immunity disappears once the infection is eliminated. ¾¾ Humoral antibodies against asexual blood forms may protect against the malaria parasite by inhibiting red cell invasion and inhibiting growth inside the red cells, Antibodies against sexual stages are suggested to reduce malaria transmission. ¾¾ Acquired antibody-mediated immunity is transferred from mother to fetus across the placenta and is evident in endemic areas where infants below the age of 3 months are protected by passive maternal antibodies. ¾¾ Young children are highly susceptible to malaria. As they grow up, they acquire immunity by subclinical or clinical infections, so that incidence of malaria is low in older children and adults. Recrudescence and Relapse Recrudescence In P. falciparum and P. malariae infections after the primary attack, sometimes there is a period of latency, during which there is no clinical illness. But some parasites persist in some erythrocytes, although the level of parasitemia is below the fever threshhold or sometimes below the microscopic threshhold. Erythrocytic schizogony continues in the body at low levels and gradually the number of parasites build up to cross the fever threshhold. Fresh malarial attacks then develop. These new malarial attacks that appear after a period of latency usually within 8 weeks after the primary attack and resulting from persistence of the erythrocytic cycle of the parasites are called recrudescences. Recrudescence may be due to waning immunity of the host or possibly due to antigenic variation. In P. falciparum infections, recrudescences are seen for 1–2 years, while in P. malariae infection, they may last for long periods, even upto 50 years (Table 6.5). Relapse It is seen in P. vivax and P. ovale infections. In both these species, 2 kinds of sporozoites are seen, some of which multiply inside hepatocytes promptly to form schizonts and others which remain dormant. These latter forms are called hypnozoites (from hypnos: sleep). Hypnozoites remain insdie the hepatocytes as uninucleated forms, 4–5 µm in Malaria and Babesia diameter, for long periods. Reactivation of hypnozoites leads to intitiation of fresh erythrocytic cycles and new attacks of malarial fever. Such new attacks of malaria, caused by dormant exoerythrocytic forms, reactivated usually from 24 weeks to 5 years after the primary attack are called relapses (Table 6.5). Table 6.5: Diferences Between Recrudescence and Relapse Recrudescence Relapse Seen in P. falciparum and P. malariae Seen in P. vivax and P. ovale Due to persistence of the parasite at a subclinical level in circulation Due to reactivation of hypnozoites present in liver cells Occurs within a few weeks or months of a previous attack Occurs usually 24 weeks to 5 years after the primary attack Can be prevented by adequate drug therapy or use of newer antimalarial drugs in case of drug resistance Can be prevented by giving primaquine to eradicate hypnozoites Laboratory Diagnosis Demonstration of Parasite by Microscopy Diagnosis of malaria can be made by demonstration of malarial parasite in the blood. Two types of smears are prepared from the peripheral blood. One is called thin smear and the other is called thick smear. ¾¾ Thin smears: They are prepared from capillary blood of inger tip and spread over a good quality slide by a second slide held at an angle of 30°–45° from the horizontal such that a tail is formed. € A properly made thin ilm will consist of an unbroken smear of a single layer of red cells, ending in a tongue, which stops a little short of the edge of the slide. € Thins smears are air dried rapidly, ixed in alcohol and stained by one of the Romanowsky stains such as Leishman, Giemesa, Fields, or JSB stain (named after Jaswant Singh and Bhattacharjee). € Thins smears are used for detecting the parasites and determining the species. ¾¾ Thick smears: They can be made on the same slide of thin smear or separately. € In a thick ilm, usually 3 drops of blood are spread over a small area (about 10 mm). € The amount of blood in thin smear is about 1–1.5 µL, while in a thick smear it is 3–4 µL. € € € € € € € € € 79 The thick ilm is dried and kept in a koplin jar for 5–10 minutes for dehemoglobuliniation. It is not ixed in methanol. Thick ilm is stained similar to thin ilm. The stained ilm is examined under the oil immersion microscope. The thick ilm is more sensitive, when examined by an experienced person, because it concentrates 20–30 layers of blood cells in a small area. Thick ilm is more suitable for rapid detection of malarial parasite, particularly when they are few (as low as 20 parasites/µL). The dehemoglobinized and stained thick ilm does not show any red cells, but only leucocytes, and, when present, the parasites. But the parasites are often distorted in form, and as the diagnostic changes in blood cells such as enlargement and stippling cannot be made out, species identiication is difficult. Thin ilm is examined irst at the tail end and if parasites are found, there is no need for examining thick ilm. If parasites are not detected in thin ilm, then thick ilm should be examined. It is recommended that 200 oil immersion ields should be examined before a thick ilm is declared negative (Fig. 6.14). Fig. 6.14: Malarial parasite, Plasmodium falciparum, in the peripheral blood showing numerous ring stages and a crescent of gametocyte. The background shows a normoblast. Courtesy: Textbook of Pathology, Harsh Mohan, 6th ed. New Delhi: Jaypee Brothers, 2013(R), p. 314 80 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Morphological feature of malaria parasites in blood smear •¾In P. vivax, P. ovale, and P. malariae all asexual forms and gametocytes can be seen in peripheral blood. In P. falciparum infection, only ring form alone or with gametocytes can be seen. •¾Ring forms of all species appear as streaks of blue cytoplasm with detached nuclear dots. They are large and compact in P. vivax, P. ovale, and P. malariae, and ine delicate with double chromatin (head-phone appearance). In P. falciparum, multiple rings with ‘accole’ forms are seen. •¾Gametocytes are banana-shaped (crescents) in P. falciparum and round in P. vivax, P. ovale, and P. malariae. •¾Enlarged RBCs with intracellular coarse brick-red stippling (Schufner’s dots) are characteristic in P. vivax. In P. falciparum, RBCs are normal in size with large red dots (Maurer’s dots) and sometimes, with basophilic stippling. Careful search in blood should be made for mixed infections. Quantiication of parasites Quantiication of parasites can be done by thick smear. The counting of parasites are done to an approximate number in the following method. + = 1–10 parasite per 100 thick ilm ields ++ = 11–100 parasite per 100 thick ilm +++ = 1–10 parasite per thick ilm ield ++++ = More than 10 parasite per thick ilm ield. Quantitative Bufy Coat, Smear The Quantitative bufy coat (QBC) test developed by BectonDickinson, USA is a new simpliied method for diagnosing malaria, wherein a small quantity of blood (50–110 µL) of blood is spun in QBC centrifuge at 12,000 revolutions per minutes for 5 minutes. € RBC containing malaria parasites are less dense than normal RBCs and concentrate just below the bufy coat of leucocytes at the top of the erythrocytic column. € Pre-coating of the tube with acridine orange induces a luorescence on the parasites, which can then be readily visualized under the oil immersion microscope because the parasite contains DNA, but the mature RBCs do not contain DNA and RNA. The nucleus of the parasite is detected by acridine orange stains and appears as luorescing greenishyellow against red background. € € € The advantage of QBC is that it is faster and more sensitive than thick blood smear. The disadvantage of the test is that it is less sensitive than thick ilm and is expensive. A careful smear examination still remains as the ‘gold standard’ in malaria diagnosis. Microconcentration Technique In microconcentration technique, blood sample is collected in microhematocrit tube and centrifuged at high speed. The sediment is mixed with normal serum and smear is prepared. Though it increases the positivity rate, it changes the morphology of the parasite. Culture of Malaria Parasites Attempts to culture malaria parasites in vitro were started in 1912 by Bass and Johns, who obtained limited multiplication of human plasmodia. The breakthrough came in 1976 with the discovery of a simple method by Trager and Jensen for the continuous culture of P. falciparum. The technique has been extended to culture other species also. ¾¾ The original method of petridish culture employed a candle jar to provide an atmosphere of 3% oxygen and 10% carbondioxide and a relatively simple culture medium supplemented with human, rabbit, or calf serum to maintain infected erythrocytes. Fresh red cells were added periodically for continuation of the growth and multiplication of plasmodia. The continuous low method devised by Trager enables the prolonged maintenance of stock cultures. ¾¾ Computer-controlled culture systems, introduced subsequently, provide a steady abundant supply of parasites. Several culture lines have been established from blood of infected Aotus monkey or directly from human patients. ¾¾ Schizogony proceeds normally in culture. Gametocytes are formed infrequently. Pre-erythrocytic stages of some species have been obtained in tissue cultures. Plasmodia retain their infectivity in culture. ¾¾ Culture of plasmodia provides a source of the parasites for study of their antigenic structure, in seroepidemiologic surveys, drug sensitivity tests, and studies in immunoprophylaxis. Serodiagnosis Serodiagnosis is not helpful in clinical diagnosis because they will not diferentiate between an active and past infection. It is used mainly for seroepidemiological survey and to identify the infected donors in transfusion malaria. The tests used are indirect hemagglutination (IHA), Malaria and Babesia indirect luroscent antibody test (IFA), and enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA). Newer Methods of Diagnosis € € Fluoroscence Microscopy Fluoroscent dyes like acridine orange or benzothiocarboxy purine are used, which stain the parasites entering the RBCs but not WBCs. This is a method of diferential staining. ¾¾ Acridine orange stains DNA as luroscent green and cytoplasmic RNA as red. ¾¾ The stained slide is examined under luroscent microscope. ¾¾ The method is mainly used for mass screening in ield laboratory. Rapid Antigen Detection Tests Rapid diagnostic test are based on the detection of antigens using immunochromatographic methods. These rapid antigen detection tests have been developed in diferent test formats like the dipstick, card, and cassettebearing monoclonal antibody, directed against the parasite antigens. Several kits are available commercially, which can detect Plasmodium in 15 minutes. Parasite-F Test This test is based on detection of histidine rich protein-2 (HRP-2) antigen produced by the asexual stages of P. falciparum expressed on the surface of red cells. ¾¾ Monoclonal antibody produced against HRP-2 antigen (Pf band) is employed in the test strip. ¾¾ Advantage: It is widely popular and has high sensitivity (98%) and speciicity. € The test is said to detect low asexual parasitemia of more than 40 parasites/µL. € The test can be performed within 10 minutes. ¾¾ Disadvantage: Pf HRP-2 antigen detection test cannot detect the other 3 malaria species. € It remains positive upto 2 weeks after cure. € In P. falciparum infection, Pf HRP-2 is not secreted in gametogony stage. Hence in ‘carriers’, the Pf band may be absent. Dual Antigen Test The test detects pLDH – (parasite lactate dehydrogenase) produced by trophozoites and gametocytes of all plasmodium species and PF HRP-2 antigen. € Thus, one band (Pv band) is genus speciic (Plasmodium speciic) and other is Plasmodium falciparum speciic. € 81 This test is a rapid 2-site sandwich immunoassay used for speciic detection and diferentiation of P. falciparum and P. vivax malaria in areas with high rates of mixed infection. The ‘Pv’ band can be used for monitoring success of antimalarial therapy in case of stained alone P. vivax. infection as the test will detect only live parasites and therefore will be negative, if the parasite has been killed by the treatment. The disadvantage of the test is that it is expensive and cannot diferentiate between P. vivax, P. ovale, and P. malariae. Molecular Diagnosis DNA Probe DNA probe is a highly sensitive method for the diagnosis of malaria. It can detect less than 10 parasites/µL of blood. Polymerase Chain Reaction Polymerase chain reaction (PCR) is increasingly used now for species speciication and for detection of drug resistance in malaria. ¾¾ Chlroquine-resistance in P. falciparum has been attributed to mutation in the PfCRT, a transporter gene in the parasite. ¾¾ Point mutation in another gene PfMDR1 have also been implicated in determining resistance in vitro. ¾¾ Pyrimethamine and sulfadoxime resistances are associated with point mutations in dihydrofolate reductase (DHFR) and (DHPS) genes, respectively. ¾¾ Mutation in PfATPase gene is associated with reduced susceptibility to artimisinin derivatives. Other Tests ¾¾ Measurement of hemoglobin and packed cell volume (PCV), when there is malaria with heavy parasitemia, partularly in children and pregnant woman. ¾¾ Total WBC and platelet count in severe falciparum malaria. ¾¾ Measurement of blood glucose to detect hypoglycemia, particularly in young children and pregnant women with severe falciparum malaria and patients receiving quinine. ¾¾ Coagulation tests like measurement of anti-thrombin III level, plasma ibrinogen, ibrin degradation products (FDPs), prothrombin time (PTT), if abnormal bleeding is suspected in falciparum malaria. ¾¾ Urine for free hemoglobin, if blackwater fever is suspected. ¾¾ Blood urea and serum creatinine to monitor renal failure. 82 Textbook of Medical Parasitology ¾¾ G6PD screeing before treatment with an antioxidant drug like primaquine. Laboratory diagnosis of malaria •¾Demonstration of malarial parasites in thick and thin blood smear examination by Leishman, Giemsa, or JSB stain •¾Immunolourescence staining and QBC smear •¾Rapid immunochromatographic test (ICT) for detection of malaria antigen (PfHRP2 and PLDH) •¾Molecular diagnosis: DNA probe and PCR •¾Routine blood examination for Hb%, PCV, and blood sugar. Treatment Anti-malarial drugs are used with various objectives like clinical cure, prevention of relapse, prevention of transmission, and prophylaxis. Therapeutic: Objective is to eradicate the erythocytic cycle and clinical cure. Radical cure: Objective is to eradicate the exoerythrocytic cycle in liver to prevent relapse. Gametocidal: Objective is to destroy gametocytes to prevent mosquito transmission and thereby reducing human reservoir. Chemoprophylaxis: Objective is to prevent infections in non-immune person visiting endemic areas. The most commonly used antimalarials are chloroquine, amodiaquin, quinine, pyrimethamine, doxycycline, sulfadoxine, proguanil, and primaquine. Newer antimalarial like artemesinin, lumefantrine, meloquine, halofantrin are now commonly used for multidrug resistant P. falciparum infections. Treatment of Uncomplicated Malaria Positive P. vivax, P. ovale and P. malariae cases are treated with chloroquine 25 mg/kg divided over 3 days. ¾¾ Vivax malaria relapses due to the presence of hypnozoites in the liver. The relapse rate of vivax malaria in India is about 30%. ¾¾ For prevention of relapse, primaquine is given in a dose of 0.25 mg/kg daily for 14 days under supervision. ¾¾ Primaquine is contraindicated in G6PD deiciency patients, infants and pregnant women. ¾¾ In case of choloroquine resistance: Quinine is given in a dose of 600 mg 8 hourly for 7 days along with doxycycline 100 mg/day. Treatment of Complicated (Falciparum) Malaria The treatment of P. falciparum malaria is based on areas identifed as chloroquine resistant or chloroquine sensitive. ¾¾ Chloroquine-sensitive falciparum malaria is treated with chloroquine (dose as above) along with primaquine 45 mg (0.75 mg/kg) single dose (gametocidal). ¾¾ In case of chlorquine resistance: Artemesinin combined therapy (ACT) should be given. € ACT consists of an artemesinin derivative combined with a long-acting antimalarial drug (amodiaquine, lumefantrine, meloquine, or sulfadoxine-pyrimethamine). € The ACT used in National Programme in India is artesunate + sulphadoxine-pyrimethamine. € Artemesinin derviative must never be given as monotherapy in uncomplicated malaria to prevent development of parasite resistance to these drugs. Drug Resistance of Malarial Parasite Efective, afordable, and safe treatment of malaria, particularly falciparum malaria is becoming increasingly diicult as resistance to commonly available quinoline and antifol antimalarial drugs continues to spread throughout the tropics. ¾¾ A drug resistant parasite is deined as a parasite that will survive and multiply in a dosage that normally cures the infection. Such resistance may be relative (yielding to increased doses of the drug tolerated by the host) or complete (withstanding a maximum dose tolerated by the host). ¾¾ Resistance arises from spontaneous point mutations in the genome or gene duplications. The emergence of resistance can be prevented by use of combination of drugs with diferent mechanisms of action and diferent drug target. ¾¾ Three levels of resistance (R) are deined by the World Health organisastion (WHO). € RI – Following treatment, pasrasitemia clears but recrudescence occurs. € RII – Following treatment, there is a reduction but not a clearance of parasitemia. € RIII – Following treatment, there is no reduction of parasitemia. The above method of classifying resistance is based on counting trophozoites in blood ilm daily for 7 days after treatment and monitoring the patient for any subsequent recrudescence. All patients with a falciparum parasitemia of more than one trophozoite per high power ield (+++ or over) in areas of suspected drug resistance, should be Malaria and Babesia checked for a decrease and clearing of parasites following treatment. Prophylaxis Malaria Vaccine Malaria vaccine is an area of intensive research. Over past decades, there has been a signiicant progress in malaria vaccine development. A completely efective vaccine is not yet available for malaria, although several vaccines are under development. SPf66 was tested extensively in endemic areas in the 1990s, but clinical trials showed it to be insuiciently efective. Other vaccine candidates targeting the blood stage of parasite’s life cycle have also been in insuicient on their own. Several potential vaccines targeting the pre-erythrocytic stage are being developed, with RTS, S/AS01 showing the most promising results. The RTS, S/AS01(commercial name, mosquirix) was engineered using genes from the outer protein of P. falciparam and a portion of hepatitis B virus, plus a chemical adjuvant to boost immune response. Vector Control Strategies ¾¾ Residual spraying: The spraying of the indoor surfaces of house with residual insecticides eg. dichloro-diphenyltrichloroethane (DDT), malathion, and fenitrothin. ¾¾ Space application: Space Sprays are those where insecticidal formulation is sprayed into the atmosphere in the form of mist or fog to kill insects (pyrethrum extracts). ¾¾ Individual protection: Man-vector contact can be reduced by other preventive measures such as the use of repellants, protective clothing, bed net, preferably impregnated with long acting repellant, mosquito coils, and screening of house. For travelers visiting endemic areas, chemoprophylaxis provides efective protection. The drugs recommended for chemoprophylaxis are proguanil, chloroquin, or meloquin weekly or doxycycline daily. Anti-larval Measures ¾¾ Old antilarval measures such as oiling the collection of standing water or dusting them with paris green have now become promising with the increase of insecticide resistance. ¾¾ Source reduction: Techniques to reduce mosquito breeding sites, which include drainage or illing, deepening or lushing, management of water level, 83 intermittent irrigation are among the classical methods of malaria control. Integrated Control In order to reduce too much dependence on residual insecticides, increasing emphasis is being put on integrated vector control methodology, which includes bioenvironmental and personal protection measures. Malaria Control Programmes In India the National Malaria Control Programme was introduced in 1958, with the objective of the ultimate eradication of the disease and operated successfully for 5 years, bringing down the annual incidence of malaria from 75 million in 1953 to 2 million. ¾¾ By 1961, the incidence dropped to an all time low of 50,000 cases and no deaths. However, there have been setbacks from 1970 and by 1976, the incidence rose to 6.4 million cases. With the implementation of modiied plan of operation in 1977, the upsurge of malaria cases dropped down to 2.1 million cases in 1984. Since then, the epidemiological situation has not shown any improvement. ¾¾ Malaria control added impetus as ‘Roll-back Malaria inititiative’ launched jointly by WHO, United Nations Children's Fund (UNICEF), United Nations Development Programme (UNDP) and the World Bank in 1998. Accordingly National Vector Borne Disease Control Programme (NVBDCP) is implemented by Directorate of Health Services jointly with Mission directorate and National Rural Health Mission (NRHM). National goal established under the program is to reduce the number of cases and deaths recorded in 2000, by 50% or more in 2010 and by 75% or more by 2015. Babesia Species Babesia are intraerythrocytc sporozoan parasites that morphologically resemble plasmodium and cause tickborne malaria like illness in domestic and wild animals. It causes opportunistic infection in humans. Classiication Order: Piroplasmida Family: Babesiidae Species: Medically important Babesia species are ¾¾ B. microti (rodent strain) ¾¾ B. clivergens (cattle strain) ¾¾ B. bovis (cattle strain) 84 Textbook of Medical Parasitology History and Distribution Babesia is so named after Babes, who in 1888 described the intraerythrocytic parasite in the blood of cattle and sheep in Romania. ¾ In 1893, the parasite was shown to cause the tick-borne disease, Texas fever, an acute hemolytic disease of cattle in southern USA. ¾ This was the irst arthropod-borne disease to have been identiied. ¾ In 2009, more than 700 cases were reported from endemic state of USA. ¾ Prevalence of B. microti is underestimted because young healthy individuals typically experience a mild selflimiting disease and may not seek medical attention. Habitat The parasite is present in erythrocytes and resembles the ring stage of P. falciparum. Morphology Trophozoites are pleomorphic 2–5 µm in diameter found inside the red cells. The shape may be pyriform, amoeboid, or spindle-like, usually in pairs and are often mistaken as ring form of Plasmodium (Fig. 6.15). Merozoites may be spherical or oval or pyrifom bodies, found in pairs. Life Cycle Deinitive host: Ixodid ticks. Intermediate host: Man or other mammals. Infective form: Sporozoites are the infective form for humans. Mode of Transmission: Infection in vertebrate occurs through bite of the nymphal stage of Ixodid ticks. Transmission occur during May to September. Incubation Fig. 6.15: Trophozoites of Babesia microti in human blood smear period is 1–6 weeks Babasiosis can also be transmitted via blood transfusion. Transovarian transmission in ticks also occurs. ¾¾ In their life cycle, merogony takes place in vertebrate hosts and sporogony in the invertebrates. ¾¾ Man acquires infection by bite of the infected ticks (deinitive host). ¾¾ Sporozoites present in the salivary glands of tick are introduced in man or other mammals (intermediate host). ¾¾ Sporozoites change to trophozoites in the circulation, which then invade the RBCs and multiply asexually by binary ission or schizogony to form 4 or more trophozoites. Newly formed trophozoites are released by rupturing erythrocytes and invade new erythrocytes. ¾¾ Some of the sporozoites grow slowly inside red cells and become folded like an accordion. These are thought be gametocytes. ¾¾ Female ticks become infected by feeding the host blood. ¾¾ In the digestive tract of tick, the gametocytes multiply sexually and later migrate to the salivery glands where they divide by multiple ission into smaller forms known as ‘vermecules’. ¾¾ Vermecules undergo secondary schizogony to produce sporozoites, which are the infective forms for human. Pathogenecity and Clinical Features Hemolysis of the infected erythrocytes is primarily responsible for many clinical manifestations. ¾¾ There is accumulation of parasites in the capillaries of liver, spleen, and kidneys which leads to cellular degeneration and necrosis. ¾¾ The illness develops 1–6 weeks after the tick bite. ¾¾ This may be subclinical or mild self-limiting or acute illness, resembling malaria. ¾¾ In acute disease, there is malaise, fatigue, fever, myalgia, arthalgia, dry cough and anorexia. Fever exceeds 38°C and can reach 40.6°C accompanied by chill and sweat. ¾¾ Less common syndromes are neck stifness, sore throat, abdominal pain, jaundice, and anemia. ¾¾ Severe babesiosis is associated with parasitemia levels of more than 4% infected RBCs and requires hospitalization. Fatality rate is 5% among hospitalized cases but is higher (20%) among immunocompromised patients. ¾¾ Complications of acute babesiosis are renal failure, disseminated intravascular coagulation (DIC), acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), and congested cardiac failure (CCF). ¾¾ Risk factors for complication are severe anemia (<10 g%) and high levels of parasitemia. Malaria and Babesia Laboratory Diagnosis Microscopy Diagnosis of babesiosis is primarily done by examination of blood ilms stained with Leishman or Giemsa stain. ¾¾ Babesia appears as intraerythrocytic round or pyriform, or ring form simulating P. falciparum (Fig. 6.15). ¾¾ The ring forms is the most common and lacks the central hemozoin deposit, typical of P. falciparum. ¾¾ Other distinguishing features are the absence of schizonts and gametocytes and presence of tetrads (maltose crosses), which are pathognomic of B. microti or B. duncani (Table 6.6). Polymerase Chain Reaction 85 Table 6.6: Diferential Features of Malaria and Babesiosis Characteristics Malaria Babesiosis Distribution Worldwide North America and Europe Vector Anopheles mosquito Tick Reservoir Man Rodent and cattle No. of parasites per RBC 1–3 1 – 12 Schizont Present Absent Gametocyte Present Absent Pigment in trophozoite Present Absent Antigenic variation None Profound Level of parasitemia Correlate with severity of disease Does not correlate with severity of disease Animal inoculation Negative Positive If parasite cannot be identiied by microscopy, ampliication of babesial 18S RNA by PCR is recommended. Serology It is useful to conirm the diagnosis. An indirect immunoluroscent antibody (IFA) for B. microti is available. IgM titer of more than 1:64 and IgG titer more than 1:1024, signify active or recent infection. Titer declines over 6–12 months. Blood Picture Parasitemia levels typically range from 1 to 20% in immunocompetent patients but can reach upto 85% in asplenic patients. ¾¾ Reticulocyte count is elevated. ¾¾ Thrombocytopenia is common. ¾¾ WBC count may be normal or slightly decreased. Other Tests Liver function tests serum glutamic pyruvate transaminase (SGPT) and alkaline phosphastase yield elevated value. ¾¾ Urine analysis may detect hemoglobinuria, excess urobilinogen, and proteinuria. ¾¾ In renal complications, increased blood urea nitrogen (BUN) and serum creatinine are found. Treatment B. microti infection appears to be mild and self-limiting. Most of the patients recover without any speciic chemotherapy, with only symptomatic treatment. ¾¾ In acute cases chemotherapy is required. ¾¾ Atovaquine 750 mg twice daily, along with azithromycin 500 mg–1 g/day for a period of 7–10 days is efective. Alternatively, clindamycin (300–600 mg, 6 hourly) along with quinine (650 mg 6–8 hourly) may be given intravenously. ¾¾ In fulminant cases, exchange transfusion is recommended. Prophylaxis No vaccine is available at present. There is no role of chemotherapy. Individuals who reside or travel in endemic areas, should wear protective clothing that covers lower part of the body and apply tick repellents. Individuals with history of symptomatic babesiosis or with positive antibody titer should be indeinitely deferred from donating blood. 86 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Key points of Plasmodium and Babesia •¾Malaria parasite belongs to the genus Plasmodium. •¾Four species of Plasmodium cause malaria in man—P. vivax, P. falciparum, P. malariae, and P. ovale. •¾Deinitive host: Anopheles mosquito (sexual phase of life cycle) •¾Intermediate host: Man (asexual phase of life cycle) •¾Infective form: Sporozoites present in salivary gland of mosquito. •¾P. vivax and P. ovale cause benign tertian malaria, P. falciparum causes malignant tertian malaria and P. malariae causes benign quartan malaria. •¾Acute falciparum malaria is the most dangerous and fatal form and is due to heavy parazitization of RBCs which cause blockage of capillary and venules by cytoadherence. features: Typical picture of malaria consist of periodic bouts of fever with rigor followed by anemia and splenomegaly. Febrile pasoxysms comprise of cold stage, hot stage, and the sweating stage. •¾TSS is a chronic benign condition resulting from abnormal immunological response to malaria. •¾Relapse of malaria occurs in P. vivax and P. ovale infection due to persistence of dormant stage hypnozoites in liver. Recrudescence occurs commonly in P. falciparum and P. malariae due to persistance of parasite in circulation at a subclinical level. •¾Diagnosis: By demonstration of parasite in thick and thin smear of peripheral blood and also by detection of malaria antigen by rapid ICT. •¾Treatment: Chrooquine sulfadoxine, and pyrimethamine along with primaquine. In chlroquine resistance, quinine or artemesinin are used. •¾Babesia species comprising B. microti, B. divergens, and B. bovis, are intraerythrocytic sporozoan parasite resembling plasmodia. They cause opportunistic infections in humans. •¾Mode of transmission: Through bite of Ixodid ticks. •¾Reservoirs: Rodents and cattle. •¾Clinical features: Mild and self-limiting. In immunocompromised patients, it causes anemia, jaundice, hemoglobinuria, respiratory failure, etc. •¾Diagnosis: By examination of stained blood ilms for intraerythrocytic parasites, reticulocytosis, increased SGPT, alkaline phosphatase, hemoglobiniuria. •¾Treatment: Atovaquine + azithromycin. Alternatively, clindamycin and quinine may be given. •¾Clinical Review Questions 1. Describe briely the life cycle and laboratory diagnosis of: (a) Plasmodium vivax (b) Plasmodium falciparum 2. Write short notes on: (a) Clinical features of malaria (c) Black water fever (e) Prophylaxis of malaria (g) Rapid detection test 3. Diferentiate between: (a) Diferent malarial parasites (c) Malaria and Babesiosis (b) (d) (f) (h) Cerebral malaria Malignant tertian malaria Treatment of malaria Babesiosis (b) Recrudescence and relapse Coccidia The coccidia are unicellular protozoa and belong to the Phylum Apicomplexa. ¾¾ They live intracellularly, at least during a part of their life cycle and at some stage in their life cycle, they possess a structure called the apical complex, by means of which they attach to and penetrate host cells; hence included in Phylum Apicomplexa. ¾¾ All coccidian have a sexual sporogonic phase and an asexual schizogonic phase. ¾¾ Many of them also show an alteration of hosts; a deinitive host and an intermediate host. ¾¾ Many parasites considered in this chapter have acquired great prominence due to their frequent association with HIV infection. Toxoplasma Gondii History and Distribution Toxoplasma gondii is an obligate intracellular coccidian parasite, irst described in 1908 by Nicolle and Manceaux in a small North American rodent called gondii, (Ctenodactylus gondii). ¾¾ Its importance as a human pathogen was recognized much later, when Janku in 1923 observed the cyst in the retina of a child with hydrocephalus and micro­opthalmia. ¾¾ The name Toxoplasma is derived from the Greek word ‘Toxon’ meaning arc or brow referring to the curved shape of the trophozoite. 7 ¾¾ Toxoplasma is now recognized as the most common protozoan parasite globally, with the widest range of hosts spread over 200 species of birds, reptiles, and mammals, including humans. Morphology T. gondii occurs in 3 forms (Fig. 7.1): € Trophozoite € Tissue cyst € Oocyst. ¾¾ The trophozoite and tissue cyst represent stages in asexual multiplication (schizogony), while the the oocyst is formed by sexual reproduction (gametogony or sporogony). ¾¾ All 3 forms occur in domestic cats and other felines, which are the deinitive hosts and support both schizogony and gametogony. ¾¾ Only the asexual forms, trophozoites and tissue cysts are present in other animals, including humans and birds, which are the intermediate hosts. ¾¾ All the 3 forms are infectious to man. Trophozoites (Tachyzoites) The trophozoite is crescent­shaped, with one end pointed and the other end rounded. ¾¾ It measures 3–7 µm in length. The nucleus is ovoid and is situated at the blunt end of the parasite. ¾¾ Electron microscopy reveals an apical complex at the pointed end (Fig. 7.2). 88 Textbook of Medical Parasitology A B C Fig. 7.1: Toxoplasma gondii. A. Smear from peritoneal luid of infected mouse, showing crescentic tachyzoites—extracellular trophozoites and intracellular form within macrophage; B. Thick­walled tissue cyst containing rounded forms­ bradyzoites; C. Oocyst containing 2 sporocysts with sporozoites inside Fig. 7.2: Toxoplasma gondii. Trophozoite (tachyzoite), ine structure seen by electron microscopy ¾¾ The trophzoite stains well with Giemsa stain, the cytoplasm appearing azure blue and the nucleus, red (Fig. 7.3). ¾¾ The actively multiplying trophozoite is seen intra­ cellularly in various tissues during early acute phase of infection. Extracellular trophozoites can also be seen in impression smears. ¾¾ It can invade any nucleated cell and replicate within cytoplasmic vacuoles by a process called endogony (internal budding), wherein 2 daughter trophozites are formed, each surrounded by a membrane, while still within the parent cell. When the host cell becomes distended with the parasite, it disintegrates, releasing the trophozoites that infect other cells. ¾¾ During acute infection, the proliferating trophozoites within host cell may appear rounded and enclosed by Fig. 7.3: Toxoplasma gondii. Trophozoite grows in tissue culture. Smear shows trophozoites arranged in diferent patterns—singly, in cluster, or as rosette (Giemsa stain) the host cell membrane. This is, called pseudocyst or colony and can be diferentiated from tissue cysts by staining reactions. ¾¾ The rapidly proliferating trophozoites in acute infection are called tachyzoites ¾¾ The trophozoites are susceptible to drying, freeze­ thawing, and gastric digestion. Tissue cyst Tissue cysts are the resting form of the parasite. ¾¾ They are found during chronic stage of the infection and can be found in the brain (most common site), skeletal muscles, and various other organs. ¾¾ The cyst wall is eosionophilic and stains with silver, in contrast to the pseudocyst. Coccidia ¾¾ With periodic acid Schif (PAS) stain, the cyst wall stains weakly, and the parasites inside are stained deeply. The slowly multiplying parasites within the cyst are called bradyzoites. ¾¾ The cyst is round or oval, 10–20 µm in size and contains numerous bradyzoites. Cysts remain viable in tissue for several years. ¾¾ In immunologically normal hosts, the cysts remain silent, but in the immunodeicient subjects, they may get reactivated, leading to clinical disease. ¾¾ It is relatively resistant and when the raw or under­ cooked meat containing the cysts is eaten, infection occurs. ¾¾ The cyst wall is disrupted by peptic or tryptic digestion and the released parasites initiate infection by invading intestinal epithelial cells. ¾¾ They reach various tissues and organs through blood and lymphatic dissemination. ¾¾ Cysts are susceptible to dessication, freezing, and thawing, and heat above 60°C. Oocyst Oocysts develop only in deinitive hosts – in the intestine of cats and other felines but not in humans. 89 ¾¾ It is oval in shape and measures 10–12 µm in diameter. Each cyst is surrounded by a thick resistant wall. ¾¾ The oocysts is formed by sexual reproduction (gametogony). ¾¾ Cats shed millions of oocysts per day in feces for about 2 weeks during the primary infection. The freshly passed oocyst is not infectious. ¾¾ They undergo sporulation in the soil with formation of 2 sporocysts, each containing 4 sporozoites. The sporulated oocyst is infective. ¾¾ Oocyst is very resistant to environmental conditons and can remain infective in soil for about an year. ¾¾ When the infective oocyst is ingested, it releases sporozoites in the intestine, which initiates infection. Life Cycle T. gondii completes its life cycle in 2 hosts (Fig. 7.4). Deinitive host: Cats and other felines, in which both sexual and asexual cycle takes place. Intermediate hosts: Man and other mammals, in which only the asexual cycle takes place. T. gondii has 2 types of life cycles: € Enteric cycle € Exoentric cycle. Fig. 7.4: Life cycle of Toxoplasma gondii. 90 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Enteric cycle Enteric cycle occurs in cat and other deinitive hosts (Fig. 7.4). ¾¾ Both sexual reproduction (gametogony) and asexual reproduction (schizogony) occur within the mucoscal epithelial cells of the small intestine of the cat. ¾¾ Cat acquires infection by ingestion of tissue cysts in the meat of rats and other animals or by ingestion of oocysts passed in its feces. ¾¾ The bradyzoites are released in the small intestine and they undergo asexual multiplication (schizogony) leading to formation of merozoites. ¾¾ Some merozoites enter extraintestinal tissues resulting in the formation of tissue cysts in other organs of the body. ¾¾ Other merozoites transform into male and female gametocytes and sexual cycle (gametogony) begins, with the formation of microgamete and macrogamete. ¾¾ A macrogamete is fertilized by motile microgamete resulting in the formation of an oocyst, which passes through maturation stages (sporulation) in the soil after being excreted from host through feces. ¾¾ A mature oocyst containing 8 sporozoites is the infective form which may be ingested by rats or other mammals to repeat the cycle Exoenteric cycle Exoenteric cycle occurs in humans, mice, rats, sheep, cattle, pigs and birds , which are the intermediate hosts. Humans acquire infection after: € Eating uncooked or undercooked infected meat, particularly lamb and pork containing tissue cysts € Ingestion of mature oocysts through food, water, or ingers contaminated with cat feces directly or indirectly € Intrauterine infection from mother to fetus (congenital toxoplasmosis) € Blood transfusion or transplantation from infected donors. ¾¾ Sporozoites from the oocysts and bradyzoites from the tissue cysts enter into the intestinal mucosa and multiply asexually and tachyzoites are formed (endodyogeny). ¾¾ Tachyzoites continue to multiply and spread locally by lymphatic system and blood. ¾¾ Some tachyzoites also spread to distant extraintestinal organs like brain, eye, liver, spleen, lung, and skeletal muscles and form tissue cysts. The slowly multiplying forms inside the tissue cysts are known as bradyzoites, which remain viable for years. ¾¾ The dormant bradyzoites inside the cyst may be reactived in immune suppression causing renewed infection in the host ¾¾ Human infection is a dead end for the parasite (Fig. 7.4). •¾Human toxoplasmosis is a zoonosis. •¾The full natural cycle is maintained predominantly by cats and mice. •¾Mice eat materials contaminated with oocysts shed in cats feces. Tissue cysts develop in mice. •¾When such mice are eaten by cats, they get infected and again shed oocysts in feces. Pathogenicity and Clinical Features The outcome of Toxoplasma infection depends on the immune status of the infected person. ¾¾ Active progression of infection is more likely in immunocompromised individuals. Toxoplasmosis has acquired great importance as one of the major fatal complications in acquired immunodeiciency syndrome (AIDS). ¾¾ Most human infections are asymptomatic. ¾¾ Clinical toxoplamosis may be congenital or acquired. congenital Toxoplasmosis Congenital toxoplasmosis results when T. gondii is transmitted transplacentally from mother to fetus. Parasites which can be transmitted from mother to fetus •¾Toxoplasma gondii •¾Plasmodium spp. •¾Trypanosoma cruzi ¾¾ This occurs when the mother gets primary toxoplasma infection, whether clinical or asymptomatic, during the pregnancy. ¾¾ The risk of fetal infection rises with progress of gestation; from 25%, when the mother acquires primary infection in irst trimester to 65% in the third trimester. Conversely, the severity of fetal damage is highest, when infection is transmitted in early pregnancy. ¾¾ Mothers with chronic or latent Toxoplasma infection, acquired earlier, do not ordinarily infect their babies. But in some women with latent or chronic infection, the tissue cyst may be reactivated during pregnancy and liberate trophozoites, which may infect the fetus in utero ¾¾ Most infected newborns are asymptomatic at birth and may remain so throughout. Some develop clinical manifestations of toxoplasmosis weeks, months, and even years after birth. Coccidia ¾¾ The manifestations of congenital toxoplasmosis include chorioretinitis, cerebral calciications, convulsions, strabismus, deafness, blindness, mental retardation, microcephaly, and hydrocephalus. ¾¾ A few children are born with manifestations of acute toxoplasmosis, which may include fever, jaundice, petechial rashes, microphthalmia, cataract, glaucoma, chorioretintis, lymphadenopathy, hepatosplenomegaly, myocarditis, cerebral calciications, and chorioretinitis. Acquired Toxoplasmosis ¾¾ Infection acquired postnatally is mostly asymptomatic. ¾¾ The most common manifestation of acute acquired toxoplasmosis is lymphadenopathy; the cervical lymph­ nodes being most frequently afected. ¾¾ Fever, headache, myalgia, and splenomegaly are often present. The illness may resemble mild lu and is self­ limited, although the lymphadenopathy may persist. ¾¾ In some cases, there may be a typhus-like exanthema with pneumonitis, myocarditis, and meninogoence­ phalitis, which may be fatal. Ocular Toxoplasmosis Another type of toxoplasmosis is ocular. ¾¾ It may present as uveitis, choroiditis, or chorioretinitis. ¾¾ Some cases may be so severe that they require enucleation. Toxoplamosis in Immunocompromised Patients Toxoplasmosis is most serious and often fatal in immuno­ compromised patients, particularly in AIDS, whether it may be due to reactivation of latent infection or new acquisition of infections. 91 ¾¾ In these patients, involvement of brain is most common. ¾¾ Clinical manifestation include encephalitis, altered mental state, seizures, cerebellar signs, meningismus, and neuropsychiatric manifestations. ¾¾ Besides central nervous system involvement, other organs involved are lungs, pancreas, gastrointestinal tract, eyes, heart, and liver. ¾¾ Toxoplasma pneumonia can be confused with pneu­ mocystis pneumonia. Host Immunity Host defence against Toxoplasma infection involves both humoral (antibody­mediated) and cellular responses. Speciic IgG antibody can lyse extracellular trophozoites, but activated T cells and natural killer cells appear to be more important in containing the infection and preventing clinical disease. Laboratory Diagnosis The diagnosis of acute toxoplasmosis is made mainly by demonstration of trophozoites and cysts in tissue and body luids and by serology (Flowchart 7.1). Microscopy Tachyzoites and tissue cysts can be detected in various specimens like blood, sputum, bone marrow aspirate, cerebrospinal luid (CSF), aminiotic luid, and biopsy material from lymphnode, spleen, and brain. ¾¾ Smear made from above specimens is stained by Giemsa, PAS, or Gomori methanamine silver (GMS) stain ¾¾ Tachyzoites appear as crescent­shaped structures with blue cytoplasm and dark nucleus. Flowchart 7.1: Laboratory diagnosis of Toxoplasma gondii 92 Textbook of Medical Parasitology ¾¾ Tachyzoites or cyst can also be demonstrated efectively by luroscent conjugated antibody technique in tissue biopsy or impression smear. ¾¾ Presence of only tissue cysts does not diferentiate between active and chronic infection. ¾¾ The presence of cysts in placenta or tissues of newborn establishes congenital toxoplasma infection. Animal Inoculation Toxoplasma can be isolated by inoculating body luids, blood, or tissue specimes by intraperitoneal inoculation in mice or in tissue culture. Mice should be examined for Toxoplasma in their peritoneal exudate after 7–10 days of inoculation. Serodiagnosis Serology is the main stay for diagnosis of toxoplasmosis. Antibody detection Diagnosis of acute infection with T. gondii can be made by detection of the simultaneous presence of IgM and IgG antibodies. ¾¾ Tests for detecting IgG antibody include: € Enzyme­linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) € Indirect luroscent antibody test (IFAT) € Latex agglutination test € Sabin­Feldman dye test. ¾¾ Positive IgG titer (>1:10) can be detected as early as 2–3 weeks after infection. Peak level of antibody is observed in blood 4–8 weeks after infection. ¾¾ A positive IgM antibody titer indicates an early primary infection. The serum IgM titer can be measured by double sandwich IgM ELISA or IgM immunosorbent assay (IgM­ISAGA). Both assays are equally speciic and sensitive. Negative IgM titer and postive IgG titer indicate distant infection. ¾¾ The double sandwich IgA­ELISA test is used for detecting congenital infection in newborns. Antigen detection Detection of antigen by ELISA indicates recent Toxoplasma infection. ¾¾ In AIDS and other immonocompromised patients, antigen detection is very useful. ¾¾ Detection of antigen in amniotic luid is helpful to diagnose congenital toxoplasmosis. Skin test of Frenkel Diluted toxoplasmin is injected intradermally and delayed positive reaction appears after 48 hours. This test is not very reliable for diagnosis of toxoplasma. Sabin-Feldman dye test This was the irst serological test for Toxoplasma antibody to be described Sabin and Feldman (1948). Principal: The test is based on speciic inhibition by antibody, of the staining of trophozoites by alkaline methylene blue dye. Technique: Equal volumes of diluted patient’s serum are incubated with live trophozoites and normal human serum (accessory factor) for an hour at 37oC. Later, a drop of alkaline methylene blue dye is added to each tube and are examined under microscope. If less than 50% of the tachyzoites irst take up stain and the cyloplasm remains colorless, the test is considered to be positive. The presence of 90–100% tachyzoites, deeply swollen and stained with blue color, shows the test to be negative. It denotes the absence of Toxoplasma antibodies. The highest dilution of the serum, which inhibits staining upto 50% is the titer. Limitation: The test is reported to give false positive reaction in Sarcocystis, Trichomonas vaginalis, and Trypanosoma Lewisii infections. Molecular Methods DNA hybridization techniques and polymerase chain reaction (PCR) are increasingly used to detect Toxoplasma from diferent tissues and body luids. ¾¾ B1 gene of T. gondii can be detected by PCR of the aminiotic luid in case of congenital toxoplasmosis. Imaging Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) and computed tomography (CT) scan are used to diagnose toxoplasmosis with central nervous system involvement. ¾¾ Ultrasonography (USG) of the fetus in utero at 20–24 weeks of pregnancy is useful for diagnosis of congenital toxoplasmosis. Treatment congenital Toxoplasmosis Neonates with congenital infection are treated with oral pyrimethamine (1 mg/kg) daily and sulfadiazine (100 mg/ kg) with folinic acid for 1 year. Systemic corticostoriod may be added to reduce chorioretinitis. Immunocompetent Patients Immunologically competent adults and older children, who have only lymphadenopathy, do not require speciic therapy unless they have persistent, severe symptoms. ¾¾ Patients with ocular toxoplasmosis are treated for 1 month with pyrimethamine plus either sulfadiazine or clindamycin. Coccidia Immunocompromised Patients AIDS patients who are seropositive for T. gondii and have a CD4+ T­lymphocyte count below <100/µL, should receive primary prophylaxis against toxoplasma encephalitis. ¾ Trimethoprim­sulfamethoxazole is the drug of choice. If trimethoprim­sulfamethoxazole cannot be tolerated by patients, dapsone­pyrimethamine is the recommended alternative drug of choice. ¾ Prophylaxis against toxoplasma encephalitis should be discontionued in patients who have responded to antiretroviral therapy (ART) and whose CD4+ T lymphocyte count has been above 200/µL for 3 months. Prophylaxis ¾ ¾ ¾ ¾ Individuals at risk, particularly pregnant women, children, and immunocompromised persons should avoid contact with cat and its feces. Proper cooking of meal. Proper washing of hands and washing of vegetables and fruits before eating. Blood or blood products from seropositive persons should not be given and screening for T. gondii antibody should be done in all blood banks. control It is difficult to control toxoplasmosis because of wide range of animal reservoirs. Currently, there is no efective vaccnine available for humans. A genetically engineered vaccine is under development for use in cats. Key points of Toxoplasma gondii •¾Obligate intracellular parasite. •¾Exists in 3 forms: trophozoite, tissue cyst, and oocyst. •¾Deinitive host: Cat family (enteric cycle). •¾Intermediate host: Human (exoenteric cycle). •¾Human infection occurs by ingestion of food ISOSPORA BELLI History and Distribution Isospora belli is a coccidian parasite which can cause diarrhea in humans. ¾¾ It was originally described by Virchow in 1860 but it was named in 1923. ¾¾ The name belli (from bellium meaning war) was given for its association with war, because several cases of infection with this parasite were seen among troops stationed in Middle East during irst world war. ¾¾ It is more common in tropical and subtropical countries. Morphology Oocysts of I. belli are elongated­ovoid and measure 25 µm × 15 µm. ¾¾ Each oocyst is surrounded by a thin smooth 2 layered cyst wall (Fig. 7.5). ¾¾ Immature oocyst seen in the feces of patients contain two sporoblasts. ¾¾ The oocysts mature outside the body. ¾¾ On maturation, the sporoblast convert into sporocysts. Each sporocyst contain 4 crescent­shaped sporozoites (Fig. 7.6). ¾¾ The sporulated oocyst containing 8 sporozoites is the infective stage of the parasite. Life Cycle I. belli completes its life cycle in one host. ¾¾ Man gets infection by ingestion of food and water contaminated with sporulated oocyst. ¾¾ When a sporulated oocyst is swallowed, 8 sporozoites are released from the 2 sporocysts in the small intestine and invade the intestinal epithelial cells. containing oocyst and tissue cyst. •¾Congenital infection can also occur. •¾Clinical feautes: Acute encephalopathy, fever, chorio­ retinitis, lymphadenopathy, myocarditis, hepatospleno­ megaly. •¾Disseminated infection in AIDS. •¾Diagnosis: By demonstration of parasite in tissue specimen, ELISA, IFAT, Sabin­Feldman dye test IgM­ ISAGA. •¾Treatment: Congenital infection is treated with pyrimethamine and sulfadiazine. For primary prophylaxis Trimethoprim­sulfamethoxazole is the drug of choice 93 A B Fig. 7.5: Oocysts of Isospora belli. A. Immature cyst; B. Mature cyst 94 Textbook of Medical Parasitology ¾¾ Stool concentration techniques may be required when direct wet mount of stools are negative. ¾¾ The staining technique used are Modiied Ziehl­Neelsen stain or Kinyoun acid fast staining of stool smear. In these methods, pink colored acid fast large oocyst (>25 µm) can be demonstrated. The stool smear can also be stained by auramine rhodamine and Giemsa stains. Duodenal Aspirates A B Fig. 7.6: Oocysts of Isospora belli. A. Oocyst showing 2 sporoblasts; B. Mature oocyst with 2 sporocysts containing sporozoites ¾¾ In the epithelium, the sporozoites transform into trophozoites, which multiply asexually (schizogony) to produce a number of (merozoites). The merozoites invade adjacent epilhelial cells to repeat asexual cycle. ¾¾ Some of the trophozoites undergo sexual cycle (gameto gony) in the cytoplasm of enterocytes and transform into macrogametocytes and microgametocytes. ¾¾ After fertilization, a zygote is formed, which secretes a cyst wall and develops into an immature oocyst. ¾¾ These immature oocysts are excreted with feces and mature in the soil. ¾¾ Incubation period: 1–4 days. Clinical Features Infection is usually asymptomatic. ¾¾ Clinical illness includes abdominal discomfort, mild fever, diarrohea, and malabsorption. ¾¾ The diarrohea is usually watery and does not contain blood or pus and is self­limiting. However, protracted diarrohea, lasting for several years can be seen in immunocompromised persons, particularly in the human immunodeiciency virus (HIV) infected. After repeatedly negative stood examinations, duodenal aspirate examination or enterotest can be performed to demonstrate oocyst. Intestinal Biopsy Upper gastrointestinal endoscopy may provide biopsy specimens for demonstration of oocysts. Others Eosinophilia, which is generally not seen with other enteric protozoan infections, is detectable in case of isosporoloasis. Treatment ¾¾ No treatment is indicated in self­limiting infection in immunocompetent persons. ¾¾ Immunodefecient patients with diarrhea and excreting oocysts in the feces should be treated with cotrimoxazole (trimethoprim­sulfamethoxazole) in a dose of 2 tablet, 4 times a day for 10 days followed by 2 tablets 2 times a day for 3 weeks. ¾¾ For patients intolerant to sulfonamides, pyrimethamine 50–75 mg/day is given. ¾¾ Relapses can occur in persons with AIDS and necessitate maitainance therapy with cotrimoxazole 1 tablet thrice a week. Cryptosporidium Parvum Laboratory Diagnosis History and Distribution Stool Examination Cryptosporidia were irst observed in the gastric mucosal crypts of laboratory mice by Tyzzer in 1907. ¾¾ Its importance as a pathogen causing diarrohea in animals was recognized in 1971 and the irst case of human infection was reported in 1976. ¾¾ cryptosporidium has assumed great importance as a frequent cause of intractable diarrohea, in AIDS patients, and immunocompromised subjects. ¾¾ It is worldwide in distribution. ¾¾ Two species of cryptosporidium, c. hominis and c. parvum mostly cause human infections. Indirect evidence ¾¾ High fecal fat content. ¾¾ Presence of fatty acid crystals in stool. ¾¾ Presence of Charcot­Leyden crystals in stool. Direct evidence It may be difficult to demonstrate the transparent oocyst in saline preparation of stool. Coccidia 95 ¾¾ The The infective form of the parasite is oocyst. ¾ The oocyst is spherical or oval and measures about 5 µm in diameter. ¾ Oocysts does not stain with iodine and is acid fast. ¾ The wall of the oocysts is thick, but in 20% cases, wall may be thin. These thin walled oocysts are responsible for autoinfection. ¾ Both thin walled and thick walled oocyst contain 4 crescent­shaped sporozoites (Fig. 7.7). ¾ Oocyst can remain viable in the environment for long periods, as it is very hard and resistant to most disinfectants and temperature upto 60°C. ¾ It can survive chlrorinated water, but sequential application of ozone and chlorine has been found efective in eliminating the cysts. sporozoites develop into trophozoites within parasitophorous vacoules in the brush border of the intestine. ¾ The trophozoites undergo asexual multiplication (schizogony) to produce type I meronts. ¾ Eight merozoites are released from each type I meront. These merozoites enter adjacent epithelial cells to repeat schizogony or form type II meronts, which undergo gametogony. ¾ Four merozoites are released from each type II meront. The merozoites enter host cell to form sexual stages— microgamete and macrogamete. ¾¾ After fertilization, the zygote formed develops into the oocyst. The oocysts undergoes sporogony to form spourlated oocyst, which contain 4 sporozoites. Spourlated oocysts are released into the feces and transmit the infection from one person to another. Some of the oocysts have a thin wall surrounding 4 sporozoites and are called as thin-walled oocysts. These oocysts infect the same host and maintain the cycle of autoinfection. ¾ The oocysts are fully mature on release and are infective immediately without further development (Fig. 7.8). Life Cycle Pathogenicity and Clinical Features Habitat c. parvum inhabits the small intestine. It may also be found in stomach, appendix, colon, rectum, and pulomonary tree. Morphology The parasite complete its life cycle, sexual and asexual phases in a single host (monoxenous) (Fig 7.8). Suitable host: Man. Reservoirs: Man, cattle, cat, and dog. Mode of transmission: Man acquires infection by: € Ingestion of food and water contaminated with feces containing oocysts € Autoinfection. Infective form: Sporulated oocysts. ¾ The oocyst contains 4 sporozoites, which are released in the intestine. ¾¾ Humans get infection either by ingestion of conta­ minated food and water with feces or by direct contact with infected animals. Human­to­human transmission can also occur. Incubation period is 2–14 days. ¾¾ Clinical manifestations of c. parvum infection vary depending upon the immune status of the host. € Infection in healthy immunocompetent persons may be asymptomatic or cause a self­limiting febrile illness, with watery diarrhea in conjunction with adodminal pain, nausea, and weight loss. It can also cause childhood and traveller’s diarrhea, as well as water­borne outbreaks. € In immunocompromised hosts, especially those with AIDS and CD4+ T cell counts below 100/uL, diarrhea can be chronic, persistent, and remarkably profuse, causing signiicant luid and electrolyte depletion, weight loss, emaciation, and abdominal pain. Stool volume may range from 1 to 25 L/day. Billary tract involvement can manifest as right upper quadrant pain, sclerosing cholangitis, or cholecystitis. Parasites causing travellers' diarrhea A B Fig. 7.7: Oocysts of cryptosporidium parvum. A. Thick­walled oocyst; B. Thin­walled oocyst •¾cryptosporidium parvum •¾Entamoeba histolytica •¾Giardia lamblia •¾cyclospora cayetanensis 96 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Fig. 7.8: Life cycle of cryptosporidium parvum Laboratory Diagnosis Stool Examination Diagnosis is made by demonstration of the oocysts in feces. ¾¾ A direct wet mount reveals colorless, spherical oocyst of 4–5 µm, containing large and small granules. ¾¾ The oocysts are difficult to visualize in unstained wet preparations. ¾¾ A number of staining techniques have been employed for demonstration of oocysts of c. parvum in the stool specimen. Modiied acid fast staining is the method of choice and by this method oocysts appear as red acid­ fast spheres, against a blue background (Fig. 7.9). Yeast closely resembles oocysts of c. parvum in shape and size but can be diferentiated by using acid­fast stain, as they are not acid­fast and appear blue in color. The staining can also be used for demonstration of oocysts in other specimens like sputum, bronchial washing, etc. ¾¾ If oocysts load is less and cannot be demonstrated even after examination of 3 wet mounts of stool Coccidia A 97 B Fig. 7.9: Oocysts of cryptosoridium parvum. A. Acid­fast stain; B. Ziehl­Neelsen stain specimen, concentration techniques like Sheather's sugar loatation technique and zinc sulfate loatation technique can be applied. ¾¾ Fluroscent staining with auramine­phenol or acridine orange has also been reported to be a useful technique. ¾¾ Deinitive identiication can be made by indirect immunoluroscence microscopy using speciic antibody. Histopathological Examination Cryptosporidia can also be identiied by light and electron microscopy at the apical surface of intestinal epithelium from biopsy specimen of the small bowel (jejunum being the preferred site). treatment methods include supportive therapy with luid, electrolytes, and nutrient replacement. Key points of Cryptosporidium parvum •¾Sexual and asexual cycle in single host. •¾Infective form: Sporulated oocyst in food and water. •¾Clinical features: Self limited diarrhea with abdominal pain in healthy persons. Chronic persistent watery diarrhea in immunocompromised hosts. •¾Diagnosis: Demonstration of round oocyst in stool by direct microscopy, luroscent microscopy, and modiied acid­fast stain. •¾Treatment: Supportive therapy with electrolytes and luids and early antiretroviral therapy in AIDS patients. Serodiagnosis Antibody speciic to c. parvum can be demonstrated within 2 months of acute infection. ¾¾ Antibody persists for at least an year and can be demonstrated by ELISA or immunoluroscence. ¾¾ An ELISA for detection of cryptosporidium antigens in stools using monoclonal antibody has also been developed and is highly sensitive and speciic. Cyclospora Cayetanensis ¾¾ It is a coccidian parasite. ¾¾ It was irst reported from Nepal, where it caused seasonal outbreaks of prolonged diarrhea, with peak prevalence in the warm rainy months. Morphology Molecular Diagnosis For seroepidemiological study, western blot technique is employed by using a 17KDA and 27KDA sporozoite antigen. ¾¾ PCR technique has also been applied to detect viable cysts. Treatment No chemotherapeutic agent efective against cryptosporidium has been identiied, although nitazomamide or parmomycin may be partially efective in few patients with AIDS. Improvement in immune status with Antiretroviral therapy can lead to amelioration of cryptosporidiosis. Other The morphological form found in the feces is an oocyst. ¾¾ The oocyst is a non­refractile sphere, measuring 8–10 µm in diameter. ¾¾ It contains 2 sporocysts. ¾¾ Each sporocyst contains 2 sporozoites. Hence, each sporulated oocyst contains 4 sporozoites. Life Cycle Oocyst shed in feces sporulates outside the host. ¾¾ The sporulated oocysts are infectious to humans. ¾¾ Man acquires infection by ingestion of food and water contaminated with feces containing oocysts. ¾¾ Excystation of the sporocyst releases crescentic sporo­ zoites measuring 9 µm × 1.2 µm. 98 Textbook of Medical Parasitology ¾¾ The sporozoites infect enterocytes in the small intestine. ¾¾ The sporozoites develop into unsporulated oocysts, which are excreted in feces. Pathogenecity and Clinical features Infection is through feco­oral route by ingestion of conta­ minated water and vegetables . ¾ Incubation period is of 1–7 days. ¾¾ Histopathological examination of the enterocytes show features of acute and chronic inlammation with blunting and atrophy of villi and hyperplasia of crypts. ¾ It causes prolonged diarrhea with abdominal pain, low grade fever, and fatigue. ¾ Like other coccidian parasites the infection is more severe in immunocompromised hosts, especially with AIDS. Fig. 7.10: Blastocystis hominis ¾¾ Vacuolated Diagnosis is by direct wet mount demonstration of oocysts in feces. ¾ The oocysts can be stained by Zeihl­Neelson stain. Oocysts of cyclospora are acid fast and stain red in color. ¾ Under ultraviolet illumination unstained oocysts of c. cayetanensis are autoluorescent. form is usually seen in stool specimen. It measures 8 µm in diameter and is characterized by its large central vacuole, which pushes the cytoplasm and the nucleus to the periphery. It multiplies by binary ission. ¾¾ Amoeboid form is a polymorphrous cell slightly larger than the vacuolated form occasionally seen in the feces. It multiplies by sporulation. ¾¾ Granular form measures 10–60 µm in diameter and is seen exclusively in old cultures. Histopathology Pathogenicity and Clinical Features Biopsy specimen from jejunum show villous atrophy and blunting of villi along with other inlammatory changes. ¾ The parasite can also be seen in small bowel biopsy material by electron microscopy. The pathogenecity of B. hominis is doubtful. However, recent studies have shown the parasite to be associated with diarrhea. ¾¾ Clinical manifestations include diarrhea, abdominal pain, nausea, vomiting, fever, and chills. ¾¾ More than half of the patients sufering from infection with B. hominis have been found to be immunologically compromised. Diagnosis Stool Examination Treatment Cyclosporiasis is treated with cotrimoxazole (trimethoprim 160 mg/sulfamethoxazole 800 mg) twice daily for 7 days. HIV infected patients may require long­term suppressive maintenance therapy. Diagnosis Blastocystis Hominis The condition is diagnosed by demonstration of the organism in stool smear stained by Giemsa or iron hematoxylin orTrichrome stains. Blastocystis hominis was previously considered a yeast, but recently it has been reclassiied as a protozoan (Fig. 7.10). Treatment Habitat If diarrheal symptoms are prominent, either metronidazole (750 mg thrice a day for 10 days) or iodoquinol (650 mg thrice a day for 20 days) can be used. It is a strict anaerobic protozoa found in large intestine of humans. Morphology B. hominis has 3 morphological forms: Sarcocystis Three species of genus Sarcocystis can infect humans – Coccidia 99 € S. hominis (transmitted through cattle) S. suihominis (transmitted through pig) € S. lindenmani. ¾¾ Humans are the deinitive host of S. hominis and S. suihominis and the intermediate host for S. lindenmani. ¾¾ Sarcocystis species produce cyst in the muscle of the intermediate hosts. These cysts, called Sarcocysts contain numerous merozoites (bradyzoites) (Fig. 7.11). ¾¾ When sarcocyst is eaten by the deinitive host, the merozoites are released in the intestine, where they develop into male and female gametes. ¾¾ After fertilization, the zygote develops into an oocyst containing 2 sporocysts, each having 4 sporozoites (Fig. 7.12). ¾¾ These oocysts are shed in feces and are ingested by intermediate host. ¾¾ In the intermediate hosts, the sporozoite invade the bowel wall and reach the vascular endothelial walls, where they undergo schizogony producing merozoites (tachyzoites). ¾¾ These spread to muscle ibers and develop into sarcocysts. ¾¾ Cow is the intermediate host for S. hominis. Human infection is acquired by eating raw or undercooked beef. Oocysts are shed in human feces, which contaminate grass and fodder eaten by cows. ¾¾ In the case of S. suihominis, the pig is the intermediate host and human infection is obtained through eating contaminated pork. Human infection with S. hominis and S. suihominis is related to food habits. ¾¾ Humans are the intermediate host in S. lindemanni; the deinitive host of which is not yet known. It is believed that S. lindemanni may not be a single species but a group of, as yet unidentiied species. Humans apparently get infected by ingestion of oocysts. Sarcocysts develop in the human skeletal muscles and myocardium. € Clinical Features Intestinal sarcocystosis is usually asymptomatic. Patients may have nausea, abdominal pain, and diarrhea. ¾¾ Muscular sarcocystosis is also usually asymptomatic but may cause muscle pain, weakness, or myositis, depending on the size of the cyst. Fig. 7.11: Sarcocyst Fig. 7.12: Oocyst of Sarcocystis hominis Laboratory Diagnosis Stool Examination Characteristically sporocysts or occasionally oocysts can be demonstrated in feces of human beings. Species iden­ tiication is not possible with microscopy. Muscular Sarcocystosis Diagnosis can be made by demonstration of sarcocysts in the skeletal muscle and cardiac muscle by biopsy or during autopsy. Treatment No speciic treatment is available for sarcocystosis. Prophylaxis ¾¾ By avoiding eating raw or under­cooked beef or pork ¾¾ By avoidance of contamination of food and drink with feces of cat, dog, or other carnivorous animals. Review Questions 1. Describe the life cycle, clinical features and laboratory diagnosis of Toxoplasma gondii. 2. Discuss in brief life cycle of Cryptosporidium Parvum. 3. Write short notes on: (a) Congenital Toxoplasmosis (c) Sabin­Feldman dye test (b) crytosporidium parvum (d) Sarcocyst 100 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Microspora Microsporidia are classified under Phylum Microspora. They are minute, intracellular, Gram-positive, spore-forming protozoa.  Microsporidia are also classified based on their habitat and the infections caused by them (Table 8.1). 8 History and Distribution Microsporidia are of historical interest as they are the first protozoan parasite to have been successfully studied and controlled by Louis Pasteur in 1863, during an investigation Table 8.1: Classification of Microsporidia Genus Species Habitat and infection caused Enterocytozoon E. bieneusi Small intestine epithelium (leading to diarrhea, and wasting). Also found in biliary tract of patients with cholecystitis. Rarely spreads to respiratory epithelium Encephalitozoon E. intestinalis Small intestine epithelium (causing diarrhea and wasting). Also causes sinusitis, cholangitis, and bronchiolitis E. hellem Conjuctival and corneal epithelium (causing keratoconjuctivitis). Also causes sinusitis, respiratory tract disease, and disseminated infection E. cuniculi Small intestine epithelium (causing diarrhea). Corneal and conjuctival epithelium (causing keratoconjuctivitis). Rarely, may cause hepatitis and renal infection Pleistophora P. ronneafier Skeletal muscle (causing myositis) Brachiola B. vesicularum B. conori Skeletal muscle (causing myositis) Muscles (smooth and cardiac) Trachipleistophora T. homini T. anthropophtheria Cornea and conjuctival epithelium (leading to keratoconjuctivitis). Also causes myositis Brain Vittaforma V. corneae Corneal stroma (causing stromal keratitis) Nosema N. ocularum Corneal stroma (causing stromal keratitis) Microsporidum M. ceylonensis M. africanum Corneal stroma (causing stromal keratitis) Microspora of silk worm disease epidemic in France. It was this experience, which led Pasteur to his epochal work on human and animal diseases that formed the foundation of microbiology. The causative agent of the silk worm disease (Pebrine) is Nosema bombycis, a microsporidian parasite.  Microsporidia had been known as animal parasite for long, but their role as human pathogens was recognized only in the mid 1980s with the spreading of acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS).  Some 9 genera and 13 species are associated with human disease, particularly in the human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) infected and other immunocompromised subjects. Morphology Microsporidia are unicellular, obligate intracellular parasite.  They reproduce in host cells by producing spores (sporogony)  Spores are 2–4 µm in size and oval to cylindrical in shape, with a polar filament or tubule (Fig. 8.1).  The spores are the infective stage of microsporidia and the only stage of life cycle capable of existing outside the host cell.  The polar tubule is an extrusion mechanism for injecting infective spore contents into the host cell.  Spores are surround by thick double-layered cyst wall  Outer layer (exospore) is proteinaceous and electron-dense  Inner layer (endospore) is chitinous and electronlucent Spores are Gram-positive and acid fast.  • • • • Acid fast parasitic organisms Microsporidia (spore) Cyclospora cayetanensis (oocyst) Isospora belli (oocyst) Cryptosporidium parvum (oocyst) Life Cycle Infection in host is probably by ingestion or inhalation of spores.  In the duodenum, the spore with its nuclear material is injected through the polar tubule into the host cell.  Inside the cell, the microsporidia multiply by repeated binary fission (merogony) and produce large number of spores (sporogony).  During sporogony, a thick spore wall is formed that provides environmental protection to the cyst.  The spores are then liberated free from the host cell and infect other cells. Clinical Features They can cause wide range of illness in patients with HIV and other immunocompromised diseases.  In patients with AIDS Enterocytozoon bieneusi and Encephalitozoon intestinalis lead to protracted and debilitating diarrhea in 10–40% of cases.  E. intestinalis may also cause sinusitis, cholangitis, and bronchiolitis.  Infection with Pleistophora can lead to myositis and E. hellem can cause superficial keratoconjunctivitis, sinusitis, respiratory disease, and disseminated infection.  Stromal keratitis associated with trauma has been reported in infections with Nosema, Vittaforma, and Microsporidium in immunocompetent patients. Parasites causing opportunistic infections in immunocompromised patients (HIV-positive cases) Fig. 8.1: Diagram showing microsporidian spore 101 • • • • • • • Microsporidia Cyclospora cayetanensis Isospora belli Cryptosporidium parvum Toxoplasma gondii Strongyloides stercoralis Entamoeba histolytica 102 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Laboratory Diagnosis  Microscopy  Diagnosis of microsporidiasis is made by demonstration of the spores in stool, urine, cerebrospinal fluid (CSF), or small intestine biopsy specimen  The spores can be stained with Gram's stain, periodic acid Schiff stain (PAS), or modified trichrome stain. Prophylaxis Improved personal hygiene and sanitation, especially in immunocompromised persons can prevent microsporidia. Note: Spores of microsporida stain poorly with haematoxylin and eosin stain.    Intestinal microsporidia may be treated with metronidazole and albendazole. For superficial keratoconjunctivitis, topical therapy with fumagillin suspension can be used. Although intracellular spores can be visualized by light microscopy, electron microscopy is the gold standard. Identification of species and genera of microsporidia is based on electron microscopy of spore morphology. Direct fluroscent method using monoclonal antibody are also used for detection of microsporidia in clinical samples. Cell Culture Microsporidia spores can be cultured in monkey and rabbit kidney cells and human fetal lung fibroblast. Key points of Microsporidia • • • • • • Molecular Diagnosis Microsporidial DNA can be amplified and detected by polymerase chain reaction (PCR). • Treatment There is no specific and effective drug for microsporidia. Review Questions 1. Describe briefly the laboratory diagnosis of Microsporidia. 2. Write short note on the morphology of Microsporidia species. Microsporidia are intracellular spore-forming protozoa, which belong to Phylum Microspora. Spores of Microsporidia are oval or cylindrical in shape with polar filaments or tubules. Mode of infection: By ingestion or inhalation of spores. Reproduction: Microsporidia multiply by both merogony and sporogony. Clinical features: Protracted and debilitating diarrhea and disseminated infection in eyes, muscles, and lungs. Diagnosis: By demonstration of spores in stool, urine, and CSF by Gram’s, PAS, or modified trichrome stains. Serological diagnosis includes direct fluroscent antibody test. PCR is also very useful. Electorn microscopy is useful in species indentification of microsporidia. Treatment: There is no specific and effective treatment. Intestinal microsporidia can be treated with metronidazole and albendazole. Topical therapy with fumagillin suspension is used for superficial keratoconjunctivitis. Pneumocystis Jirovecii Pneumocystis jirovecii (carinii) is a yeast-like fungus of the genus pneumocystis.  It is the causative organism of pneumocystic pneumonia  It is an important human pathogen, particularly amongst immunocompromised patients.  P. jirovecii was known as P. carinii prior to its discovery as a human pathogen and the term was applied to the organisms found in rats and human both.  After DNA analysis showed significant difference in the human variant and it became clear that it was a fungus, the name was changed to Pneumocystis jirovecii, according to the International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (ICBN). Note: The name P. carinii is incorrect for the human variant but still describes the species found in rats. History and Distribution     Pneumocystis was first described by Carlos Chagas (1909) and Carini (1910) in the lung of guinea pigs in Brazil. Pneumocystis was rediscovered as human pathogen in 1942 by 2 Dutch investigators, Van Der Meer and Brug. Frankel proposed the name as P. jirovecii in 1999 in honor of Otto Jirovec, who described pneumocystic pneumonia in humans in 1952. Pneumocystis has received much attention from 1980's as it is one of the characteristic opportunistic infections seen in acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS) patients.  9 It is far more commonly seen in AIDS patients in America and Europe, than in Asia and Africa. Habitat P. jirovecii occurs as a saprophyte in the environment. It is also found as an extracellular parasite in the pulmonary alveoli of lungs of healthy humans and animals. Most healthy children are exposed to Pneumocystis by 3–4 years of age. Morphology It occurs in 2 forms: trophozoite and cyst. Trophozoite The trophozoite measures 1–5 µm in length, is amoeboid in shape, and has a central nucleus.  Its cytoplasm contains mitochondria, ribosomes, endoplasmic reticulum, and various granules.  It is covered with bilayer wall with tiny tubular projections, which aid in attachment to the epithelial cells and increase absorptive surface area.  It divides by binary fission. Cyst It is spherical, usually measuring 5–10 µm in diameter.  It is covered by a thick wall and contains 8 oval-shaped intracystic bodies or sporozoites. 104 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Life cycle Predisposing factors for pneumocystis  •        The cyst is the infective form of the parasite. The inhaled cysts in the alveoli excyst and release sporozoites. The sporozoites get converted into trophozoites. The trophozoites divide by binary fission. Some trophozoites become encysted and produce 8 daughter trophozoites within the cysts and are also known as intracystic bodies or sporozoites. The mature cyst is thick-walled. The cyst collapses and releases trophozoites, which initiate another cycle of multiplication, either in the same host or another host, if they have been spread by coughing. The collapsed cysts can be seen as irregular crescentic bodies (Fig. 9.1). Pathogenesis P. jirovecii (carinii) is normally a commensal in the lung and spreads by respiratory droplets.  Pneumocystosis is an opportunistic infection; clinical disease being found only when the resistance is very low. • • • • •      • • • • • • • • • • Fig. 9.1: Life cycle of Pneumocystis carinii. The parasite enters the lung in respiratory droplets and gets attached to alveolar epithelium. It divides by binary fission. Some form a thick-walled cyst, within which sporozoites develop. When mature cysts rupture, sporozoites are released, which initiate fresh cycles of infection Human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) infected person when circulating CD4+ T-cell counts fall below 200/µL. Patients receiving immunosuppressive drugs like glucocorticoids for organ transplantation, cancer, etc. Those receiving biological agents like infiximab or etanercept for rheumatoid arthritis and inflammatory bowel disease. Children with primary immunodeficiency diseases. Premature malnourished infants. Infants with hyper immunoglobulin (IgM )syndrome. In the lungs of healthy person, the alveolar macrophages ingest and kill the organism. But in the immunocompromised hosts, the organisms proliferate and can remain extracellular within alveolus, attaching lightly to type I pneumocytes. Alveolar damage results in increased alveolar capillary permeability and surfactant abnormality. Host inflammatory response to lung injury leads to increased interleukin (IL)-8 and neutrophil count in bronchoalveolar fluid. Hematoxylin eosin stained lung biopsies show that alveoli are filled with a typical foamy vacuolar exudate containing numerous lymphocytes, macrophages, and plasma cells. In severe disease, a characteristic honey-comb pattern with interstitial edema, fibrosis, and hyaline membrane formation are seen. Parasite causing opportunistic infections in AIDS Pneumocystis jerovcii Entamoeba histolytica Giardia lamblia Leishmania spp. Toxoplasma gondii Microsporidia Isospora belli Cryptosporidium parvum Cyclospora caytanensis Strongyloides stercoralis Clinical Features Pnemocystic pneumonia presents with non-productive cough, dyspnea, and high fever.  There may be weight loss and night sweats. Pneumocystis Jirovecii 105 Flowchart 9.1: Laboratory diagnosis of Pneumocystis jirovecii     Large amount of sputum is usually not present unless the patient has a bacterial infection. Pneumocystis can invade other visceral organs such as liver, spleen, and kidney only in a minority of cases (<3%) In the immunocompromised patients, the disease progression is rapid, leading to significant hypoxia that can be fatal, if not treated aggressively Pneumothorax is a well-known complication of pneumocystic pneumonia. Laboratory Diagnosis Microscopy Diagnosis of P. jirovecii pneumonia is confirmed by histologlical identification of the parasite in sputum or brochoalveolar lavage (BAL), or tracheal aspirate.  Specimens are stained by toludine blue, periodic acidSchiff (PAS), Gomori methanamine silver (GMS), or immunofluroscence stains, which show characteristic cysts (Flowchart 9.1).  The cysts resemble crushed ping-pong balls and are present in aggregrates of 2–8.  Cyst wall thickening appears as double comma morphology.  Disadvantage of the technique is that it does not stain internal contents of the cyst (Fig. 9.2). Fig. 9.2: Pneumocystis jirovecii cyst (methanamine silver stain) Antigen Detection P. jirovecii antigen can be demonstrated by enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) and counterimmunoelectrophoresis assay (CIEP) and are used to diagnose Pneumocystis infection (Flowchart 9.1). Molecular Diagnosis Detection of the presence of P. jirovecii can be accomplished by targeting the ribosomal sub-unit of mitochondrial r-RNA using direct or nested polymerase chain reaction (PCR). Radiology Biopsy A lung biopsy would show thickened alveolar septa with fluffy eosiophilic exudates in the alveoli.   Chest X-ray in pnemocystic pneumonia shows bilateral diffuse infiltrates starting from the perihilar regions of the lungs. Gallium 67 scans are also used (Flowchart 9.1). Serodiagnosis Antibody Detection Treatment Serological assays to detect anti-P. jirovecii antibodies are useful for epidemiological studies, but not for diagnosis of pneumocystic pneumonia. Therapy is most effective when instilled before extensive lung damage. Trimethoprim-sulfamethoxazole or pentamidine isothianate is the drug of choice. 106 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Dose   Key points of Pneumocystsis jirovecii Trimethoprim 5 mg/kg and sulfamethoxazole 25 mg/ kg, 6–8 hourly oral or IV are given for 14 days in the non-HIV patients and for 21 days in HIV patients. Pentamidine 4 mg/kg/day, given parenterally once daily for 14 days, is effective in non-HIV patients. • • • Prophylaxis • Indications for giving prophylactic therapy:  HIV patients with CD4+ T-cell count less than 200/µL  HIV patients with history of oropharyngeal candidiasis  Both HIV and non-HIV infected patients, who have recovered from pneumocystic pneumonia.  Prophylaxis may be discontinued when CD4+ T-cell count rises to more than 200/µL.  Drug of choice for prophylaxis is trimethoprim and sulfamethoxazole. • • • P. jiroveii, a yeast-like fungus, occurs in 2 forms: trophozoite and cyst. Infective stage: Cyst. Predisposing factors: HIV patients with CD4+ cells <200/µL, patients receiving immunosuppressive agents, etc. Clinical features: Nonproductive cough, dyspnea, fever, weight loss, and reduced PO2. Diagnosis: Demonstration of cyst in sputum, BAL, or tracheal aspirate by PAS, GMS, or immunofluscent stains; lung biopsy; chest X-ray; CT scan; Galium 67 scan. Treatment: Drug of choice is Trimethoprim and sulfamethoxazole or pentamidine. Prophylaxis: Trimethoprim and sulfamethoxazole. Review Question 1. Enumerate the opportunistic parasitic infections seen in HIV patients and discuss briefly the life cycle and laboratory diagnosis of Pneumocystis jirovecii. Balantidium Coli Balantidium Coli Balantidium coli belongs to the Phylum Ciliophora and Family Balantididae.  It is the only ciliate protozoan parasite of humans  It is the largest protozoan parasite of humans. Largest protozoan parasite residing in the large intestine of man: Balantidium coli. History and Distribution It was first described by Malmsten in 1857, in the feces of dysenteric patients.  It is present worldwide, but the prevalence of the infection is very low.  The most endemic area is New Guinea, where there is a close association between man and pigs.  10 The trophozoite is actively motile and is invasive stage of the parasite found in dysenteric stool. It is a large ovoid cell, about 60–70 µm in length and 40–50 µm in breadth. Very large cells, measuring upto 200 µm are sometimes seen. The cell is enclosed within a delicate pellicle showing longitudinal striations. The motility of trophozoite is due to the presence of short delicate cilia over the entire surface of the body. Its anterior end is narrow and posterior end is broad. At the anterior end, there is a groove (peristome) leading to the mouth (cytostome), and a short funnelshaped gullet (cytopharynx). Posteriorly, there is a small anal pore (cytopyge). The cilia around the mouth are larger (adoral cilia).        Habitat B. coli resides in the large intestine of man, pigs, and monkeys. Morphology B. Coli occurs in 2 stages – trophozoite and cyst (Fig. 10.1). Trophozoite The trophozoite lives in the large intestine, feeding on cell debris, bacteria, starch grains, and other particles. 107 A B Fig. 10.1: Morphology of Balantidium coli. A. Trophozoites; B. Cyst 108   Textbook of Medical Parasitology  The cell has 2 nuclei—a large kidney-shaped macronucleus and lying in its concavity a small micronucleus. The cytoplasm has 1 or 2 contractile vacuoles and several food vacuoles. Cyst The cyst is spherical in shape and measures 40–60 µm in diameter.  It is surrounded by a thick and transparent doublelayered wall.  The cytoplasm is granular. Macronucleus, micronucleus, and vacuoles are also present in the cyst.  The cyst is the infective stage of B. coli.  It is found in chronic cases and carriers.     Balantidiasis is a zoonosis. Human beings acquire infection by ingestion of food and water contaminated with feces containing the cysts of B. coli.  Infection is acquired from pigs and other animal reservoirs or from human carriers. Once the cyst is ingested, excystation occurs in the small intestine (Fig. 10.2). From each cyst, a single trophozoite is produced which migrates to large intestine Liberated trophozoites multiply in the large intestine by transverse binary fission. Sexual union by conjugation also occurs infrequently, during which reciprocal exchange of nuclear material takes place between 2 trophozoites enclosed within a single cyst wall. Encystation occurs as the trophozoite passes down the colon or in the evacuated stool. In this process, the cell rounds up and secretes a tough cyst wall around it. The cysts remain viable in feces for a day or 2 and may contaminate food and water, thus it is transmitted to other human or animals. Life Cycle  B. coli passes its life cycle in one host only (monoxenous). Natural host: Pig. Accidental host: Man. Reservoirs: Pig, monkey, and rat. Infective form: Cyst. Mode of transmission: Pathogenesis In a healthy individual, B. coli lives as lumen commensal and is asymptomatic. Fig. 10.2: Life cycle of Balantidium coli Balantidium Coli    Clinical disease occurs only when the resistance of host is lowered by predisposing factors like malnourishment, alcoholism, achlorhydria, concurrent infection by Trichuris trichiura, or any bacterial infection. Clinical disease results when the trophozoites burrow into the intestinal mucosa, set up colonies, and intitiate inflammatory reaction. This leads to mucosal ulcers and submucosal abcesses, resembling lesions in amoebiasis Unlike E. histolytica, B. coli does not invade liver or any other extraintestinal sites. Clinical Features Most infections are asymptomatic.  Symptomatic disease or balantidiasis resembles amoebiasis causing diarrhea or frank dysentery with abdominal colic, tenesmus, nausea, and vomiting.  Balantidium ulcers may be secondarily infected by bacteria.  Occassionaly, intestinal perforation peritonitis and even death may occur.  Rarely, there may be involvement of genital and urinary tracts.  In chronic balantidiasis, patients have diarrhea alternating with constipation. Laboratory Diagnosis Stool Examination Diagnosis of B. coli infection is established by demonstration of trophozoites and cysts in feces.  Motile trophozoites occur in diarrheic feces and cysts are found in formed stools.  The trophozoites can be easily recognized by their large size, macronucleus, and rapid-revolving motility.  The cysts can also be recognized in the formed stools by their round shape and presence of large macronucleus. Biopsy When stool examination is negative, biopsy specimens and scrapings from intestinal ulcers can be examined for presence of trophozoites and cysts. Culture B. coli can also be cultured in vitro in Locke’s egg albumin medium or NIH polyxenic medium like Entamoeba histolytica, but it is rarely necessary. • • • • 109 Parasites which can be cultured in laboratory Balantidium coli Acanthamoeba spp. Trichomonas vaginalis Leishmania spp.    Entamoeba histolytica Giardia lamblia Trypanosoma spp. Treatment Tetracycline is the drug of choice and is given 500 mg, 4 times daily for 10 days. Alternatively Doxycycline can be give. Metronidazole and nitroimidazote have also been reported to be useful in some cases. Prophylaxis  Avoidance of contamination of food and water with human or animal feces. Prevention of human-pig contact. Treatment of infected pigs.    Treatment of individuals shedding B. coli cysts. Key points of Balantidium coli • • • • • • • • • • • It is the only ciliate parasite of humans Largest protozoan parasite residing in large instestine. It occurs in 2 stages: trophozoite and cyst. Trophozoite is oval shaped with a slightly pointed anterior end with a groove, peristome leading to the mouth, cytostome. Rounded posterior end has a small anal pore, cytopyge and has a large kidney- shaped macronucleus and small micronucleus. Cyst: It is the infective stage of the parasite. Mode of infection: Infection is acquired from pigs and other animals by ingestion of cysts in contaminated food and drink. Infection leads to mucosal ulcers and submucosal abscess in intestine. Clinical features: Most infections are asymptomatic. In mild infections, it causes diarrhea, abdominal colic, tenesmus, nausea, and vomiting. Diagnosis: Based on demonstration of trophozoites and cysts in feces and examination of biopsy specimens and scrapings from intestinal ulcers. Treatment: Tetracycline is the drug of choice. Prophylaxis: Avoiding contamination of food and water and treatment of infected pigs and persons. Review Questions 1. Write short notes on the morphology of Balantidium coli along with suitable illustration. 2. Discuss briefly the life cycle and laboratory diagnosis of Balantidium coli. 110 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Helminths: General Features Introduction The helminthic parasites are multicellular (metazoa) bilalerally symmetrical animals having 3 germ layers (triplobastic metazoa) and belong to the kingdom Metazoa.  The term 'helminth' (Greek helmins-’worm’) originally referred to intestinal worms, but now comprises many other worms, including tissue parasites as well as many free-living species.  Helminths, which occur as parasite in humans belong to 2 phyla:  Phylum Platyhelminthes (flatworms) – It includes 2 classes:  Class – Cestoda (tapeworms)  Class – Trematoda (flukes or digeneans)  Phylum Nemathelminthes – It includes class nematoda and 2 subclasses:  Subclass – Adenophoraea (Aphasmidia)  Subclass – Secernentea (Phasmidia).  The differences between cestodes, trematodes, and nematodes have been summarized in Table 11.1. Phylum Platyhelminthes The platyhelminths are tape-like, dorsoventrally flattened worms.  They either lack alimentary canal (as in cestodes) or their alimentary canal is incomplete, lacking an anus (as in trematodes).    11 Body cavity is absent, viscera is suspended in gelatinous matrix. They are mostly hermaphrodites (monoecious). Phylum Platyhelminthes includes 2 classes:  Class – Cestoda  Class – Trematoda. Class Cestoda Cestodes have tape-like, dorsoventrally flattened, segmented bodies.  They do not possess an alimentary system.  The head carries suckers and some also have hooks.  They possess scolex, neck, and proglottids.  They are monoecious and body cavity is absent.  They are oviparous. Class Trematoda Trematodes have flat or fleshy, leaf-like unsegmented bodies.  The alimentary canal is present but is incomplete i.e., without an anus.  They possess suckers but no hooks.  The sexes are separate in the schistosomes, while the other flukes are hermaphroditic.  They are oviparous. Phylum Nemathelminthes (Nematoda) Nematodes are elongated, cylindrical worms with an unsegmented body. Helminths: General Features 111 Table 11.1: Differences Between Cestodes, Trematodes, and Nematodes Cestodes Trematodes Nematodes Shape Tape-like, segmented Leaf-like unsegmented Elongated, cylindrical, unsegmented Head end Suckers present; some have attached hooks Suckers are present but no hooks Hooks and sucker absent. Welldeveloped buccal capsule with teeth or cutting plates seen in some species Alimentary canal Absent Present but incomplete, no anus Complete with anus Body cavity Absent, but inside is filled with spongy undifferentiated mesenchymatous cells, in the midst of which lie the viscera Same as cestodes Present and known as pseudocele. Viscera remains suspended in the pseudocele Sex Not separate: hermaphrodite (monecious) Not separate: hermaphrodite except Schistsoma Separate (diecious) Life cycle Requires 2 host except Hymenolepis (1 host) and Diphyllobothrum (3 host) Requires 3 host except schistosomes (2 host) Requires 1 host except filarial worms (2 host) and Dracunculus (2 host)      They possess a relatively well-developed complete alimentary canal, with an anus. Body cavity is present. The head does not have suckers or hooks, but may have a buccal capsule with teeth or cutting plates. The sexes are separate (diecious). They are either oviparous or larviparous. Important Features of Helminths Adult Worms Helminths have an outer protective covering, the cuticle or integument, which may be tough and armed with spines or hooks. The cuticle of live helminths is resistant to intestinal digestion.  The mouth may be provided with teeth or cutting plates. Many helminths possess suckers or hooks for attachment to host tissues.  They do not possess organs of locomotion, but in some species the suckers assist in movement.  Locomotion is generally by muscular contraction and relaxation.  Many helminths have a primitive nervous system.  The excretory system is better developed.  The greatest development is seen in the reproductive system. Helminths may be monoecious (with functioning male and female sex organs in the same individual) or diecious (the two sexes, male and female, separate). In the hermaphroditic helminths, both male and female reproductive systems are present in the same worm and self-fertilization as well as cross-fertilization take place. (e.g. Taenia solium) In the diecious species, males and females are separate, the male being smaller than the female. (e.g. Ascaris lumbricoides) Rarely, the female is parthenogenic, being able to produce fertile eggs or larvae without mating with males (e.g. Strongyloides). Eggs The eggs or larvae are produced in enormous numbers— as many as 200,000 or more per female per day. Various helminths have distinct morphology of eggs, which can be used to differentiate the helminths (discussed in the respective chapters). Larval Forms There are various larval forms of helminths found in man and other hosts. These forms are as follows:  Cestodes: The various larval forms are cysticercus, coenurus, coracidium, cystecercoid, procercoid, hydatid cyst, and plerocercoid forms.  Trematodes: The various larval forms are miracidium, cercaria, redia, metacercaria, and sporocyst.  Nematodes: The various larval forms are microfilaria, filariform larva, and rhabditiform larva. Multiplication Helminths differ from protozoans in their inability to multiply in the body of the host. Protozoans multiply in the infected person, so that disease could result from a single infection. But helminths, apart from very rare exceptions, do not multiply in the human body, therefore, a single infection does not generally leads to disease. Heavy worm load follows multiple infections. Sometimes, multiplication occurs within larval forms in Platyhelminths. 112 Textbook of Medical Parasitology  Life Cycle • • • Cestodes: They complete their life cycle in 2 different hosts, except Hymenolepis nana, which completes its life cycle in a single host and Diphyllobothrium latum which completes its life cycle in 3 hosts. Trematodes: They complete their life cycle in 1 definitive host (man) and 2 intermediate hosts. Fresh water snail or mollusc act as first intermediate host and fish or crab act as second intermediate host except schistosomes which require 2 hosts – 1 definitive host (man) and other intermediate host (snail). Nematodes: Nematodes require only 1 host to complete their life cycle except filarial nematodes and Dracunculus medinensis, which complete their life cycle in 2 hosts. Zoological Classification of Helminths Phylum Platyhelminthes Class Trematoda   Blood flukes (sexes separate, infection by cercarial penetration)  Family: Schistosomatidae (schistosomes) Hermaphroditic flukes (bisexual, infection by ingestion of cercariae)  Family: Fasciolidae (large flukes; cercariae encyst on aquatic vegetation) Genus: Fasciola, Fasciolopsis  Family: Paramphistomatidae (large ventral sucker posteriorly) Genus: Gastrodiscoides  Family: Echinostomatidae (collar of spines behind oral sucker; cercariae encyst in mollusc or fish) Genus: Echinostoma    Family: Triglotrematidae (testes side-by-side behind ovary; cercariae encyst in Crustacea) Genus: Paragonimus Family: Opisthorchidae (testes in tandem behind ovary; cercariae encyst in fish) Genus: Clonorchis, Opisthorchis Family: Dicrocoelida (testes in front of ovary; cercariae encyst in insects) Genus: Dicrocoelium Family: Heterophyidae (minute flukes; cercarial encyst in fish) Genus: Heterophyes, Metagonimus. Class Cestoda   Order: Pseudophyllidea (Scolex has grooves) Genus: Diphyllobothrium Order: Cyclophyllidea (Scolex has suckers)  Family: Taeniidae, (Proglottid longer than broad; numerous testes; one genital pore; larva in vertebrates) Genus: Taenia, Multiceps, Echinococcus  Family: Hymenolepididae (transverse proglottids; one genital pore; larva in insects) Genus: Hymenolepis  Family: Dilepidiidae (Two genital pores) Genus: Dipylidium. Phylum Nemathelminthes It includes class nematoda which is further divided into:  Subclass: Adenophorea or Aphasmidia (no phasmids; no caudal papillae in male)  Subclass: Secernentea or Phasmidia (phasmids present; numerous caudal papillae). Detailed classification of class Nematodas is given in chapter 14. Review Questions 1. Short notes on: (a) General features of helminths (b) Phylum Nematoda 2. Differentiate between: (a) Trematodes and nematodes (b) Cestodes and nematodes Cestodes: Tapeworms Cestodes (Greek kestos—girdle or ribbon) are multi­ segmented, dorsoventrally lattened tape­like worms whose sizes vary from a few millimeters to several meters. The adult worms are found in the small intestine of humans. Tapeworms: General Characteristics Adult Worms ¾¾ The adult worm consists of 3 parts: € Classiication of Cestodes € € Systemic Classiication Cestodes belong to Phylum Platyhelminthes and class Cestoidea. The class Cestoidea includes 2 orders: ¾¾ Pseudophyllidea ¾¾ Cyclophyllidea For detailed classiication see Table 12.1. Classiication of Cestodes Based on the Form of Parasite Important to Man The detailed classiication is given in Table 12.2. 12 Head (scolex) Neck Trunk (strobila) (Fig. 12.1). Head (Scolex) It is the organ of attachment to the intestinal mucosa of the deinitive host, human or animal (Fig. 12.1). ¾¾ In parasites of the order cyclophyllidea, the scolex possesses 4 suckers (or acetabula). In some cyclophyllidea like Taenia solium, scolex has an apical protrusion called as the rostellum. The rostellum may or may not be armed with hooks. Table 12.1: Classiication of Medically Important Cestodes Order Family Genus Pseudophyllidea Diphyllobothriidae Diphyllobothrium Spirometra Cyclophyllidea Taeniidae Taenia Echinococcus Hymenolepididae Hymenolepis Dipylidiidae Dipylidium 114 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Table 12.2: Classiication of Cestodes Based on the Form of Parasite Important to Man Order Adult worm seen in human intestine Larval stage seen in humans Pseudophyllidea Diphyllobothrium latum, the ish tapeworm • Spirometra mansoni • Spirometra theileri • Spirometra erinace (larval stage causing sparganosis) Cyclophyllidea • • • • • Taenia solium, the pork tapeworm (larval form can cause cysticercus cellulosae) • Echinococcus granulosus, the dog tapeworm (Larval form causes hydatid disease in man) • Echinococcus multilocularis (larval stage causes alveolar or multilocular hydatid disease) • Multiceps multiceps and other species (larval stage may cause coenurosis in man) Taenia saginata, the beef tapeworm Taenia solium, the pork tapeworm Hymenolepis nana, the dwarf tapeworm Hymenolepis diminuta, the rat tapeworm (rare) • Dipylidium caninum, the double­pored dog tapeworm (rare) ¾¾ In parasites of the order pseudophyllidea, the scolex does not possess suckers but possesses a pair of longitudinal grooves called as bothria, by which it attaches to the intestine of the host. Neck It is the part, immediately behind the head and is the region of growth from where the segments of the body (proglottids) are being generated continuously. Trunk (strobila) The trunk also called as strobila is composed of a chain of proglottids or segments (Fig. 12.1). ¾¾ The proglottids near the neck, are the young immature segments, behind them are the mature segments, and at the hind end, are the gravid segments. ¾¾ Tapeworms are hermaphrodites (monoecious) and every mature segment contains both male and female sex organs. In the immature segments, the reproductive organs are not well­developed. They are well­developed in the mature segments. The gravid segments are completely occupied by the uterus illed with eggs. ¾¾ Tapeworms do not have a body cavity or alimentary canal ¾¾ Rudimentary excretory and nervous systems are present. The diferences between heads and proglottids of various Cestodes has been illustrated in Figure 12.2. Eggs The eggs of Cyclophyllidea and Pseudophyllidea are diferent from each other (Table 12.3). Table 12.3: Diferences Between Eggs of Orders Cyclophyllidea and Pseudophyllidea Cyclophyllidean egg Pseudophyllidean egg • Covered by 2 layers: egg shell and embryophore • Spherical • Embryonated from the beginning • Eggs are not operculated and the embryo is not ciliated • Covered by 1 layer: egg shell • Ovoid in shape • Freshly passed eggs in feces are unembryonated. • Eggs are operculated and the embryo is ciliated ¾¾ The embryo inside the egg is called the oncosphere (meaning ‘hooked ball’) because it is spherical and has hooklets. ¾¾ Oncospheres of human tapeworms typically have 3 pairs of hooklets and so, are called hexacanth (meaning 6-hooked) embryos. Life Cycle Fig. 12.1: Tapeworm. A. Scolex or head; B. Neck, leading to the region of growth below, showing immature segments; C. Mature segments; D. Gravid segments illed with eggs Cestodes complete their life cycle in 2 hosts: deinitive host and intermediate host. ¾¾ Humans are the deinitive host for most tapeworms, which cause human infection. An important exception is the dog tapeworm, Echinococcus granulosus, for which Cestodes: Tapeworms 115 Fig. 12.2: Diferences between heads and proglottids of various Cestodes dog is the deinitive host and man is the intermediate host. In Taenia solium, man is ordinarily the deinitive host, but its larval stages also can also develop in the human body. Cestodes complete their life cycle in 2 diferent hosts. Exceptions are: Hymenolepis that requires only 1 host, man and Diphyllobothrium that requires 3 hosts, deinitive host: man; irst intermediate host: cyclops; and second intermediate host: ish. ¾¾ Clinical disease can be caused by the adult worm or the larval form. In general, adult worm causes only minimal disturbance, while the larvae can produce serious illness, particularly when they lodge in critical areas like the brain or the eyes. •¾Pseudophyllidean tapeworms have a central unbranched convoluted uterus, which opens through a pore, possess ventrally situated genital pores, and produce operculated eggs that give rise to ciliated larvae •¾In Cyclophyllidean tapeworms, the uterus is branched and does not have an opening. They have lateral genital pores and produce non­operculated eggs that yield larvae, which are not ciliated. Their larvae are called ‘bladder worms’ and occur in 4 varieties, cysticercus, cysticercoid, coenurus, and echinococcus. PSEUDOPHYLLIDEAN TAPEWORMS Diphyllobothrium Latum Common name: Fish tape worm/Broad tape worm History and Distribution The head of the worm was found by Bonnet in 1777, and its life cycle was worked out by Janicki and Rosen in 1917. ¾¾ Diphyllobothriasis (infection with Diphyllobothrium) occurs in central and northern Europe, particularly in the Scandinavian countries. It is also found in Siberia, Japan, North America, and Central Africa. ¾¾ In countries like India, where ish is eaten only after cooking, the infection does not occur. Longest cestode infecting man: Diphyllobothrium latum Smallest cestode infecting man: Hymenolepis nana Habitat The adult worm is found in the small intestine, usually in the ileum, where it lies folded in several loops with the scolex embedded in the mucosa. Textbook of Medical Parasitology 116 A B Fig. 12.3: Diphyllobothrium latum A. Adult worm showing spatulate scolex, neck, and strobila B. Mature proglottid Morphology Adult worm It is ivory-colored and very long, measuring upto 10 meters or more. It is the largest tape worm inhabiting the small intestine of man. ¾¾ As in all cestodes, the adult worm has 3 parts: scolex, neck, and strobila. ¾¾ Scolex (head) is spatulate or spoon-shaped, about 2–3 mm long and 1 mm broad. It carries 2 slit­Iike longitudinal sucking grooves (bothria), one dorsal and the other ventral. The scolex lacks suckers and hooks (Fig. 12.3A). ¾¾ Neck is thin, unsegmented and is much more longer than the head. ¾¾ Strobila consists of 3,000–4,000 proglottids, consisting of immature, mature, and gravid segments in that order from front to backwards. ¾¾ The mature proglottid is broader than long, about 2–4 mm long and 10–20 mm broad and is practically illed with male and female reproductive organs (Fig. 12.3B). ¾¾ The testes are represented by numerous minute follicles situated laterally in the dorsal plane. ¾¾ The female reproductive organs are arranged along the midline, lying ventrally. The ovary is bilobed. The large rosette­like uterus lies convoluted in the center. ¾¾ Three genital openings are present ventrally along the midline—the openings of the vas deferens, vagina, and uterus in that order, from front backwards. ¾¾ The fertilized ova develop in the uterus and are discharged periodically through the uterine pore. ¾¾ The terminal segments become dried up after delivering many eggs and are discharged in strands of varying lengths in the feces. Egg D. latum is a proliic egg layer and a single worm may pass about a million eggs in a day. Fig. 12.4: Operculated egg of Diphyllobothrium latum ¾¾ Egg is broadly ovoid, about 65 µm by 45 µm, with a thick, light brown shell (Fig. 12.4). ¾¾ It has an operculum at one end and often a small knob at the other. ¾¾ The freshly passed egg contains an immature embryo surrounded by yolk granules. The eggs are resistant to chemicals but are killed by drying. The embryo with 6 hooklets inside the egg is called the oncosphere. ¾¾ The egg does not loat in saturated salt solution and is bile stained. ¾¾ They are not infective to humans. Larval Stages There are 3 stages of larval development: ¾¾ First stage larva (coracidium) ¾¾ Second stage larva (procercoid) ¾¾ Third stage larva (plerocercoid). Life Cycle Deinitive hosts: Man, dog, and cat. Man is the optimal host. First intermediate host: Fresh water copepod, mainly of genera Cyclops or Diaptomus. Second intermediate host: Fresh water ish (salmon, trout etc.). Infective form to human: Third stage plerocercoid larva. ¾¾ The adult worm lives in the small intestine. It lays oppurculated eggs which are passed along with the feces in water (Fig. 12.5). ¾¾ The freshly­passed egg contains an immature embryo surrounded by yolk granules. The embryo with 6 hooklets (hexacanth embryo) inside the egg is called the oncosphere. ¾¾ In water, it matures in about 10–15 days and ciliated irst stage larva, called coracidium emerges through the operculum. Cestodes: Tapeworms 117 Fig. 12.5: Life cycle of Diphyllobothrium latum ¾¾ Coracidium (irst stage larva) can survive in water for about 12 hours, by which time it should be ingested by the fresh water crustacean copepod cyclops, which is the irst intermediate host (Fig. 12.5). ¾¾ In the midgut of the cyclops, the coracidium casts of its ciliated coat and by means of its 6 hooklets, penetrates into the hemocele (body cavity). In about 3 weeks, it becomes transformed into the elongated second stage 118 Textbook of Medical Parasitology larva about 550 µm long, which is called the procercoid larva. ¾¾ Procercoid larva has a rounded caudal appendage (cercomer) which bears the now useless hooklets. ¾¾ If the infected cyclops is now eaten by a freshwater ish (second intermediate host), the procercoid larva pene­ trates the intestine of the ish and grows. ¾¾ In the ish, procercoid larva looses its caudal appendage and develops into the third stage larva called the plerocercoid larva or sparganum (Fig. 12.5). ¾¾ Plerocercoid larva has a glistening white lattened unsegmented vermicule, with a wrinkled surface, is about 1–2 cm long, and possesses rudimentary scolex. This is the stage infective for humans. ¾¾ Man gets infection by eating raw or under­cooked ish containing plerocercoid larva. ¾¾ The larva develops into adult worm in the small intestine ¾¾ The worm attains maturity in about 5–6 weeks and starts laying eggs, which are passed along with the feces. The cycle is thus repeated. ¾¾ The adult worm may live for about 10 years or more. diagnosis. The Proglottids passed in feces can also be identiied by their morphology. Serodiagnosis A coproantigen detection test is available to diagnose diphyllobothriasis. Treatment ¾¾ Praziquantel in a single dose of 10 mg/kg is efective. ¾¾ Parenteral vit B12 should be given, if B12 deiciency is present. Prophylaxis Infection can be prevented by ¾¾ Proper cooking of ish ¾¾ Deep freezing (–10°C for 24–48 hours ) of ish, if it is to be cosumed raw ¾¾ Prevention of fecal pollution of natural waters ¾¾ Periodical deworming of pet dogs and cats. Key points of Diphyllobothrium latum Pathogenicity and Clinical Features The pathogenic efects of diphyllobothriasis depend on the mass of the worm, absorption of its byproducts by the host, and deprivation of the host’s essential metabolic intermediates. ¾¾ In some persons, infection may be entirely asymptomatic, while in others there may be an evidence of mechanical obstruction. ¾¾ Transient abdominal discomfort, diarrhea, nausea, weakness, weightloss, and anemia are the usual manifestations. Patients may be frightened by noticing the strands of proglottids passed in their feces. ¾¾ A kind of pernicious anemia, sometimes caused by the infection, is called bothriocephalus anemia. This was formerly believed to be racially determined, being common in Finland and rare elsewhere. The anemia develops because the tape worm absorbs large quantity of vit B12 and interferes with its ileal absorption, leading to vit B12 deiciency. ¾¾ In severe cases, patients may exhibit neurologic sequelae of vit B12 deiciencey. Laboratory Diagnosis Stool Microscopy Eggs are passed in very large number in feces, and therefore, their demonstration in feces ofers an easy method of •¾Longest tapeworm found in man •¾Adult worm upto 10 m in length having spoon­shaped head with 2 slit­like grooves (bothria) •¾Deinitive host: Man(optimal host), dogs and cats •¾First intermediate host: Cyclops •¾Second intermediate host: Fresh water ish •¾Eggs are oval, operculated, bile stained and not infective to man •¾Infective stage: Plerocercoid larva •¾Mode of transmission: Man gets infection by consuming uncooked or undercooked ish containing third stage plerocercoid larva •¾Clinical features: Abdominal discomfort, nausea, and megaloblastic anemia •¾Diagnosis: Stool microscopy for egg and coproantigen test •¾Treatment: Praziquantel and if required, vitamin B12. Spirometra Genus Spirometra belongs to Diphyllobothriidae family. Species of this genera which are medically important are—S. mansoni, S. theileri, and S. erinacei. ¾¾ Spirometra along with other Diphyllobothrium tapeworms that are not normal human parasite, can accidentally infect man and cause disease called as sparganosis. Cestodes: Tapeworms ¾¾ The disease is so named because it is caused by sparganum (plerocercoid larva) of the parasite. Distribution Sparganosis has been reported mostly from Japan and South­east Asia; less often from America and Australia. A few cases have been reported from India also. Habitat Adult worms live in the intestinal tract of cats and dogs. Life Cycle Deinitive host: Dog and cat First intermediate host: Cyclops Second intermediate host: Snakes, frogs, and ishes ¾¾ Adult worms live in the intestinal tract of dogs and cats and produce large number of eggs which pass out along with feces in water (Fig. 12.6). ¾¾ Eggs 119 hatch in fresh water to release ciliated irst stage larva called as coracidium. ¾¾ The coracidium is ingested by cyclops (irst intermediate host), where it develops into second stage larva called as procercoid larva. ¾¾ When the infected cyclop is ingested by ish, snakes, amphibians (second intermediate host), the procercoid larva migrates to various organs of the body and develops into plerocercoid larva (sparganum larva). This is the infective stage of the larva for dogs and cats (deinitive host) (Fig. 12.6). ¾¾ When a cat or dog eats the second intermediate host, the plerocercoid larva develops into adult worms in the intestine. ¾¾ Man acts as an accidental host and gets infection by € Ingestion of cyclops containing procercoid larva. € Ingestion of plerocercoid larva present in uncooked meat of animals or birds, frogs. € Local application of raw lesh of infected animals on skin or mucosa. The last method follows the practice Fig. 12.6: Life cycle of Spirometra 120 Textbook of Medical Parasitology prevalent among the Chinese, of applying split frogs on skin or eye sores as a poultice. ¾¾ T. solium is also worldwide in distribution except in the countries and communities, which proscribe pork as taboo. Sparganosis The term sparganosis is used for ectopic infection by sparganum (plerocercoid larva) of spirometra and some Diphyllobothrium species. ¾¾ The sparaganum (L3 larva) are liberated from the cyclops in the human intestine. They penetrate the intestinal wall and migrate to subcutaneous tissue, where they become encysted and develop into spargana. ¾¾ The sparganum is usually found in the subcutaneous tissues in various parts of the body, but may also be present in the peritoneum, abdominal viscera, or brain. Laboratory Diagnosis Diagnosis is usually possible only after surgical removal of the nodules and demonstration of the worm. Treatment Deinitive treatment is surgical removal of the nodule. Prophylaxis Humans sparganosis is prevented by ¾¾ Properly iltering and boiling drinking water ¾¾ Eating properly cooked lesh. CYCLOPHYLLIDEAN TAPEWORMS Taenia Saginata and Taenia Solium Common name Taenia saginata ­ Beef tapeworm Taenia solium ­ Pork tapeworm History and Distribution T. saginata has been known as an intestinal parasite of man from very ancient times. But it was only in 1782 when Goeze diferentiated it from the pork tapeworm, T. solium. Its life cycle was elucidated when Leuckart, in 1861, irst experimentally demonstrated that cattle serve as the intermediate host for the worm. ¾¾ The name Taenia is derived from the Greek word meaning tape or band. It was originally used to refer to most tapeworms, but is now restricted to the members of the Genus Taenia. ¾¾ T. saginata is worldwide in distribution, but the infection is not found in vegetarians and those who do not eat beef. Habitat The adult worms of both T. saginata and T. solium live in the human small intestine, commonly in the jejunum. Cestodes living in small intestine •¾Diphyllobothrium latum •¾Taenia solium •¾Taenia saginata saginata •¾Taenia saginata asiatica •¾Hymenolepis nana Morphology Adult Worm of T. saginata The adult T. saginata worm is opalescent white in color, ribbon­like, dorsoventrally lattended, and segmented, measuring 5–10 m in length. ¾¾ The adult worm consists of head (scolex), neck, and strobila (body). The general features of adult worm are similar to any cyclophyllidean cestodes. ¾¾ Scolex: The scolex (head) of T. saginata is about 1–2 mm in diameter, quadrate in cross­section, bearing 4 hemi­ spherical suckers situated at its four angles. They may be pigmented. The scolex has no rostellum or hooklets (which are present in T. solium ) T. saginata is, therefore called the unarmed tape worm. The suckers serve as the sole organ for attachment (Fig. 12.7). ¾¾ The neck is long and narrow. The strobila (trunk) consists of 1000 to 2000 proglottides or segments—immature, mature and gravid. ¾¾ The gravid segments are nearly four times as they are broad, about 20 mm long and 5 mm broad. The segment contains male and female reproductive structures. The testes are numerous, 300 to 400 (twice as many as in T. Fig. 12.7: Scolex of Taenia saginata and Taenia solium Cestodes: Tapeworms solium. The gravid segment has 15 to 30 lateral branches (as against 7 to 13 in T. solium). It difers from T. solium also in having a prominent vaginal sphincter and in lacking the accessory ovarian lobe. The common genital pore opens on the lateral wall of the segments. ¾¾ The gravid segments break away and are expelled singly, actively forcing their way out through the anal sphincter. As there is no uterine opening, the eggs escape from the uterus through its ruptured wall. Adult Worm of T. solium ¾¾ The adult worm is usually 2­3 meters long. ¾¾ The scolex of T. solium is small and globular about 1 mm in diameter, with 4 large cup­like suckers (0.5 mm in diameter), and a conspicuous rounded rostellum, armed with a double row of alternating round and small dagger-shaped hooks, 20–50 in number. ¾¾ The neck is short and half as thick as the head. ¾¾ The proglottides number less than a thousand. They resemble those of T. saginata in general. The gravid segments are twice as long as broad, 12 mm by 6 mm. The testes are composed of 150 to 200 follicles. There is an accessory lobe for the ovary. The vaginal sphincter is absent. The uterus has only 5 to 10 (under 13) thick lateral branches. A lateral thick­lipped genital pore is present, alternating between the right and left sides of adjacent segments. ¾¾ The gravid segments are not expelled singly, but pass passively out as short chains. The eggs escape from the ruptured wall of the uterus. The other diferentiating features of T. saginata and T. solium are given in Table 12.4. Eggs Table 12.4: Diference between Taenia saginata and Taenia solium Taenia saginata Taenia solium Length 5–10 m 2–3 m Scolex Large quadrate Small and globular Rostellum and hooks are absent Rostellum and hooks are present Suckers may be pigmented Suckers not pigmented Neck Long Short Proglottids 1,000–2,000 Below 1,000 Measurement (gravid segment) 20 mm × 5 mm 12 mm × 6 mm Expulsion Expelled singly Expelled passively in chains of 5 or 6 Uterus Lateral branches 15–30 on each side; thin and dichotomous Lateral branches 5–10 on each side; thick and dendritic Vagina Present Absent Accessary lobe of ovary Absent Present Testes 300–400 follicles 150–200 follicles Larva Cysticercus bovis; present in cow not in man Cysticercus cellulosae; present in pig and also in man Egg Not infective to man Infective to man Deinitive host Man Man Intermediate host Cow Pig, occasionally man Disease Causes intestinal taeniasis Causes intestinal taeniasis and cysticercosis Eggs of both species are indistinguishable. ¾¾ The egg is spherical, measuring 30–40 µm in diameter. ¾¾ It has a thin hyaline embryonic membrane around it, which soon disappears after release. ¾¾ The inner embryophore is radially striated and is yellow­brown due to bile staining (Fig. 12.8). ¾¾ In the center is a fully­developed embryo (oncosphere) with 3 pairs of hooklets (hexacanth embryo). ¾¾ The eggs do not loat in saturated salt solution. ¾¾ The eggs of T. saginata are infective only to cattle and not to humans, whereas the eggs of T. solium are infective to pigs and humans too. Larva The larval stage of Taenia is called as cysticercus. ¾¾ Cysticercus bovis is the larva of T. saginata (Fig. 12.9). ¾¾ Cysticercus cellulosae is the larva of T. solium (Fig. 12.11). A B Fig. 12.8: Egg of Taenia. A. As seen under microscope; B. Schematic diagram 121 Textbook of Medical Parasitology 122 Fig. 12.9: Schematic diagram showing cysticercus bovis in muscle Fig. 12.11: Cysticercus cellulosae € € The cysticercus cellulosae or ‘bladder worm’ is ovoid opalescent milky­white, measuring 8–10 mm in breadth and 5 mm in length. The scolex of the larva, with its suckers, lies invaginated within the bladder and can be seen as a thick white spot. It remains viable for several months (Fig. 12.11). Life Cycle of Taenia Saginata Fig. 12.10: Cysticerci in muscles (measly pork) Cysticercus bovis € € € € € € € It is the larval form of T. saginata. The name cysticercus in derived from the Greek, kystis—bladder and kerkos—tail. The larva (cysticercus bovis) is infective stage for humans. The cysticercus is an ovoid, milky­white opalescent luid­illed vesicle measuring about 5 mm × 10 mm in diameter, and contains a single invaginated scolex (bladder worm). The cysticerci are found in the muscles of mastication, cardiac muscles, diaphragm and tongue of infected cattle (Fig.12.9). They can be seen on visual inspection as shiny white dots in the infected beef (measly beef) (Fig. 12.10). Cysticercus bovis is unknown in humans. Cysticercus cellulosae € € It is the larval form of T. solium and also the infective form of the parasite. It can develop in various organs of pig as well as in man. T. saginata passes its life cycle in 2 hosts (Fig. 12.12). Deinitive host: Humans are the deinitive hosts and harbor the adult worm. Intermediate host: Cattle (cow or bufalo) are the inter­ mediate host and harbor the larval stage of the worm. Infective stage: Cysticercus bovis (larval stage) is the infective stage to man, while eggs are infective to cattle. ¾¾ The adult worm lives in the small intestine of man. The gravid segments from the adult worm breakaway and are expelled singly. They actively force their wayout through the anal sphincter. ¾¾ The eggs or gravid segments are passed out with feces on the ground. ¾¾ The eggs deposited in soil remain viable for several weeks. ¾¾ They are infective to cattle, which ingest the eggs while grazing. Development in Cattle When ingested by cattle (cow or bufalo), the eggshell ruptures releasing onchosphere in the duodenum. ¾¾ The onchospheres, with their hooklets penetrate the intestinal wall, reach the mesenteric venules or lymphatics and enter the systemic circulation. ¾¾ They get iltered out in the striated muscles, particularly in muscles of the tongue, neck, shoulder, ham, and in the myocardium. In these sites, the onchosheres lose Cestodes: Tapeworms 123 Fig. 12.12: Life cycle of Taenia saginata their hooks and in about 60–70 days develop in the mature larva, cysticercus bovis. ¾¾ The cysticerci can live in lesh of cattle for about 8 months, but can develop further only when ingested by man, its deinitive host. Development in Man Man acquires infection by ingesting raw or undercooked beef containing cysticerci (Fig. 12.12). ¾¾ The cysticerci are digested out of the meat in the stomach. ¾¾ In the upper part of the small intestine, the head (scolex) evaginates out of the cysticercus, becomes attached to the mucosa, and by gradual strobilization develops into the adult worm in about 2–3 months. The adult worm has a life span of 10 years or more. Infection in usually with a single worm, but sometimes multiple infection is seen and 25 or more worms have been reported in patients. Life Cycle of Taenia Solium When T. solium causes intestinal taeniasis, its life cycle is similar to that of T. saginata except (Fig. 12.13). Deinitive host: Man Intermediate host: Pig Infective stage: Cysticercus cellulosae (larva) ¾¾ Humans are infected by consuming inadequately cooked pork containing cysticercus cellulosae (measly pork). ¾¾ Man harboring adult worms may autoinfect oneself either by unhygenic personal habits or by reverse peristaltic movements of the intestine. When Taenia leads to cysticercosis, the life cycle is as follows: Deinitive host and Intermediate host: Both man Infective stage: Eggs of T. solium (not larva) ¾¾ Mode of infection: Man acquires infection by ingesting eggs with contaminated food and water. € Autoinfection: A man harboring adult worm may autoinfect oneself, either by unhygenic personal habits or by reverse peristalsis of the intestine. ¾¾ The further development of the eggs is similar in man and pigs. ¾¾ The oncospheres are released in the duodenum or jejunum and penetrate the intestinal wall. ¾¾ They enter the mesenteric venules or lymphatics and are carried in systemic circulation to the diferent parts of the body. 124 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Fig. 12.13: Life cycle of Taenia solium ¾¾ They are iltered out principally in the muscles, where they develop into the larval stage, cysticercus cellulosae in about 60–70 days. ¾¾ In humans, it is a dead end and the larvae die without further development. Cysticercosis •¾Intestinal infection with T. solium occurs only in persons ¾¾ Cysticercus eating undercooked pork and usually in persons of low socio­economic condition with poor sanitation. It is uncommon in Jews and Mohammedans, who are not generally pork eaters. But cysticercosis may occur in any person residing in endemic areas, even in vegetarians because the mode of infection is contamination of food or drink with egg deposited in soil. •¾Eggs of T. solium are infective to pigs as well as to man. Pathogenicity and Clinical Features Intestinal Taeniasis It can be caused by both T. saginata and T. solium. ¾¾ The adult worm, inspite of its large size, causes surpri­ singly little inconvenience to the patient. ¾¾ When the infection is symptomatic, vague abdominal discomformt, indigestion, nausea, diarrhea, and weight loss may be present. Occasional cases of acute intestinal obstruction, acute appendicitis, and pancreatitis have also been reported. It is caused by larval stage (cysticecus cellulosae) of T. solium. cellulosae may be solitary or more often multiple. ¾¾ Any organ or tissue may be involved, the most common being subcutaneous tissues and muscles. It may also afect the eyes, brain, and less often the heart, liver, lungs, abdominal cavity, and spinal cord. ¾¾ The cysticercus is surrounded by a ibrous capsule except in the eye and ventricles of the brain. ¾¾ The larvae evoke a cellular reaction starting with iniltration of neutrophils, eosinophils, lymphocytes, plasma cells, and at times, giant cells. This is followed by ibrosis and death of the larva with eventual calciication. ¾¾ The clinical features depend on the site afected € Subcutaneous nodules are mostly asymptomatic € Muscular cysticerosis may cause acute myositis € Neurocysticerosis (cysticercosis of brain) is the most common and most serious form of cysticercosis. About 70% of adult­onset epilepsy is due to neurocysticercosis. Other clinical features of neuro­ Cestodes: Tapeworms cysticercosis are increased intracranial tension, hydrocephalus, psychiatric disturbances, meningo­ encephalitis, transient paresis, behavioral disorders aphasia, and visual disturbances. It is considered as the second most common cause of intracranial space occupying lesion (ICSOL) after Tuberculosis in India. In ocular cysticercosis, cysts are found in vitreous humor, subretinal space and conjunctiva. The condition may present as blurred vision or loss of vision, iritis, uveitis, and palpebral conjunctivitis. 125 (iii) Scolex € Deinitive diagnosis can also be established by demonstration of unarmed scolex in case of T. saginata after antihelmenthic treatment. Laboratory Diagnosis (iv) Detection of Taenia Antigen in feces: Antigen capture enzyme­linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) using polyclonal antisera against Taenia is employed to detect coproantigen in feces since 1990 and is more sensitive than microscopy (speciicity 100% and sensitivity 98%). The drawback of the test is that it cannot diferentiate between T. saginata and T. solium (Flowchart 12.1). Stool Examination Serodiagnosis (i) Eggs € Microscopic examination of feces shows characteristic eggs of Taenia in 20–80% of patients. € Formol ether sedimentation method of stool concentration is useful. € Eggs can also be detected by cellophane swab method (NIH Swab) in 85–95% patients. € Species identiication cannot be made from the eggs, since the eggs of T. saginata and T. Solium are similar (Flowchart 12.1). (ii) Proglottids € Species identiication can be done by examining with a hand lens, the gravid proglotlid pressed between 2 slides, when branching can be made out. (15–20 lateral branches in T saginata; under 13 in T. Solium). Speciic antibodies in serum can be demonstrated by ELISA, indirect immunoluroscence test and indirect hemagglu­ tination (IHA) test (Flowchart 12.1). € Molecular Diagnosis Both DNA probes and polymerase chain reaction (PCR) technique are used to detect and diferentiate between eggs and proglottids of T. saginata and T. solium (Flowchart 12.1). It can also diferentiate between the 2 subspecies of T. saginata, viz T. saginata saginata and T. saginata asiatica. Laboratory Diagnosis of Cysticercosis Diagnosis of cysticercosis is based on the following (Flowchart 12.1): Flowchart 12.1: Laboratory diagnosis of Taenia spp. Textbook of Medical Parasitology 126 Treatment Intestinal Taeniasis Single dose of praziquantel (10–20 mg/kg) is the drug of choice. ¾¾ Niclosamide (2 g), single dose, is another efective drug. ¾¾ Purgation is not considered necessary. Cysticercosis ¾¾ For cysticercosis, excision is the best method, wherever possible. A B Fig. 12.14: A. CT Scan shows multiple calciied cysts of Cysticercus cellulosae in the brain parenchyma; B. CT Scan of brain shows clear cyst wall in a cysticercal lesion Biopsy Deinitive diagnosis of cysticercosis is by biopsy of the lesion and its microscopic examination to show the invaginated scolex with suckers and hooks. Imaging Methods ¾¾ X-ray: Calciied cysticerci can be detected by radiography of subcutaneous tissue and muscles particularly in the buttocks and thigh. X­ray of the skull many demonstrate cerebral calciied cyst. ¾¾ Computed tomography (CT) scan of brain is the best method for detecting dead calciied cysts. The cysticercal lesions appear as small hypodensities (ring or disc­like) with a bright central spot (Fig. 12.14). ¾¾ Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) scan of the brain is more helpful in detection of non calciied cysts and ventricular cysts. It also demonstrates spinal cysticerci. Serology Antibody detection Anticysticercus antibodies in serum or cerebrospinal luid (CSF) can be detected by ELISA and enzyme­linked immunoelectrotrasfer blot (EITB) tests. Antigen detection Antigen can be detected in serum and CSF by ELISA, using monoclonal antibodies and indicate recent infection. Others ¾¾ Ocular cysticercosis can be made out by opthalmoscopy ¾¾ Eosinophilia: Usually occurs in early stage of cysti­ cercosis, but is not constant. ¾¾ Asymptomatic neurocysticercocis requires no treatment. ¾¾ For symptomatic cerebral cysticercosis, praziquantel in a dose of 50 mg/kg in 3 divided doses for 20–30 days and albendazole in a dose of 400 mg twice daily for 30 days may be administered. ¾¾ Corticosteroids may be given along with praziquantel or albendazole to reduce the inlammatory reactions caused by the dead cysticerci. ¾¾ In addition, antiepileptic drugs should be given until the reaction of the brain has subsided. ¾¾ Operative intervention is indicated for hydrocephalus. Prophylaxis ¾¾ Beef and pork to be eaten by man should be subjected to efective inspection for cysticerci in slaughter house. ¾¾ Avoidance of eating raw or undercooked beef and pork. The critical thermal point of cysticercus is 56°C for 5 minutes. ¾¾ Maintainence of clean personal habits and general sanitary measures. Key points of Taenia saginata •¾Commonest, large ribbon­like tapeworm. •¾Rostellum and hooks absent (unarmed tapeworm). •¾1,000–2,000 proglottids with 15–30 dichotomously branched uterus. •¾Deinitive host: Man •¾Intermediate host: Cow •¾Mode of infection: Undercooked (measly) beef con­ taining cysticercus bovis •¾Eggs are not infective to human. •¾Asymptomatic, clinical features occur occasionally— abdominal discomfort, indigestion •¾Diagnosis: Eggs or proglottids in stool, serodiagnosis, molecular diagnosis •¾Treatment: Praziquantel is the drug of choice and excision in case of cysticercosis. •¾Prophylaxis: By avoidance of eating undercooked beef. Cestodes: Tapeworms Key points of Taenia solium •¾Smaller than T. saginata with rostellum and hooks (armed tapeworm). •¾Less than 1,000 Proglottids with 5–10 thick dendritic branched uterus. •¾Deinitive host: Man •¾Intermediate host: Pig, occasionally man (in case of cysticercosis). •¾Mode of infection: Undercooked (measly) pork con­ taining cysticercus cellulosae; autoinfection and egg in contaminated vegetable, food, and water. •¾Eggs are infective to human. •¾Clinical features: Adult worm is asymptomatic. Larval forms cause cystic lesion in subcutaneous tissue, muscle, brain (neurocysticercosis), and eye. •¾Diagnosis: Intestinal taeniasis–egg or proglottids in stool; Cysticercosis–biopsy, X­ray, CT Scan, MRI, and serology. •¾Treatment: Praziquantel, albendazole, antiepileptics in neurocysticercosis •¾Prophylaxis: By avoidance of eating undercooked pork and raw vegetables ¾¾ For control of cysticercosis, prevention of fecal contamination of soil, proper disposal of sewage and avoidance of eating raw vegetables grown in polluted soil are useful measures ¾¾ Detection and treatment of persons harboring adult worm, as they can develop cysticercosis due to autoinfection. Taenia Saginata Asiatica T. saginata asiatica is closely related to T. saginata and is found mainly in Asia. ¾¾ It is morphologically similar to T. saginata except. € It is smaller than T. Saginata. € Intermediate host is pig (not cow). € Its cysticerci are located primarily in liver of the pig (not muscle). ¾¾ Clincial features, diagnosis and treatment are similar to that of T. saginata. Multiceps Multiceps (Taenia Multiceps) Tapeworms of the Genus Multiceps (M. multiceps, M. serialis, M. glomeratus, etc.) are widespread natural parasites of dogs and other canines. Deinitive host: Dog, wolf, and fox Intermediate host: Sheep, cattle, horses, and other ruminants 127 ¾¾ Humans act as accidental intermediate host. ¾¾ Humans get infected by ingesting food or water contaminated with dogs feces containing eggs. ¾¾ Oncospheres hatch out from the eggs, penetrate the intestine and migrate to various organs, usually central nervous system (CNS) where it transforms into the larval stage called as coenurus. ¾¾ Coenurus is a roughly spherical or ovoid bladderworm, up to 3 cm in size, and bearing multiple invaginated protoscolices (hence, the name multiceps). ¾¾ In sheep, coenurus is typically seen in the brain and spinal cord. Afected sheep develop cerebellar ataxia, giving the disease its name ‘staggers’. ¾¾ Human coenurosis has been reported from Africa, Europe, and the USA. The sites afected mainly are the orbit, brain, and subcutaneous tissue. ¾¾ Clinical disease is due to pressure efects, symptoms being headache, vomiting, paresis and seizures and also due to allergic reactions. ¾¾ Surgical removal, where feasible is the only mode of treatment. Echinococcus Granulosus Common name: Dog tape worm History and Distribution Hydatid cysts had been described by Hippocrates and other ancient physicians. ¾¾ Adult E. granulosus was described by Hartmann in the small intestine of dog in 1695 and the larval form (hydatid cysts) was recognized in 1782 by Goeze. ¾¾ The disease is prevalent in most parts of the world, though it is most extensive in the sheep and cattle­ raising areas of Australia, Africa, and South America. It is also common in Europe, China, and the Middle East. ¾¾ It is a signiicant health problem in India. It is seen more often in temperate than in tropical regions. Habitat ¾¾ The adult worm lives in the jejunum and duodenum of dogs and other canine carnivora (wolf and fox). ¾¾ The larval stage (hydatid cyst) is found in humans and herbivorus animals (sheep, goat, cattle and horse). Morphology Adult Worm It is a small tapeworm, measuring only 3–6 mm in length. ¾¾ It consists of a scolex, a short neck, and strobila. ¾¾ The scolex is pyriform, with 4 suckers and a prominent rostellum bearing 2 circular rows of hooklets (25–30). 128 Textbook of Medical Parasitology A B Fig. 12.15: Echinococcus granulosus. A. Schematic diagram of adult worm; B. Microscopic appearance of scolex of Echinococcus. ¾¾ The neck is short than the rest of the worm (3 mm × 6 mm). ¾¾ The strobila is composed of only 3 proglottids, the anterior immature, the middle mature, and the posterior gravid segment (Fig. 12.15). ¾¾ The terminal proglottid is longer and wider than the rest of the worm and contains a branched uterus illed with eggs. ¾¾ The adult worm lives for 6–30 months. Egg ¾¾ The eggs of Echinococcus are indistinguishable from those of Taenia species. ¾¾ It is ovoid in shape and brown in color. ¾¾ It contains an embryo with 3 pairs of hooklets. Larval Form The larval form is found within the hydatid cyst developing inside various organs of the intermediate host. ¾¾ It represents the structure of the scolex of adult worm and remains invaginated within a vesicular body. ¾¾ After entering the deinitive host, the scolex with suckers and rostellar hooklets, becomes exvaginated and develops into adult worm. Life Cycle The worm completes its life cycle in 2 hosts (Fig. 12.16). Deinitive hosts: Dog (optimal host), wolf, jackal, and fox Intermediate host: Sheep and Cattle. Sheep is the ideal intermediate host. € Man acts as an accidental intermediate host (dead end). € The larval stage of the parasite is passed in intermediate hosts, including man, giving rise to hydatid cyst. ¾¾ The adult worm lives in the small intestine of dogs and other canine animals. These animals discharge numerous eggs in the feces. ¾¾ Intermediate hosts (sheep and cattle) ingest them while grazing. ¾¾ Human infection follows ingestion of the eggs due to intimate handling of infected dogs or by eating raw vegetables or other food items contaminated with dog feces. ¾¾ The ova ingested by man or by sheep and cattle are liberated from the chitinous wall by gastric juice liberating the hexacanth embryos which penetrate the intestinal wall and enter the portal venules, to be carried to the liver along the portal circulation. ¾¾ These are trapped in hepatic sinusoids, where they eventually develop into hydatid cyst. About 75% of hydatid cyst develop in liver, which acts as the irst ilter for embryo. ¾¾ However, some embryo which pass through the liver, enter the right side of heart and are caught in pulmonary capillaries (forming pulmonary hydatid cysts), so that the lung acts as the second ilter. ¾¾ A few enter the systemic circulation and get lodged in various other organs and tissues such as the spleen, kidneys, eyes, brain, or bones. ¾¾ When sheep or cattle harboring hydatid cysts die or are slaughtered, dogs may feed on the carcass or ofal. Inside the intestine of dogs, the scolices develop into the adult worms that mature in about 6–7 weeks and produce eggs to repeat the life cycle. ¾¾ When infection occurs in humans accidentaly, the cycle comes to a dead end because the human hydatid cysts are unlikely to be eaten by dogs. Pathogenesis Evolution of Hydatid Cyst At the site of deposition, the embryo slowly develops into a hollow bladder or cyst illed with luid (Figs. 12.17­12.19). This becomes the hydatid cyst (Greek hydatis: a drop of water). ¾¾ It enlarges slowly and reaches a diameter of 0.5–1 cm in about 6 months. The growing cyst evokes host tissue reaction leading to the deposition of ibrous capsule around it. Cestodes: Tapeworms 129 Fig. 12.16: Life cycle of Echinococcus granulosus ¾¾ The cyst wall secreted by the embryo consists of 3 indistinguishable layers (Figs 12.17 and 12.18). € Pericyst is the outer host inlammatory reaction consisting of ibroblastic proliferation, mononuclear cells, eosinophils, and giants cells, eventually developing into dense ibrous capsule which may even calcify. € Ectocyst is the intermediate layer composed of characteristic acellular, chitinous, laminated hyaline material. It has the appearance of the white of a hard boiled egg. € Endocyst is the inner germinal layer which is cellular and consists of number of nuclei embedded in a protoplasmic mass and is extremly thin (22–25 mm). The germinal layer is the vital layer of the cyst and is the site of asexual reproduction giving rise to brood capsules with scolices. It also secretes hydatid luid, which ills the cyst. ¾¾ Hydatid luid: The interior of the cyst is illed with a clear colorless or pale yellow luid called as hydatid luid. pH of the luid is 6.7 (acidic). € Fig. 12.17: Hydatid cyst in the liver Textbook of Medical Parasitology 130 Fig. 12.18: Microscopy shows 3 layers in the wall of hydatid cyst. Inbox in the right photomicrograph shows a scolex with a row of hooklets. Courtesy: Harsh Mohan, Textbook of Pathology, 6th ed. New Delhi: Jaypee Brothers, 2013(R), p. 617 € Composition: It contains salts (sodium chloride 0.5%, sodium sulphate, sodium phosphate, and salts of succinic acid) and proteins. € It is antigenic and highly toxic so that its liberation into circulation gives rise to pronounced eosinophilia or may even cause anaphylaxis. € The luid was used as the antigen for Casoni’s intradermal test. ¾¾ A granular deposit or hydatid sand is found at the bottom of the cyst, consisting of free brood capsules and protoscolices and loose hooklets. Acephalocysts Brood capsules Clinical Features From the germinal layer, small knob­like excrescences or gemmules protrude into the lumen of the cyst. These enlarge, become vacuolated, and are illed with luid. These are called as brood capsules. ¾¾ They are initially attached to the germinal layer by a stalk, but later escape free into the luid­illed cyst cavity. ¾¾ From the inner wall of the brood capsules, protoscolices (new larvae) develop, which represent the head of the potential worm, complete with invaginated scolex, bearing suckers and hooklets. ¾¾ Several thousands of protoscolices develop into a mature hydatid cyst, so that this represents an asexual reproduction of great magnitude. ¾¾ Inside mature hydatid cysts, further generation of cyst, daughter cysts and grand-daughter cysts may develop. The cyst grows slowly often taking 20 years or more to become big enough to cause clinical illness and is therefore, particularly seen in man. Some cysts are sterile and may never produce brood capsules, while some brood capsule may not produre scolices. These are called acephalocysts. Fate of hydatid cysts The cyst may get calciied or spontaneously evacuated following inlammatory reaction. Hydatid cyst of liver may rupture into lung or other body cavity producing disseminated hydatid lesions. ¾¾ Most of the times infection is asymptomatic and accidentally discovered. ¾¾ Clinical disease develops only when the hydatid cyst has grown big enough to cause obstructive symptoms. Disease results mainly from pressure efects caused by the enlarging cysts. ¾¾ In about half the cases, the primary hydatid cyst occurs in liver (63%) (Fig. 12.19), mostly in the right lobe. Hepatomegaly, pain, and obstructive jaundice are the usual mainfestations. ¾¾ The next common site is the lung (25%) (most common being the lower lobe of the right lung). Cough, hemoptysis, chest pain, pneumothorax, and dyspnea constitute the clinical picture. ¾¾ In the kidney (2%), hydatid cyst causes pain and hematuria. ¾¾ Other sites afected include spleen (1%), brain (1%), pelvic organs, orbit, and bones (3%). Cestodes: Tapeworms € Cerebral hydatid cysts may present as focal epilepsy. When hydatid cyst is formed inside the bones, the laminated layer is not well developed because of coninement by dense osseous tissues. The parasite migrates along the bony canals as naked excrescences that erode the bone tissue. This is called osseous hydatid cyst. Erosion of bone may lead to pathological fractures. ¾¾ Apart from pressure efects, another pathogenic mechanism in hydatid disease is hypersensitivity to the echinococcal antigen. The host is sensitized to the antigen by minute amounts of hydatid luid seeping through the capsule. Hypersensitivity may cause urticaria. But if a hydatid cyst ruptures spontaneously or during surgical interference, massive release of hydatid luid may cause severe, even fatal anaphylaxis. € Laboratory Diagnosis A Imaging Radiological examinations and other imaging techniques such as ultrasonography (USG), CT scan, and MRI reveal the diagnosis in most cases of cystic echinococcosis (Flowchart 12.2). ¾¾ USG is the diagnostic procedure of choice. Cyst wall typically shows double echogenic lines separated by a hypoechoic layer (double contour). Pathogenic indings include daughter cysts and the ‘water-lily’ sign due to detached endocyst loating within the cavity. ¾¾ CT scan is superior for the detection of extrahepatic disease (Figs 12.20 and 12.21). ¾¾ MRI appears to add diagnostic beneit for cysts, especially at diicult sites such as spinal vertebrae and cardiac cysts. ¾¾ Plain X-rays permit the detection of hydatid cyst in lung and bones. In cases where long bones are involved, a mottled appearance is seen in the skiagram (Fig. 12.22). ¾¾ IV pyelogram is often helpful for detection of renal hydatid cyst. B Examination of Cyst Fluid Examination of aspirated cyst luid under microscope after trichome staining reveals scolices, brood capsules, and hooklets. Exploratory puncture of the cyst to obtain cystic luid should be avoided as it may cause escape of hydatid luid and consequent anaphylaxis.Therefore, luid aspirated from surgically removed cyst should only be examined (Flowchart 12.2). C Casoni’s Intradermal Test It is an immediate hypersensitivity (Type 1) skin test introduced by Casoni in 1911, using fresh sterile hydatid Figs. 12.19A to C: Hydatid cyst of the liver—typical look. Courtesy (B & C): SRB’s Manual of Surgery, 4th ed. New Delhi: Jaypee Brothers, 2013, p. 639 131 132 Textbook of Medical Parasitology luid. The antigen in hydatid luid is collected from animal or human cysts and is sterilized by Seitz or membrane iltration. The luid is injected (0.2 mL) intradermally in one arm and an equal volume of saline as control is injected in the other arm. In a positive reaction, a large wheal of about 5 cm in diameter with multiple pseudopodia like projections appears within half an hour at the test side and fades in about an hour. A secondary reaction consisting of edema and induration appears after 8 hours. The test is almost abandoned now due to non speciicity and has been supplemented by serological tests (Flowchart 12.2). Serology Fig. 12.20: CT scan shows a large noncalciied hydatid cyst in right hepatic lobe (Courtsey: Dr. Soma Sarkar) Fig. 12.21: CT scan showing a hydatid cyst with noncalciied wall in right lower lobe of lung (Courtsey: Dr. Himangshu Roy) Antibody detection ¾¾ Detection of serum antibodies using speciic antigens (8 and 16 KDA) from hydatid luid are frequently used to support the clinical diagnosis of cystic echinococcosis. The tests include IHA, indirect immnoluroscence, and ELISA. In hepatic cysts, the sensitivity of test are relatively superior (85–98%) than pulmonary cyst (50–60%). ¾¾ The slide latex agglutination test and immune electrophoresis using hydatid luid fraction 5 antigen are also widely used. Precipitin test and complement ixation test (CFT) with hydatid antigen have also been found to be positive. CFT is not very sensitive and false positive reaction is seen in those receiving neural antirabic vaccine. CFT is useful after surgical removal of cysts, when a negative test has a better prognostic value (Flowchart 12.2). Antigen detection Speciic echinococcal antigen in sera and in CSF can be detected by double difusion and counter immuno­ electrophoresis technique (CIEP) (Flowchart 12.2). Blood Examination It may reveal a generalized eosinophilia of 20–25%. Excretion of the Scolices Excretion of scolices into the sputum or urine may be observed in pulmonary or renal cyst, respectively and can be demonstrated by acid fast staining or lactophenol cotton blue (LPCB) staining. Speciic Molecular Diagnostic Fig. 12.22: Chest X­ray shows homogenous radio­opaque opacity involving right lower lung with costophrenic angle (Courtsey: Dr. Soma Sarkar) Speciic molecular diagnostic methods have been developed involving DNA probes and PCR, but their application is limited by their technical complexity. Cestodes: Tapeworms 133 Flowchart 12.2: Laboratory diagnosis of Echinococcus granulosus Treatment Scolicidal agents and their complications Traditionally surgical removal was considered as the the best mode of treatment of cysts. Currently, ultrasound staging is recommended and management depends on the stage. In early stages, the treatment of choice is punture, aspiration, injection, and reaspiration (PAIR). •¾Cetrimide—can cause acidosis •¾Alcohol 95%—can cause cholangitis •¾Hypertonic saline—hypernatraemia •¾Sodium hypochlorite—hypernataraemia •¾Hydrogen peroxide Puncture, Aspiration, Injection, and Reaspiration (PAIR) PAIR, considered as a controversial procedure earlier, is now widely used in early stages of the disease. Indications of PAIR •¾Cysts with internal echoes on ultrasound (snowlake sign) multiple cysts, cysts with detached laminar membrane. •¾Contraindications of PAIR for supericially located cysts, cysts with multiple thick internal septal divisions (honey combing pattern), cysts communicating with biliary tree. The basic steps involved in PAIR include­ Ultrasound or CT­ guided puncture of the cyst € Aspiration of cyst luid € Infusion of scolicidal agent (usually 95% ethanol; alternatively, hypertonic saline) € Reaspiration of the luid after 5 minutes. ¾¾ Great care is taken to avoid spillage and cavities are sterilized with 0.5% silver nitrate or 2.7% sodium chloride for prophylaxis of secondary peritoneal echinococcosis due to inadvertent spillage of luid during PAIR. ¾¾ Albendazole (15 mg/kg in 2 divided doses) is initiated 4 days before the procedure and continued for 4 weeks afterwards. € Note: In cases with biliary communication only hypertonic saline (15–20%) is used Surgery It is the treatment of choice for complicated E. granulosus cysts like those communicating with the biliary tract and in those cysts where PAIR is not possible. ¾¾ The preferred surgical approach is pericystectomy. For pulmonary cyst, treatment consists of wedge resection or lobectomy. ¾¾ Recurrence after surgery is common. ¾¾ Pre­ and postostoperative chemotherapy with albendazole for 2 years after curative surgery is recommended. ¾¾ Positron emission tomography (PET) scanning can be used to follow disease activity. ¾¾ Other new treatment modalities include laparoscopic hydatid liver surgery and percutaneous thermal ablation (PTA) of the germinal layer of the cyst using radiofrequency ablation device. Chemotherapy Chemotherapy with benzimidazole agents are restricted to residual, post­surgical, and inoperable cysts. Albendazole and praziquantel have proved beneicial. Prophylaxis E. granulosus infection can be prevented by— ¾¾ Ensuring pet dogs do not eat animal carcass or ofal. 134 Textbook of Medical Parasitology ¾¾ Periodical deworming of pet dogs. ¾¾ Destruction of stray and infected dogs. ¾¾ Mantaining personal hygiene such as washing of hands Hymenolepis Nana Common name: Dwarf tape worm after touching dogs and avoidance of kissing pet dogs. History and Distribution Echinococcus species and the diseases caused by them •¾Echinococcus granulosus •¾Echinococcus multilocularis •¾Echinococcus vogeli and Echinococcus oligarthrus : Hydatid disease : Alveolar or multilocular hydatid disease : Polycystic hydatid disease Echinococcus Multilocularis This causes the rare but serious condition of alveolar or multilocular hydatid disease in humans. ¾¾ It is found in the northern parts of the world, from Siberia in the East to Canada in the West. ¾¾ The adult worm is smaller than E. granulosus and lives in the intestines of foxes, dogs, and cats which are the deinitive host. ¾¾ Rodents are the main intermediate hosts. ¾¾ Human infection develops from eating fruits or vegetables contaminated with their feces. ¾¾ E. multilocularis leads to multilocular hydatid cyst. The liver is the most commonly afected organ. The multilocular iniltrating lesion appears like a grossly invasive growth, without any luid or free brood capsule or scolices which can be mistaken for a malignant tumor. ¾¾ Patients present with upper quadrant and epigastric pain. Liver enlargement and obstructive jaundice may also be present. It may also metastasize to the spleen, lungs, and brain in 2% cases. ¾¾ The prognosis is very grave and if untreated, 70% cases progress to dealt. ¾¾ Surgical resection, when possible, is the best method of treatment. Albendazole therapy is recommended for 2 years after curative surgery. In those cases, where surgery is not possible, indeinite treatment with albendazole is recommended. The name Hymenolepis refers to the thin membrane covering the egg (Greek hymen—membrane, lepis—rind or covering) and nana to its small size (nanus—dwarf). It was irst discovered by Bilharz in 1857. ¾¾ It is cosmopolitan in distribution but is more common in warm than in cold climates. ¾¾ Infection is most common in school children and institutional populations. •¾Hymenolepis nana is the smallest and the most common tapeworm found in the human intestine. •¾It is unique that it is the only cestode which completes its life cycle in one host–humans. Habitat The adult worm lives in the proximal ileum of man. H. nana var. fraterna is found in rodents like mice and rats, where they are found in the posterior part of the ileum. Morphology Adult Worm H. nana is the smallest intestinal cestode that infects man. is 5–45 mm in length and less than 1 mm thick. The scolex has 4 suckers and a retractile rostellum with a single row of hooklets (Fig. 12.23). ¾¾ It Malignant hydatid disease •¾It is a misnomer, as it is a benign condition. •¾It is caused by Echinococcus multilocularis (alveolaris). It presents with multiple small cysts in both lobes of the liver. •¾It is diicult to treat and mimics clinically and prognosis­wise to malignancy; hence the name. •¾Patients die of liver failure. Fig. 12.23: Adult worm of Hymenolepis nana Cestodes: Tapeworms A 135 B Fig. 12.24: Egg of Hymenolepis nana. A. As seen under microscope; B. Schematic diagram ¾¾ The long slender neck is followed by the strobila consisting of 200 or more proglotlids, which are much broader than long. ¾¾ Genital pores are situated on the same side along the margins. ¾¾ The uterus has lobulated walls and the testis are round and 3 in number. ¾¾ Eggs are released in the intestine by disintegration of the distal gravid segments. Egg The echinococcal egg is roughly spherical or ovoid, 30–40 µm in size. ¾¾ It has a thin colorless outer membrane and inner embryophore enclosing the hexacanth oncosphere (Fig. 12. 24). ¾¾ The space between 2 membranes contains yolk granules and 4–8 thread like polar ilaments arising from 2 knobs on the embryophore. ¾¾ The eggs loat in saturated solution of salt and are nonbile stained. ¾¾ They are immediately infective and unable to survive for more than 10 days in external environment. ¾¾ H. nana is unusual in that it undergoes multiplication in the body of the deinitive host. the eggs are swallowed, or in internal autoinfection, they hatch in the small intestine. ¾¾ The hexacanth embryo penetrates the intestinal villus and develops into the cysticercoid larva. ¾¾ This is a solid pyriform structure, with the vesicular anterior end containing the invaginated scolex and a short conical posterior end. ¾¾ After about 4 days, the mature larva emerging out of the villus evaginates its scolex and attaches to the mucosae. ¾¾ It starts strobilization, to become the mature worm, which begins producing eggs in about 25 days. A diferent strain of H. nana infects rats and mice. The eggs passed in rodent feces are ingested by rat leas (Xenopsylla cheopis and others), which acts as the intermediate host. The eggs develop into cysticercoid larvae in the hemocele of these insects. Rodents get infected when they eat these insects. The murine strain does not appear to infect man. However, the human strain may infect rodents, which may, therefore, constitute a subsidiary reservoir of infection for the human parasite. ¾¾ When Clinical Features Hymenolopiasis occurs more commonly in children. are usually no symptoms but in heavy infections, there is nausea, anorexia, abdominal pain, diarrhea, and irritability. ¾¾ Sometimes pruritus may occur due to an allergic response. Life Cycle ¾¾ There Host: Man. ¾¾ There is no intermediate host. ¾¾ Mode of transmission: Infection occurs by ingestion of the food and water contaminated with eggs. € Internal autoinfection may also occur when the eggs released in the intestine hatch there itself (Fig. 12.25). € External autoinfection occurs when a person ingest own eggs by fecal oral route. Laboratory Diagnosis The diagnosis is made by demonstration of characteristic eggs in feces by direct microscopy. Concentration methods like salt lotation and formalin ether may be readily used. ELISA test has been developed with 80% sensitivity. 136 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Fig. 12.25: Life cycle of Hymenolepis nana Treatment Praziquantel (single dose of 25 mg/kg) is the drug of choice, since it acts both against the adult worms and the cysticercoids in the intestinal villi. ¾¾ Nitazoxanide 500 mg BD for 3 days may be used as alternative. Prophylaxis ¾¾ Maintenance of good personal hygiene and sanitary improvements. ¾¾ Avoiding of consumption of contaminated food and water. ¾¾ Rodent control. Cestodes: Tapeworms 137 Hymenolepis Diminuta This is called the rat tapeworm and is a common parasite of rats and mice. ¾¾ The name ‘diminuta’ is a misnomer, as it is larger than H. nana being 10–60 cm in length. ¾¾ Its life cycle is similar to that of the murine strain of H. nana. ¾¾ Rarely, human infection follows accidental ingestion of infected rat leas. Human infection is asymptomatic. Dipylidium Caninum This common tapeworm of dogs and cats, it may accidentally cause human infection, mainly in children. A rostellum with upto 7 rows of spines (Fig. 12.26). ¾¾ The mature proglottid has 2 genital pores, 1 on either side, hence the name Dipylidium (dipylos—2 entrances). ¾¾ Gravid proglottids are passed out of the anus of the host singly or in groups. Life Cycle Deinitive host: Dogs, cats, and rarely man. Intermediate host: Fleas. ¾¾ Man acquires infection by ingestion of lea harboring cysticercoid larva. ¾¾ The eggs or proglottids passed in feces of dogs and cats are eaten by larval stages of dog and cat leas, Ctenocephalus canis and C. felis. ¾¾ The embryo develops into a tailed cysticercoid larva. C Fig. 12.26: Dipylidium caninum. A. Scolex showing 4 suckers and rostellum with multiple rows of hooklets; B. Mature proglottid showing 2 genital pores, one on either side; C. Eggs found in clusters enclosed in a membrane ¾¾ When the adult leas containing the larvae are eaten by dogs, cats, or rarely humans, infection is transmitted. Morphology ¾¾ The adult worm in the intestine is about 10–70 cm long ¾¾ The scolex has 4 prominent suckers and a retractile B Clinical Features Human infection is generally asymptomatic, but the actively motile proglottids passed in stools may raise an alarm. Diagnosis The diagnosis is made by detection of proglottids or eggs in stool. Treatment The drug of choice is praziquantel. Parasites requiring as Intermediate host: •¾Hymenolepis diminuta •¾Dipylidium caninum •¾Hymenolepis nana (murine strain). Review Questions 1. Describe briely: (a) General characters of cestodes (b) Classiication of cestodes 2. Short notes on: (a) Echinococcus granulosus (c) Diphyllobothrium latum (e) Casoni’s test (g) Coenurosis (i) Cysticercus cellulosae (b) (d) (f) (h) (j) Hymenolepis nana Hydatid cyst Sparganosis Diplydium caninum Neurocysticercosis 3. Describe morphology, life cycle, and laboratory diagnosis of: (a) Taenia solium (b) Taenia saginata (c) Echinococcus granulosus 4. Diferentiate between: (a) Taenia solium and Taenia saginata (b) Taenia saginata saginata and Taenia saginata asiatica 138 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Trematodes: Flukes Trematodes are unsegmented helminths, which are lat and broad, resembling the leaf of a tree or a latish (hence the name Fluke, from the Anglo-saxon word 'loc' meaning 'latish'). The name Trematode comes from their having large prominent suckers with a hole in the middle (Greek trema: hole, eidos: appearance). Classiication of Trematodes Systemic Classiication Trematodes belong to— 13 Phylum: Platyhelminthes Class: Trematoda For detailed systemic classiication see Table 13.1. Classiication Based on Habitat Based on habitat, trematodes can be classiied as (Table 13.2) i. Blood lukes ii. Liver lukes iii. Intestinal lukes iv. Lung lukes Table 13.1: Zoological Classiication of Trematodes Superfamily Family Genus Species Schistosomatoidea Schistosomatidae Schistosoma S. haematobium S. mansoni S. japonicum S. mekongi S. intercalatum Paramphistomatoidea Zygocotylidae Gastrodiscoides Watsonius G. hominis W. watsoni Echinostomatoidea Fasciolidae Fasciola Fasciolopsis F. hepatica F. buski Opisthorchioidea Opisthorchiidae Opisthorchis Heterophyidae Clonorchis Heterophyes Metagonimus O. felineus O. viverrini C. sinensis H. heterophyes M. yokogawai Paragonimidae Paragonimus P. westermani Plagiorchioidea Trematodes: Flukes 139 Table 13.2: Classiication based on Habitat Habitat Trematodes Blood (Blood luke) Schistosoma haematobium (In the vesical and pelvic venous plexuses) Schistosoma mansoni (In the inferior mesenteric vein) Schistosoma japonicum (In the superior mesenteric vein) Biliary tract (Liver luke) Clonorchis sinensis Fasciola hepatica Opisthorchis spp. Gastrointestinal tract (Intestinal luke) Small intestine Fasciolopsis buski Heterophyes heterophyes Metagonimus yokogawai Watsonius watsoni Large intestine Gastrodiscoides hominis Respiratory tract (Lung luke) Paragonimus westermani Flukes: General Characteristics They vary in size from the species just visible to the naked eye, like Heterophyes to the large leshy lukes, like Fasciola and Fasciolopsis. ¾¾ A conspicuous feature of lukes is the presence of 2 muscular cup-shaped suckers (hence called distomata)— the oral sucker surrounding the mouth at the anterior end and the ventral sucker or acetabulum in the middle, ventrally (Fig. 13.1). ¾¾ The body is covered by an integument which often bears spines, papillae, or tubercles. ¾¾ They have no body cavity, circulatory and respiratory organs. ¾¾ The alimentary system consists of the mouth surrounded by the oral sucker, a muscular pharynx and the esophagus, which bifurcates anterior to the acetabulum to form 2 blind caeca, that reunite in some species. The alimentary canal, therefore appears like an inverted Y. The anus is absent (Fig. 13.1). ¾¾ The excretory system consists of lame cells and collecting tubules, which lead to a median bladder opening posteriorly (Fig. 13.1). ¾¾ There is a rudimentary nervous system consisting of paired ganglion cells. ¾¾ The reproductive system is well-developed. Flukes are hermaphroditic (monoecious) except for schistosomes, in which the sexes are separate (dioecious). ¾¾ The hermaphroditic lukes have both male and female structures, so that self-fertilization takes place, though in many species cross-fertilization also occurs. In the schistosomes, the sexes are separate, but the male and female live in close apposition (in copula), the female itting snugly into the folded ventral surface of the male, which forms the gynecophoric canal. ¾¾ Trematodes are oviparous and lay eggs, which are operculated, except in the case of schistosomes. Life Cycle Fig. 13.1: Morphology of a hermaphroditic trematode Medically important members of the class Trematoda belong to the subclass Digenea, as they are digenetic, i.e. require 2 hosts to complete their life cycle. 140 Textbook of Medical Parasitology ¾¾ In Deinitive hosts: In which they pass the sexual or adult stage are mammals, humans or animals. Intermediate hosts: In which they pass their asexual or larval stages are freshwater molluscs or snails. Second intermediate host: Fish or crab is required for encystment in some trematodes. ¾¾ The eggs liberated by the deinitive host hatch in water to form the irst stage larva, the motile ciliated miracidium (Greek miracidium—a ‘little boy’). the hermaphroditic lukes, the cercariae have an unsplit tail and they encyst on vegetables or within a second intermediate host, ish or crab, to form the metacercariae, which are the infective forms to humans. ¾¾ Infection is acquired by ingesting metacercariae encysted on vegetables (F. hepatica, F. buski, W. watsoni), in ish (C. sinensis, H. heterophyes) or crabs (P. westermani). ¾¾ The asexual multiplication during larval development is of great magnitude and in some species, a single miracidium may give rise to over half a million cercariae. Embryonated eggs of trematodes, which immediately hatch to form miracidium or L1 larva Note: In Schistosomes, cercariae is the stage infective to man, whereas in rest of the trematodes, metacercariae are the infective form. •¾Schistosoma haematobium •¾Schistosoma mansoni •¾Schistosoma japonicum Unembryonated eggs of trematodes which irst embryonate in water and then hatch •¾Fasciola hepatica •¾Fasciolopsis buski •¾Paragonimus westermani Embryonated eggs of trematodes, which hatch in the body of the intermediate host •¾Clonorchis sinensis •¾Opisthorchis felineus •¾Opisthorchis viverrini •¾Metagonimus yokogawai ¾¾ The miracidium infects the intermediate host snail in which further development takes place. ¾¾ The miracidium sheds its cilia and becomes the sac-like sporocyst (meaning a ‘bladder containing seeds’). Within the sporocyst, certain cells proliferate to form the germ balls, which are responsible for asexual replication. ¾¾ In schistosomes, the sporocyst develops into the second generation sporocyst, in which the infective larvae cercariae are formed by sexual multiplication. But in the hermaphroditic trematodes, the sporocyst matures into a more complex larval stage name redia (after the 17th century Italian naturalist, Francesco Redi), which produce cercariae. Cercariae thus develop within the second generation sporocyst (in schistosomes) or rediae (in all other trematodes). ¾¾ On maturity, the cercariae escape from the parent organism and then leave the snail host and become free-living in water. ¾¾ Cercariae are tailed larvae and hence their name (Greek kerkos: tail). In schistosomes, cercariae have a forked tail and infect the deinitive host by direct skin penetration. BLOOD FLUKES Schistosomes Schistosomes are dioecious, (sexes are separate) trematodes, which lead to Schistosomiasis (bilharziasis). ¾¾ Schistosomiasis is a water-borne disease constituting an important public health problem and afecting millions of persons in Africa, Asia, and Latin America. ¾¾ It is estimated that over 100 milion people are infected with S. haematobium, S. mansoni, and S. japonicum each. Two other species of Schistosoma parasitizing humans are S. mekongi and S. intercalatum. ¾¾ The male worm is broader than the female and its lateral borders are rolled ventrally into a cylindrical shape, producing a long groove or trough called the gynecophoric canal, in which the female is held. It appears as though the body of the male is split longitudinally to produce this canal; hence the name schistosome (Greek schisto: split and soma: body) (Fig. 13.2). ¾¾ Schistosomes were formerly called Bilharzia after Theodor Bilharz who in 1851, irst observed the worm in the mesenteric veins of an Egyptian in Cairo. Features distinguishing schistosomes from other trematodes Schistosomes difer from the hermaphroditic trematodes in many aspects. •¾They are unisexual (diecious). •¾They lack a muscular pharynx. •¾Their intestinal caeca reunite after bifurcation to form a single canal. •¾They produce non-operculated eggs. •¾They have no redia stage in larval development. •¾The cercariae have forked tails and infect by penetrating the unbroken skin of deinitive hosts. Trematodes: Flukes Fig. 13.2: Morphology of schistosomes: male and female in copula ¾¾ All schistosomes live in venous plexuses in the body of the deinitive host, the location varying with the species. Schistosoma Haematobium History and Distribution This vesical blood luke, formerly known as Bilharzia haematobium, has been endemic in the Nile valley in Egypt for millenia. Its eggs have been found in the renal pelvis of an Egyptian mummy dating from 1,250–1,000 BC. Schistosome antigens have been identiied by enzymelinked immuno sorbant assay (ELISA) in Egyptian mummies of the Predynastic period, 3,100 BC. ¾¾ The adult worm was described in 1851 by Bilharz in Cairo. Its life cycle, including the larval stage in the snail, was worked out by Leiper in 1915 in Egypt. ¾¾ Although maximally entrenched in the Nile valley, S. haematobium is also endemic in most parts of Africa and in West Asia. ¾¾ An isolated focus of endemicity in India was identiied in Ratnagiri, south of Mumbai by Gadgil and Shah in 1952. ¾¾ About 200 million persons are at a risk of infection and 90 million are infected by S. haematobium globally. Habitat The adult worms live in the vesical and pelvic plexuses of veins. 141 Fig. 13.3: Schematic diagram showing structural details of Schistosoma (coupled) Morphology Adult worm ¾¾ The male is 10–15 mm long by 1 mm thick and covered by a inely tuberculated cuticle. has 2 muscular suckers, the oral sucker being small and the ventral sucker large and prominent. Beginning immediately behind the ventral sucker and extending to the caudal end is the gynecophoric canal, in which the female worm is held (Fig. 13.3). ¾¾ The adult female is long and slender, 20 mm by 0.25 mm with the cuticular tubercles conined to the two ends. ¾¾ The gravid worm contains 20–30 eggs in its uterus at one time and may pass up to 300 eggs a day. ¾¾ It Egg The eggs are ovoid, about 150 µm by 50 µm, nonoperculated, with a brownish yellow transparent shell carrying a terminal spine at one pole; the terminal spine being characteristic of the species (Fig. 13.4). Mechanism of Egg Expulsion The eggs are laid usually in the small venules of the vesical and pelvic plexuses, though sometimes they are laid in the mesenteric portal system, pulmonary arterioles, and other ectopic sites. ¾¾ The eggs are laid one behind the other with the spine pointing posteriorly. 142 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Fig. 13.5: Schematic diagram to show cercaria larva of Schistosoma spp. Fig. 13.4: Egg of Schistosoma haematobium ¾¾ From the venules, the eggs make their way through the vesical wall by the piercing action of the spine, assisted by the mounting pressure within the venules and a lytic substance released by the eggs. ¾¾ The eggs pass into the lumen of the urinary bladder together with some extravasated blood. ¾¾ They are discharged in the urine, particularly towards the end of micturition. ¾¾ For some unknown reasons, the eggs are passed in urine more during midday than at any other time of the day. ¾¾ The eggs laid in ectopic sites generally die and evoke local tissue reactions. They may be found, for instance in rectal biopsies, but are seldom passed live in feces. Life Cycle S. heamatobium passes its life cycle in 2 hosts. Deinitive host: Humans are the only natural deinitive hosts. No animal reservoir is known. Intermediate host: Fresh water snails. Infective form: Cercaria larva ¾¾ The eggs that are passed in urine are embryonated and hatch in water under suitable conditions to release the free living ciliated miracidia. ¾¾ Miracidia swim about in water and on encountering a suitable intermediate host, penetrate into its tissues and reach its liver (Fig. 13.6). The intermediate hosts are snails of Bulinus species in Africa. In India, the intermediate host is the limpet, Ferrisia tenuis. Development in Snail Inside the snail, the miracidia lose their cilia and in about 4–8 weeks, successively pass through the stages of the irst and second generation sporocysts (Fig. 13.6). ¾¾ Large number of cercariae are produced by asexual reproduction within the second generation sporocyst. The cercaria has an elongated ovoid body and forked tail (furcocercous cercaria) (Fig. 13.5). ¾¾ The cercariae escape from the snail. ¾¾ Swarms of cercariae swim about in water for 1–3 days. If during that period they come into contact with persons bathing or wading in the water, they penetrate through their unbroken skin. Skin penetration is facilitated by lytic substances secreted by penetration glands present in the cercaria. Development in Man On entering the skin, the cercariae shed their tails and become schistosomulae which enter the peripheral venules (Fig. 13.6). ¾¾ They then start a long migration, through the vena cava into the right side of the heart, the pulmonary circulation, the left side of the heart, and the systemic circulation, ultimately reaching the liver. ¾¾ In the intrahepatic portal veins, the schistosomulae grow and become sexually diferentiated adolescents about 20 days after skin penetration. ¾¾ They then start migrating against the blood stream into the inferior mesenteric veins, ultimately reaching the vesical and pelvic venous plexuses, where they mature, mate, and begin laying eggs. ¾¾ Eggs start appearing in urine usually 10–12 weeks after cercarial penetration. ¾¾ The adult worms may live for 20–30 years. Pathogenicity and Clinical Features Clinical illness caused by schistosomes can be classiied depending on the stages in the evolution of the infection, as follows: ¾¾ Skin penetration and incubation period ¾¾ Egg deposition and extrusion ¾¾ Tissue proliferation and repair. ¾¾ The clinical features during the incubation period may be local cercarial dermatitis or general anaphylactic or toxic symptoms. € Cercarial dermatitis consists of transient itching and petechial lesions at the site of entry of the cercariae (swimmer’s itch). Trematodes: Flukes 143 Fig. 13.6: Life cycle of Schistosoma spp. € € € € This is seen more often in visitors to endemic areas than in locals who may be immune due to repeated contacts. It is particularly severe when infection occurs with cercariae of nonhuman schistosomes. Anaphylactic or toxic symptoms include fever, headache, malaise, and urticaria. This is accompanied by leucocytosis, eosinophilia, enlarged tender liver, and a palpable spleen. This condition is more common in infection with S. japonicum (Katayama fever). ¾¾ Clinical features during oviposition include painless terminal hematuria (endemic hematuria) € Hematuria is initially microscopic, but becomes gross, if infection is heavy. € Most patients develop frequency of micturition and burning. € Cystoscopy shows hyperplasia and inlammation of bladder mucosa, with minute papular or vesicular lesions. ¾¾ Clinical features during tissue proliferation and repair 144 Textbook of Medical Parasitology € € € € € € € In the chronic stage, there is generalized hyperplasia and ibrosis of the vesical mucosa with a granular appearance (sandy patch). At the sites of deposition of the eggs, dense iniltration with lymphocytes, plasma cells, and eosinophils leads to pseudoabscesses. Initially, the trigone is involved, but ultimately the entire mucosa becomes inlamed, thickened, and ulcerated. Secondary bacterial infection leads to chronic cystitis. Calculi form in the bladder due to deposition of oxalate and uric acid crystals around the eggs and blood clots. There may be obstructive hyperplasia of the ureters and urethra (hydroureter). Chronic schistosomiasis has been associated with squamous cell carcinoma of the bladder. Such malignancy is detected in a younger age group as compared to transitional cell carcinoma of the bladder. In fact, S. haematobium is now classiied as a human carcinogen. Parasites associated with malignancy •¾Schistosoma hematobium •¾Clonorchis sinensis •¾Opisthorchis viverrini ¾¾ Signiicant Bladder carcinoma Bile duct carcinoma Bile duct carcinoma disease may occur in other organs during schistosomiasis. € Lungs and central nervous system (spinal cord), skin, and genital organs may be involved. € Ectopic lesions in the spinal cord produce a transverse myelitis-like synodome. € Schistosomiasis favors urinary carriage of typhoid bacilli. Laboratory Diagnosis Urine Microscopy The eggs with characteristic terminal spines can be demonstrated by microscopic examination of centrifuged deposits of urine or by iltration of a known volume of urine through nucleopore ilters (Flowchart 13.1). ¾¾ Eggs are more abundant in the blood and pus passed by patients at the end of micturition. ¾¾ Nucleopore iltration method provides quantitative data on the intensity of infection, which is of value in assessing the degree of tissue damage and in monitoring the efect of chemotherapy. ¾¾ Eggs can also be seen in the seminal luid in males. Histopathology Schistosome infection may also be diagnosed by demonstrating its eggs in bladder mucosal biopsy. Detection of Antigen Another diagnostic method is by detection of speciic schistosome antigens in serum or urine. Two glycoprotein antigens associated with the gut of adult schistosomes: circulating anodic antigen (CAA) and circulating cathodic antigens (CCA) can be demonstrated by ELISA using monoclonal antibodies. The test is very sensitive and speciic, but is available only in specialized laboratories (Flowchart 13.1). Detection of Antibody Several serological tests have been described for detection of speciic antibody, but are not very useful as they cannot diferentiate between present and past infection. These include complement ixation test (CFT), bentonite locculation test, indirect haemagglutination (IHA), immunoluorescence, and gel difusion tests. Flowchart 13.1: Laboratory diagnosis of Schistosoma haematobium Trematodes: Flukes Two serological tests available at Centers For Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) are-the falcon assay screening test (FAST)/ELISA and the conirmatory enzyme-linked immunoelectrotransfer blot (EITB). Both these tests are highly sensitive and speciic (95% sensitive and 99% speciic). In (FAST) ELISA test, S. haematobium adult worm microsomal antigen (HAMA) is used for detection of speciic antibody (Flowchart 13.1). Intradermal Skin Test (Fairley’s test) Skin tests are group-speciic and give positive results in all schistosomiases. The intradermal allergic test uses antigen from infected snails, cercariae, eggs, and adult schistosomes from experimentally-infected laboratory animals. 145 ¾¾ Efective treatment of infected persons. ¾¾ Avoid swimming, bathing, and washing in infected water. Schistosoma Mansoni History and Distribution In 1902, Manson discovered eggs with lateral spines in the feces of a West Indian patient that led to the recognition of this second species of human schistosomes. It was, therefore named S. mansoni. ¾¾ It is widely distributed in Africa, South America, and the Caribbean islands. Habitat Adult worm lives in the inferior mesenteric vein. Imaging ¾¾ X-ray of the abdomen may show bladder and ureteral calciication. ¾¾ Ultrasonography (USG) is also useful in diagnosing S. haematobium infection. USG may show hydroureter and hydronephrosis. ¾¾ Intravenous pyelogram (IVP) and cystoscopy are also useful in indirect diagnosis of the disease. Treatment Praziquantel is the drug of choice (40mg/kg for 1 day). Metriphonate is the alternative drug of choice in schistosomiasis due to S. haematobium. (7.5 mg/kg. weekly for 3 weeks). Morphology S. mansoni resembles S. haematobium in morphology and life cycle, except— ¾¾ The adult worms are smaller and their integuments studded with prominent coarse tubercles. ¾¾ In the gravid female, the uterus contains very few eggs, usually 1–3 only. ¾¾ The prepatent period (the interval between cercarial penetration and beginning of egg laying) is 4–5 weeks. ¾¾ The egg has a characteristic lateral spine (Fig. 13.7), more near to the rounded posterior end. The eggs are non operculated and yellowish brown. Life cycle Prophylaxis Prophylactic measures include: ¾¾ Eradication of the intermediate molluscan hosts. ¾¾ Prevention of environmental pollution with urine and feces. Deinitive host: Humans are the only natural deinitive hosts, though in endemic areas monkeys and baboons have also been found infected. Intermediate host: Planorbid fresh-water snails of the genus Biomphalaria. Fig. 13.7: Schematic diagram to show distinguishing features of eggs of S. mansoni, S. haematobium, and S. japonicum 146 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Infective form: Fork-tailed cercaria. In humans, the schistosomulae mature in the liver and the adult worms move against the blood stream into the venules of the inferior mesenteric group in the sigmoidorectal area. Eggs penetrate the gut wall, reach the colonic lumen, and are shed in feces. Pathogenicity and Clinical Features ¾¾ Following skin penetration by cercariae: A pruritic rash called as cercarial dermatitis or swimmers itch may develop locally. Cercarial dermatitis is a self-limiting clinical entity. ¾¾ During maturation and at the beginning of oviposition (i.e. 4–8 weeks after skin invasion): Acute schistosomiasis or Katayama fever (a serum sickness-like syndrome) with fever, rash, myalgia, arthralgia, cough, generalized lymph adenopathy, and hepatosplenomegaly may develop. € Individual with acute schistosomiasis show high peripheral blood eosinophilia. € Parasite-speciic antibodies may be detected at this stage before schistosoma eggs are identiied in feces. ¾¾ During the stage of egg deposition: The symptomatology is mainly intestinal as the eggs are deposited in the small intestine. This condition is, therefore known as intestinal bilharziasis or schistosomal dysentery. Patients develop colicky abdominal pain and bloody diarrhea, which may go on intermittently for many years. € The eggs deposited in the gut wall cause inlammatory reactions leading to microabscesses, granulomas, hyperplasia, and eventual ibrosis. Egg granulomas are found in the distal part of the colon and rectum. Ectopic lesions include hepatosplenomegaly and periportal ibrosis, portal hypertension, as some of the eggs are carried through portal circulation into liver. € Portal hypertension may cause gastrointestinal hemorrhage. Serological Diagnosis Serological diagnosis by detecting schistomal antigen and antibody is similar to that of S.haematobium. Imaging Ultrasonography (USG) is useful to detect hepatosplenomegaly and periportal ibrosis. Blood Examination Blood examination may reveal eosionophilia, and increased levels of alkaline phosphatase. Treatment Praziquantel (single oral dose 40 mg/kg) is the drug of choice. Oxamniquine (single oral dose 15 mg/kg.) is also efective. It damages the tegument of male worm and thereby, makes the worm more susceptible to lethal action of the immune system. Prophylaxis Same as S. haematobium Schistosoma Japonicum Common name: Oriental blood luke Distribution S. japonicum is found in the far east, Japan, China, Taiwan, Philippines, and Sulawesi. Habitat The adult worms are seen typically in the venules of the superior mesenteric vein draining the ileocecal region. They are also seen in the intrahepatic portal venules and hemorrhoidal plexus of veins. Laboratory Diagnosis Stool Microscopy Eggs with lateral spines may be demonstrated microscopically in stools. Kato-katz thick smear or other concentration methods may be required when infection is light. Kato-katz thick smear provides quantitative data on the intensity of infection, which is of value in assessing the degree of tissue damage and monitoring the efect of chemotherapy. Rectal Biopsy Proctoscopic biopsy of rectal mucosa may reveal eggs when examined as fresh squash preparation between 2 slides. Morphology Morphologically, they are similar to the schistosomes described above except— ¾¾ The adult male is comparatively slender (0.5 mm thick) and does not have cuticular tuberculations. ¾¾ In the gravid female, the uterus contains as many as 100 eggs at one time and up to 3,500 eggs may be passed daily by a single worm. ¾¾ The prepatent period is 4–5 weeks. ¾¾ The eggs are smaller and more spherical than those of S. haematobium and S. mansoni. The egg has no spine, but shows a lateral small rudimentary knob (Fig. 13.7). Trematodes: Flukes 147 Table 13.3: Diferentiating Features of S. haematobium, S. mansoni and S. japonicum Schistosoma haematobium Schistosoma mansoni Schistosoma japonicum Veins of the vesical and pelvic plexuses, less commonly in portal vein and its mesenteric branches Inferior mesenteric vein and its branches Superior mesenteric vein and its branches Morphology Size: Male Female 1.5 cm × 1 mm 2 cm × 0.22 mm 1 cm × 1 mm 1.4 cm × 0.25 mm 1.2–2 cm × 0.5 mm 2.6 cm × 0.3 mm Integument Finely tuberculated Grossly tuberculated Non-tubercular Number of testes 4–5 in groups 8–9 in a zigzag row 6–7 in a single ile Ovary In the posterior one-third of the body In the anterior half of the body In the middle of the body Uterus Contains 20-30 eggs 1–3 eggs 50 or more eggs Egg Elongated with terminal spine Elongated with lateral spine Round with small lateral knob Cephalic glands in Cercariae 2 pairs oxyphilic and 3 pairs basophilic 2 pairs oxyphilic and 4 pairs basophilic 5 pairs oxyphilic, no basophilic Distribution Africa, Near East, Middle East, India Africa and south America China, Japan, far east (oriental) Deinitive host Man Man Man (mainly) domestic animals & rodents (which act as reservoir of infection Intermediate host Snail of Genus Bulinus Snail of Genus Biomphalaria Amphibian snail of Genus Oncomelania Habitat Diferentiating features between the 3 species of Schistosoma are illustrated in Table 13.3. Life Cycle Life cycle of S. japonicum is similar to S. haematobium with the following exceptions. Deinitive host: Man is the deinitive host but in endemic areas, natural infection occurs widely in several domestic animals and rodents, which act as reservoirs of infection. Intermediate host: Amphibian snails of the genus Oncomelania. Infective form for humans: Fork tailed cercaria. ¾¾ Eggs deposited in the superior mesenteric venules penetrate the gut wall and are passed in feces. ¾¾ They hatch in water and the miracidia infect the intermediate hosts, amphibian snails of the genus Oncomelania. ¾¾ The fork-tailed cercaria, which escapes from the snails is the infective form for men and other deinitive hosts. Pathogenicity and Clinical Features Disease caused by S. japonicum is also known as oriental schistosomiasis or Katayama disease. ¾¾ Its pathogenesis is similar to that in other schistosomiasis, but probably because of the higher egg output, the clinical manifestations are more severe. ¾¾ During the acute phase of the disease, Katyama fever is similar to that seen in S. mansoni. the chronic illness intestial, hepatosplenic as well as several manifestations associated with portal hypertension are seen. Intestinal disease manifests as colicky abdominal pain, bloody diarrhoea and anemia. However, the liver is the site maximally afected. There is initial hepatomegaly followed by periportal ibrosis (clay pipe stem ibrosis). Portal hypertension leads to esophageal varices and gastrointestinal bleeding. The spleen is secondarily enlarged. ¾¾ Cerebral and pulmonary involvement (cor pulmonale) may occur in some cases. ¾¾ In Parasites leading to bloody diarrhea •¾Intestinal schistosoma species: ƒ S. japonicum ƒ S. mansoni ƒ S. intercalatum ƒ S. mekongi •¾Trichuris trichiura •¾Entamoeba histolytica •¾Balantidium coli 148 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Laboratory Diagnosis Similar to that of S. mansoni. Treatment S. japonicum infection is more resistant to treatment than other schistosomiasis. A prolonged course of intravenous tartar emetic gives good results. Praziquantel is the drug of choice. Schistosoma Mekongi This species irst recognized in 1978 is found in Thailand and Cambodia, along the Mekong river. ¾¾ It is closely related to S. japonicum but are slightly smaller and round. ¾¾ Man and dog are the deinitive host. ¾¾ Man acquires infection in the same way as in S. Japonicum. ¾¾ Hepatosplenomegaly and ascites are the common clinical inding. Prophylaxis Same as S. hematobium. Schistosoma Intercalatum This species, irst recognized in 1934 is found in WestCentral Africa. ¾¾ The eggs are fully embryonated without any operculum having terminal spines, but are passed exclusively in stools. The eggs are acid fast. ¾¾ It produces few symptoms involving the mesenteric portal system. ¾¾ Diagnosis is established by detection of the egg in feces and rectal biopsy. ¾¾ Praziquantel is the drug of choice. HERMAPHRODITIC FLUKES: LIVER FLUKES The adult forms of all hermaphroditic lukes infecting humans live in the lumen of the biliary, intestinal, or respiratory tracts. This location afords the parasites considerable protection from host defense mechanisms and also facilitates dispersal of eggs to the environment. ¾¾ Flukes inhabiting the human biliary tract are Clonorchis sinensis, Fasciola hepatica, less often Opisthorchis species, and rarely, Dicrocoelium dendriticum. Clonorchis Sinensis Common name: The Chinese liver luke, Oriental liver luke History and Distribution Key points of Schistosomes •¾Schistosomes are diecious, sexes are separate. •¾Habitat: In the mesenteric venous plexus (S. mansoni and S. japonicum) and vesical, and prostatic venous plexus (S. haematobium). •¾Leaf-like unsegmented body with 2 cup-like suckers with delicate spines. •¾Intestine is bifurcated (inverted 'y'-shaped). •¾Male is broader than female. •¾They produce elongated non-operculated eggs containing ciliated embryo, miracidum. •¾Deinitive host: Man. •¾Intermediate host: Fresh water snails. •¾Infective form: Fork-tailed cercariae. •¾Clinical features: Swimmer’s itch, Katayama fever, hematuria, and portal hypertension. •¾Diagnosis: Detection of eggs in urine or stool, biopsy, imaging, and detection of antigen and antibody. •¾Treatment: Praziquantel is the drug of choice. •¾Prophylaxis: Avoidance of bathing in infected water and eradication of snail. C. sinensis was irst described in 1875 by McConnell in the biliary tract of a Chinese carpenter in Calcutta Medical College Hospital. ¾¾ Complete life cycle of Clonorchis was worked out by Faust and Khaw in 1927. ¾¾ Human clonorchiasis occurs in Japan, Korea, Taiwan, China, and Vietnam, afecting about 10 million persons. Habitat Adult worm lives in the biliary tract and sometimes in the pancreatic duct. Morphology Adult worm It has a lat, transparent, spatulate body; pointed anteriorly and rounded posteriorly (Fig. 13.8). ¾¾ It is 10–25 mm long and 3–5 mm broad. ¾¾ The adult worm can survive in the biliary tract for 15 years or more. ¾¾ The hermaphroditic worm discharges eggs into the bile duct. Trematodes: Flukes 149 ¾¾ Infection occurs when such ish are eaten raw or inadequately processed by human or other deinitive hosts. Frozen, dried, or pickled ish may act as source of infection (Fig. 13.9). ¾¾ Infection may also occur through ingers or cooking utensils contaminated with the metacercariae during preparation of the ish for cooking. ¾¾ The metacercariae excyst in the duodenum of the deinitive host. ¾¾ The adolescaria that come out, enter the common bile duct through the ampulla of Vater and proceed to the distal bile capillaries, where they mature in about a month and assume the adult form (Fig. 13.8). ¾¾ Adult worms produce an average of 10, 000 eggs per day, which exit the bile ducts and are excreted in the feces. ¾¾ The cycle is then repeated. Pathogenicity Fig. 13.8: Adult worm and egg of Clonorchis sinensis Eggs Eggs are broadly ovoid, 30 µm by 15 µm with a yellowish brown (bile-stained) shell. ¾¾ It has an operculum at one pole and a small hook-like spine at the other (Fig. 13.8). ¾¾ Eggs do not loat in saturated solution of common salt. ¾¾ The eggs passed in feces contain the ciliated miracidia. Life Cycle Deinitive host: Humans are the principal deinitive host, but dogs and other ish-eating canines act as reservoir hosts. Intermediate hosts: 2 intermediate hosts are required to complete its life cycle, the irst being snail and the second being ish. Infective form: Metacercaria larva Mode of infection: Man acquires infection by eating undercooked fresh water ish carrying metacercariae larvae. ¾¾ Clonorchis eggs although embryonated do not hatch in water, but only when ingested by suitable species of operculate snails (First intermediate host), such as Parafossarulus, Bulimus, or Alocinma species. ¾¾ The miracidium develops through the sporocyst and redia stages to become the lophocercus cercaria with a large luted tail in about 3 weeks (Fig. 13.9). ¾¾ The cercariae escape from the snail and swim about in water, waiting to get attached to the second intermediate host, suitable fresh-water ish of the Carp family. ¾¾ The cercariae shed their tails and encyst under the scales or in the lesh of the ish to become metacercariae, in about 3 weeks, which are the infective stage for humans. The migration of the larva up the bile duct induces desquamation, followed by hyperplasia, and sometimes, adenomatous changes. The smaller bile ducts undergo cystic dilatation. ¾¾ The adult worm may cause obstruction and blockage of the common bile duct leading to cholangitis. ¾¾ Patients in the early stage have fever, epigastric pain, diarrhea, and tender hepatomegaly. This is followed by biliary colic, jaundice, and progressive liver enlargement. Many infections are asymptomatic. ¾¾ Chronic infection may result in calculus formation. ¾¾ A few cases go on to biliary cirrhosis and portal hypertension. ¾¾ Some patients with chronic clonorchiasis tend to become biliary carriers of typhoid bacilli. ¾¾ Chronic infection has also been linked with cholangiocarcinoma. Diagnosis The eggs may be demonstrated in feces (stool microscopy) or aspirated bile. They do not loat in concentrated saline. ¾¾ Several serological tests have been described including complement ixation and gel precipitation but extensive cross-reactions limit their utility. IHA with a saline extract of etherized worms has been reported to be sensitive and speciic. ¾¾ Intradermal allergic tests have also been described. Treatment Drug of choice is Praziquantel 25 mg/kg, 3 doses in 1 day. Surgical intervention may become necessary in cases with obstructive jaundice. 150 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Fig. 13.9: Life cycle of Clonorchis sinensis Prophylaxis Clonorchiasis can be prevented by ¾¾ Proper cooking of ish ¾¾ Proper disposal of feces ¾¾ Control of snails. Opisthorchis Species Some species of Opisthorchis, which resemble C. sinesis can cause human infection. ¾¾ O. felineus, the cat liver luke, which is common in Europe and the erstwhile Soviet Union, may infect humans. is usually asymptomatic but may sometimes cause liver disease resembling clonorchiasis. ¾¾ O. viverrini is common in Thailand, where the civet cat is the reservoir host. Chandler found that 60% of cats in Calcutta, were infected with the parasite and human cases have also been reported from India. ¾¾ Except for the late sequelae, the exact clinical syndrome caused by clonorchiasis and opisthorchiasis are not well-deined. Since most infected individuals have a low worm burden, they are asymptomatic. ¾¾ Infection Trematodes: Flukes 151 ¾¾ Cholangiocarcinoma ¾¾ It Fasciola Hepatica Egg Common name: Sheep liver luke The eggs are large, ovoid, operculated, bile-stained, and about 140 µm by 80 µm in size. ¾¾ Eggs contain an immature larva, the miracidium ¾¾ Eggs do not loat in saturated solution of common salt ¾¾ Eggs of F. hepatica and Fasciolopsis buski cannot be diferentiated ¾¾ Eggs are unembryonated when freshly passed. is epidemiologically related to C. sinensis infection in China and to O. viverrini infection in North-east Thailand. ¾¾ The life cycle and other features of opisthorchis are same as those of Clonorchis. History and Distribution F. hepatica was the irst trematode that was discovered more than 600 years ago in 1379 by Jehan de Brie. ¾¾ It was named by Linneus in 1758. ¾¾ It is the largest and most common liver luke found in humans, but its primary host is the sheep and to a less extent, cattle. ¾¾ It is worldwide in distribution, being found mainly in sheep-rearing areas. ¾¾ It causes the economically-important disease, ‘liver rot’, in sheep. Habitat The parasite resides in the liver and biliary passages of the deinitive host. Morphology Adult Worm ¾¾ It is a large leaf-shaped leshy luke, 30 mm long and 15 mm broad, grey or brown in color. Fig. 13.10: Schematic diagram to show Fasciola hepatica has a conical projection anteriorly containing an oral sucker and is rounded posteriorly (Fig. 13.10). ¾¾ The adult worm lives in the biliary tract of the deinitive host for many years—about 5 years in sheep and 10 years in humans. ¾¾ Like all other trematodes, it is hermaphrodite. Parasites with operculate eggs •¾Fasciola hepatica •¾Fasciolopsis buski •¾Paragonimus westermani •¾Opisthorchis felineus •¾Heterophyes heterophyes      Fasciola gigantica Clonorchis sinensis Gastrodiscoides hominis Opisthorchis viverrini Diphyllobothrium latum Life Cycle F. hepatica passes its life cycle in 1 deinitive host and 2 intermediate hosts. Deinitive host: Sheep, goat, cattle, and man. Intermediate host: Snails of the genus Lymnaea and Succinea. Encystment occurs on aquatic plants, which act as second intermediate host. Mode of infection: The deinitive host, sheep and man, get infection by ingestion of metacerceriae encysted on aquatic vegetation. ¾¾ Adult worm lives in the biliary passage of sheep or man. Eggs are laid in the biliary passages and are shed in feces. ¾¾ The embryo matures in water in about 10 days and the miracidium escapes. It penetrates the tissues of irst intermediate host, snails of the genus Lymnaea (Fig. 13.11). ¾¾ In snail, the miracidium progresses through the sporocyst and the irst and second generation redia stages to become the cercariae in about 1–2 months. ¾¾ The cercariae escape into the water and encyst on aquatic vegetation or blades of grass to become metacercariae, which can survive for long periods. ¾¾ Sheep, cattle, or humans eating watercress or other water vegetation containing the metacercaria become infected. ¾¾ The metacercariae excyst in the duodenum of the deinitive host and pierce the gut wall to enter the peritoneal cavity. 152 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Fig. 13.11: Life cycle of Fasciola hepatica ¾¾ They penetrate the Glisson’s capsule, traverse the liver parenchyma, and reach the biliary passages, where they mature into the adult worms in about 3–4 months (Fig. 13.11). Parasites with aquatic vegetations as the source of infection •¾Fasciola hepatica •¾Gastrodiscoides hominis   Fasciolopsis buski Watsonius watsoni Pathogenicity ¾¾ Fascioliasis difers from clonorchiasis in that F. hepatica is larger and so causes more mechanical damage. In traversing the liver tissue, it causes parenchymal injury. As humans are not its primary host, it causes more severe inlammatory response. Some larvae penetrate right through the liver and diaphragm ending up in the lung. ¾¾ In acute phase during the migration of the larva, patients present with fever, right upper quadrant pain, eosinophilia, and tender hepatomegaly. The symptoms subside as parasites reach their inal destination. Trematodes: Flukes ¾¾ In chronic phase, patients may develop biliary obstruction, biliary cirrhosis, obstructive jaundice, cholelithiasis, and anemia. No association to hepatic malignancy has been ascribed to fascioliasis. ¾¾ Occasionally, ingestion of raw liver of infected sheep results in a condition called halzoun (meaning sufocation). The adult worms in the liver attach to the pharyngeal mucosa, causing edematous congestion of the pharynx and surrounding areas, leading to dyspnea, acute dysphagia, deafness, and rarely, asphyxiation. However, this condition is more often due to pentastome larvae. Halzoun is particularly common in Lebanon and other parts of the Middle East and North Africa. Diagnosis Stool Microscopy Demonstration of eggs in feces or aspirated bile from duodenum is the best method of diagnosis. Eggs of F. hepatica and F. buski are indistiguishable. Blood Picture It reveals eosinophilia. 153 ¾¾ Proper disinfection of watercresses and other water vegetations before consumption. Key points of Fasciola hepatica •¾Largest and commonest liver luke. •¾Large leaf-shaped with a dorsoventrally lattened body. •¾Hermaphroditic parasite. •¾Eggs are ovoid, operculated, and bile-stained. •¾Deinitive host: Primary deinitive host is sheep, but it is also found in biliary tract of man. •¾First Intermediate host: Fresh water snails (Lymnaea). •¾Second Intermediate host: Aquatic vegetations. •¾Infective form: Metacerceriae encysted on raw aqua- tic vegetations. features: Acute phase–fever, right upper quadrant pain, hepatomegaly. Chronic phase–biliary obstruction, obstructive jaundice, cholelithiasis, and anemia. •¾Diagnosis: Detection of eggs in stool and aspirated bile, USG, ERCP and ELISA •¾Treatment: Oral triclabendazole or bithional. •¾Prophylaxis: Preventing pollution of water with feces and proper disinfection. •¾Clinical Serodiagnosis Serological tests such as immunoluorescence, ELISA, immunoelectrophoresis, and complement ixation are helpful in lightly-infected individuals for detection of speciic antibody. ELISA becomes positive within 2 weeks of infection and is negative after treatment. In chronic fascioliasis, Fasciola copro-antigen may be detected in stool. Imaging USG, CT scan, Endoscopic Retrograde Choangiopancreatography (ERCP) and percutaneous cholangiography may be helpful in diagnosis. Treatment Oral triclabendazole (10 mg/kg once) is the treatment of choice. ¾¾ Alternative drug is bithionol (30–50 mg for 10–15 days) ¾¾ Prednisolone at a dose of 10–20 mg/kg is used to control toxemia. Prophylaxis Fascioliasis can be prevented by ¾¾ Health education ¾¾ Preventing pollution of water courses with sheep, cattle, and human feces Dicrocoelium Dendriticum Also known as the ‘lancet luke’ because of its shape, D. dendriticum is a very common biliary parasite of sheep and other herbivores in Europe, North Africa, Northern Asia and parts of the far east. Deinitive host: Sheep and other herbivores First intermediate host: Snails Second intermediate host: Ants of genus Formica ¾¾ Eggs passed in feces of sheep are ingested by land snails. ¾¾ Cercariae appear in slime balls secreted by the snails and are eaten by ants of the genus Formica, in which matacercariae develop. ¾¾ Herbivores get infected when they accidentally eat the ants while grazing. ¾¾ Reports of human infection have come from Europe, Middle East and China. ¾¾ However, spurious infection is more common. In the latter, the eggs can be passed in feces for several days by persons eating infected sheep liver. ¾¾ Eurytrema pancreaticum, a related luke is commonly present in the pancreatic duct of cattle, sheep, and monkeys. Occasional human infection has been noticed in China and Japan. 154 Textbook of Medical Parasitology INTESTINAL FLUKES A number of lukes parasitize the human small intestine. These include Fasciolopsis buski, Heterophyes, Metagonimus yokogawai, Watsonius watsoni, and Echinostoma. Only one luke Gastrodiscoides hominis, parasitizes the human large intestine. Fasciolopsis Buski Common name: Giant intestinal luke History and Distribution It was irst described by Busk in 1843 in the duodenum of an East Indian sailor, who died in London. ¾¾ It is a common parasite of man and pigs in China and in South-east Asian countries. ¾¾ In India it occurs in Assam and Bengal. Fig. 13.12: Specimen showing Fasciolopsis Buski Habitat The adult worm lives in the duodenum or jejunum of pigs and man. Morphology Adult worm The adult is a large leshy worm, 20–75 mm long and 8–20 mm broad (Fig. 13.12) and 0.5–3 mm in thickness. •¾Largest trematode infecting humans: Fasciolopsis buski •¾Smallest trematode infecting humans: Heterophyes ¾¾ It is elongated ovoid in shape, with a small oral sucker and a large acetabulum. It has no cephalic cone as in F. hepatica (Fig. 13.13). ¾¾ The adult worm has a lifespan of about 6 months. ¾¾ The two intestinal caeca do not bear any branches (Fig. 13.13). Eggs ¾¾ The operculated eggs are similar to those of F. hepatica. ¾¾ Eggs are laid in the lumen of the intestine in large numbers, about 25,000 per day. Life Cycle F. buski passes its life cycle in 1 deinitive host and 2 intermediate host. Deinitive host: Man and pigs. Pigs serve as a reservoir of infection for man. Fig. 13.13: Schematic diagram to show Fasciolopsis buski First intermediate host: Snails of the genus Segmentina Second intermediate host: Encystment occurs on aquatic plants, roots of the lotus, bulb of the water chestnut which act as second intermediate host. Infective form: Encysted metacercariae on aquatic vegetation ¾¾ The eggs passed in feces of deinitive host hatch in water in about 6 weeks, releasing the miracidia which swim about. ¾¾ On coming in contact with a suitable molluscan intermediate host, snails of the genus Segmentina, miracidia penetrates its tissues to undergo development in the next few weeks as sporocyst, irst and second generation rediae, and cercariae (Fig. 13.14). Trematodes: Flukes 155 Fig. 13.14: Life cycle of Fasciolopsis buski ¾¾ The cercariae, which escape from the snail, encyst on the roots of the lotus, bulb of the water chestnut, and on other aquatic vegetations. ¾¾ When they are eaten by man, the metacercariae excysts in the duodenum, become attached to the mucosa and develop into adults in about 3 months (Fig. 13.14). Pathogenesis The pathogenesis of fasciolopsiasis is due to traumatic, mechanical, and toxic efects. ¾¾ Larvae that attach to the duodenal and jejunal mucosa cause inlammation and local ulceration. Intoxication and sensitization also account for clinical illness. ¾¾ In heavy infections, the adult worms cause partial obstruction of the bowel, malabsorption, protein-losing enteropathy, and impaired vit. B12 absorption. ¾¾ The initial symptoms are diarrhea and abdominal pain. ¾¾ Toxic and allergic symptoms appear usually as edema, ascites, anemia, prostration, and persistent diarrhea. ¾¾ Paralytic ileus is a rare complication. 156 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Laboratory Diagnosis History of residence in endemic areas suggests the diagnosis, which is conirmed by demonstration of the egg in feces or of the worms after administration of a purgative or antihelminthic drug. Treatment Drug of choice is praziquantel. ¾¾ Hexylresorcinol and tetrachlorethylene have also been found useful. Prophylaxis ¾¾ Treatment of infected persons. ¾¾ Adequate washing of water vegetables, preferably in hot water. ¾¾ Preventing contamination of ponds and other waters with pig or human excreta. ¾¾ Sterilization of night soil before use as fertilizer. ¾¾ Control of snails. Heterophyes This is the smallest trematode parasite of man. ¾¾ The infection is prevalent in the Nile delta, Turkey, and in the far east. ¾¾ The worm has been reported in a dog in India. ¾¾ The adult worm lives in the small intestine and has a lifespan of about 2 months. Deinitive hosts: Humans, cats, dogs, foxes and other ish eating mammals. First intermediate host: Snails of the genera Pironella and Cerithidea. Second intermediate host: Fishes, such as the mullet and tilapia; encystment occurs in ishes. ¾¾ Man acquires infection by eating raw or undercooked ishes containing metacercaria. ¾¾ In the small intestine, it can induce mucous diarrhea and colicky pains. Occasionally, the worms burrow into the gut mucosa, and their eggs are carried in the lymphatic and portal circulation to ectopic sites such as the brain, spinal cord and myocardium, where they induce granulomas. Rarely the worms themselves may be carried to these sites as emboli. ¾¾ Diagnosis is based on the inding of a minute operculated egg in the stool. Drug of choice: Praziquantel. Deinitive hosts: Humans, pigs, dogs, cats and pelicans. First intermediate host: Fresh water snail Second intermediate host: Fish. ¾¾ Deinitive hosts are infected by eating raw ish containing the metacercariae. ¾¾ Pathogenic efects consist of mucous diarrhoea and ectopic lesions in myocardium and central nervous system as in heterophyasis. Drug of choice: Praziquantel. Watsonius Watsoni This trematode infects various primates in Asia and Africa. Normal host is the monkey. Diagnosis, treatment, and prophylaxis is same as that of Heterophyes. Echinostoma Echinostomes are medium-sized lukes causing small intestinal infection of rats and dogs. ¾¾ Seen in Japan, Philippines, and all along the far east . ¾¾ The characteristic feature is a crown of spines on a disc surrounding the oral sucker, justifying its name ‘Echinostoma’ which means ‘spiny mouth ‘. ¾¾ Its eggs resemble those of fasciolopsis. Mild infections are asymptomatic, but diarrhea and abdominal pain follow heavy infection. ¾¾ E. ilocanum is the species usually seen in human infections. Gastrodiscoides Hominis G. hominis is the only luke inhabiting the human large intestine (Fig. 13.15). Metagonimus Yokogawai It is found in the far east, northern Siberia, Balkan states, and Spain. Fig. 13.15: Specimen showing Gastrodiscoides hominis Trematodes: Flukes ¾¾ It was discovered by Lewis and McConnell in 1876 in the caecum of an Indian patient. ¾¾ It is a common human parasite in Assam. Cases have also been reported from Bengal, Bihar, and Orissa. ¾¾ It also occurs in Vietnam, Philippines, and some parts of erstwhile USSR. ¾¾ The adult worm is pyriform, with a conical anterior end and a discoidal posterior part. It is about 5-14 mm long and 4–6 mm broad. ¾¾ The eggs are operculated and measure 150 µm by 70 µm. Deinitive host: Man, pigs, monkey. Pigs are the reservoir hosts. First intermediate host: Snails. Second Intermediate host: Aquatic plants. ¾¾ The miracidia invade the tissues of the intermediate molluscan host. ¾¾ The cercariae encyst on water plants. Infected persons develop mucoid diarrhea. ¾¾ Man and animals become infected by feeding upon vegetations harboring the metacercaria. Drug of choice: Praziquantel. Tetrachlorethylene is also useful in treatment. Egg The eggs are operculated, golden brown in color and about 100 µm by 50 µm in size. ¾¾ They are unembryonated when freshly laid. Habitat Adults worms live in the lungs, usually in pairs in cystic spaces that communicate with bronchi. Helminths present in lung Trematode ¾ Paragonimus westermani Cestode ¾ Echinococcus granulosus Nematode Capillaria aerophila ¾ Dicroilaria imnitis ¾ LUNG FLUKES Paragonimus Westermani Common name: Oriental lung luke History and Distribution P. westermani was discovered in 1878 by Kerbert in the lungs of Bengal tigers that died in the zoological gardens at Hamberg and Amsterdam. ¾¾ The parasite is endemic in the Far East—Japan, Korea, Taiwan, China, and south east asia—Sri Lanka and India. Cases have been reported from Assam, Bengal, Tamil Nadu, and Kerala. ¾¾ P. mexicanus is an important human pathogen in Central and South America. Fig. 13.16: Paragonimus westermani morphology Morphology Adult Worm The adult worm is egg-shaped about 10 mm long, 5 mm broad and 4 mm thick and reddish brown in color (Fig. 13.16). ¾¾ The integument is covered with scale like spines. ¾¾ It has an oral sucker placed anteriorly and a ventral sucker located towards the middle of the body (Fig. 13.17). ¾¾ It has 2 unbranched intestinal caeca which end blindly in the caudal area. ¾¾ They have a lifespan of up to 20 years in humans. 157 Fig. 13.17: Schematic diagram showing Paragonimus westermani 158 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Life Cycle Deinitive host: Man. Besides humans, other deinitive hosts include cats, tigers, leopards, foxes, dogs, pigs, beavers, mongoose, and many other crab-eating mammals and domestic animals. First intermediate host: Fresh water snail, belonging to the genera Semisulcospira and Brotia. Second intermediate host: Fresh water crab or cray ish. Infective form: Metacrecariae encysted in crab or cray ish. Mode of infection: Man acquires infection by eating undercooked crab or cray ish containing metacercariae. ¾¾ The adult worms live in the respiratory tract of the deinitive host. ¾¾ Unembryonated eggs escape into the bronchi and are coughed up and voided in sputum or swallowed and passed in feces (Fig. 13.18). ¾¾ The eggs mature in about 2 weeks and hatch to release free-swimming miracidia. Fig. 13.18: Life cycle of Paragonimus westermani Trematodes: Flukes ¾¾ These infect the irst intermediate molluscan host, snails belonging to the genera Semisulcospira and Brotia. ¾¾ Cercariae that are released from the snails after several weeks are microcercus, having a short stumpy tail. ¾¾ The cercariae that swim about in streams are drawn into the gill chambers of the second intermediate crustacean host, crabs or crayish (Fig. 13.18). ¾¾ They encyst in the gills or muscles as metacercariae. ¾¾ Deinitive hosts are infected when they eat such crabs or crayish raw or inadequately cooked. ¾¾ The metacerariae excyst in the duodenum and the adolescariae penetrate the gut wall, reaching the abdominal cavity in a few hours. ¾¾ They then migrate up through the diaphragm into the pleural cavity and lungs inally reaching near the bronchi, where they settle and develop into adult worms in 2–3 months (Fig.13.18). ¾¾ The worm is hermaphroditic but usually it takes 2 for fertilization. ¾¾ Sometimes, the migrating larvae lose their way and reach ectopic sites such as the mesentery, groin, and brain. Pathogenicity and Clinical Features Pulmonary Features In the lungs, the worms lie in cystic spaces surrounded by a ibrous capsule formed by the host tissues. ¾¾ The cysts, about a centimeter in diameter are usually in communication with a bronchus. ¾¾ Inlammatory reaction to the worms and their eggs lead to peribronchial granulomatous lesions, cystic dilatation of the bronchi, abscesses, and pneumonitis. ¾¾ Patients present with cough, chest pain, and hemoptysis. ¾¾ The viscous sputum is speckled with the golden brown eggs. Occasionally, the hemoptysis may be profuse. ¾¾ Chronic cases may resemble pulmonary tuberculosis. Extrapulmonary Features Paragonimiasis may also be extrapulmonary, the clinical features varying with the site afected— ¾¾ In the abdominal type, there may be abdominal pain and diarrhea. ¾¾ The cerebral type resembles cysticercosis and may cause Jacksonian epilepsy. ¾¾ Glandular involvement causes fever and multiple abscesses. Laboratory Diagnosis Microscopy Demonstration of the eggs in sputum or feces provides deinitive evidence. 159 Serology Complement ixation test (CFT) is positive only during and shortly after active infection, while the intradermal test remains positive for much longer periods. ¾¾ IHA and ELISA tests are highly sensitive they become negative within 3–4 months after successful treatment. ¾¾ Serology is of considerable importance in egg-negative cases and in cerebral paragonimiasis. Imaging Chest X-ray reveals abnormal shadows (nodular, cystic, ring, iniltrative) in the middle and lower lung ield. ¾¾ CT scan of chest also helps in diagnosis of pulmonary lesions and cerebral lesions. 'Soap-bubble' like appearance may be seen in cerebral cysts. Treatment ¾¾ Praziquantel (25 mg/kg TDS for 1–2 days) is the drug of choice. ¾¾ Bithinol and Niclofolan are also efective in treatment. Prophylaxis ¾¾ Adequate cooking of crabs and crayish and washing the hands after preparing them for food. ¾¾ Treatment of infected persons. ¾¾ Disinfection of sputum and feces. ¾¾ Eradication of molluscan hosts. Key points of Paragonimus westermani •¾Adult worm is egg-shaped, reddish, brown and covered with scale like spine. •¾Habitat: Cystic spaces in the lung. •¾Eggs are oval, operculated, and golden brown. •¾Deinitive hosts: Man and domestic animals. •¾First intermediate host: Snails of genera Semisulcospira (melania species). •¾Second intermediate host: Crab or cray ish. •¾Infective form: Encysted metacercaria in crab or cray ish. •¾Clinical features: Peribronchial granuloma and cystic dilation of bronchi. Dyspnea, hemoptysis, pneumonitis, bronchiectasis, abcess, pneumothorax. Extrapulmonary lesions in brain and intestine. •¾Diagnosis: Ova in sputum, X-ray and CT scan of chest, CFT, IHA, and ELISA. •¾Treatment: Praziquantel is the drug of choice. •¾Prophylaxis: Adequate cooking of crabs and crayish, eradication of molluscan hosts and treatment of infected persons. 160 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Review Questions 1. Describe briely: (a) General characters of trematodes (c) General characters of schistosomes 2. Short notes on: (a) Clonorchesis sinensis (c) Paragonimus (b) Classiication of trematodes (b) Fascilopsis buski (d) Opisthorchis species 3. Describe morphology, life cycle and laboratory diagnosis of (a) Fasciola hepatica (b) Schistosoma haematobium 4. Diferentiate between Schistosoma haemetobium, S. mansoni and S. japonium. Nematodes: General Features Nematodes are said to be the most worm-like of all helminths. This is because they generally resemble the common earth worm in appearance, which is considered to be the prototype of ‘worms’. However, taxonomically earthworms are not nematodes as they are segmented worms of the Phylum Annelida.  Nematodes are elongated, cylindrical, unsegmented worms with tapering ends. The name ‘nematode’ means ‘thread-like’, from ‘nema’ meaning ‘thread’.  Unlike trematodes and cestodes, all of which are parasitic, most nematodes are free-living forms found in soil and water.  Several species are parasites of plants and are of great economic importance. Many nematodes parasitize invertebrate and vertebrate animals.  The largest number of helminthic parasites of humans belong to the class of nematodes. There are an estimated 500,000 species of nematodes. General Characteristics They are cylindrical, or filariform in shape, bilaterally symmetrical with a secondary triradiate symmetry at the anterior end.  The adults vary greatly in size, from about a millimeter (Strongyloides stercoralis) to a meter (Dracunculis medinensis) in length. Male is generally smaller than female and its posterior end is curved or coiled ventrally.     14 Their body is covered with a tough outer cuticle, which may be smooth, striated, bossed, or spiny. The middle layer is hypodermis and the inner layer is the somatic muscular layer. They move by sinuous flexion of the body. The body cavity is a pseudocele, in which all the viscera are suspended. The digestive system is complete, consisting of a anteriorly placed mouth leading to the esophagus, which characteristically varies in shape and structure in different groups. The intestine is lined with a single layer of columnar cells and leads to the rectum, opening through the anus. In the male, the rectum and the ejaculatory duct open into the cloaca. Nematodes have simple excretory and nervous systems. Types of female nematodes The female nematodes may be divided as follows: • Oviparous (laying eggs):  Unsegmented eggs: Ascaris, Trichuris  Segmented eggs: Ancylostoma, Necator  Eggs containing larvae: Enterobius • Viviparous (producing larvae): Trichinella, Wuchereria, Brugia, Dracunculus. • Ovoviviparous (laying eggs containing fully formed larvae, which hatch out immediately): Strongyloides. 162     Textbook of Medical Parasitology The nematodes are diecious i.e. the sexes are separate. The male reproductive system consists of a single delicate tubule differentiated into testis, vas deferens, seminal vesicle, and ejaculatory duct, which opens into the cloaca. It also includes copulatory structures such as spicules or bursa or both. The female reproductive system consists of the ovary, oviduct, seminal receptacle, uterus, and vagina. Female nematodes may produce eggs (oviparous) or larvae (viviparous). Some lay eggs containing larvae, which immediately hatch out (ovoviviparous). Life Cycle The life cycle of nematodes consists typically of 4 larval stages and the adult form. The cuticle is shed while passing from one stage to the other.  Man is the optimum host for all the nematodes. They pass their life cycle in one host, except the superfamilies Filarioidea and Dracunculoidea, where two hosts are required. Insect vectors and Cyclops constitute the second hosts in these superfamilies, respectively.  Nematodes localize in the intestinal tract and their eggs pass out with the feces of the host. They undergo few developmental changes before they enter new host. Modes of Infection     By ingestion of: Eggs: Ascaris, Enterobius. Trichuris  Larvae within intermediate host: Dracunculus  Encysted larvae in muscle: Trichinella By penetration of skin: Ancylostoma, Necator, Strongyloides By blood-sucking insects: Filariae By inhalation of dust containing eggs: Ascaris, Enterobius.  Classification Nematodes can be classified on the basis of the habitat of the adult worm (Table 14.1) and zoologically (Table 14.2). Zoological Classification Phylum – Nemathelminthes (Nematoda) Class – Nematoda which is divided into 2 subclasses based on the absence or presence of ’phasmids’, which are caudal chemoreceptors. The 2 subclasses were earlier called Aphasmidia and Phasmidia, but now have been renamed as Adenophorea and Secernentea, respectively (Table 14.3). Detailed zoological classification of nematodes is given in Table 14.2. Larva Migrans The life cycles of most nematodes parasitizing humans include larval migration through various tissues and organs of the body. Sometimes the larvae appear to lose their way and wander around aimlessly. This condition is known as larva migrans.  This is generally seen when human infection occurs with non-human species of nematodes. In such infections, the worm is unable to undergo normal development and complete its life cycle.  Abnormal or arrested larval migration may also sometimes occur when human parasitic nematodes infect immune persons. The immunity is sufficient to prevent the normal progression of infection.  Larva migrans can be classified into cutaneous or visceral types, depending on whether the larval migration takes place in the skin or in deeper tissues (Table 14.4). Table 14.1: Classification of Nematodes on the Basis of the Habitat of Adult Worms Intestinal Human Nematodes Somatic Human Nematodes Small Intestine • Ascaris lumbricoides (Common round worm) • Ancylostoma duodenale (Old world Hook worm) • Necator americanus (American or New World Hook worm) • Strongyloides stercoralis • Trichinella spiralis • Capillaria philippinensis Large intestine • Trichuris trichiura (Whip worm) • Enterobius vermicularis (Thread or pin worm) Lymphatics • Wuchereria bancrofti • Brugia malayi • Brugia timori Skin/subcutaneous tissue • Loa loa • Onchocerca volvulus • Dracunculus medinensis (Guinea worm) Mysentery • Mansonella ozzardi • Mansonella perstans Conjunctiva • Loa loa Nematodes: General Features Table 14.2: Zoological Classification of Nematodes Subclass Order Superfamily Family Genus Species Adenophorea/ Aphasamidia (no phasmids; no caudal papillae in male; eggs usually unsegmented with polar plugs or hatching in uterus) Enoplida Trichinelloidea (anterior part of body narrower than posterior) Trichinellidae Trichuridae Trichinella Trichuris Capillaria T. spiralis T. trichiura C. philippinensis C. aerophila C. hepatica Secernentea/ Phasmidia (phasmids present; numerous caudal papillae) Rhabditida Rhabditoidea (alternation of free-living and parasitic generations; parasitic females parthenogenetic) Strongyloididae Strongyloides S. stercoralis Strongylida Ancylostomatoidea (prominent buccal capsule with teeth or cutting plates) Ancylostomatidae Ancylostoma Necator A. duodenale N. americanus Metastrongyloidea (tissue parasites; inconspicuous buccal capsule; have intermediate hosts) Angiostrongylidae Angiostrongylus A. cantonensis Ascaridida Ascaridoidea (large worms of gut lumen; mouth has 3 lips) Ascarididae Anisakidae Ascaris Anisakis A. lumbricoides A. simplex Oxyurida Oxyuridae Oxyuroidea (male has no caudal bursa; short stout body; esophagus has prominent bulb; eggs planoconvex, embryonate in uterus) Enterobius E. vermicularis Spirurida Filarioidea (tissue parasites; viviparous; insect vector) Wuchereria Brugia Dirofilaria Onchocercidae Dracunculidae Onchocerca Dracunculus W. bancrofti B. malayi D. conjunctivae D. immitis L. Ioa M. perstans M. ozzardi M. streptocerca O. volvulus D. medinensis Gnathostomatidae Gnathostoma G. spinigerum Loa Mansonella Dracunculoidea (very long female and small male; viviparous; larvae escape from ruptured uterus) Gnathostomatoidea (spiny body with bulbous head) Table 14.3: Differences in Subclass Adenophorea and Secernentea Adenophorea Secernentea Phasmid (sensory structure) Absent Present Excretory system Without lateral canals With lateral canals Caudal papillae Absent or few Numerous Infective stage of larva 1st larval stage 3rd larval stage 163 164 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Table 14.4: Animal Nematodes Infecting Man Visceral Larva Migrans Cutaneous Larva Migrans • It is a syndrome caused by nematodes that are normally parasitic for nonhuman host species • In human, these nematode larvae do not develop into adult worms, but, instead, migrate through host tissues and elicit eosinophilic inflammation • It is a serpiginous skin eruption caused by burrowing larvae of animal hookworms, (usually the cat and the cat hook worm) • The larvae hatch from eggs passed in dog and cat feces and mature in the soil. Humans become infected after skin contact with contaminated soil. After larvae penetrate the skin, erythematous lesions form along the tortuous tracks of their migration. It is also known as creeping eruption Common causes: • Toxocara canis (dog round worm) - most common • Toxocara cati (cat round worm) • Ascaris suum (pig ascaris) • Angiostrongylus cantonensis • Gnathostoma spinigerum • Anisakis simplex • Baylisascaris procyonis Common causes: • Ancylostoma braziliense (hookworm of wild and domestic dogs and cats) • Ancylostoma caninum (dog hookworm found in Australia) • Uncinaria stenocephala (dog hookworm found in Europe) • Bunostomum phlebotomum (cattle hookworm) Cutaneous Larva Migrans This condition also known as creeping eruption (also called ground itch) is caused by nematode larvae that infect by skin penetration. Etiology The most common cause is non-human species of hookworm (Ancylostoma braziliense and A. caninum).     Etiological agents Zoophilic Nematode Human Nematode Ancylostoma braziliense  Strongyloides stercoralis Ancylostoma canium  Necator americanus Gnathostoma spinigerum  Loa Loa Dirofilaria Human Trematode Spirometra  Ectopic infection with Uncinaria stenocephala Fasciola and Paragonimus Bunostomum Non-helmenthic agents phlebotomum  Flies of genus Hypoderma and Gastrophilus • • • • • • • Pathogenesis Parasite eggs are passed in the feces of infected animals into the soil, where the larvae hatch out.  Infection with these hookworms of dogs and cats is acquired from soil contaminated with excreta of these animals.  On coming in contact with human skin, the larvae penetrate the skin to cause infection. Between a few days and a few months after the initial infection, the larvae migrate beneath the skin. In normal animal host, the larvae are able to penetrate the deeper layers of the skin by reaching there via circulation. Once they enter intestine, they mature sexually and lay more eggs that are then excreted to repeat the cycle. However, in a human host, which is an accidental host for the parasite, the larvae are unable to penetrate the basement membrane to invade the dermis, so that the disease remains confined to the outer layers of the skin. Clinical Features      The larvae produce itching papules, which develop into serpigenous tunnels in the epidermis. With the movements of the larva in the skin, the lesion also shifts, hence the name ‘creeping eruption’. Scratching may lead to secondary bacterial infection. Transient creeping eruptions may be produced sometimes by the human hookworm, Necator americanus. Gnathostomiasis and sparganosis may produce larva migrans, where the lesions are deeper, subcutaneous or in the muscles. Loeffler’s syndrome may occur in one-fourth to one-half of the cases. A rapidly moving lesion is produced by Strongyloides stercoralis particularly in immune persons. This is known as larva currens. Creeping myiasis is caused by files of the genus Hypoderma and Eastrophilus. Ectopic infections with Fasciola and Paragonimus may produce creeping lesions on abdominal wall. Nematodes: General Features 165 Diagnosis Pathogenesis Eosinophilia is rare and occurs only when Loeffler’s syndrome develop.  Serological tests are not developed.  On biopsy, larvae are rarely found in the skin lesion.  Diganosis is based mainly on clinical features. When the infective eggs present in the soil contaminated by dog and cat feces are ingested, the larvae hatch in the small intestine, penetrate the gut wall, and migrate to the liver.  They may remain there or migrate to other organs such as lungs, brain, or eyes.  In humans they do not develop into adults, but induce granulomatous lesions, which cause local damage. Treatment Thiabendazole is useful in treatment. When the lesions are few, freezing the advancing part of the eruption with ethyl chloride is effective. Visceral Larva Migrans This condition is caused by the migration of larvae of nonhuman species of nematodes that infect by the oral route. Etiology The most common cause is the dog ascarid, Toxocara canis and less often the cat ascarid, T. cati. Visceral larva migrans may also be caused by Anisakis, which are large ascarid parasites of marine animals and also by Gnathostoma spinigerum, Angiostrongylus cantonensis. Human nematodes like A. lumbricoides and S. stercolaris may produce visceral larva migrans, when they get lost in ectopic sites. Clinical Features Clinical manifestations depend on the sites affected and the degree and duration of infection.  As children are more likely to swallow dirt, this condition is much more frequent in them.  Fever, hepatomegaly, pneumonitis, hyperglobulinaemia, and pica are the common findings.  Patients may develop neurological disturbances (neural larva migrans) and endophthalmitis (ophthalmic larva migrans).  Marked leukocytosis occurs with persistently high eosinophilia. Diagnosis Serological tests, such as passive hemagglutination, bentonite flocculation, microprecipitation, and more specifically, ELISA have been developed for the diagnosis of toxocariasis (visceral larva migrans). Etiological agents Treatment Zoophilic Nematode Nonhuman Nematode Toxocara canis  Filaria spp. Toxocara cati  Dirofilaria immitis Angiostrongylus  Brugia pahangi cantonensis  Brugia patei • Angiostrongylus Human Nematode costaricensis  Ascaris lumbricoides • Anisakis  Strongyloides stercoralis • Gnathostoma spinigerum Diethylcarbamazine (DEC), 100 mg TDS for 3 weeks in an adult, kills the larva and arrest the disease. Thiabendazole may be useful in treatment. Prednisolone should be administered concurrently either topically or systemically. • • • Prophylaxis Deworming of household pets helps in prevention by limiting the contamination of soil. Differences between cutaneous and visceral larva migrans are given in Table 14.5. Table 14.5: Difference Between Cutaneous and Visceral Larva Migrans Cutaneous larva migrans Visceral larva migrans Tissue involved Skin Various organs of body like liver, lungs, and eyes Infecting organism Mostly by non-human nematodes Mainly by dog and cat (Toxocara spp.) Portal of entry Penetration of skin Ingestion of infected eggs Eosinophila Mild Persistent high Serodiagnosis Not developed Well developed Treatment Thiabendazole Diethylcarbamezine and prednisolone 166 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Common key points of Cutaneous and Visceral Larva Migrans • • • • • • • • • Sometimes larvae lose their way and wander around aimlessly in human body, this condition is known as larva migrans (cutaneous or visceral). Mainly caused by non-human species of nematodes (zoophilic helminths), but occasionally by non-helmenthic agents like mite and larvae of fly (myiasis). Man acquires the infection as an accidental host. Abnormal migrations also occur sometimes in human nematodes. The helminths are unable to complete their development and life cycle in man and are arrested at some level in skin or other organs like lung, liver, etc. Pathogenesis: Due to mechanical damage and host’s inflammatory response against parasitic antigen. Clininal manifestations: Depend on route of entrance, sites affected, and degree, and duration of infection. Diagnosis: Based mainly on clinical features, skin biopsy, and serology. Treatment: Symptomatic and specific therapy with antihelmintics. Review Questions 1. Describe briefly: (a) General characters of Phylum Nematoda 2. Short notes on: (a) Classification of nematodes based on habitat (c) Visceral larva migrans (e) Larva currens (b) Systematic classification of nematodes (b) Cutaneous larva migrans (d) Viviparous nematodes 3. Differentiate between class adenophorea and secernentea. 4. Enumerate the etiological agents of cutaneous and visceral larva migrans. Trichinella Spiralis 15 Common name: Trichina worm Morphology History and Distribution Adult Worm Trichinella spiralis, tissue nematode, is the causative agent of trichinosis.  The name Trichinella is derived from the minute size of the adult. (Greek trichos—hair; ella suffix for diminutive; spiralis refers to the spirally coiled appearance of larvae in muscles).  It was first observed in 1821 in the muscles of a patient at autopsy by James Paget, who was then a first year medical student at St. Bartholomew’s Hospital, London.  Owen, in 1835, described the encysted larval form in muscles and named it Trichina spiralis.  Virchow discovered its life cycle in 1859.  The major source of human infection was shown to be the consumption of inadequately cooked pork.  Trichinosis is recognized as an important public health problem in Europe and America, but is much less common in the tropics and oriental countries.  Human trichinosis had not been recorded in India till 1996, when the first case was reported from Punjab. The adult T. spiralis, a small white worm just visible to the naked eye, is one of the smallest nematodes infecting humans.  The male measures about 1.5 mm by 0.04 mm and the female about 3 mm by 0.06 mm (twice the length of male).  The anterior half of the body is thin and pointed, welladapted for burrowing into the mucosal epithelium (Fig. 15.1). Habitat Adult worms live deeply buried in the mucosa of small intestine (duodenum or jejunum) of pig, bear, rat, or man. The encysted larvae are present in the striated muscles of these hosts. There are no free-living stages. Fig. 15.1: Adult worms of Trichinella spiralis (male and female) 168 Textbook of Medical Parasitology  The posterior end of the male has a pair of pear-shaped clasping papillae (termed as claspers), one on each side of the cloacal orifice that it uses to hold the female worm during mating (Fig. 15.1). The female worm is viviparous and discharge larva instead of eggs. The life span of the adult worm is very short. The male worm dies soon after fertilizing the female and the female dies after 4 weeks to 4 months (16 weeks), the time required for discharging the larvae.   Larvae The larva becomes encysted in the striated muscle fiber (Fig. 15.2) and at the time of encystment measures 1 mm in length by 36 µm in diameter.  The larva in the cyst is coiled and hence, the name spiralis. Trichinella Cyst • • • • • • Cysts are ovoid 400 µm by 250 µm in size. The cyst is formed by the tissue reaction around the encapsulated larvae. Cysts develop preferentially in muscles relatively poor in glycogen and in hypoxic environment. Therefore, the diaphragm, biceps, muscles of jaw, extraocular muscles, neck, and lower back, which are constantly active, are the ones mostly affected. Cysts are more abundant near the sites of attachment of muscles to tendons and bones than in other parts. They lie longitudinally along the muscle fibers. The deltoid being easily accessible, is chosen for taking diagnostic muscle biopsies. The larva remains infective inside the cyst for years and eventually, most become calcified and die. Life Cycle Trichinella is a parasite that has a direct life cycle, which means it completes all stages of development in one host. But only a single cycle occurs in one host and for continuation of the cycle and maintenance of the species, it is necessary for the infection to be transmitted to another host of the same species or of different species (Fig. 15.3).  Optimum host: Pig.  Alternate host: Man.  Infection can pass from—Pig-to-pig (facilitated by the custom of feeding pigs with untreated household garbage, which may contain bits of pork with infective cysts), rat-to-rat, and pig-to-rat.  Man is the dead-end of the parasite, as the cysts in human muscles are unlikely to be eaten by another host.  Infective form: Encysted larva found in the muscles of pigs and other animals (Fig. 15.2).  Mode of infection: Man acquires infection mainly by eating raw or undercooked pork or inadequately processed sausages or other meat products containing the viable larvae.  When such meat is eaten without adequate cooking, the cysts are digested by the gastric juice and viable larvae are released (excystation) in the stomach, duodenum, and jejunum.  The larvae immediately penetrate the mucosal epithelium.  They moult 4 times and rapidly develop into adults, either male or female, by the second day of infection. Within 5 days, they become sexually mature.  The male dies after fertilizing the female. The fertilized females start releasing motile larvae by the sixth day of infection.  Larvae continue to be discharged during the remaining part of the lifespan of the female worm, which ranges from 4 weeks to 4 months.  Each female gives birth to approximately 1,000 larvae.  These larvae enter the intestinal lymphatics or mesenteric venules and are transported in circulation to different parts of the body. Parasites with source of infection Fig. 15.2: Encysted larva in muscles; infective stage Pork • Taenia solium • Trichinella spiralis • Sarcocysts suihominis Beef • Taenia saginata • Sarcocystis hominis • Toxoplasma gondii Fish  Diphyllobothrium latum  Clonorchis sinensis  Metagonimus yokogawai  Heterophyes spp.  Gnathostoma spp. Trichinella Spiralis 169 Fig. 15.3: Life cycle of Trichinella spiralis      They get deposited in the muscles, central nervous system, and other sites. The larva die in most other situations, except the skeletal muscles, where it grows. Deposition in the muscles occurs mostly during the second week of infection. Larval development in muscles takes place during the next 3 or 4 weeks. Within 20 days after entering the muscle cells, the larvae become encysted. A muscle cell carrying larva of T. spiralis is called as a nurse cell. Encysted larvae lie parallel to the muscles of host. Encysted larva can survive for months to years. In man, the life cycle ends here (Fig. 15.3). Smoking, salting or drying the meat does not destroy the infective larvae. Prolonged freezing (20 days in a normal freezer or at –20°C for 3 days) decontaminates the meat. Pathogenicity and Clinical Features The disease caused by T. spiralis is called trichinosis.  The manifestations vary from asymptomatic infection, which is very common, to an acute fatal illness, which is extremely rare.  The pathology and clinical features vary according to the stage in the life cycle of the worm (Table 15.1). Diagnosis Diagnosis of trichinosis can be made by direct and indirect methods. Direct Methods i. Detection of spiral larvae in muscle tissue by performing muscle biopsy. Deltoid, biceps, gastrocnemius, or pectoralis muscles are usually selected for biopsy 170 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Table 15.1: Stages in the Life Cycle of Trichinella spiralis (in Man) Stage of intestinal invasion Stage of muscle invasion Stage of encystation First stage Second stage Final stage Pathology The stage begins with the ingestion of raw pork containing infective larvae and ends with the larvae invading the intestinal epithelium and developing into adult The stage begins when new infective larvae are released from the adult female and ends with the deposition of the larvae in the muscles. Myositis and basophilic granular degeneration of muscles occur in this stage This stage occurs only in striated muscle. The infective larvae become encysted in this stage Clinical features Malaise, nausea, vomitting, diarrhea, abdominal cramps Onset within 2 to 30 hours of ingestion of infective food Fever, myalgia, periorbital edema, weakness of affected muscle, hemorrhage in subconjunctiva and new beds (splinter hemorrhages), myocarditis (if heart muscles are involved), and encephalitis (if central nervous tissue is involved). Eosinophilia is a constant feature of this stage The stage is seen 1–4 weeks after infection All symptoms subside ii. Detection of adult worms and larvae in the stool during the diarrheic stage iii. Xenodiagnosis: For xenodiagnosis, biopsy bits are fed to laboratory rats, which are killed a month or so, later. The larvae can be demonstrated more easily in the muscles of such infected rats (Flowchart 15.1). Indirect Methods i. History of consumption of raw or inadequately cooked or processed pork, about two weeks earlier along with a recent episode of gastroenteritis. ii. Blood examination: It shows eosinophilia (20–95%). iii. Serology:  There is massive hypergammaglobulinemia with elevated serum IgE.  T. spiralis antibody can be detected by enzymelinked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) test using TSL-1 secreting antigens obtained from the infective stage larvae. Bentonite flocculation test and latex fixation test for demonstration of antibodies have also been widely used. A positive test indicates recent infection. iv. Bachman intradermal test: It uses a 1:5,000 or 1:10,000 dilution of the larval antigen. An erythematous wheal appears in positive cases within 15–20 minutes. The test remains positive for years after infection. v. Radiological examination: Calcified cysts may be demonstrated on X-ray examination. vi. Molecular methods like multiplex polymerase chain reaction (PCR) are now being used for species identification of Trichinella (Flowchart 15.1). Flowchart 15.1: Laboratory diagnosis of Trichinella spiralis Trichinella Spiralis Muscle biopsy • • • • Muscle biopsy specimen is collected for demonstration of spiral larvae. Specimen: Deltoid, biceps, gastronemius, or pectoralis. Atleast 1 g of muscle should be taken for biopsy, preferably near tendon insertion. Examination technique: Muscle fibers are digested with trypsin and mounted on a glass slide and examined under microscope. Young larvae may be digested and missed during such examination.  A teased preparation of muscle tissue is prepared in a drop of saline solution and it is squeezed between two glass slides.  Muscle tissue is stained with safranin. Treatment    Mild cases: Supportive treatment consisting of bed rest, analgesics, and antipyretics. Moderate cases: Albendazole 400 mg BID for 8 days or Mebendazole 200–400 mg TID for 3 days, then 400 mg TID for 8 days. Severe cases: Add glucocorticoids like prednisolone to albendazole or mebendazole. Note: Mebendazole and albendazole are active against enteric stage of the parasite, but their efficacy against encysted larva has not yet been completely demonstrated. Prophylaxis   Proper cooking of pork and other meat likely to be infected. The most effective method is to stop the practice of feeding pigs with raw garbage. Extermination of rats from pig farms the spread of infection.  Key points of Trichinella spiralis • • • • • • • • • • • • One of the smallest nematodes infecting humans (1.5–3 mm). Entire life cycle is passed in one host. The female worm is viviparous. Optimum host: Pig. Alternate host: Man. Man is the dead end for parasite. Infective form: Encysted larvae in the striated muscles of pigs and other animals. Larvae remain encysted tightly coiled in striated muscles in human body. Muscles commonly involved: diaphragm, pectoralis, deltoid, biceps, and gastronemius. Pathogenesis: Myositis and basophilic degeneration of the muscles. Clinical features: Malaise, diarrhea, periorbital edema, muscle weakness, myocarditis, encephalitis. Diagnosis: Muscle biopsy for larvae, stool examination for adult worm or larvae, xenodiagnosis, Bachman intradermal test, ELISA, X-ray for calcified cyst, PCR. Treatment: Albendazole and mebendazole along with corticosteroids (in case of severe infection). Review Questions 1. Name the various intestinal nematodes and describe briefly the life cycle of Trichinella. 2. Write Short notes on: (a) Trichinella cysts 171 (b) Laboratory diagnosis of Trichinella spiralis Trichuris Trichiura 16 Common name: Whipworm Habitat History and Distribution T. trichiura lives in the large intestine. The adult worms are found attached to the wall of the caecum and less commonly to the vermiform appendix, colon, and anal canal. Trichuris trichiura, the human whipworm, was first described by Linnaeus in 1771.  The name Trichuris means a ‘hair-like tail’ (Greek trichos— hair, oura—tail). This name is not quite correct because it is the anterior end of the worm that is hair-like and not the tail. The name whipworm is more apt as the thick posterior part resembles the stock and the thin anterior end resembles the lash of a whip.  The antiquity of the whipworm as a human parasite is indicated by the demonstration of its eggs in colonic contents of a young man, who died on the Alps some 5,300 years ago and whose well-preserved body was discovered in 1990.  It is worldwide in distribution, but is much more common in the tropics. The infection is widespread in tropical Africa, South America, and South-east Asia. Trichuris infection is found throughout India.  Some 800 million people are estimated to be infected with this worm.  While whipworm infection is extremely frequent, whipworm disease is relatively rare. • • • Nematodes present in large intestine Enterobius vermicularis Trichuris trichiura Oesophagostomum spp. Morphology Adult Worm The male worm is 30–45 mm long, while the female is slightly larger, about 40–50 mm.  The worm is flesh-colored. In shape, it resembles a whip, with the anterior three-fifth thin and thread-like and the posterior two-fifth thick and fleshy, appearing like the handle of a whip (Fig. 16.1).  The attenuated anterior portion, which contains the capillary esophagus, is embedded in the mucosa. The Trichuris Trichiura 173 Helminths whose eggs float in saturated salt solution • • • • • Enterobius vermicularis Ancylostoma duodenale Necator americanus Ascaris lumbricoides Trichuris trichiura Helminths whose eggs do not float in the saturated solution Fig. 16.1: Adult Trichuris trichiura worms (male and female)   posterior part contains the intestines and reproductive organs. The posterior end of the male is coiled ventrally, while the hind end of the female is straight, blunt, and rounded (Fig. 16.1). The worm has a lifespan of 5–10 years. Egg The egg has a characteristic appearance.  It is brown in color being bile-stained.  It has a triple shell, the outermost layer of which is stained brown.  It is barrel-shaped and about 50 µm long and 25 µm wide in the middle, with a projecting mucus plug at each pole containing an unsegmented ovum (Fig. 16.2). The plugs are colorless.  The egg floats in saturated salt solution.  When freshly passed, the egg contains an unsegmented ovum. At this stage, it is not infective for humans.  The fertilized female lays about 5,000 eggs per day. A • • • Eggs of Taenia solium and Taenia saginata Eggs of all intestinal flukes Unfertilized eggs of Ascaris lumbricoides Life Cycle Natural host: Man. No intermediate host is required. Infective form: Embryonated eggs contaning Rhabditiform larva.  Adult female worm lives in large intestine worm lays eggs which are discharged in feces.  The egg undergoes development in soil, optimally under warm, moist, shady conditions, when the infective rhabditiform larva develops within the egg in 3–4 weeks. At lower temperatures, this may be delayed for 3 months or more (Fig. 16.3). These embryonated eggs are infective to man.  Mode of Transmission: Infection occurs in humans when the mature embryonated eggs containing the infective larvae are swallowed in contaminated food or water.  The eggs hatch in the small intestine and the larva, which emerges through the pole of the egg, passes down into the caecum. B Fig. 16.2: Egg of Trichuris trichiura. A. As seen under microscope; B. Schematic diagram 174 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Fig. 16.3: Life cycle of Trichuris trichiura  In about 2–3 months, they become mature adults and lie embedded in the cecal wall, with the thread-like anterior portion piercing the mucosa and the thick posterior end projecting out. The gravid adult female lays eggs, which are discharged in feces and the cycle is repeated (Fig. 16.3).  • • The entire life cycle can be passed in one host, from the ingested infective egg to the development of the adults and the release of their eggs in feces. But for transmission of infection to other hosts and perpetuation of the species, the egg has to undergo development in the soil and then infect another person. Humans are the only natural host for T. trichiura, but morphologically similar worms are found to infect pigs and some monkeys.  Eggs start appearing in feces usually about 3 months after infection. Pathogenecity and Clinical Features Infection with T. trichiura (trichuriasis, whipworm infection, or trichocephaliasis) is asymptomatic, except when the worm load is heavy. Disease may result either due to mechanical effects or allergic reaction.  The worms lie threaded into the cecal mucosa and even though it is not a blood feeder, oozing of blood may occur at the sites of attachment. The blood loss is about 0.005 mL per worm per day. Over a period of time, this may lead to anemia and malnutrition.  It has been suggested that mechanical blockage of the appendiceal lumen by masses of whipworms may cause acute appendicitis. Trichuris Trichiura 175 Flowchart 16.1: Laboratory diagnosis of Trichuris trichiura  In heavy infection, the worm may be abundant on the colonic mucosa, even upto the rectum. Mucus diarrhea, chronic dysentery and abdominal pain, and weight loss are frequently seen in such cases. Some patients, particularly young children, may develop rectal prolapse. Laboratory Diagnosis Stool Examination The characteristic barrel-shaped eggs are found in stools.  The degree of infection can be assessed by egg counts. Less than 10 eggs per smear in direct stool preparation is considered light infection and more than 50 per smear as heavy infection (Flowchart 16.1).  Light infection is not considered to cause clinical disease. Sigmoidoscopy Sigmoidoscopy is useful as worms are found in the rectal mucosa in whipworm diarrhea and dysentery. CharcotLeyden crystals are usually abundant in stools of patients with whipworm dysentery. In heavy infection, sigmoidoscopy may show white bodies of worm hanging from the inflamed mucosa, the so called coconut cake rectum. Blood Examination Differential leukocyte count (DLC) may show upto 25% eosinophila in the early stage of the disease (Flowchart 16.1). Treatment Mebendazole (100 mg 12 hourly for 3–5 days) or Albendazole (single dose of 400 mg) are effective with cure rates of 70–90%. Prophylaxis Trichuriasis can be prevented by  Proper disposal of feces.  Avoiding consumption of unwashed fruits and vegetables.  Treatment of infected persons. Key points of Trichuris trichiura • • • • • • • • Adult Trichuris worm lives in large intestine. It resembles a whip. Anterior 3/5th is thin and posterior 2/5th is thick and stout, apperaring as handle of a whip. Egg is triple-shelled, barrel-shaped with a mucus plug at each pole. It is bile-stained and contains an unsegmented ovum. The egg floats in saturated salt solution. Natural host: Man is the only host. No intermediate host. Infective form: Embryonated egg containing rhabditiform larva that develops in soil. Clinical features: Light infection is asymptomatic. In heavy infection, worm may give rise to acute appendicitis, abdominal pain, mucous diarrhea, anemia, prolapse of rectum, and weight loss. Diagnosis: Finding of characteristic eggs in stool and sigmoidoscopy may show worms hanging from the rectal mucosa. Treatment: Mebendazole or albendazole. Review Questions 1. Describe briefly life cycle of Trichuris trichiura. 2. Short notes on: (a) Trichuriasis (b) Egg of Trichuris trichiura Strongyloides Stercoralis 17 History and Distribution Habitat Normand (1876) observed minute cylindrical worms in the diarrheic feces and intestinal walls of some French soldiers in Cochinchina. These were named Strongyloides stercoralis (strongylus—round; eidos—resembling; stercoralis—fecal). ¾¾ It is found mainly in the warm moist tropics, but may also occur in the temperate regions. It is common in Brazil, Columbia, and in the Far East—Myanmar, Thailand, Vietnam, Malaysia, and Philippines. ¾¾ Another species S. fullerborni is widely prevalent in African monkeys. It infects pygmies in the forests of Zaire and Zambia. It also causes human infection in Papua New Guinea. Trichostrongylus, a parasite of sheep and goats, seen in Africa and Asia (including India), may cause human infection, which is usually asymptomatic. The adult worm is found in the small intestine (duodenum and jejunum) of man. Nematodes present in small intestine •¾Strongyloides stercoralis •¾Ascaris lumbricoides •¾Ancylostoma duodenale •¾Necator americanus •¾Trichinella spiralis •¾Trichostrongylus spp. •¾Capillaria philippinensis •¾Largest Nematode known to cause human infection: Ascaris lumbricoides. •¾Smallest Nematode known to cause human infection: Strongyloides stercoralis. Morphology Adult Worms Female Worm The female worm is thin, transparent, about 2.5 mm long and 0.05 mm wide (Fig. 17.1). ¾¾ It has a cylindrical esophagus occupying the anterior one­third of the body and the intestines in the posterior two­thirds, opening through the anus situated ventrally, a little in front of the pointed tail tip. ¾¾ The reproductive system contains paired uteri, vagina, and vulva. The paired uteri lead to the vulva situated at the junction of the middle and posterior thirds of the body. In the gravid female, the uteri contain thin­walled transparent ovoid eggs, 50 µm by 30 µm in size. Strongyloides Stercoralis A B Fig. 17.3: Larvae of Strongyloides stercoralis. A. Rhabditiform larva; B. Filariform larva Fig. 17.1: Adult worm (male and female) ¾¾ The worm is ovoviviparous. ¾¾ The individual worm has a lifespan of 3 or 4 months, but ¾¾ As soon as the eggs are laid, they hatch out to rhabditiform larva (Ist stage larva). Thus, it is the larva and not the egg, which is excreted in feces and detected on stool examination and not egg. because it can cause autoinfection, the infection may persist for years. Male Worm Larva The male worm are shorter and broader than female measuring 0.6–1 mm in length and 40–50 µm in width. ¾¾ The copulatory spicules, which penetrate the female during copulation, are located on each side of the gubernaculum (Fig. 17.1). ¾¾ They are not seen in human infection because they do not have penetrating power, therefore do not invade the intestinal wall. Rhabditiform Larva (L1 stage) Eggs Eggs are conspicuous within the uterus of gravid female. ¾¾ Each uterus contains 8–10 eggs arranged antero­ posteriorly in a single row (Fig. 17.1). ¾¾ They are oval and measure 50–60 µm in length and 30– 35 µm in breadth (Fig. 17.2). This is the irst stage of larva. Eggs hatch out to form L1 larva in the small intestine. ¾¾ It is the most common form of the parasite found in the feces. ¾¾ It measues 0.25 mm in length, with a relatively short mus­ cular double bulb esophagus (Fig. 17.3A). ¾¾ The L1 larva migrates into the lumen of the intestine and passes down the gut to be released in feces. Filariform Larva (L3 stage) This is the third stage of larva. ¾¾ L1 larva moults twice to become the L3 larva. ¾¾ It is long and slender and measures 0.55 mm in length with a long esophagus of uniform width and notched tail (Fig. 17.3B). ¾¾ It is the infective stage of the parasite to man. Table 17.1: Difference between ilariform Larva of hook worm and Strongyloides Fig. 17.2: Egg of Strongyloides stercoralis 177 Hookworm Strongyloides • • • • Esophagus extended upto 25% of the total body length Sheathed Tail: pointed • • Esophagus extended upto 40% of the total body Non sheathed Tail: forked 178 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Fig. 17.4: Life cycle of Strongyloides stercoralis Life Cycle The life cycle of S. stercoralis is complex because of the multiplicity of pathways through which it can develop. It is unique among human nematodes as it has a parasitic cycle and a free­living soil cycle, in which it can persist for long periods in soil by feeding on soil bacteria, passing through several generations (Fig. 17.4 and Flowchart 17.1). Natural host: Man, although dogs and cats are found infected with morphologically indistinguishable strains. Infective form: Filariform larva. ¾¾ Mode of infection: € Penetration of skin by the third stage ilariform larva, when a person walks barefoot € Autoinfection. ¾¾ The adult female worm is found in the human intestine embedded in the mucosa of the duodenum and upper jejunum. ¾¾ Since only the female worms are seen in the intestine, it was earlier believed that they are parthenogenetic and Strongyloides Stercoralis 179 € Flowchart 17.1: Life cycle of Strongyloides stercoralis can produce ofsprings without being fertilized by the male. But it has now been established that parasitic males do exist. They can be demonstrated in experimentally infected dogs. They are not seen in human infections because they do not invade the intestinal wall and so are eliminated from the bowel soon after the females begin to oviposit. However, the majority of females are probably parthenogenetic. ¾¾ The eggs laid in the mucosa hatch immediately, releasing rhabditiform larva. ¾¾ The rhabditiform larva migrates into the lumen of the intestine and passes down the gut to be released in feces. ¾¾ The rhabditiform larva may even metamorphose into ilariform larva during passage through the bowel. ¾¾ These ilariform larvae may penetrate colonic mucosa or perianal skin without leaving the host and going to the soil, thus providing a source of autoinfection. This ability to cause autoinfection explains the persistence of the infection in patients for long periods, even 30–40 years, after leaving the endemic areas. ¾¾ The rhabditiform larva voided with the feces may undergo two types of development in the soil (Flowchart 17.1) € Direct development € Indirect development. ¾¾ Direct development: The rhabditiform larva on reaching the soil moults twice to become the infective ilariform larva. Each rhabditiform larva gives rise to one ilariform larva. When a person walks barefoot on soil containing the infective ilariform larvae, they penetrate the skin and enter the circulation. € The larvae are carried along the venous circulation to the right side of the heart and to the lungs. € Here, they escape from the pulmonary capillaries into the alveoli, migrate up the respiratory tract to the pharynx, and are swallowed, reaching their inal destination, small intestine. € In the intestine, they mature into adult parasitic females and males in 15–20 days. Female worms then burrow into the mucosa of the intestine and lays eggs. € The rhabditiform larvae hatch out immediately and enter into lumen of the bowel. They are excreted in the feces and thus, the life cycle is repeated. ¾¾ Free-living phase/indirect development: The rhab­ ditiform larva passed in stools develop in moist soil into free­living males and females. € They mate in soil. € The fertilized female lays eggs, which hatch to release the next generation of rhabditiform larvae. € These may repeat the free­living cycle or may develop into the ilariform larvae, which infect humans and initiate the parasitic phase. Autoinfection •¾External autoinfection: S. stercoralis has a cycle of autoinfection. Here the rhabditiform larvae mature into the infective third stage larvae during their passage down the gut. These ilariform larvae cause reinfection by piercing the perianal and perineal skin during defecation. The larvae wander in the dermis of the perianal region for sometime, causing a radiating perianal creeping eruption, a form of cutaneous larva migrans. They ultimately enter the lymphatics or venules and are carried to the right heart and the lungs to complete the life cycle as above. •¾Internal autoinfection: In this type of auto­ infection, seen typically in immunodeicient hosts, the rhabditiform larvae mature into the infective ilariform larvae in the bowel itself. The ilariform larvae penetrate the deeper layers of the intestine, to reach the mesenteric venules and are carried in circulation to complete the life cycle. This mode of autoinfection is called internal reinfection. It may lead to very heavy infection causing serious and sometimes even fatal illness. 180 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Pathogenicity and Clinical Features Strongyloidosis (infection caused by S. stercoralis) is generally benign and asymptomatic. Blood eosinophilia and larvae in stool being the only indications of infection. ¾¾ Sometimes it may cause clinical manifestations, which may be severe and even fatal, particularly in those with defective immune response. ¾¾ The clinical disease may have cutaneous, pulmonary, and intestinal manifestations. Cutaneous Manifestations There may be dermatitis, with erythema and itching at the site of penetration of the ilariform larva, particularly when large numbers of larvae enter the skin. ¾¾ In those sensitized by prior infection, there may be an allergic response. ¾¾ Pruritis and urticaria, particularly around the perianal skin and buttocks, are symptoms of chronic strongyloidiasis. ¾¾ The term larva currens (meaning ‘racing larvae’) has been applied to the rapidly progressing linear or serpigenous urticarial tracks caused by migrating ilariform larvae. These often follow autoinfection and start perianally. Pulmonary Manifestations When the larva escape from the pulmonary capillaries into the alveoli, small hemorrhages may occur in the alveoli and bronchioles. ¾¾ Bronchopneumonia may be present, which may progress to chronic bronchitis and asthmatic symptoms in some patients. ¾¾ Larva of Stongyloides may be found in the sputum of these patients. Intestinal Manifestations The symptoms may resemble those of peptic ulcer or of malabsorption syndrome. ¾¾ Mucus diarrhea is often present. In heavy infection, the mucosa may be honey­combed with the worm and there may be extensive sloughing, causing dysenteric stools. ¾¾ Other manifestiations are protein­losing enteropathy and paralytic ileus. Hyperinfection In debilitated individuals and particularly in those with cellular immune defects, extensive internal reinfection takes place, leading to an enormous number of adult worms in the intestines and lungs and larvae in various tissues and organs. This is known as hyperinfection. ¾¾ Severe malnutrition, lepromatous leprosy, lympho­ reticular malignancies, acquired immunodeiciency syndrome (AIDS), immunosuppressive drugs, and other situations, in which cell­mediated immunity is defective, predispose to this condition. ¾¾ Hyperinfection is an important hazard of steroid therapy and other instances of prolonged immunosuppression as in tansplant patients. ¾¾ During hyperinfection, the ilariform larvae may enter into arterial circulation and lodge in various organs e.g. heart, lungs, brain, kidney, pancreas, liver, and lymphnodes. Manifestations depend on the sites afected. ¾¾ Brain abscess, meningitis, and peritonitis are major fatal complications. ¾¾ It has been reported that circulating Strongyloides larvae may carry intestinal bacteria, causing septicemia. Laboratory Diagnosis Microscopy ¾¾ Direct wet mount of stool: Demonstration of the rhabditiform larvae in freshly passed stools is the most important method of speciic diagnosis. Larvae found in stale stools have to be diferentiated from larvae hatched from hookworm eggs (Flowchart 17.2). ¾¾ Concentration methods of stool examination: Stool may be concentrated by formol ether concentration Flowchart 17.2: Laboratory diagnosis of Strongyloides stercoralis Strongyloides Stercoralis ¾ method or Baermann’s funnel gauze method and examined for larvae more efficiently. Baermann’s test requires a special apparatus and relies on the principal that larva will actively migrate out of the feces on a wire mesh covered with several layers of gauge. Larvae may sometimes be present in sputum or duodenal aspirates and jejunal biopsies. Stool Culture When larvae are scanty in stools, diagnosis may be facilitated by stool culture. Culture techniques used— € Agar plate culture € Charcoal culture method ¾¾ The larvae develop into free­living forms and multiply in charcoal cultures set up with stools. Large number of free­living larvae and adult worms can be seen after 7–10 days. ¾¾ Serial examinations and the use of agar plate detection method improves the sensitivity of stool diagnosis. Serology Serological tests have been described, using Strongyloides or ilarial antigens. ¾¾ Complement ixation, indirect hemagglutination, and enzyme­linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) have been reported. ¾ ELISA has a sensitivity of 95 % and should be used when microscopic examinations are negative. ¾ Limitations of serological tests: € Larval antigens are not freely available. € There is extensive cross­reactions with other helmin­ thic infections. Imaging Radiological appearances in intestinal and pulmonary infec­ tion are said to be characteristic and helpful in diagnosis. Others ¾ Peripheral eosinophilia (>500/cumL of blood) is a constant inding. However, in severe hyperinfection, eosinophilia may sometimes be absent. 181 ¾¾ Total serum immunoglobulin (Ig)E antibody level is elevated in more than half of the patients (Flowchart 17.2). Treatment All cases of strongyloidosis, whether symptomatic or not, should be treated to prevent severe invasive disease. ¾¾ Ivermectin (200 mg/kg daily for 2 days) is more efective than albendazole (400 mg daily for 3 days). ¾¾ For disseminated strongyloidosis, treatment with ivermectin should be extended for atleast 5–7 days. Prophylaxis Strongyloidiasis can be prevented by ¾¾ Prevention of contamination of soil with feces. ¾¾ Avoiding contact with infective soil and contaminated surface waters. ¾¾ Treatment of all cases. Key points of Stronglyoides stercoralis •¾It is the smallest nematode infecting man. •¾Adult worm lives in duodenum and jejunum of man. •¾Females are ovoviviparous. •¾Egg is ovoid, thin walled and transparent. •¾Natural host: Man (optimal host). •¾Infective form: Third stage ilariform larva. •¾Mode of transmission: Penetration through the skin by the ilariform larva in soil. Autoinfection can occur. features: Generally benign and asymp­ tomatic, but may cause cutaneous, pulmonary, and intestinal manifestations. •¾Diagnosis: By demonstrating larva or adult females in stool or by demonstrating larval antigen by serological methods like ELISA. •¾Technique for stool concentration: Baermann’s technique and formol­ether concentration. •¾Techniques for stool culture: Agar plate culture, charcoal culture. •¾Treatment: Drug of choice is ivermectin or albendazole. •¾Clinical Review Questions 1. Classify intestinal nematodes and describe briely life cycle of Strongyloides. 2. Short notes on: (a) Strongyloides (b) Hyperinfection (c) Larva currens 3. Differentiate between ilariform larvae of hookworm and strongyloides. 182 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Hookworm South America, Central and Southern Africa, Southern India, the far East and the Southern Pacific region. However, in more recent times, movement of infected persons has blurred the geographic differences in distribution of the two species. For example, A. duodenale is now commonly seen along with N. americanus in South India and S.E. Asia. History and Distribution Hookworms have been known from very ancient times. They have been referred to in the Ebers papyrus (Circa 1600 BC).  Two species of hookworms are human parasites, Ancylostoma duodenale and Necator americanus.  Ancylostoma duodenale (Greek ankylos—hooked; stoma—mouth) was originally described by Dubini in 1843 in Italy. The life cycle of the worm was worked out by Looss in 1898 in Egypt.  The second species Necator americanus was identified by Stiles in 1902 in specimens obtained from Texas, USA. The name literally means the ‘American murderer’ (Latin necator—murderer). It is called the American or the ‘New World’ hookworm and A.duodenale the ‘Old World’ hookworm. But it is believed that N.americanus actually originated in Africa and was transported to America with the slave trade.  Hookworm disease is prevalent throughout the tropics and subtropics. Even though it has been controlled in the advanced countries, it is estimated that it still affects some 900 million people, causing the loss of about 9 million litres of blood overall each day.  A. duodenale was prevalent along the Mediterranean coast of Europe and Africa, in northern India, China and Japan, while N. americanus was prevalent in Central and 18  Conditions favoring Hookworm infection • • • Presence of infected persons Dispersal of eggs in soil due to indiscriminate defecation and inadequate processing of excreta Appropriate environmental factors facilitating development of eggs in soil, and opportunity for the larva to infect people through their exposed skin surfaces. Note: These conditions prevail throughout the year in most parts of the tropics, but in subtropical areas, these conditions exist only seasonally, being limited to the warmer months. Ancylostoma Duodenale Habitat The adult worms live in the small intestines of infected persons, mostly in the jejunum, less often in the duodenum, and infrequently in the ileum. Hookworm 183 Table 18.1: Distinguishing Features of Male and Female worms of Ancylostoma duodenale Male Female Size Smaller, about 8–11 mm in length Larger, 10–13 mm in length Copulatory bursa Present Absent Genital opening Opens in cloaca along with anus Opens at the junction of the middle and posterior third of body  Fig. 18.1: Adult worm of Ancylostoma duodenale (male and female) Morphology Adult Worm They are relatively stout cylindroidal worms.  They are pale pink or greyish white, but may appear reddish brown due to ingested blood.  The body is curved with the dorsal aspect concave and the ventral aspect convex. The anterior end is somewhat constricted and bent dorsally in the same direction of general body curvature. This cervical curvature gave it the name hookworm (Fig. 18.1).  The mouth is not at the tip but directed dorsally. The prominent buccal capsule, reinforced with a hard chitin-like substance carries 6 teeth; 4 hook-like teeth ventrally, and 2 knob-like with a median cleft dorsally. Male Worm The male worm is smaller than female worm 8-11 mm in length and 0.4 mm thick.  The posterior end of the male is expanded into a copulatory bursa which consists of 3 lobes; 1 dorsal and 2 lateral. Each lobe is supported by 13 fleshy chitinous rays, 5 each in lateral lobes and 3 in dorsal lobe: one dorsal and two extradorsal rays. The dorsal ray is partially divided at the tip and each division is tripartite. The pattern of the rays helps in distinguishing between different species.  The cloaca into which the rectum and genital canal open is situated within the copulatory bursa.  There are 2 long retractile bristle-like copulatory spicules, the tips of which project from the bursa. Female Worm The female worm is larger, 10 to 13 mm long and 0.6 mm thick. Its hind end is conoid, with a subterminal anus situated ventrally. The vulva opens ventrally at the junction of the middle and posterior thirds of the body. The vagina leads to two intricately coiled ovarian tubes which occupy the hind and middle parts of the worm. During copulation the male attaches its copulatory bursa to the vulva. The copulating pair therefore presents a Y-shaped appearance. Sexes are easily differentiated by their size, the shape of the posterior end and the position of the gential opening (Table 18.1).     Egg The egg of hookworm is:  Oval or elliptical, measuring 60 µm by 40 µm.  Colorless, not bile stained.  Surrounded by a thin transparent hyaline shell membrane.  Floats in saturated salt solution.  When released by the worm in the intestine, the egg contains an unsegmented ovum.  During its passage down the intestine, the ovum develops. When passed in feces, the egg contains a segmented ovum, usually with 4 or 8 blastomeres.  There is a clear space between the segmented ovum and the egg shell (Fig. 18.2). A B Fig. 18.2: Egg of Ancylostoma duodenale. A. As seen under microscope; B. Schematic diagram 184  Textbook of Medical Parasitology A single female worm lays about 25,000–30,000 eggs in a day and some 18–54 million during its life time. • • • • • • Life Cycle Life cycle of ancylostoma is completed in a single host (Fig. 18.3). Definitive host: Humans are the only natural host. No intermediate host is required like other helminths. Infective form: Third stage filariform larva.  Adult worm inhabiting the small intestine of man attach themselves to the mucous membrane by means of their mouth parts. The female worm lays eggs.  Helminths requiring no intermediate host Ancylostoma duodenale Necator americanus Ascaris lumbricoides Trichuris trichiura Enterobius vermicularis Hymenolepis nana The eggs containing segmented ova with 4 blastomeres, are passed out in the feces of infected person (Fig. 18.3). Eggs freshly passed in feces are not infective for humans. Fig. 18.3: Life cycle of Ancylostoma duodenale Hookworm  When deposited in the soil, the embryo develops inside the eggs. Its development takes place optimally in sandy loamy soil with decaying vegetation under a moist, warm, shady environment. In about 2 days, a rhabditiform larva, measuring 250 µm in length, hatches out of the egg. It feeds on bacteria and other organic matter in the soil and grows in size (Fig. 18.3). It moults twice, on the 3rd and 5th days after hatching to become the third-stage infective filariform larva (Fig. 18.3). Filariform larva is about 500–600 µm long, with a sharp pointed tail. The filariform larva are non-feeding. They can live in the soil for 5–6 weeks, with their heads waving in the air, waiting for their hosts. They can also ascend on blades of grass or other vegetation, being carried in capillary water films on their surface. Direct sunlight, drying, or salt water can kill the larva. Mode of Infection:  When a person walks barefooted on soil containing the filariform larva, they penetrate the skin and enter the subcutaneous tissue. The common sites of entry are the skin between the toes, the dorsum of the foot, and the medial aspect of the sole. In farm workers and miners, the larvae may penetrate the skin of the hands.  Rarely, infection may take place by the oral route, the filariform larva being carried on contaminated           vegetables or fruits. The larvae may penetrate the buccal mucosa to reach the venous circulation and complete their migration via the lungs.  Transmammary and transplacental transmission has been also reported for Ancylostoma, but not for Necator. Inside the human body, the larvae are carried along the venous circulation to the right side of the heart and to the lungs. Here, they escape from the pulmonary capillaries into the alveoli, migrate up the respiratory tract to the pharynx, and are swallowed, reaching their final destination small intestine. During migration or on reaching the esophagus, they undergo third moulting. They feed, grow in size, and undergo a fourth and final moulting in the small intestine and develop the buccal capsule, by which they attach themselves to the small intestine and grow into adults. There is no multiplication in the host and a single infective larva develops into a single adult, male or female. It takes usually about 6 weeks from the time of infection for the adult worms to become sexually mature and start laying eggs. But sometimes, there may be an arrest in development and the process may take much longer, 6 months or more. Alternatively, the larvae may be swallowed and may develop directly into adults in the small intestine without a tissue phase. Table 18.2: Differentiating Features of Two Species of Hookworm Ancylostoma duodenale Necator americanus Size Large and thicker Small and slender Shape Head bent in same direction as body Head bent in opposite direction Adult Worms Buccal capsule 4 ventral teeth and 2 dorsal knob like teeth 2 ventral and 2 dorsal chitinious cutting plates Copulatory bursa 13 rays, two separate spicules, dorsal ray single 14 rays, two spicules fused at the tip, dorsal ray split Caudal spine in female Present Absent Vulval opening Situated behind the middle of the body Situated in anterior to middle part of body Pathogenecity More Comparatively less Eggs Similar Similar st nd 1 and 2 stage Larve 185 Similar Similar Egg/day 15,000–20,000 6,000–11,000 Rate of development Faster Slower Pulmonary reaction More common Less common Blood loss/worm 0.2 mL/day 0.03 mL/day Iron loss (mg/day) 0.76 mg 0.45 mg Male:female ratio 1:1 1.5:1 Life span 2–7 years 4–20 years 186 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Necator Americanus Causes of anemia in Hookworm infection Morphology • • The adult worms are slightly smaller than A.duodenale, the male being 7–9 mm by 0.3 mm and the female 9–11 mm by 0.4 mm.  The anterior end is bent in a direction opposite to the general curvature of the body, while in A.duodenale the bend is in the same direction.  They have a smaller buccal capsule with 2 pairs of semilunar cutting plates instead of teeth as in A. duodenale.  The copulatory bursa of the male is long and wide. The copulatory spicules are fused at the ends to form a barbed tip.  In female, the vulva is placed in the middle of the body or anterior to it (Fig. 18.4). The eggs of N. americanus are identical with those of A. duodenale. Their life cycle is similar to that of A. duodenale. The lifespan of Necator is much longer being about 4–20 years than in Ancylostoma, where it is of 2–7 years. The differentiating features of A. duodenale and N. americanus have been discussed Table 18.2 and differentiating features between filariform larva of both species has been discussed in Table 18.3. • • • •  Pathogenicity and Clinical Features For pathogenesis and clinical features, see flowchart 18.1. Laboratory Diagnosis   Direct Methods  Demonstration of characteristic oval segmented hookworm eggs in feces by direct wet microscopy or by concentration methods is the best method of diagnosis. In stool samples examined 24 hours or more after collection, the eggs may have hatched and rhabditiform Blood sucking by the parasite for their food Chronic hemorrhages from the punctured sites from jejunal mucosa Deficient absorption of vit B12 and folic acid Depression of hemopoitic system by deficient intake of proteins Average blood loss by the host per worm per day is 0.03 mL with N. americans and 0.2 mL with A. duodenale With iron deficiency, hypochromic microcytic anemia is caused and with deficiency of both iron and vit B12 or folic acid, dimorphic anemia is caused. larvae may be present. These have to be differentiated from Strongyloides larvae. A count of less than 5 eggs per mg of feces seldom causes clinical disease, while counts of 20 eggs or more are associated with significant anaemia. Egg counts of 50 or more represent massive infection. Egg counts give a measure of the intensity of infection. Modified KatoKatz smear technique is a useful method for quantitative estimation of eggs in stool. Adult hookworms may sometimes be seen in feces. Eggs of A. duodenale and N. americanus cannot be differentiated by morphology. Thus specific diagnosis can only be made by studying morphology of adult worms. Duodenal contents may reveal eggs or adult worms. Stool culture: Harada Mori method of stool culture is carried out to demonstrate third stage filariform larvae which helps in distinguishing A. duodenale and N. americanus (Flowchart 18.2). Indirect Methods  Blood examination reveals microcytic, hypochromic anemia and eosinophilia. Table 18.3: Differential Features of Filariform Larva (3rd stage larva) Ancylostoma duodenale Necator Americans Size 720 µm 660 µm Head Slightly conical Rounded Buccal cavity Short, lumen larger Larger, lumen shorter Sheath Faint culticular striations Prominent striation Intestine No gap between esophagus and intestine A gap in present between esophagus and intestine Posterior end of intestine A small retractile body in present No retractile body Esophageal spears Not prominent Prominent Tail Long and blunt Short and pointed Hookworm 187 Flowchart 18.1: Clinical disease in Hookworm   Stool examination may show occult blood and CharcotLeyden crystals (Flowchart 18.2). Chest X-ray may show pulmonary infiltrates in the migratory phase. Treatment  A A B B  C C Fig. 18.4: Major distinguishing features between Ancylostoma duodenale, and N. americanus: A. Adult female in Ancylostoma—anterior curvature uniform with body curve; in Necator- anterior curvature in opposite direction to body curve. Vulva opens at junction of middle and posterior thirds in ancylostoma; in (necator) it opens a little in front of the middle; B. Buccal capsule, (ancylostoma) has 2 pairs of hook-Iike teeth ventrally and a dental plate with median cleft dorsally; (necator) has two pairs of semilunar cutting plates instead of teeth; C. Copulatory bursa. In (ancylostoma), the dorsal ray (D.R.) is single with a split end, making a total of 13 rays; (necator) has a paired dorsal ray, making a total of 14 rays. Copulatory spicules (C.S.) separate in (ancylostoma); they are fused at the tip in (necator) For specific antihelminthic treatment, the most practical and effective drug is albendazole (400 mg single dose) or mebendazole (500 mg once). Pyrantel pamoate (11 mg/kg × 3 days) is also effective and can be used in pregnancy. Thiabendazole is less effective. The old drug tetrachlorethylene is active, but toxic. Bephenium hydroxynaphthoate is active against Ancylostoma but not against Necator. Treatment of hookworm disease also includes relief of anemia. In hookworm disease, the intestinal absorption of iron is apparently normal so that oral administration of iron can correct the anemia, but in severe cases, a preliminary packed cell transfusion may be needed. When the hemoglobin level is very low, antihelminthic drugs should not be used before correcting the anemia. Prophylaxis    Prevention of soil pollution with feces and proper disposal of night soil and use of sanitary latrines. Use of footwear to prevents entry of larva through the skin of the foot. Gloves give similar protection to the hands of farm workers. Treatment of patients and carriers, preferably all at the same time, limit to the source of infection. 188 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Flowchart 18.2: Laboratory diagnosis of hookworm Other Hookworms A. ceylanicum naturally parasitises cats and wild felines in South-East Asia, but can occasionally infect man. A.braziliense, a parasite of cats and dogs and some other species of animal ancylostomes have been reported to infect man, but they tend to cause creeping eruption (larva migrans) rather than intestinal infection. Trichostrongyllasis  Trichostrongylus species, normally parasitic in sheep and goats, can also cause human infections.        This is particularly likely, where the use of night soil as manure is prevalent. The infection is present in some parts of India. The life cycle is similar to that of hookworms. Human infection is usually acquired by ingestion of leafy vegetables carrying the third-stage larva. Adults attach themselves to small intestinal mucosa, suck blood, and live for long periods. Infection is mostly asymptomatic but epigastric discomfort and anemia with marked eosinophilia occur in massive infections. The eggs passed in feces resemble hookworm eggs, but are larger, with more pointed ends and show greater segmentation with 16–32 blastomers. Metronidazole is effective in treatment. Key points of Hookworm • • • • • • • • • • • A. duodenale is the old world hookworm and N. americanus is the new world hookworm. Adult worm live in small intestine (jejunum and duodenum). In A. duodenale, the anterior end is bent dorsally in the same direction of body curvature, hence the name hookworm. The mouth contains 6 teeth; 4 hook-like teeth ventrally and 2 knob-like dorsally. Posterior end of male has a copulatory bursa. Female is longer than male with tapering end. Eggs are oval, colorless, not bile-stained, and float in saturated salt solution and contain segmented ovum with 4 blastomeres. Natural host: Humans. Life cycle is completed in a single host. Infective form: Third-stage filariform larva. Portal of entry: Penetration of skin. Clinical features: Ground itch, creeping eruption (cutaneous larva migrans), bronchitis and bronchopneumonia in lung, hypochromic microcytic or dimorphic anemia and intestinal symptoms like epigastic pain, dyspespsia, nausea, and pica. Diagnosis: Done by demonstration of characteristic egg in the feces by direct microscopy or by concentration methods or by demonstration of adult worms in stool or duodenal aspirate. Treatment: Albendazole, mebendazole pyrantel palmoate. Oral iron in anemia. Hookworm 189 Review Questions 1. Name the helminths that do not require any intermediate host and describe briefly life cycle of Ancylostoma duodenale. 2. Short notes on: (a) Causes of anemia in hookworm infection (c) Trichostrongyllasis 3. Differentiate between: (a) Male and female of Ancylostoma duodenale (c) Filariform larvae of Ancylostoma and Necator (b) Clinical disease in hookworm infection (d) Prevention of hookworm infection (b) Ancylostoma duodenale and Necator americanus Enterobius Vermicularis Common name: Pinworm, Seatworm, Threadworm Morphology History and Distribution Adult Worm Enterobius vermicularis, formerly called Oxyuris vermicularis has been known from ancient times.  The name Enterobius vermicularis means a tiny worm living in the intestine (Greek enteron—intestine, bios— life, and vermiculus—small worm). The term Oxyuris means ‘sharp tail’, a feature of the female worm, from which the name ‘pinworm’ is also derived.  Leuckart (1865) first described the complete life cycle of the parasite.  It is worldwide in distribution. Unlike the usual situation, where helminthic infections are more prevalent in the poor people of the tropics, E. vermicularis is one worm infestation which is far more common in the affluent nations in the cold and temperate regions (cosmopolitan).  E. vermicularis is considered to be world’s most common parasite, which specially affects the children. Habitat Adult worms are found in the caecum, appendix, and adjacent portion of ascending colon. 19 The adults are short, white, fusiform worms with pointed ends, looking like bits of white thread.  The mouth is surrounded by 3 wing-like cuticular expansions (cervical alae), which are transversely striated.  The esophagus has a double-bulb structure, a feature unique to this worm (Fig. 19.1). Female Worm The female is 8–13 mm long and 0.3–0.5 mm thick.  Its posterior third is drawn into a thin pointed pin-like tail (Fig. 19.1).  The vulva is located just in front of the middle third of the body and opens into the single vagina, which leads to the paired uteri, oviducts, and ovaries. In the gravid female, virtually the whole body is filled by the distended uteri carrying thousands of eggs.  The worm is oviparous.  Females survive for 5–12 weeks. Male Worm The male worm is 2–5 mm long and 0.1–0.2 mm thick. Enterobius Vermicularis    191 (planoconvex), measuring 50–60 µm by 20–30 µm (Fig. 19.2). The egg shell is double layered and relatively thick, though transparent. The outer albuminous layer makes the eggs stick to each other and to clothing and other objects. The egg contains a tadpole-shaped coiled embryo, which is fully formed, but becomes infectious only 6 hours after being deposited on the skin. Under cool moist conditions, the egg remains viable for about 2 weeks (Fig. 19.2). A single female worm lays 5,000–17,000 eggs. Life Cycle E. vermicularis is monoxenous, passing its entire life cycle in the human host. It has no intermediate host and does not undergo any systemic migration. Fig. 19.1: Adult worm of Enterobius vermicularis (male and female)   Its posterior end is tightly curved ventrally, sharply truncted and carries a prominent copulatory spicule (Fig. 19.1). Males live for about 7–8 weeks. Egg The egg is colorless and not bile-stained.  It floats in saturated salt solution.  It has a characteristic shape, being elongated ovoid, flattened on one side, and convex on the other Fig. 19.2: Plano-convex egg of Enterobius vermicularis containing tadpole shaped embryo Nematodes not showing systemic migration in man • • Enterobius vermicularis Trichuris trichiura Natural host: Man Infective form: Embryonated eggs  Mode of infection: Man acquires infection by ingesting embryonated eggs containing larva by means of  Contaminated fingers  Autoinfection  Eggs laid on perianal skin containing infective larvae are swallowed and hatch out in the intestine.  They moult in the ileum and enter the caecum, where they mature into adults.  It takes from 2 weeks to 2 months from the time the eggs are ingested, to the development of the gravid female, ready to lay eggs.  The gravid female migrates down the colon to the rectum. At night, when the host is in bed, the worm comes out through the anus and crawls about on the perianal and perineal skin to lay its sticky eggs. The worm may retreat into the anal canal and come out again to lay more eggs.  The female worm may wander into the vulva, vagina and even into the uterus and fallopian tubes, sometimes reaching the peritoneum.  The male is seldom seen as it does not migrate. It usually dies after mating and is passed in the feces. 192 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Fig. 19.3: Life cycle of Enterobius vermicularis     When all the eggs are laid, the female worm dies or gets crushed by the host during scratching. The worm may often be seen on the feces, having been passively carried from the rectum. The eggs, however, are only infrequently found in feces, as the female worm lays eggs in the perianal area and not the rectum. Crawling of the gravid female worm leads to pruritis and the patient scratches the affected perianal area. These patients have eggs of E. vermicularis on fingers and under nails leading to autoinfection (Fig. 19.3). Autoinfection: Ingestion of eggs due to scratching of perianal area with fingers leading to deposition of eggs under the nails. This type of infection is mostly common in children. This mode of infection occurs from anus to mouth. Retroinfection: In this process, the eggs laid on the perianl skin immediately hatch into the infective stage larva and migrate through the anus to develop into worms in the colon. This mode of infection occurs from anus to colon. Pathogenicity and Clinical Features Enterobiasis occurs mostly in children. It is more common in females than in males. About one-third of infections are asymptomatic.  The worm produces intense irritation and pruritus of the perianal and perineal area (pruritis ani), when it crawls out of the anus to lay eggs. This leads to scratching and excoriation of the skin around the anus.  As the worm migrates out at night, it disturbs sleep. Nocturnal enuresis is sometimes seen.  The worm crawling into the vulva and vagina causes irritation and a mucoid discharge. It may migrate upto the uterus, fallopian tubes and into the peritoneum. This may cause symptoms of chronic salpingitis, cervicitis, peritiontis, and recurrent urinary tract infections.  The worm is sometimes found in surgically removed appendix and has been claimed to be responsible for appendicitis. Enterobius Vermicularis 193 Flowchart 19.1: Laboratory diagnosis of Enterobius vermicularis Laboratory Diagnosis Pinworm infestation can be suspected from the history of perianal pruritus. Diagnosis depends on the demonstration of the eggs or adult worms (Flowchart 19.1). Demonstration of Eggs    Eggs are present in the feces only in a small proportion of patients and so feces examination is not useful in diagnosis. They are deposited in large numbers on the perianal and perineal skin at night and can be demonstrated in swabs collected from the sites early morning, before going to the toilet or bathing. Swabs from perianal folds are most often positive. The eggs may sometimes be demonstrated in the dirt collected from beneath the finger nails in infected children. Demonstration of Adult Worm The adult worms may sometimes be noticed on the surface of stools.  They may occasionally be found crawling out of the anus while the children are asleep.  They may be detected in stools collected after an enema and may be in the appendix during appendicetomy. Note: Unlike the other intestinal nematodes, Enterobius infection is not associated with eosinophilia or with elevated IgE. Infectious parasites which may be present in a fecal sample • • • • Enterobius vermicularis Taenia solium Entamoeba histolytica Cryptosporidium parvum    Strongyloides stercoralis Hymenolepis nana Giardia lamblia NIH Swab Method The NIH swab (named after National Institutes of Health, USA) has been widely used for collection of specimens. This consists of a glass rod at one end of which a piece of transparent cellophane is attached with a rubber band. The glass rod is fixed on a rubber stopper and kept in a wide test tube. The cellophane part is used for swabbing by rolling over the perianal area (Fig. 19.4). It is returned to the test tube and sent to the laboratory, where the cellophane piece is detached, spread over a glass side and examined microscopically. Scotch Tape Method Another method for collection of specimens is with scotch tape (adhesive transparent cellophane tape) held sticky side out, on a wooden tongue depressor. The mounted tape is firmly pressed against the anal margin, covering all sides. The tape is transferred to a glass slide, sticky side down, with a drop of toluene for clearing and examined under the microscope. Fig. 19.4: NIH swab. A piece of transparent cellophane is attached with rubber band to one end of a glass rod, which is fixed on a rubber stopper and kept in a wide test tube 194 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Treatment Pyrantel pamoate (11 mg/kg once, maximum 1 g), Albendazole (400 mg once) or mebendazole (100 mg once) can be used for single dose therapy, while piperazine has to be given daily for one week.  It is necessary to repeat the treatment after 2 weeks to take care of autochthonous infections and ensure elimination of all worms.  As pinworm infection usually affects a group, it is advisable to treat the whole family or group of children, as the case may be. Prophylaxis   Maintainance of personal and community hygiene such as frequent hand washing, finger nail cleaning, and regular bathing. Frequent washing of night clothes and bed linen. Key points of Enterobius vermicularis • • • • • • • • • • Adult worm lives in caecum and appendix. Mouth is surrounded by 3 wing-like cervical alae. Esophagus has a double bulb structure. Worm is oviparous. Eggs are colorless, not bile-stained; planoconvex in shape. Natural host: Humans. E. vermicularis passes its entire life cycle in human host. No intermediate host is required. Infective form: Embryonated egg containing infective larva. Mode of infection: By ingestion of eggs or autoinfection. Seen mostly in children and among family members. Clinical features: Pruritis ani, nocturnal eneuresis. Sometimes, salpingits, peritonitis, appendicitis, etc. may be seen. Diagnosis: Detection of eggs by NIH swab and cellophane scotch tape method. Detection of adult worm in finger nails or from stool after enema. Treatment: Mebendazole, albendazole, or pyrantel pamoate. Review Questions 1. List the parasites causing autoinfection and describe briefly life cycle of Enterobius vermicularis. 2. Short notes on: (a) Egg of Enterobius vermicularis (c) NIH swab (b) Laboratory diagnosis of Enterobius vermicularis Ascaris Lumbricoides Common name: Roundworm Morphology History and Distribution Adult Worm Ascaris lumbricoides has been observed and described from very ancient times, when it was sometimes confused with the earthworm. ¾¾ Its speciic name lumbricoides is derived from its resemblance with earthworm (Lumbricus, meaning earthworm in Latin). ¾¾ It is the most common of human helminths and is distributed worldwide. A billion people are estimated to be infected with roundworms. The individual worm burden could be very high, even up to over a thousand. An editorial in the Lancet in 1989 observed that if all the roundworms in all the people worldwide were placed end-to-end they would encircle the world 50 times. ¾¾ The incidence may be as high as 80–100% in rural areas with poor sanitation. 20 They are large cylindrical worms, with tapering ends, the anterior end being more pointed than the posterior (Fig. 20.1). ¾¾ They are pale pink or lesh colored when freshly passed in stools, but become white outside the body. Habitat Adult worms live in the small intestines (85% in jejunum and 15% in ileum). The roundworm, Ascaris lumbricoides is the largest nematode parasite in the human intestine. Fig. 20.1: Specimen of Ascaris lumbricoides 196 Textbook of Medical Parasitology ¾¾ The mouth at the anterior end has 3 inely toothed lips, 1 dorsal and 2 ventrolateral (Fig. 20.2). ¾¾ A single worm lays up to 200,000 eggs per day. The eggs are passed in feces. Male Worm Egg adult male worm is little smaller than female. It measures 15–30 cm in length and 2–4 mm in thickness (Fig. 20.2). ¾¾ Its posterior end is curved ventrally to form a hook and carries 2 copulatory spicules (Fig. 20.2). Two types of eggs are passed by the worms; fertilized and unfertilized. ¾¾ The fertilized eggs, laid by females, inseminated by mating with a male, are embryonated and develop into the infective eggs (Fig. 20.3A, B). ¾¾ The unfertilized eggs, are laid by uninseminated female. These are non-embryonated and cannot become infective (Fig. 20.3D). ¾¾ The Female Worm The female is larger than male, measuring 20–40 cm in length and 3–6 mm in thickness. ¾¾ Its posterior extremity is straight and conical. ¾¾ The vulva is situated mid-ventrally, near the junction of the anterior and middle thirds of the body. A distinct groove is often seen surrounding the worm at the level of the vulvar opening. This is called the vulvar waist or genital girdle and is believed to facilitate mating (Fig. 20.2). The vulva leads to a single vagina, which branches into a pair of genital tubules that lie convoluted through much of the posterior two-thirds of the body. The genital tubules of the gravid worm contain an enormous number of eggs as many as 27 million at a time. Table 20.1: Features of Round Worm Egg Type of egg Main feature Unfertilized egg (Fig. 20.4A) • • • • Fertilized eggs (Fig. 20.4B) • • • • • A B Ellipitical in shape Narrower and longer 80 µm × 55 µm in size Has a thinner shell with an irregular coating of albumin • Contains a small atrophied ovum with a mass of disorganized highly refractile granules of various size • Does not loat in salt solution Round or oval in shape Size 60–75 µm × 40–45 µm Always bile-stained Golden brown in color Surrounded by thick smooth translucent shell with an outer coarsely mammiliated albuminous coat, a thick transparent middle layer and the inner lipoidal vitelline membrane • Some eggs are found in feces without the outer mamillated coat. They are called the decorticated eggs (Fig. 20.3C) • In the middle of the egg is a large unsegmented ovum, containing a mass of coarse lecithin granules. It nearly ills the egg, except for a clear crescentic area at either poles • Floats in saturated solution of common salt C D Fig. 20.2: Ascaris lumbricoides. A. Adult female and male worms; B. Anterior end of worm. head-on view, showing 1 dorsal and 2 ventral lips with papillae; C. Posterior end of female, showing anal opening, a little above the conical tip; D. Posterior end of male, showing 2 protruding copulatory spicules(s) A B C D Fig. 20.3: Types of Ascaris eggs found in stools. A. Fertilized egg surface focus, showing outer mamillary coat; B. Fertilized egg, median focus, showing unsegmented ovum surrounded by 3 layers of coats; C. Decorticated fertilized egg, the mamillary coat is absent; D. Unfertilized egg, elongated, with atrophic ovum Ascaris Lumbricoides A 197 B Fig. 20.4: A. Unfertilized egg of Ascaris; B. Fertilized egg of Ascaris Note: Stool samples may show both fertilized and unfertilized eggs, or either type alone. Parasites with bile stained eggs •¾Ascaris lumbricoides •¾Trichuris trichiura •¾Taenia solium •¾Taenia saginata ¾ ¾ ¾ Clonorchis sinensis Fasciola hepatica Fasciolopsis buski ¾¾ The development of the egg in soil depends on the nature of the soil and various environmental factors. A heavy clayey soil and moist shady location, with temperature between 20° and 30°C are optimal for rapid development of the embryo. ¾¾ The development usually takes from 10–40 days, during which time the embryo moults twice and becomes the infective rhabditiform larva, coiled up within the egg. Development in Man Life Cycle Life cycle of Ascaris involves only 1 host. Natural host: Man. There is no intermediate host. Infective form: Embryonated eggs ¾¾ Mode of transmission: € Infection occurs when the egg containing the infective rhabditiform larva is swallowed. A frequent mode of transmission is through fresh vegetables grown in ields manured with human feces (‘night soil’). Infection may also be transmitted through contaminated drinking water. € Children playing about in mud can transmit eggs to their mouth through dirty ingers (geophage). € Where soil contamination is heavy due to indiscriminate defecation, the eggs sometimes get airborne along with windswept dust and are inhaled. The inhaled eggs get swallowed. When the swallowed eggs reach the duodenum, the larvae hatch out. ¾¾ The rhabditiform larva, about 250 µm in length and 14 µm in diameter, are actively motile. ¾¾ They penetrate the intestinal mucosa, enter the portal vessels and are carried to the liver. ¾¾ They then pass via the hepatic vein, inferior vena cava, and the right side of the heart and in about 4 days reach the lungs, where they grow and moult twice. ¾¾ After development in the lungs, in about 10–15 days, the larvae pierce the lung capillaries and reach the alveoli. They crawl up or are carried up the respiratory passage to the throat and are swallowed. ¾¾ The larvae moult inally and develop into adults in the upper part of the small intestine. They become sexually mature in about 6–12 weeks and the gravid females start laying eggs to repeat the cycle (Fig. 20.5). ¾¾ The adult worm has a lifespan of 12–20 months. Development in Soil The fertilized egg passed in feces is not immediately infective. It has to undergo a period of incubation in soil before acquiring infectivity. ¾¾ The eggs are resistant to adverse conditions and can survive for several years. Pathogenicity and Clinical Features Disease caused by A. lumbricoides is called as ascariasis. ¾¾ Clinical manifestations in ascariasis can be caused either by the migrating larvae or by the adult worms. 198 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Fig. 20.5: Life cycle of Ascaris lumbricoides Symptoms due to the Migrating Larvae The pathogenic efects of larval migration are due to allergic reaction and not the presence of larvae as such. Therefore, the initial exposure to larvae is usually asymptomatic, except when the larval load is very heavy. ¾¾ When reinfection occurs subsequently, there may be intense cellular reaction to the migrating larvae in the lungs, with iniltration of eosinophils, macrophages, and epithelioid cells. ¾¾ This ascaris pneumonia is characterized by low grade fever, dry cough, asthmatic wheezing, urticaria, eosinophilia, and mottled lung iniltration in the chest radiograph. ¾¾ The sputum is often blood-tinged and may contain Charcot-Leyden crystals. The larvae may occasionally be found in the sputum, but are seen more often in gastric washings. This condition is called Loeler’s syndrome. ¾¾ The clinical features generally clear in 1 or 2 weeks, though it may sometimes be severe and rarely, even fatal. Loeler’s syndrome can also be caused by hypersensitivity to other agents, both living and nonliving. Ascaris Lumbricoides Parasites causing Pneumonitis or Loeler's syndrome •¾Migrating larvae of: ƒ Ascaris lumbricoides ƒ Strongyloides stercoralis ƒ Ancylostoma duodenale ƒ Necator americanus •¾Echinococcus granulosus •¾Eggs of Paragonimus westermani •¾Cryptosporidium parvum •¾Trichomonas tenax •¾Entamoeba histolytica Symptoms due to the Adult Worm Clinical manifestations due to adult worm vary from asymptomatic infection to severe and even fatal consequences. ¾¾ Asymptomatic infection: Generally seen in mildly infected cases; however, it is not unusual to ind children apparently unafected in spite of heavy infestation with the worms. ¾¾ The pathological efects, when present, are caused by spoliative action, toxic action, mechanical efects, and wandering efects. € The spoliative or nutritional efects are usually seen when the worm burden is heavy. The worms may be present in enormous numbers, sometimes exceeding 500, in small children, occupying a large part of the intestinal tract. This interferes with proper digestion and absorption of food. Ascariasis may contribute to protein-energy malnutrition and vitamin A deiciency. Patients have loss of appetite and are often listless. Abnormalities of the jejunal mucosa are often present, including broadening and shortening of villi, elongation of crypts, and round cell iniltration of lamina propria. These changes are reversed when the worms are eliminated. € The toxic efects are due to hypersensitivity to the worm antigens and may be manifested as fever, urticaria, angioneurotic edema, wheezing, and conjunctivitis. These are more often seen in persons who come into contact with the worm occupationally, as in laboratory technicians and abattoir workers (who become sensitive to the pig ascarid, A. suum), than in children having intestinal infestation. € The mechanical efects are the most important manifestations of ascariasis. Mechanical efects can be due to masses of worms causing luminal occlusion or even a single worm iniltrating into a vital area. The adult worms live in the upper part of the small € 199 intestine, where they maintain their position due to their body muscle tone, spanning the lumen. They may stimulate relex peristalsis, causing recurrent and often severe colicky pain in the abdomen. The worms may be clumped together into a mass, illing the lumen, leading to volvulus, intussusception, or intestinal obstruction and intestinal perforation. Ectopic ascariasis (Wanderlust): The worms are restless wanderers, apparently showing great inquisitiveness, in that they tend to probe and insinuate themselves into any aperture they ind on the way. The wandering is enhanced when the host is ill, particularly when febrile, with temperature above 39°C. The male worm is more responsive to illness of the host, than the female. The worm may wander up or down along the gut. Going up, it may enter the opening of the biliary or pancreatic duct causing acute biliary obstruction or pancreatitis. It may enter the liver parenchyma, where it may lead to liver abscesses. The worm may go up the esophagus and come out through the mouth or nose. It may crawl into the trachea and the lung causing respiratory obstruction or lung abscesses. Migrating downwards, the worm may cause obstructive appendicitis. It may lead to peritonitis when it perforates the intestine, generally at weak spots such as typhoid or tuberculous ulcers or through suture lines. This tendency makes preoperative deworming necessary before gastrointestinal surgery in endemic areas. The wandering worm may also reach kidneys. Laboratory Diagnosis Detection of Parasite Adult Worm The adult worm can occasionally be detected in stool or sputum of patient by naked eye. ¾¾ Barium meal may reveal the presence of adult worm in the small intestine. ¾¾ A plain abdominal ilm may reveal masses of worms in gas-illed loops of bowel in patients with intestinal obstruction. ¾¾ Pancreaticobiliary worms can be detected by ultrasound (more than 50% sensitive) and endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography (ERCP; 90% sensitive). Larvae In the early stages of infection, when migrating larvae cause Loeler’s syndrome, the diagnosis may be made 200 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Flowchart 20.1: Laboratory diagnosis of Ascaris lumbricoides by demonstrating the larvae in sputum, or more often in gastric washings. ¾¾ Presence of Charcot-Leyden crystals in sputum and an attendant eosinophilia supports the diagnosis. At this stage, no eggs are seen in feces. ¾¾ Chest X-ray may show patchy pulmonary iniltrates. Blood Examination Eggs Several safe and efective drugs are now available for treatment of ascariasis. These include pyrantel pamoate (11 mg/kg once; maximum 1 g), albendazole (400 mg once), mebendazole (100 g twice daily for 3 days or 500 mg once), or ivermectin (150–200 mg/kg once). These medications are contraindicated in pregnancy; however, pyrantel pamoate is safe in pregnancy. ¾¾ Partial intestinal obstruction should be managed with nasogastric suction, intravenous luid administration, and instillation of piperazine through the nasogastric tube. ¾¾ Complete obstruction requires immediate surgical intervention. Deinitive diagnosis of ascariasis is made by demonstration of eggs in feces. ¾¾ Ascarids are proliic egg layers. A single female may account for about 3 eggs per mg of feces. At this concentration, the eggs can be readily seen by microscopic examination of a saline emulsion of feces. Both fertilized and unfertilized eggs are usually present. Occasionally, only one type is seen. The fertilized eggs may sometimes appear decorticated. The unfertilized eggs are not detectable by salt loatation. ¾¾ Rarely when the infestation is light, eggs are demonstrable only by concentration methods. ¾¾ Eggs may not be seen if only male worms are present, as may occasionally be the case. Fecal ilms often contain many artefacts resembling Ascaris eggs and care must be taken to diferentiate them. ¾¾ Eggs may be demonstrative in the bile obtained by duodenal aspirates (Flowchart 20.1). Serological Tests Ascaris antibody can be detected by: € Indirect hemagglutination (IHA) € Immunoluorescence antibody (IFA) € Enzyme-linked immuno-sorbent assay (ELISA) ¾¾ Serodiagnosis is helpful in extra intestinal ascariasis like Loeler’s syndrome (Flowchart 20.1). Complete blood count may show eosinophilia in early stage of invasion (Flowchart 20.1). Treatment Prophylaxis ¾¾ Ascariasis can be eliminated by preventing fecal contamination of soil. The Ascaris egg is highly resistant. Therefore, the use of night soil as manure will lead to spread of the infection, unless destruction of the eggs is ensured by proper composting. Treatment of vegetables and other garden crops with water containing iodine 200 ppm for 15 minutes kills the eggs and larvae of Ascaris and other helminths. ¾¾ Avoid eating raw vegetables. ¾¾ Improvement of personal hygiene. ¾¾ Treatment of infected persons especially the children. Ascaris Lumbricoides 201 Key points of Ascaris lumbricoirdes •¾A. lumbricoides is the largest nematode infecting human. •¾Adult worm is cylindrical resembling an earth worm. •¾Male is little smaller than female. Posterier end of male is curved ventally to form a hook with 2 copulatory spicules. Posterior end of female is conical and straight. •¾Fertilized eggs are bile-stained, round or oval, surrounded by a thin translucent wall with outer mammillated coat containing a large unsegmented ovum. Unfertilized eggs are elliptical, longer with a outer thinner irregular mammillated coat, containing a small atrophied ovum and refractile granules. •¾Natural host: Man •¾Infective form: Embryonated egg containing rhabditiform larva. •¾Clinical features: Spoliative action–protein and vitamin A deiciency. Toxic action–utricaria and angioneurotic edema. Mechanical action–intestinal obstruction, intussusception, volvulus, intestinal perforation. In Lungs–Ascaris can cause pneumonia (Loeler’s syndrome). •¾Diagnosis: Demonstration of eggs in stool, inding of larvae in sputum, inding of adult worm in stool or sputum. •¾Treatment: Albendazole, mebendazole, ivermectin, or pyrantel pamoate. Fig. 20.6: Adult worms of Toxocara canis Baylisascaris Baylisascaris procyonis, an ascarid parasite of raccoons in North America, is known to cause serious zoonotic infections leading to visceral larva migrans, ophthalmic larva migrans, and neural larva migrans. Complications include blindness and central nervous system lesions ranging from minor neuropsychiatric conditions to seizures, coma, and death. Other Roundworms Toxocara Toxocara canis and T. cati, natural parasites of dogs and cats (Fig. 20.6), respectively can cause aberrant infection in humans leading to visceral larva migrans. ¾¾ Infection is acquired in puppies by transmission of larvae transplacentally or lactogenically (through breast milk), but in kittens, only lactogenic transmission is recorded. ¾¾ Older animals are infected by ingestion of mature eggs in soil or of larvae by eating infected rodents, birds, or other paratenic hosts. ¾¾ Eggs are shed in feces and become infective in 2–3 weeks. ¾¾ Human infection is by ingestion of eggs. ¾¾ Larvae hatch out in the small intestine, penetrate the mucosa, and reach the liver, lungs, or other viscera. They do not develop any further. ¾¾ Most infections are asymptomatic, but in some, particularly in young children, visceral larva migrans develops, characterized by fever, hepatomegaly, cough, pulmonary iniltrates, high eosinophilia, and hyperglobulinemia. In some, the eye is afected (ophthalmic larva migrans). Geohelminths •¾Soil-transmitted intestinal nematodes are called Geohelminths. In all of them, eggs passed in feces undergo maturation in soil. They are classiied into 3 categories based on their life cycle. ƒ Direct: Ingested infective eggs directly develop into adults in the intestine, e.g. whipworms. ƒ Modiied direct: Larvae from ingested eggs penetrate intestinal mucosa enter blood stream and through the liver, heart, lungs, bronchus, and esophagus, reach the gut to develop into adults, e.g. roundworms. ƒ Skin penetrating: Infective larvae in soil penetrate host skin, reach the lung, and proceed to the gut as in the modiied direct method, e.g. hookworms. •¾Geohelminths pose a serious health problem in poor countries, particularly among children. Their control requires general measures such as personal hygeine, sanitation, and health education, besides provision of diagnostic and treatment facilities. 202 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Review Questions 1. Name the parasites causing pneumonitis and describe briely the life cycle and laboratory diagnosis of Ascaris lumbricoides. 2. Short notes on: (a) Clinical manifestations of ascariasis (c) Surgical complications of ascariasis (e) Geohelminths (b) Loeler's syndrome (d) Toxocariasis 3. Diferentiate between fertilized and unfertilized egg of Ascaris lumbricoides. Filarial Worms Nematodes belonging to the superfamily Filarioidea are slender thread-like worms (latin, ilum and thread), which are transmitted by the bite of blood-sucking insects ¾¾ The ilarial worms reside in the subcutaneous tissues, lymphatic system, or body cavities of humans (Table 21.1). ¾¾ The adult worm generally measures 80–100 mm in length and 0.25–0.30 mm in breadth; the female worm being longer than the males. ¾¾ The tail of the male worm has perianal papillae and unequal spicules but no caudal bursa. ¾¾ The female worms are viviparous and give birth to larvae known as microilariae. ¾¾ The microilariae released by the female worm, can be detected in the peripheral blood or cutaneous tissues, depending on the species. ¾¾ In some species, the microilariae retain their egg membranes which envelop them as sheath. They are known as sheathed microilariae. Table 21.1: Classiication of Filarial Worm Based on Location in Body Lymphatic ilariasis Subcutaneous ilariasis Serous cavity ilariasis • Wuchereria bancrofti • Brugia malayi • Brugia timori • Loa loa • Onchocerca volvulus • Mansonella streptocerca • Mansonella perstans • Mansonella ozzardi (They are virtually nonpathogenic) 21 ¾¾ In some other species of ilarial nematodes, the egg membrane is ruptured and are known as unsheathed microilariae. ¾¾ Once the microilariae are classiied on the basis of sheath as ‘sheathed’ or ‘unsheathed’, their further diferentiation can be done on the characteristic arrangement of nuclei (Flowchart 21.1 and Fig. 21.1). ¾¾ Periodicity: Depending on when the largest number of microilariae occur in blood, ilarial worms can exhibit nocturnal, diurnal periodicity or no periodicity at all. The basis of periodicity is unknown but it may be an adaptation to the biting habits of the vector. •¾Nocturnal periodicity: When the largest number of microilariae occur in blood at night, e.g. Wuchereria bancrofti •¾Diurnal periodicity: When the largest number of microilariae occur in blood during day, e.g. Loa loa •¾Nonperiodic: When the microilariae circulate at constant levels during the day and night, e.g. Onchocerca volvulus •¾Subperiodic or nocturnally subperiodic: When the microilariae can be detected in the blood throughout the day but are detected in higher numbers during the late afternoon or at night. Note: The microilariae are found in capillaries and blood vessels of lungs during the period when they are not present in the peripheral blood. 204 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Flowchart 21.1: Diferentiating features of various microilariae on the basis of presence of nuclei in tail end Fig. 21.1: Head and tail ends of microilariae found in humans Filarial Worms 205 Table 21.2: Filarial Nematodes Infecting Humans Parasite I. Location in body adult Microilaria Characteristics of microilaria Periodicity of microilaria Principal vector Wuchereria bancrofti lymphatics Blood Sheathed, pointed tall tip free of nuclei Nocturnal Culex quinquefasciatus Brugia malayi lymphatics Blood Sheathed, blunt tail tip with 2 terminal nuclei Nocturnal Mansonia spp. Brugia timori lymphatics Blood Sheathed, longer than Mf. malayi Nocturnal Anopheles barbirostris Lymphatic ilariasis II. Subcutaneous ilariasis Loa loa Connective tissue, conjunctiva Blood Sheathed, nuclei extending up to pointed tail tip Diurnal Chyrsops spp. Onchocerca volvulus Subcutaneous nodules Skin, eyes Unsheathed, blunt tail tip free of nuclei Non periodic Simulium spp. Mansonella streptocerca Subcutaneous Skin Unsheathed blunt tail tip with nuclei Non periodic Culicoides III. Serous cavity ilariasis Mansonella ozzardi Peritoneum and pleura Blood Unsheathed, pointed tail tip without nuclei Non periodic Culicoides Mansonella perstans Peritoneum and pleura Blood Unsheathed, pointed tail tip with nuclei Non periodic Culicoides ¾¾ The life cycle of ilarial nematodes is passed in 2 hosts: deinitive host is man and intermediate host are the blood-sucking arthropods. ¾¾ The microilariae complete their development in the arthropod host to produce the infective larval stages. These are transmitted to humans by arthropod, which are their vectors also during the next feed. Adult worms live for many years whereas microilariae survive for 3–36 months. ¾¾ Eight species of ilarial worms infect humans, of them six are pathogenic—Wuchereria bancrofti, Brugia malayi, and B. timori cause lymphatic ilariasis; Loa loa causes malabar swellings and allergic lesions; Onchocerca volvulus causes eye lesions and dermatitis; Mansonella streptocerca leads to skin diseases; and two of them, M. ozzardi and M. perstans are virtually nonpathogenic (Table 21.2). ¾¾ Infection with any of the ilarial worms may be called ilariasis, but traditionally, the term ilariasis refers to lymphatic ilariasis caused by Wuchereria or Brugia species. ¾¾ Adult ilarial worm contains an endosymbiotic Rickettsialike α-proteobacterium of the genus Wolbachia spp. This has got deinite role in the pathogenesis of ilariasis and has become a target for antiilarial chemotherapy. ¾¾ Wolbachia spp. along with ilarial antigen activate the release of proinlammatory and chemotactic cytokines. These include cellular iniltration and ampliication of inlammatory processes. Toll-like receptors (TlRs) play an important role in the process. LYMPHATIC FILARIASIS Wuchereria Bancrofti History and Distribution Filariasis has been known from antiquity. Elephantiasis had been described in India by Sushrutha and in Persia by Rhazes and Avicenna. ¾¾ Elephantiasis – painful, disiguring swelling of the legs and genital organs – is a classic sign of late-stage disease ¾¾ The term Malabar leg was applied to the condition by Clarke in 1709 in Cochin. ¾¾ Microilaria was irst observed by Demarquay (1863) in the hydrocele luid of a patient from Havana, Cuba. The genus is named after Wucherer, a Brazilian physician who reported microilariae in chylous urine in 1868. Microilaria was irst demonstrated in human blood in Calcutta by lewis (1872). ¾¾ In 1876, Bancroft irst reported and described adult female worm and in 1888, adult male worm was described by Bourne. 206 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Fig. 21.2: Geographical distribution of Wuchereria bancrofti ¾¾ Manson (1878) in China identiied the Culex mosquito as the vector. This was the irst discovery of insect transmission of a human disease. Manson (1879) also demonstrated the nocturnal periodicity of microilariae in peripheral blood. ¾¾ W. brancofti is distributed widely in the tropics and subtropics of sub-Saharan Africa, South-East Asia, India, and the Paciic islands. The largest number of cases of ilariasis occur in India (Fig. 21.2). ¾¾ In India, the endemic areas are mainly along the sea coast and along the banks of the large rivers, though infection occurs virtually in all states, except in the north-west. Fig. 21.3: Adult worm of Wuchereria bancrofti Microilariae The microilaria has a colorless, translucent body with a blunt head, and pointed tail (Fig. 21.4). ¾¾ It measures 250–300 µm in length and 6–10 µm in thickness. It can move forwards and backwards within the sheath which is much longer than the embryo. ¾¾ It is covered by a hyaline sheath, within which it can actively move forwards and backwards as sheath is much longer than the embryo. ¾¾ When stained with leishman or other Romanowsky stains, structural details can be made out. Along the central axis of the microilaria, a column of granules Habitat The adult worms reside in the lymphatic system of man. The microilariae are found in blood. Morphology Adult Worm The adults are whitish, translucent, thread-like worms with smooth cuticle and tapering ends. ¾¾ The female is larger (70–100 × 0.25 mm) than the male (25–40 × 0.1 mm). ¾¾ The posterior end of the female worm is straight, while that of the male is curved vertically and contains 2 spicules of unequal length. ¾¾ Males and females remain coiled together usually in the abdominal and inguinal lymphatics and in the testicular tissues (Fig. 21.3). ¾¾ The female worm is viviparous and directly liberates sheathed microilariae into lymph. ¾¾ The adult worms live for many years, probably 10–15 years or more. Fig. 21.4: Morphology of Microilaria bancrofti Filarial Worms can be seen, which are called somatic cells or nuclei. The granules are absent at certain speciic locations—a feature which helps in the identiication of the species. The speciic locations are as following (Fig. 21.4). € At the head end is a clear space devoid of granules, called the cephalic space. In Microilaria bancrofti, the cephalic space is as long as it is broad, while in Microilaria malayi, it is longer than its breadth. With vital stains, a stylet can be demonstrated projecting from the cephalic space (Fig. 21.10). € In the anterior half of the microilaria, is an oblique area devoid of granules called the nerve ring. € Approximately midway along the length of the microilaria is the anterior V-spot, which represents the rudimentary excretory system. € The posterior V-spot (tail spot) represents the cloaca or anal pore. € The genital cells (G-cells) are situated anterior to the anal pore. € The internal (central) body of Manson extending from the anterior V-spot to G-cell 1, representing the rudimentary ailmentary system. € The tail tip, devoid of nuclei in Mf. bancrofti (distinguishing feature), bears 2 distinct nuclei in Mf. malayi (Fig. 21.10). ¾¾ Microilariae do not multiply or undergo any further development in the human body. If they are not taken up by a female vector mosquito, they die. ¾¾ Their lifespan is believed to be about 2–3 months. ¾¾ It is estimated that a microilarial density of at least 15 per drop of blood is necessary for infecting mosquitoes. Peridiocity ¾¾ The microilariae circulate in the blood stream. ¾¾ In India, China and many other Asian countries, they show a nocturnal periodicity in peripheral circulation; being seen in large numbers in peripheral blood only at night (between 10 pm and 4 am). ¾¾ This correlates with the night biting habit of the vector mosquito. ¾¾ Periodicity may also be related to the sleeping habits of the hosts. It has been reported that if the sleeping habits of the hosts are reversed over a period, the microilariae change their periodicity from nocturnal to diurnal. ¾¾ Nocturnal periodic microilariae are believed to spend the day time mainly in the capillaries of the lung and kidneys or in the heart and great vessels. ¾¾ In the Paciic islands and some parts of the Malaysian archipelago, the microilariae are nonperiodic or diurnal subperiodic, such that they occur in peripheral circulation at all times, with a slight peak during the late 207 afternoon or evening. This is related to the day biting habits of the local vector mosquitoes. (Some authors separate the subperiodic Paciic type of W. bancrofti as a distinct species designated W. paciica, but this is not widely accepted). Life Cycle W. bancrofti passes its life cycle in 2 hosts (Fig. 21.5). Deinitive host: Man. No animal host or reservoir is known for W. bancrofti. Intermediate host: Female mosquito, of diferent species acts as vectors in diferent geographic areas. The major vector in India and most other parts of Asia is Culex quinquefasciatus (C. fatigans). Infective form: Actively motile third-stage ilariform larva is infective to man. Mode of transmission: Humans get infection by bite of mosquito carrying ilariform larva. Development in Mosquito When a vector mosquito feeds on a carrier, the microilariae are taken in with the blood meal and reach the stomach of the mosquito. ¾¾ Within 2–6 hours, they cast of their sheaths (exsheathing), penetrate the stomach wall and within 4–17 hours migrate to the thoracic muscles where they undergo further development. ¾¾ During the next 2 days, they metamorphose into the irst-stage larva, which is a sausage-shaped with a spiky tail, measuring 125–250 × 10–15 µm (Fig. 21.5). ¾¾ Within a week, it moults once or twice, increases in size and becomes the second-stage larva, measuring 225– 325 × 15–30 µm (Fig. 21.5). ¾¾ In another week, it develops its internal structures and becomes the elongated third-stage ilariform larva, measuring 1,500–2,000 × 15–25 µm. It is actively motile and is the infective form (Fig. 21.5). ¾¾ It enters the proboscis sheath of the mosquito, awaiting opportunity for infecting humans on whom the mosquito feeds. ¾¾ There is no multiplication of the microilaria in the mosquito and 1 microilaria develops into 1 infective larva only. ¾¾ The time taken from the entry of the microilaria into the mosquito till the development of the infective thirdstage larva located in its proboscis sheath, constitutes the extrinsic incubation period. Its duration varies with environmental factors such as temperature and humidity, as well as with the vector species. Under optimal conditions, its duration is 10–20 days. 208 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Fig. 21.5: life cycle of Wuchereria bancrofti ¾¾ When a mosquito with infective larvae in its proboscis feeds on a person, the larvae get deposited, usually in pairs, on the skin near the puncture site. through the thoracic duct and pulmonary capillaries to enter the peripheral circulation. ¾¾ The microilariae are ingested with the blood meal by mosquito and the cycle is repeated. Devolopment in Man The larvae enter through the puncture wound or penetrate the skin by themselves. ¾¾ The infective dose for man is not known, but many larvae fail to penetrate the skin by themselves and many more are destroyed in the tissues by immunological and other defence mechanisms. A very large number of infected mosquito bites are required to ensure transmission to man, perhaps as many as 15,000 infective bites per person. ¾¾ After penetrating the skin, the third-stage larvae enter the lymphatic vessels and are carried usually to abdominal or inguinal lymph nodes, where they develop into adult forms (Fig. 21.5). ¾¾ There is no multiplication at this stage and only 1 adult develops from 1 larva, male or female. ¾¾ They become sexually mature in about 6 months and mate. ¾¾ The gravid female worm releases large numbers of microilariae, as many as 50,000 per day. They pass Parasites with mosquito as Intermediate host •¾Wuchereria bancrofti •¾Brugia spp. •¾Mansonella spp. •¾Diroilaria spp. Prepatent period The period from the entry of the infective third-stage larvae into the human host till the irst appearance of microilariae in circulation is called the biological incubation period or the prepatent period. This is usually about 8–12 months. Clinical incubation period The period from the entry of the infective larvae, till the development of the earliest clinical manifestation is called the clinical incubation period. This is very variable, but is usually 8–16 months, though it may often be much longer. Filarial Worms Table 21.3: Difference Between Classical and Occult Filariasis Classical ilariasis Occult ilariasis Cause Due to adult and Hypersensitivity to developing worms microilarial antigen Basic lesion lymphangitis, lymphadenitis Eosinophilic granuloma formation Organs involved lymphatic vessels and lymph node lymphatic system, lung, liver, spleen, joints Microilaria Present in blood Present in tissues but not in blood Serological test Complement ixation test not so sensitive Complement ixation test highly sensitive Therapeutic response No response Prompt response to DEC Pathogenesis Infection caused by W. bancrofti is termed as wuchereriasis or bancroftian ilariasis. The disease can present as (Table 21.3): ¾¾ Classical ilariasis ¾¾ Occult ilariasis. Classical Filariasis Pathogenesis ¾¾ It occurs due to blockage of lymph vessels and lymph nodes by the adult worms. The blockage could be due to mechanical factors or allergic inlammatory reaction to worm antigens and secretions. The afected lymph nodes and vessels are iniltrated with macrophages, eosionophils, lymphocytes, and plasma cells. The vessel walls get thickened and the lumen narrowed or occluded, leading to lymph stasis and dilatation of lymph vessels. The worms inside lymph nodes and vessels may cause granuloma formation, with subsequent scarring and even calciication. Inlammatory changes damage the valves in lymph vessels, further aggravating lymph stasis. Increased permeability of lymph vessel walls lead to leakage of protein-rich lymph into the tissues. This produces the typical hard pitting or brawny oedema of ilariasis. Fibroblasts invade the oedematous tissues, laying down ibrous tissue, producing the non-pitting gross oedema of elephantiasis. Recurrent secondary bacterial infections cause further damage. ¾¾ Animal models have been developed, such as experimental ilarial infection in cats with brugia pahangi or Br. malayi. These have helped in understanding the pathogenesis of the disease, but in cats and other 209 animals, ilarial infection does not cause elephantiasis. Elephantiasis is a feature unique to human ilariasis, apparently caused by human erect posture and consequent hydrodynamic factors afecting lymph low. Clinical manifestations: The most common presentations of lymphatic ilariasis are asymptomatic (subclinical) microilaremia, acute adenolymphangitis and chronic lymphatic disease. ¾¾ Most of the patients appear clinically asymptomatic but virtually all of them have subclinical disease including microscopic hematuria or proteinuria, dilated lymphatics (visualized by imaging) and in men with W. bancrofti infection, scrotal lymphangiectasia (detected by ultrasound). ¾¾ ADL (acute adenolymphangitis) is characterised by high fever, lymphatic inlammation (lymphangitis and lymphadenitis), and transient local edema. € Fever is of high grade, sudden in onset, associated with rigors and last for 2 or 3 days. € Lymphangitis is inlamed lymph vessels seen as red streaks underneath the skin. lymphatics of the testes and spermatic cord are frequently involved, with epididymo-orchitis and funiculitis. Acute lymphangitis is usually caused by allergic or inlammatory reaction to ilarial infection, but may often be associated with streptococcal infection also. € Lymphadenitis: Inlammation of lymph nodes. Most common afected lymph nodes being inguinal nodes followed by axillary nodes. The lymph nodes become enlarged, painful, and tender. € Lymphedema: This follows successive attacks of lymphangitis and usually starts as swelling around the ankle, spreading to the back of the foot and leg. It may also afect the arms, breast, scrotum, vulva, or any other part of body. Initially, the edema is pitting in nature, but in course of time, becomes hard and non-pitting. € Lymphoangiovarix: Dilatation of lymph vessels commonly occurs in the inguinal, scrotal, testicular, and abodominal sites. € The lymphangitis and lymphadenitis can involve both the upper and lower extremities in both bancroftian and brugian ilariasis but involvement of genital lymphatics occurs exclusively with W. bancrofti infection. The genital involvement can be in the form of funiculitis, epididymitis, and hydrocele formation. ¾ Hydrocoele: This is a very common manifestation of ilariasis. Accumulation of luid occurs due to obstruction of lymph vessels of the spermatic cord and also by exudation from the inlamed testes and epididymis. The luid is usually clear and straw colored but may sometimes 210 Textbook of Medical Parasitology ¾¾ Meyers Kouwenaar syndrome is Fig. 21.6: Elephentiasis of the legs be cloudy, milky, or hemorrhagic. The hydrocoele may be unilateral or bilateral and is generally small in size in the early stage, but may occasionally assume enormous proportions in association with elephantiasis of the scrotum. The largest reported hydrocoele weighed over 100 kilograms. ¾¾ Lymphorrhagia: Rupture of lymph varices leading to release of lymph or chyle and resulting in chyluria (Fig. 21.7), chylous diarrhea, chylous ascites, and chycothorax, depending on the involved site. ¾¾ Elephantiasis: This is a delayed sequel to repeated lympangitis, obstruction and lymphedema. Repeated leakage of lymph into tissues irst results in lymphedema, then to elephantiasis, in which there is non-pitting brawny edema with growth of new adventitious tissue and thickened skin, cracks, and issures with secondary bacterial and fungal infections, commonly seen in leg but may also involve other parts of body (Fig. 21.6). Occult Filariasis a synonym for occult ilariasis. ¾¾ Tropical pulmonary eosinophilia: € This is a manifestation of occult ilariasis which presents with low-grade fever, loss of weight, and pulmonary symptoms such as dry nocturnal cough, dyspnea, and asthmatic wheezing. € Children and young adults are more commonly afected in areas of endemic ilariasis including the Indian subcontinent. € There is a marked increase in eosinophil count (>3000 µm which may go up to 50,000 or more). € Chest X-ray shows mottled shadows similar to miliary tuberculosis. € It is associated with a high level of serum IgE and ilarial antibodies. € Serological tests with ilarial antigen are usually strongly positive. € The condition responds to treatment with diethylcarbamazine (DEC), which acts on microilariae. Laboratory Diagnosis The diagnosis of ilariasis depends on the clinical features, history of exposure in endemic areas and on laboratory indings. The laboratory tests (Flowchart 21.2) that can be used for diagnosis include the following. Demonstration of Microilaria ¾¾ Microilaria can be demonstrated in blood, chylous urine (Fig. 21.7) exudate of lymph varix, and hydrocele luid. Peripheral blood is the specimen of choice. ¾¾ The method has the advantage that the species of the infecting ilaria can be identiied from the morphology of the microilaria seen. It is also the method used for carrier surveys. ¾¾ It occurs as a result of hypersensitivity reaction to microilarial antigens, not directly due to lymphatic involvement. ¾¾ Microilariae are not found in blood, as they are destroyed by the tissues. ¾¾ Clinical manifestations: € Massive eosinophilia (30–80%) € Hepatosplenomegaly € Pulmonary symptoms like dry nocturnal cough, dyspnea, and asthamatic wheezing. € Occult ilariasis has also been reported to cause arthritis, glomerulonephritis, thrombophlebitis, tenosynovitis, etc. € Classical features of lymphatic iliariasis are absent. Fig. 21.7: Chylous urine Filarial Worms 211 Flowchart 21.2: laboratory diagnosis of Wuchereria bancrofti ¾¾ In ¾¾ By India and other areas, where the prevalent ilarial species is nocturnally periodic, it is best to collect ‘night blood’ samples between 10 pm and 4 am. ¾¾ Microilaria can be demonstrated in unstained as well as stained preparations and in thick as well as thin smears (Fig. 21.8). Concentration Techniques Unstained Film When the microilaria density is low, concentration techniques are used: ¾¾ Examination using a micropipette for taking a known quantity of blood (20–60 cu mm) for preparing the smear and counting the number of microilariae in the entire stained smear, microilaria counts can be obtained. under the low power microscope shows the actively motile microilariae lashing the blood cells around. ¾¾ The timing of blood collection is critical and should be based on the periodicity of the microilariae. ¾¾ The examination may be conveniently made the next morning as microilariae retain their viability and motility for a day or two at room temperature. Stained Film A ‘thick and thin’ blood smear is prepared on a clean glass slide and dried. ¾¾ The thick part of the smear is dehemoglobinized by applying distilled water. The smear is ixed in methanol and stained with Giemsa, leishman, or polychrome methylene blue stains. Microilariae may be seen under the low power microscope in the thick ilm. ¾¾ The morphology of microilariae can be studied in thin ilm. The microilaria of W. bancrofti are sheathed and appear as smooth curves in stained smear and are 298 µm long and 7.5–10 µm in diameter (Fig. 21.8). Fig. 21.8: Microilaria in blood ilm. Courtesy: Harsh Mohan, Textbook of Pathology, 6th ed. New Delhi: Jaypee Brothers, 2013(R), p. 190 212 Textbook of Medical Parasitology ¾¾ Knott’s concentration technique: anticoagulated blood (1 ml) is placed in 9 ml of 2% formalin and centrifuged 500 × g for 1 minute. The sediment is spread on a slide to dry thoroughly. The slide is stained with Wright or Giemsa stain and examined microscopically for microilariae. ¾¾ Nucleopore iltration: In the iltration methods used at present, larger volumes of blood, up to 5 ml, can be iltered through millipore or nucleopore membranes (3 µm diameter). The membranes may be examined as such or after staining, for microilariae. The ilter membrane technique is much more sensitive, so that blood can be collected even during day time for screening. The disadvantages of the technique are the cost and the need for venepuncture. ¾¾ DEC provocation test: A small dose of diethyl carbamazine (2 mg per kg body weight) induces microilariae to appear in peripheral blood even during day time. For surveys, blood samples can be collected 20–50 minutes after the administration of one 100 mg tablet of DEC to adults. ¾¾ Other specimens: Microilaria may be demonstrated in centrifuged deposits of lymph, hydrocele luid, chylous urine or other appropriate specimens. Usually 10–20 ml of the irst early morning urine is collected for examination and demostation. in identiication of motile adult worm (ilaria dance sign) within the dilated lymphatics. ¾¾ Adult worm may be visualized in the lymphatics of the spermatic cord in upto 80% of the infected men with microilaria associated with W. bancrofti. Radiology ¾¾ Dead and calciied worms can be detected occasionally by X-ray. tropical pulmonary eosinophilia (TPE), chest X-ray shows mottled appearance resembling miliary tuberculosis. ¾¾ Intravenous urography, retrograde pyelography, lymphangiography, and lymphoscintigraphy may be used to demonstrate abnormal lymphatic urinary istula. ¾¾ In Serodiagnosis Demostration of Antibody Several serological tests, including complement ixation, indirect hemagglutination (IHA), indirect luorescent antibody (IFA), immunodifusion, and immunoenzyme tests have been described. ¾¾ But the tests available now are not suiciently sensitive or speciic to be used either for individual diagnosis or surveys. Demostration of Circulating Antigen Parasites found in urine •¾Wuchereria bancrofti •¾Schistosoma hematobium •¾Trichomonas vaginalis Biopsy Adult ilarial worms can be seen in sections of biopsied lymph nodes, but this is not employed in routine diagnosis. Skin Test Intradermal injection of ilarial antigens (extracts of microilariae, adult worms, and third-stage larvae of B. malayi or of the dog ilaria Diroilaria immitis) induce an immediate hypersensitivity reaction. But the diagnostic value of the skin test is very limited due to the high rate of false-positive and negative reactions. Imaging Techniques Ultrasonography High frequency ultrasonography (USG) of scrotum and female breast coupled with Doppler imaging may result Highly sensitive and speciic test for detection of speciic circulating ilarial antigen (CFA) have been developed for detection of recent bancroftian ilariasis. ¾¾ The Trop bio test is a semiquantitative sandwitch ElISA for detection of CFA in serum or plasma specimen. ¾¾ Immunochromatographic ilariasis card test (ICT) is a new and rapid ilarial antigen test that detects soluble W. bancrofti antigens using monclonal antibody (ADIZ) in the serum of infected humans. ¾¾ Both assay have sensitivities of 93–100% and speciicities approaching 100%. ¾¾ Speciic IgG4 antibody against W. bancrofti antigen WbSXP-1 have been used to develop enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ElISA) for detecting circulating ilarial antigen in sera of patients with ilariasis. ¾¾ There is however, extensive cross reactivity between ilarial antigens and antigens of other helminths, including intestinal round worm, thus interpretation of serological indings can be diicult. Molecular Diagnostic Technicque Polymerase chain reaction (PCR) can detect ilarial DNA from patient’s blood, only when circulating microilaria are present in peripheral blood but not in chronic carrier state. Filarial Worms 213 ¾¾ Usually ¾¾ Medical management of chyluria includes bed rest, high Indirect Evidences protein diet with exclusion of fat, drug therapy with DEC, and use of abdominal binders. ¾¾ Surgical management of refractory case includes endoscopic sclerotherapy using silver nitrate. Eosinophilia (5–15%) is a common inding in ilariasis. Elevated serum IgE levels can also be seen. Prophylaxis the test provides sensitivities that are upto 10 fold greater than parasitic detection by direct examination and is 100% speciic. Treatment DEC is the drug of choice. It is given orally in a dose of 6 mg/ kg body weight daily for a period of 12 days amounting to a total of 72 mg of DEC per kg of body weight. It has both macro- and micro-ilaricidal properties. Following treatment with DEC severe allergic reaction (Mazzotti reaction) may occur due to death of microilariae. The administration of DEC can be carried out in 3 ways. 1. Mass therapy: In this approach, DEC is given to almost everyone in community irrespective of whether they have microilaremia disease manifestation or no signs of infection except those under 2 years of age, pregnant women, and seriously-ill patients. The dose recommended is 6 mg/kg body weight. In some countries it is used alone and in some, with albendazole or ivermectin. Mass therapy is indicated in highly endemic areas. 2. Selective treatment: DEC is given only to those who are microilaria-positive. In India, the current strategy is based on detection and treatment of human carriers and ilarial cases. The recommended dose in the Indian programme is DEC 6 mg/kg of body weight daily for 12 doses, to be completed in 2 weeks. In endemic areas, treatment must be repeated every 2 years. 3. DEC medicated salts: Common salt medicated with 1–4 g of DEC per kg has been used for ilariasis control in lakshadweep island, after an initial reduction in prevalence had been achieved by mass or selective treatment of microilaria carriers. Ivermectin: In doses of 200 µg/kg can kill the microilariae but has no efect on adults. It is not used in India. It is used in regions of Africa. Tetracyclines: Also have an efect in the treatment of ilariasis by inhibiting endosymbiotic bacteria (Wohlbachia species) that are essential for the fertility of the worm. Supportive Treatment ¾¾ Chronic condition may not be curable by antiilarial drugs and require other measures like elevation of the afected limb, use of elastic bandage, and local foot care reduce some of the symptoms of elephantiasis. ¾¾ Surgery is required for hydrocele. The 2 major measures in prevention and control of ilariasis are i. Eradication of the vector mosquito ii. Detection and treatment of carriers. Eradication of Vector Mosquito ¾¾ Antilarval measures: The ideal method of vector control would be elimination of breeding places by providing adequate sanitation and underground waste water disposal system. However, this involves a lot of expenditure, hence current approach in India is to restrict the antilarval measures to urban areas by: € Chemical control: Using antilarval chemicals like, Key points of Wuchereria bancrofti •¾Adult worm is white, thread-like with smooth cuticle and tapering end. •¾The female worm is viviparous. The embryo (microilaria) is colorless, sheathed, with tail-tip free of nuclei, and actively motile. •¾Microilaria in blood shows nocturnal periodicity (10 pm to 4 am). •¾Deinitive host: Man. •¾Intermediate host: Culex quinquefasciatus (C. fatigans). •¾Microilaria do not multiply in man. When taken up by vector mosquito, it undergoes stages of development and become 3rd stage ilariform larva which is the infective form. •¾Pathogenesis: Adult worm causes mechanical blockage of lymphatic system and allegic manifestations. •¾Clinical features: Early stage–fever, malaise, urticaria, fugitive swelling, lymphangitis. Chronic stage–lymphadenitis, lymphangiovarix, chyluria, hydrocele, and elephantiasis. Tropical pulmonary eosinophilia occurs due to hypersensitivity reaction to ilarial antigen. •¾Diagnosis: Demonstration of microilaria in peripheral blood or chylous urine. Demonstration of adult worm in biopsy, Doppler USG, and X-ray. Demonstration of ilarial antigen and antibody. •¾Treatment: Drug of choice is DEC and ivermectin. Supportive and surgical management in some cases. 214 Textbook of Medical Parasitology  Mosquito larvicidal oil Pyrosene oil-E  Organophosphorous larvicides like temephos, fenthion etc. € Removal of Pistia plant: Mainly restricted to control of Mansonia mosquitoes leading to brugian ilariasis. ¾¾ Antiadult measures: Adult mosquitoes can be restricted by use of DDT, dieldrin, and pyrethrum. However, vector mosquitoes of ilariasis have become resisitant to DDT, and dieldrin. Pyrethrum, as a space spray, is still being used. ¾¾ Personal prophylaxis: Using mosquito nets and mosquito repellants is the best method.  Detection and Treatment of Carriers The recommended treatment is DEC 6 mg per kg body weight daily for 12 days, the drug being given for 2 weeks, 6 days in a week. Brugia Malayi History and Distribution ¾¾ The genus Brugia was named after Brug, who in 1927 described a new type of microilaria in the blood of natives in Sumatra. ¾¾ The adult worm of B.malayi was described by Rao and Maplestone in India (1940). ¾¾ Besides B. malayi, the genus includes B. timori, which parasitizes humans in Timor, Indonesia and a number of animal species, such as B. pahangi and B. patei infecting dogs and cats. ¾¾ The geographical distribution of B. malayi is much more restricted than that of W. bancrofti. It occurs in India and far east, Indonesia, Philippines, Malaysia, Thailand, Vietnam, China, South Korea, and Japan. ¾¾ In India, Kerala is the largest endemic area, particularly the districts of Quilon, Alleppey, Kottayam, Ernakulam, and Trichur. Endemic pockets occur in Assam, Orissa, Madhya Pradesh, and West Bengal. B. malayi and W. bancrofti may be present together in the same endemic area, as in Kerala. In such places, B. malayi tends to be predominantly rural and W. bancrofti urban in distribution (Fig. 21.9). Morphology Adult Worms ¾¾ The adult worms of B. malayi are generally similar to those of W. bancrofti, though smaller in size. Fig. 21.9: Geographical distribution of Brugia malayi Microilariae The microilariae of B. malayi, although sheathed are diferent in a number of respects from microilaria brancofti. ¾¾ Mf. malayi is smaller in size; shows kinks and secondary curves; its cephalic space is longer; carries double stylets at the anterior end; the nuclear column appears blurred in Giemsa-stained ilms; and the tail tip carries 2 distinct nuclei, one terminal and the other subterminal (Fig. 21.10 and table 21.4) . Table 21.4: Distinguishing Features of Mf. bancrofti and Mf. malayi Features Mf. bancrofti Mf. malayi length 250–300 µm 175–230 µm Appearance Graceful, sweeping curves Kinky, with secondary curves Cephalic space length and breadth equal Almost twice as long as broad Stylet at anterior end Single Double Excretory pore Not prominent` Prominent Nuclear column Discrete nuclei Blurred Tail tip Pointed; free of nuclei 2 distinct nuclei, are at tip, the other subterminal Sheath Faintly-stained Well-stained Filarial Worms 215 Fig. 21.10: Schematic diagram showing distinguishing features of Microilaria bancrofti and Microilaria malayi. Life Cycle Brugia Timori The life cycle of B. malayi is similar to that of W. brancofti; however, the intermediate host of Brugia are vectors of genera Mansonia, Anopheles and Aedes. In India, main vectors are Mansonia annulifers and M.uniformis. ¾¾ Pathogenecity, clinical featues, laboratory diagnosis, and treatment are similar to W. brancofti. ¾¾ Prevention: The breeding of Mansonia mosquito is associated with certain plants such as Pistia. In absence of these plants, mosquito cannot breed. Thus in countries like Srilanka and India where M. annulifers is the chief vector of B. malayi, the transmission of the parasite can be efectively reduced by removal of these plants in addition to the antilarval, antiadult, and self prophylaxis methods described in W. brancofti. B. timori is limited to Timor and some other islands of Eastern Indonesia. ¾¾ The vector of B. timori is Anopheles barbirostris, which breeds in rice ields and is a night feeder. ¾¾ Deinitive host: Man. No animal reservoir is known. ¾¾ The microilaria is larger than Mf. malayi. The sheath of Mf. timori fails to take Giemsa stain with 5–8 nuclei present in the tail. ¾¾ The lesions produced by B. timori are milder than those of bancroftian or malayan ilariasis. A characteristic lesion is the development of draining abscesses caused by worms in lymph nodes and vessels along the saphenous vein, leading to scarring. 216 Textbook of Medical Parasitology SUBCUTANEOUS FILARIASIS ¾¾ Development Loa Loa Pathogenicity and Clinical Features Common name: African eye worm History and distribution L. loa, causing loiasis, ‘fugitive swellings’ or ‘calabar swellings’, was irst detected in the eye of a patient in West Indies in 1770. But at present, it is limited to its primary endemic areas in the forests of West and Central Africa, where about 10 million people are afected. Morphology Adult Worm The adult worm is thin and transparent, measuring about 30–70 mm in length and 0.3–0.5 mm in thickness. ¾¾ In infected persons, they live in the subcutaneous tissues, through which they wander. They may also occur in the subconjunctival tissue. ¾¾ Adults live for 4–17 years. Microilaria The microilariae are sheathed with column of nuclei extending completely to the tip of the tail. ¾¾ They appear in peripheral circulation only during the day from12 noon to 2 pm (diurnal periodicity). Life cycle life cycle is completed in 2 hosts. Deinitive host: Man Intermediate host or vectors: Day biting lies (mango lies) of the genus Chrysops, (C. dimidiata, C. silacea, and other species) in which the microilariae develop into the infective third-stage larvae. ¾¾ Infection is transmitted to man through the bite of infected Chrysops during their blood meal. ¾¾ The infective third stage larvae enter the subcutaneous tissue, moult, and develop into mature adult worm over 6–12 months and migrate in subcutaneous tissues. ¾¾ Female worms produce sheathed microilaria which have diurnal periodicity. ¾¾ The microilaria are ingested by Chrysops during its blood meal. ¾¾ They cast of their sheaths, penetrate the stomach wall and reach thoracic muscles where they develop into infective larvae. in chrysops is completed in about 10 days. The pathogenesis of loiasis depends on the migratory habit of the adult worm. ¾¾ Their wanderings through subcutaneous tissues set up temporary foci of inlammation, which appear as swellings, of up to 3 cm in size, usually seen on the extremities. These are the calabar swellings or fugitive swellings, because they disappear in a few days, only to reappear elsewhere. ¾¾ Ocular manifestations occur when the worm reaches the subconjunctival tissues during its wanderings. The ocular lesions include granulomata in the bulbar conjunctiva, painless edema of the eyelids, and proptosis. ¾¾ Complications like nephropathy, encephalopathy, and cardiomyopathy can occur but are rare. Laboratory Diagnosis Diagnosis rests on the appearance of fugitive swelling in persons exposed to infection in endemic area. ¾¾ Deinitive diagnosis requires the detection of microilaria in peripheral blood or the isolation of the adult worm from the eye. ¾¾ Microilariae may be shown in peripheral blood collected during the day. ¾¾ The adult worm can be demonstrated by removal from the skin or conjunctiva or from a subcutaneous biopsy specimen from a site of swelling. ¾¾ High eosinophil count is common. Treatment DEC (8–10 mg/kg per day for 21 days) is efective against both the adult and the microilarial forms of L. loa, but requires multiple courses. It has to be used with caution as severe adverse reactions may develop following the sudden death of large numbers of microilariae. ¾¾ Simultaneous administration of corticosteroids minimizes such reaction. ¾¾ Ivermectin or albendazole although not approved by food and dry administration (FDA) for this purpose, is efective in reducing microilarial loads. Ivermectin is contraindicated in patients with heavy microilaremia (>5,000 microilaria/ml). ¾¾ Treatment by surgical removal of the adult worms is rarely done. Filarial Worms 217 Key points of Loa loa •¾Loa loa is also known as African eye worm and causes loiasis. •¾Vectors: Day-biting lies (Chrysops). •¾Microilaria are sheathed and nuclei extend upto tail tip. •¾Microilaria appears during the day (diurnal periodic). •¾Clinical features: Subcutaneous swellings (calabar swellings), ocular granuloma, edema of eyelid, and proptosis. •¾Diagnosis: Demostration of adult worm from skin and conjunctiva. Demonstration of microilaria in peripheral blood during day. High eosinophil count. •¾Treatment: DEC with simultaneous administration of corticosteroid of other drugs which may be used. Ivermectin or albendazole. Onchocerca Volvulus History and Distribution Onchocerca volvulus, the ‘convoluted ilaria’, or the ‘blinding ilaria’ producing onchocerciasis or ‘river blindness’ was irst described by leuckart in 1893. ¾¾ It afects about 40 million people, mainly in tropical Africa, but also in Central and South America. A small focus of infection exists in Yemen and south Arabia. ¾¾ Onchocerciasis is the second major cause of blindness in the world. Habitat The adult worms are seen in nodules in subcutaneous connective tissue of infected persons. Morphology Adult worm The adult worms are whitish, opalescent, with transverse striations on the cuticle (Fig. 21.11). ¾¾ The posterior end is curved, hence the name Onchocerca, which means ‘curved tail’. ¾¾ The male worm measures about 30 mm in length and 0.15 mm in thickness and the female measures 50 cm by 0.4 mm. Microilaria The microilariae are unsheathed and non-periodic. ¾¾ They measure about 300 by 0.8 µm. Fig. 21.11: Onchocerca volvulus ¾¾ The microilaria are found typically in the skin and subcutaneous lymphatics in the vicinity of parent worms. ¾¾ They may also be found in the conjunctiva and rarely in peripheral blood. Life Cycle life cycle is completed in 2 hosts. Deinitive host: Humans are the only deinitive host. Intermediate hosts: Day-biting female black lies of the genus Simulium (black lies). The vector Simulium species breed in ‘fast-lowing rivers; and therefore, the disease is most common along the course of rivers. Hence, the name ‘river blindness’. ¾¾ The female black lies are ‘pool feeders’ and suck in blood and tissue luids. Microilariae from the skin and lymphatics are ingested and develop within the vector, becoming the infective third-stage larvae, which migrate to its mouth parts. ¾¾ The extrinsic incubation period is about 6 days. Infection is transmitted when an infected Simulium bites a person. ¾¾ The prepatent period in man is 3–15 months. ¾¾ The adult worm lives in the human host for about 15 years and the microilariae for about 1 year. Pathogenicity and Clinical Features Pathogenesis depends on the host’s allergic and inlammatory reactions to the adult worm and microilariae. ¾¾ The infective larvae deposited in the skin by the bite of the vector develop at the site to adult worms. Adult worms are seen singly, in pairs, or in tangled masses in subcutaneous tissues. They may occur in the subcutaneous nodules or free in the tissues. 218 Textbook of Medical Parasitology ¾¾ The subcutaneous nodule or onchocercoma is a circumscribed, irm, non-tender tumor, formed as a result of ibroblastic reaction around the worms. Nodules vary in size from a few mm to about 10 cm. They tend to occur over anatomical sites where the bones are supericial, such as the scalp, scapulae, ribs, elbows, iliac crest, sacrum, and knees. The nodules are painless and cause no trouble except for their unsightly appearance ¾¾ Microilariae cause lesions in the skin and eyes. € The skin lesion is a dermatitis with pruritus, pigmentation, atrophy, and ibrosis. In an immunologically hyperactive form of onchodermatitis called as Sowdah, the afected skin darkens as a result of intense inlammation, which occurs as result of clearing of microilariae from blood € Ocular manifestations range from photophobia to gradual blurring of vision, progressing to total blindness. lesions may develop in all parts of the eye. The most common early inding is conjunctivitis with photophobia. Other ocular lesions include punctate or sclerozing keratitis, iridocyclitis, secondary glaucoma, choroidoretinitis, and optic atrophy. Laboratory Diagnosis Microscopy The microilariae may be demonstrated by examination of skin snip from the area of maximal microilarial density such as iliac crest or trapezius region, which is placed on a slide in water or saline. The specimen is best collected around midday. This method is speciic and most accurate. ¾ Microilariae may also be shown in aspirated material from subcutaneous nodules. ¾ In patients with ocular manifestations, microilariae may be found in conjunctival biopsies. ¾ Adult worms can be detected in the biopsy material of the subcutaneous nodule. Serology Serological tests are useful for the diagnosis of cases in which microilariae are not demonstrated in the skin. ¾ ElISA is more sensitive than skin snip tests. The test detectes antibodies against speciic onchocercal antigen. ¾ A rapid card test using antigen OV16 to detect IgG4 in serum has been evaluated. Prophylaxis In 1974, World Health Organization (WHO) launched a control programme in West Africa using aerial larvicide for vector control and treatment of patients with ivermectin. This is believed to have prevented blindness in millions of children. Treatment ¾ ¾ ¾ ¾ Chemotherapy with Ivermectin is the main stay of treatment. Ivermectin is given orally in a single dose of 150 µg/kg either yearly or semiannually. In areas of Africa coendemic for O. volvulus and Loa loa, however, ivermectin is contraindicated because of severe post treatment encephalopathy seen in patients. DEC and suramin have also been used. DEC destroys microilariae, but usually causes an intense reaction (Mazzotti reaction) consisting of pruritus, rash, lymphadenopathy, fever, hypotension, and occasionally, eye damage. A 6 week course of doxycycline is macroilariastatic, rendering the female worm sterile as it targets the wolbachia endosymbiont of ilarial parasites. Surgical excision is recommended when nodules are located on the head due to the proximity of the worm to the eyes. Key points of Onchocerca volvulus •¾O. volvulus, produces onchocerciasis or ‘river blindness’. •¾The adult worm is white with transverse striation on the cuticle. The posterior end is curved. is unsheathed, tail-tip free of nuclei, and nonperiodic. •¾Deinitive host: Humans. •¾Intermediate host: Female black lies (Simulium). •¾Clinical features: Subcutaneous nodule formation (onchocercoma). Ocular manifestations – sclerosing keratitis, secondary glaucoma, optic atrophy, chorioretinitis. It is the second major cause of blindness in world. •¾Diagnosis: Demostration of microilaria from skin snips and aspirated material form subcutaneous nodules. Demonstration of IgG4 antibody and PCR. •¾Treatment: Ivermectin is the drug of choice except in areas coendemic for O. volvulus and L. loa. •¾Microilaria Molecular Diagnosis Mansonella Streptocerca PCR from skin snips is done in specialized laboratories and is highly sensitive and speciic. Also known as Acanthocheilonema, Dipetalonema, or Tetrapetalonema streptocerca, this worm is seen only in West Africa. Filarial Worms ¾¾ The adult worms live in the dermis, just under the skin surface. ¾¾ The unsheathed microiliariae are found in the skin. ¾ Culicoides species are the vectors. ¾¾ Chimpanzees may act as reservoir hosts. ¾ Infection may cause dermatitis with pruritus and hypopigmented macules. ¾ Diagnosis is made by demonstration of the microilariae in skin clippings. ¾ Ivermectin (single dose of 150 µg/kg) is efective in treating streptocerciasis. SEROUS CAVITY FILARIASIS Mansonella Ozzardi M. ozzardi is a new world ilaria seen only in Central and South America and the West Indies. ¾¾ The adult worms are found in the peritoneal and pleural cavities of humans. ¾¾ The nonperiodic unsheathed microilariae are found in the blood. ¾¾ Culicoides species are the vectors. ¾¾ Infection does not cause any illness. ¾¾ Diagnosis is made by demonstrating microilariae in blood ¾¾ Ivermectin (single dose 6 mg) is efective in treatment. Mansonella Perstans Also known as Acanthocheilonema, Dipetalonema, or Tetrapetalonema perstans, this worm is extensively distributed in tropical Africa and coastal South America. ¾¾ The adult worms live in the body cavities of humans, mainly in peritoneum, less often in pleura, and rarely in pericardium. ¾¾ The microilariae are unsheathed and subperiodic. ¾¾ Vectors are Culicoides species. ¾¾ African primates have been reported to act as reservoir hosts. 219 ¾¾ Infection is generally asymptomatic, though it has been ¾ ¾ claimed that it causes transient abdominal pain, rashes, angioedema and malaise. Diagnosis is by demonstration of the microilariae in peripheral blood or serosal efusion. Doxycycline (200 mg twice a day for 6 weeks) targeting the wolbachia endosymbiont in M. perstans is the irst efective treatment. Zoonotic Filariasis Filariae naturally parasitic in domestic and wild animals may rarely cause accidental infection in man through the bite of their vectors. ¾¾ In such zoonotic ilariasis, the infective larvae develop into adults, but do not mature to produce microilariae. ¾¾ The worm dies and the inlammatory reaction around the dead worm usually causes clinical manifestations. Brugia Pahangi A parasite of dogs and cats in Malaysia may infect man and cause lymphangitis and lymphadenitis. Diroilaria Immitis The dog ‘heart-worm’ is a common parasite of dogs, widely distributed in the tropics and subtropics. When humans get infected, the worm lodges in the right heart or branches of the pulmonary artery. The dead worm becomes an embolus blocking a small branch of the pulmonary artery, producing a pulmonary infarct. The healed infarct may appear as a ‘coin lesion’ on chest radiography and can be mistaken for malignancy. Diroilaria Repens A natural parasite of dogs, it may sometimes infect humans, causing subcutaneous and subconjunctival nodules. Many Diroilaria species may form nodules in human conjunctiva and are collectively called ‘Diroilaria conjunctivae.’ Review Questions 1. Name the species of ilarial worms that infect humans and describe briely the life cycle and laboratory diagnosis of Wuchereria bancrofti. 2. Short notes on: (a) Microilariae (c) Pathogenesis of lymphatic ilariasis (e) Filariasis (g) Brugia malayi (i) Onchocerca volvulus 3. Differentiate between: (a) Occult and classical ilariasis (b) (d) (f) (h) Periodicity of microilariae Tropical pulmonary eosinophilia Preventive measures in ilariasis Loa loa (b) Microilaria bancrofti and microilaria malayi Dracunculus Medinensis Common name: Guinea Worm History and Distribution The guinea worm has been known from antiquity. It is believed to have been the ‘iery serpent’ in the Bible, which tormented the Israelites on the banks of the Red Sea. ¾¾ The technique of extracting the worm by twisting it on a stick, still practized by patients in endemic areas is said to have been devised by Moses. The picture of the ‘serpent worm’ on a stick may have given rise to the physician’s symbol of caduceus. ¾¾ Galen named the disease dracontiasis, (Greek dracodragon or serpent). Avicenna called it the Medina worm as it was prevalent there. Hence, the name Dracunculus medinensis (Dracunculus being the diminutive of Draco). 22 ¾¾ The worm was present in tropical Africa, the Middle-East in Arabia, Iraq, Iran, and in Pakistan and India. In India, it was seen in the dry areas in Rajasthan, Gujarat, Madhya Pradesh, Andhra Pradesh, Maharashtra, Tamil Nadu, and Karnataka (Fig. 22.1). About 50 million people were estimated to be infected with the worm. ¾¾ The infection has been eradicated from India and all of south-east Asia region by 2000. ¾¾ The disease still remains endemic in 13 African countries including Sudan (highest incidence), Niger, etc. Habitat The adult females of D. medinensis are usually found in the subcutaneous tissue of the legs, arms and back in man. Morphology Adult Worm Fig. 22.1: Geographical distribution of Dracunculus medinensis infection (before its eradication) The adult female is a long, cylindrical worm with smooth milky-white cuticle resembling a long piece of white twine. It has a blunt anterior end and a tapering recurved tail (Fig. 22.2). ¾¾ It measures about a meter (60–120 cm) in length and 1–2 mm in thickness. ¾¾ The body of the gravid female is virtualy illed with the branches of an enormous uterus, containing some 3 million embryos. Dracunculus Medinensis 221 Fig. 22.3: Larva of Dracunculus medinensis Life Cycle Fig. 22.2: Adult worm of Dracunculus medinensis ¾¾ The female worm is viviparous. ¾¾ The male worm, which is rarely seen, is much smaller than female being 10–40 mm long and 0.4 mm thick. ¾¾ Female worm survives for about an year, whereas life span of male worm is not more than 6 months. Viviparous Nematodes •¾Dracunculus medinensis •¾Trichinella spiralis •¾Wuchereria bancrofti •¾Brugia malayi •¾Brugia timori Ovoviviparous Nematodes •¾Strongyloides stercoralis Larva The larva measures 500–750 µm in length and 15–25 µm in breadth. ¾¾ It has a broad anterior end and a slender iliform tail which extends for a third of the entire body length (Fig. 22.3). ¾¾ The cuticle shows prominent striations. ¾¾ The larva swims about with a coiling and uncoiling motion. D. medinensis passes its life cycle in two hosts. Deinitive host: Man Intermediate host: Cyclops, in which embryos undergo developmental changes. There is no animal reservoir. Infective form: Third-stage larva present in the hemocele of infected cyclops. ¾¾ Mode of transmission: Humans get infected by drinking uniltered water containing infected cyclops. ¾¾ Incubation period: About 1 year. ¾¾ The adult worm, which is viviparous discharges larvae, which are ingested by the fresh water crustacean Cyclops, the intermediate host. Development of Adult Worm in Man When water containing infected cyclops is swallowed by man, the cyclops is killed by the gastric acidity and the guinea worm larvae present in its hemocele are released. ¾¾ The larvae penetrate the wall of the duodenum and reach the retroperitoneal and subcutaneous connective tissues. ¾¾ Here, the larvae develop into male and female adults in about 3–4 months and mate. ¾¾ After mating, the male worms die in the tissues and sometimes become calciied. ¾¾ In another 6 months time, the fertilized female worm grows in size, matures, and migrates within the connective tissues throughout the body, to inally reach a site where it is likely to come into contact with water. ¾¾ The most common site involved is the leg, but other sites such as arms, shoulder, breast, buttocks, or genitalia may also be afected. 222 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Fig. 22.4: Life cycle of Dracunculus medinensis ¾¾ At this site, it secretes a toxin that causes a blister formation, which eventually ruptures, discharging a milky-white luid containing numerous L1 stage larvae. ¾¾ This process continues for 2–3 weeks, till all the larvae are released. Development of Larvae in Cyclops The larvae swim about in water, where they survive for about a week. ¾¾ They are swallowed by the fresh water copepod cyclops, which is the intermediate host (Fig. 22.4). Dracunculus Medinensis ¾¾ The larvae penetrate the gut wall of the cyclops and enter its body cavity, where they moult twice. ¾¾ In about 2–4 weeks, they develop into the infective third-stage larvae (L3). ¾¾ The entire life cycle takes about an year, so that all the infected persons develop the blisters and present with clinical manifestations at about the same time of the year (Fig. 22.4). Pathogenicity and Clinical Features D. medinensis causes dracunculiasis or dracunculosis. ¾¾ Infection induces no illness till the gravid female worm comes to lie under the skin, ready to discharge its embryos. ¾¾ The body luid of the adult worm is toxic and leads to blister formation. ¾¾ A few hours before the development of the blister, there may be constitutional symptoms such as nausea, vomiting, intense pruritus, and urticarial rash. ¾¾ The blister develops initially as a reddish papule with a vesicular center and surrounding induration. ¾¾ The most common sites for blister formation are the feet between the metatarsal bones or on the ankles. ¾¾ The luid in the blister is a sterile yellowish liquid with polymorphs, eosinophils, and mononuclear cells. ¾¾ The local discomfort diminishes with the release of the embryos. ¾¾ Secondary bacterial infection is frequent. Sometimes, it may lead to tetanus. ¾¾ Sometimes, the worm travels to unusual sites such as the pericardium, the spinal canal, or the eyes, with serious efects. ¾¾ Dracunculiasis lasts usually for 1–3 months. Laboratory Diagnosis ¾¾ Detection of adult worm: Diagnosis is evident when the tip of the worm projects from the base of the ulcer. Calciied worms can be seen by radiography. ¾¾ Detection of larva: By bathing the ulcer with water, the worm can be induced to release the embryos, which can be examined under the microscope. 223 ¾¾ Skin test: An intradermal test with guinea worm antigen elicits positive response. test: Enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) and immunoluorescence assay (IFA) are frequently used to detected antibodies to D. medinensis (Flowchart 22.1). ¾¾ Serological Treatment ¾¾ Antihistaminics and steroids are of help in the initial stage of allergic reaction. ¾¾ Metronidazole, niridazole, and thiabendazole are useful in treatment. Parasites requiring one intermediate host to complete their life cycle Intermediate host •¾Man •¾Pig •¾Cow •¾Snail •¾Cyclops •¾Sandly •¾Tsetse ly •¾Chrysops •¾Mosquito •¾Tick •¾Triatomine bug •¾Flea Flowchart 22.1: Laboratory diagnosis of Dracunculus medinensis Parasite Plasmodium species Echinococcus granulosus Echinococcus multilocularis Taenia multiceps Taenia solium Taenia saginata asiatica Sarcocystis suihominis Trichinella spiralis Taenia saginata Sarcocystis hominis Schistosoma species Dracunculus medinensis Leishmania species Trypanosoma species Loa loa Wuchereria bancrofti Brugia spp. Mansonella spp. Babesia species Trypanosoma cruzi Hymenolepis nana Hymenolepis diminuta Dipylidium caninum 224 Textbook of Medical Parasitology ¾¾ Destroying cyclops in water by chemical treatment with Abate (temephos). allowing infected persons to bathe or wade in sources of drinking water. ¾¾ Not Note: Because of its simple life cycle, localized distribution, and the absence of animal reservoirs, guinea worm infection was eradicable. Measures to eliminate the infection have been successful. Global eradication of the infection is imminent. Key points of Dracunculus medinensis •¾Guinea worm infection has been eradicated from India. •¾Adult females are found in subcutaneous tissue of Fig. 22.5: Ancient technique of removing adult worm from blister ¾¾ For removal of the worm, the best method is the ancient technique of patiently twisting it around a stick. It may take 15-20 days to extract the whole worm but if care is taken not to snap the worm, this method is safe and efective (Fig. 22.5). ¾¾ Surgical removal of the worm under anaesthesia is another method of treatment. Prophylaxis ¾¾ Provision of protected piped water supply is the best method of prevention or else Boiling or iltering water through a cloth and then consuming water. man. •¾Female worm is viviparous releasing thousands of motile irst stage larvae into the water. •¾Deinitive host: Humans. •¾Intermediate host: Cyclops, in which larvae undergo development changes to become third stage larvae. •¾Infective form to humans: Cyclops containing L3 larvae. •¾Clinical features: Pruritus, urticarial rash, blister formation in skin, and cellulitis. •¾Diagnosis: Detection of adult worm and larval form in ulcer. Demonstration of deadworm by X-ray. Serology– ELISA and IFA. •¾Treatment: Antihistaminics and steroids in intial stage. Metronidazole and niridazole are useful. Surgical removal of the worm. Review Questions 1. List viviparous nematodes and describe briely the life cycle and laboratory diagnosis of Dracunculus medinensis. 2. Short notes on: (a) Pathogenicity and clinical features of dracunculosis (c) Prophylaxis of guineaworm infection (b) Tissue nematodes Miscellaneous Nematodes Angiostrongylus Cantonensis Common name: Rat lungworm History and Distribution A. cantonensis causes eosinophilic meningoencephalitis (cerebral angiostrongyliasis) in humans. ¾¾ This condition was irst reported from Taiwan in 1945. ¾¾ Since then, hundreds of cases have occurred in Taiwan, Thailand, Indonesia, and the Paciic islands. ¾¾ Human infection has also been recorded in India, Egypt, Cuba, and the USA. Habitat The adult worm is present in the branches of pulmonary artery in rats. Morphology ¾¾ It is about 20 mm long and 0.3 mm thick. ¾¾ Eggs of angiostrongylus resemble those of hookworms. Life Cycle Natural host: Rats. Intermediate hosts: Molluscs, slugs, and snails. Infective form: Third stage larvae. ¾¾ The eggs hatch in the lungs and the larvae which migrate up the trachea are swallowed and expelled in the feces. 23 ¾¾ The larvae infect molluscs, slugs, and snails, which are the intermediate hosts. Crabs, fresh­water prawns, and frogs have also been found to be naturally infected. Nematodes with Crabs and cray ishes as source of infection •¾Angiostrongylus cartonensis •¾Paragonimus westermani ¾¾ The larva undergoes two moults. ¾¾ In about 2 weeks, the infective third­stage larvae develop, which can survive in the body of the intermediate host for about an year. ¾¾ Rats become infected when they eat the molluscs. ¾¾ In the rat, the larvae penetrate the gut wall to enter the venules and are carried in circulation to the brain, where they develop into young adults in about a month. ¾¾ These penetrate the cerebral venules and reach the pulmonary artery, where they lodge, mature, and start laying eggs. ¾¾ Human infection is acquired by eating infected molluscs and other intermediate hosts containing the third­stage larvae. Infection may also occur through raw vegetables or water contaminated with the larvae. ¾¾ The larvae penetrate the gut and are carried to the brain, but they are unable to develop further. ¾¾ They die and induce an inlammatory reaction in the brain and meninges to produce meningoencephalitis. ¾¾ The incubation period is about 2–3 weeks. 226 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Clinical Features Life Cycle Patients present with intense headache, fever, neck stifness, convulsions, and various degrees of pareses. ¾¾ The worm may also cause ocular complications. ¾¾ Infection does not seem to confer immunity, as second attacks have been recorded. ¾¾ Fatality is rare. Deinitive host: Birds (Fish eating birds) Intermediate host: Fish ¾¾ Its life cycle has not been worked out. ¾¾ Human infection is believed to occur by eating infected ish, which are the intermediate hosts harboring the infective larvae. ¾¾ Autoinfection is stated to be responsible for the high degree of infection in man. Diagnosis Peripheral eosinophilia and high cerebrospinal luid (CSF) eosinophilia (up to 90%) are constant features. ¾¾ Larvae and adult worms may be seen in CSF. Parasites found in cerebrospinal luid Protozoa Helminths •¾Trypanosoma brucei spp.  Angiostrongylus •¾Naegleria fowleri cantonensis •¾Acanthamoeba spp. Treatment Most cases recover spontaneously, only some develop residual pareses. ¾¾ Anthelminthic treatment is not recommended, as the disease is due to dead larvae. ¾¾ The drugs may even enhance the illness due to destruction of more larvae. Note: A. costaricensis, inhabiting the mesenteric arteries of wild rodents in Costa Rica in Central America, may cause human infections. The disease presents as inlammation of the lower bowels and is known as abdominal angiostrongyliasis. Capillaria Philippinensis C. philippinensis is a small nematode, about 3–4 mm long. It belongs to the superfamily Trichuroidea. Clinical Features The clinical disease consists of malabsorption syndrome with severe diarrhea, borborygmi, and abdominal pain. ¾¾ Serious cases may be fatal in 2 weeks to 2 months. Diagnosis Diagnosis is made by detection of the eggs, larvae, and adults in stools. The eggs resemble those of Trichuris trichiura, but are smaller. Treatment Mebendazole is useful in treatment. Note: C. hepatica is a common parasite of rats, which may occasio­ nally infect man causing hepatitis that may be fatal. Gnathostoma Spinigerum History and Distribution G. spinigerum, originally described from gastric tumors of a tiger, parasitizes dogs, cats, and their wild relatives. ¾¾ Gnathostomiasis is a zoonotic infection of man. ¾¾ Human infections have been reported from Thailand and other countries in the far east. ¾¾ Cases of human infection with G. spinigerum and a related species G.hispidium have also been reported from India. Morphology History and Distribution It has been responsible for several fatal cases of diarrheal illness in the Philippines from 1963. ¾¾ It has also been reported from Thailand, Japan, Iran, and Egypt. Habitat The adult worn inhabits the small intestine particularly the jejunum. It is a small spirurid nematode. The female (25–55 mm) is longer than the male (10–25 mm). ¾¾ The eggs are oval, brown, unsegmented bearing a trans­ parent knob like thickening at one end (Fig. 23.1). Life Cycle Deinitive host: Dog, cat and other carnivorous animals First intermediate host: Cyclops Second intermediate host: Fresh water ish and frog Paratenic host: Birds and humans Miscellaneous Nematodes 227 Helminths causing CNS infection Cestodes •¾Taenia solium •¾Taenia multiceps •¾Spirometra spp. •¾Echinococcus granulosus •¾Echinococcus multilocularis Trematodes  Schistosoma japonicum  Paragonimus westermani Nematodes  Trichinella spiralis  Angiostrongylus cantonensis  Toxocara canis  Toxocara cati  Gnathostoma spinigerum  Strongyloides stercoralis ¾¾ When the nodules are supericial, they can be incised and the larvae can be removed. ¾¾ The wandering larvae may reach the brain or eyes causing severe damage. Diagnosis An intradermal test using the larval or adult antigens has been described. ¾¾ The lesion can be biopsied and the presence of tyipcal larva conirms the diagnosis. Fig. 23.1: Adult worm and egg of Gnathostoma spinigerum ¾¾ Adult worm resides in the tumors or granulomatous lesions of the stomach wall of cat and dog. Eggs are laid in the tumors. ¾¾ They pass into gastric lumen by means of an aperture and are discharged in feces into water, where they hatch into irst stage larva. ¾¾ L1 Larvae are ingested by Cyclops (irst intermediate host) in which the second-stage larvae develop. ¾¾ Cyclops are eaten by ishes, frogs, and snakes, in which the third-stage larvae develop (L3). ¾¾ When the third stage larvae are eaten by cats, dogs, or other suitable hosts, the larvae develop into adults inside their body. ¾¾ When other hosts that are not suited to be a deinitive host (reptiles, buds or mammals) get infected, the larva does not undergo any further development and such a host is paratenic. ¾¾ Humans get infected by eating undercooked ish containing third stage larvae, but further development of the worm cannot proceed normally in paratenic host. ¾¾ The larvae migrate in the tissues of infected persons, causing indurated nodules or abscesses and creeping eruption (larva migrans). Treatment ¾¾ Incision of the lesion and removal of larva. ¾¾ Albendazole, Mebendazole in high doses has also been recommended. Anisakiasis Anisakis species are nematode parasites of marine mammals like dolphins, seals, and whales. Anisakiasis is common in Japan and other places where fresh or undertreated ish is a popular food. Life Cycle ¾¾ The eggs are passed in sea water, hatch and infect marine crustacea (krill). ¾¾ Marine ish eats the infected krill and the infective larvae remain in the ish’s viscera and lesh. ¾¾ When humans consume uncooked or improperly preserved ish containing the infective larvae, they penetrate the gut wall at the level of the throat, stomach, or intestine, leading to local inlammation and granuloma formation. Clinical Features Clinical Features The migration of larvae in the tissues of the infected persons leads to indurated nodules or abscesses and creeping eruption. ¾¾ Local inlammation and granuloma formation is present at the level of throat, stomach, or intestine, depending on the level of penetration of gut wall. 228 Textbook of Medical Parasitology ¾¾ The illness varies according to the site involved, such as Parasites with ishes as the source of infection Freshwater ish •¾Gnathostoma spinigerum •¾Capillaria phillipinensis •¾Clonorchis sinensis •¾Heterophyes heterophyes •¾Metagonimus yokogawai •¾Diphyllobothrium latum Marine ish  Anisakis simplex throat irritation or acute gastric or bowel symptoms. Treatment Endoscopic surgical treatment of gastic and intestinal aniskiasis is the method of choice. Prophylaxis ¾¾ Proper cooking of sea ish. Review Questions 1. Short notes on: (a) Anisakiasis (c) Angiostrongylus cantonensis (b) Gnathostoma spinigerum (d) Paratenic host Diagnostic Methods in Parasitology Introduction Laboratory procedures play an important role in the diagnosis of parasitic infections, both for conirmation of clinical suspicion and for identifying unsuspected infections. The principles of laboratory diagnosis are the same as in bacterial and viral infections, but the relative importance of the diferent methods varies greatly. ¾¾ While isolation of the infecting agent and detection of speciic antibodies are the major methods in bacteriology and virology, they are of much less importance in parasitology than morphological identiication of the parasite by microscopy. ¾¾ Compared to bacteria and viruses, parasites are very large and possess distinctive shape and structure, which enables their speciic diagnosis on morphological grounds. ¾¾ Due to their complex antigenic structure and extensive cross-reactions, serological diagnosis is of limited value in parasitic infections. ¾¾ Although many pathogenic parasites can be grown in laboratory cultures, this method is not suitable for routine diagnosis because of its relative insensitivity and the delay involved. ¾¾ Morphological diagnosis of parasites consists of 2 steps—detection of the parasite or its parts in clinical samples and its identiication € Detection depends on collection of the appropriate samples and their examination by suitable techniques 24 € Identiication requires adequate skill and expertise in recognizing the parasite in its various stages and its diferentiation from morphologically similar artefacts. A description of the common diagnostic techniques in parasitology is given below. Examination of Stool Collection of Fresh Stool Specimen ¾¾ All stool specimens should be collected in a suitable, clean, wide mouthed container like a plastic container with a light itting lid, waxed cardboard box, or match box. ¾¾ All fresh specimens should be handled carefully because each specimen represents a potiential source of infectious material. ¾¾ The specimen should not be contaminated with water, urine, or disinfectants. Liquid stools should be examined or preserved within 30 minutes of passage. Soft stools should be examined or preserved within 1 hour of passage and formed stool should be examined or preserved within 24 hours of passage. 230 Textbook of Medical Parasitology ¾¾ Normally passed stools are preferable, although samples obtained after purgative (sodium sulphate) or high saline enema may also be used. ¾¾ Examination of fresh specimens is necessary for observing motility of protozoan parasites ¾¾ Stool should be examined for its consistency, color, odor, and presence of blood or mucus. ¾¾ In some instances, parasites may be seen on gross inspection, as in the case of roundworm, pinworm, or tapeworm proglottids. Microscopic Examination ¾¾ The microscope should be equipped with a micrometer eyepiece, as it is often essential to measure the size of parasites. For example, the diferentiation between cysts of the pathogenic Entamoeba histolytica and the non-pathogenic E.hartmanni is based entirely on their sizes. ¾¾ Microscopy should also include contributory indings such as the presence of Charcot-Leyden crystals and cellular exudates such as pus cells, RBCs, and macrophages. ¾¾ For detection of parasites, it is best to employ a combination of methods, as diferent methods serve diferent purposes. ¾¾ The methods include examination of: (i) wet mounts, (ii) thick smears and, (iii) permanent stained preparations. ¾¾ Various concentration methods can be used to increase the sensitivity of microscopic examination. ¾¾ If there is a delay in examination, use of preservatives like formalin, sodium acetate, and polyvinyl alcohol is recommended. Wet Mounts ¾¾ Unstained wet ilm: The unstained wet ilm is the standard preparation and is made by emulsifying a small quantity of stool in a drop of (0.85%) saline placed on a slide and applying a coverslip (22 mm × 22 mm) on top, avoiding air bubbles. A proper preparation should be just dense enough for newspaper print to be read through it. If the feces contains mucus, it is advisable to prepare ilms using the mucus part. The entire ield under coverslip should be systematically examined with low power objective (10X) under low light intensity. Any suspicious object may then be examined with the high power objective. ¾¾ Wet saline mounts: Wet saline mounts are particularly useful for detecting live motile trophozoites of E. histolytica, Balantidium coli, and Giardia lamblia. Eggs of helminths are also readily seen. Rhabditiform larvae of Strongyloides stercoralis are detected in freshly passed stool. ¾¾ Eosin staining: Eosin 1% aqueous solution, can be used for staining wet ilms. Eosin stains everything except living protoplasm. Trophozoites and cysts of protozoa, as well as helminth larvae and thin-walled eggs stand out as pearly-white objects against a pink background and can be easily detected. Chromatoid bodies and nuclei of amoebic cysts can be seen prominently. Eosin also indicates the viability of cysts; live cysts are unstained and dead ones are stained pink. ¾¾ Iodine staning: Iodine staining of wet mounts is another standard method of examination. Either Lugol’s iodine diluted (5 g iodine, 10 g potasium iodide and 100 mL of distilled water) or Dobeil and O’Connor’s iodine solution (1 g iodine, 2 g potassium iodide, and 50 mL of distilled water) are used. Iodine helps to conirm the identity of cysts, as it prominently stains the glycogen vacuoles and nuclei. Protozoan cyst stained with iodine show yellowgold cytoplasm, brown glycogen material, and pale refractile nuclei. Thick Smears These are not useful for routine examination, but are valuable in surveys for intestinal helminth eggs. The method described by Kato and Miura in 1954 is known as the Kato thick smear technique. ¾¾ About 50 mg stool is taken on a slide and covered with a special wettable cellophane coverslip soaked in glycerine containing aqueous malachite green. ¾¾ The preparation is left for about an hour at room temperature, during which the glycerine clears the stool, enabling the helminth eggs to be seen distinctly under low power magniication. ¾¾ This method is however not useful for diagnosis of protozoa or helminth larvae. Permanent Stained Smears Permanent stained smears are examined normally under oil immersion (100X) objective. ¾¾ Conirmation of the intestinal protozoan, both trophozoites and cysts, is the primary purpose of this technique. ¾¾ Helminthic eggs and larvae take up too much stain and usually cannot be identiied. ¾¾ Permanent smear can be prepared with both fresh and polyvinyl alcohol preserved stool specimen. ¾¾ The 2 methods commonly used are the iron-hematoxylin stain and Wheatley’s trichrome stain. The ironhematoxylin is the older method, but is more diicult. Diagnostic Methods in Parasitology ¾¾ Iron-hematoxylin stain € Procedure € Fecal smear on a slide is ixed in Schaudinn’s solution for 15 minutes and is immersed successively for 2–5 minutes in 70% alcohol, 70% alcohol containing a trace of iodine, and then 50% alcohol for 2–5 minutes. € It is washed in water for 5–10 minutes and immersed in 2% aqueous ferric ammonium sulphate solution for 5–15 minutes € It is again washed in water for 3–5 minutes and stained with 0.5% aqueous hematoxylin for 5–15 minutes € It is washed for 2–5 minutes and diferentiated in saturated aqueous solution of picric acid for 10–15 minutes € It is then washed for 10–15 minutes and dehydrated by passing through increasing strengths of alcohol, cleared in toluene or xylol and mounted. ¾¾ Trichrome stain (Wheatley’s method) € The trichrome technique of Wheatley for stool specimens is a modiication of Gomori’s original staining procedure for tissue. € It is a quicker and simpler method, which produces uniformly well-stained smears of the intestinal protozoa, human cells, yeast cells, and artefact material in about 45 minutes or less. Procedure € The smear is ixed in Schaudinn’s solution and taken successively through alcohol, as above. € Trichrome stain (chromotrope 2R, light green SF, phosphotungstic acid in glacial acetic acid, and distilled water) is then applied for 5–10 minutes, diferentiated in acid-alcohol dehydrated, cleared, and mounted. Reagents of Trichrome stain Chromotrope 2R Light green SF Phosphotungstic acid Acetic acid (glacial) Distilled water 0.6 g 9.3 g 0.7 g 1.0 mL 100 mL ¾¾ Modiied trichrome stain for Microsporidia € 231 This staining method is based on the fact that stain penetration of the microsporidial spore is very diicult, thus more dye is used in the chromotrope 2R than that routinely used to prepare Wheatley’s modiication of trichrome method and the staining time is much longer (90 minutes). Other staining techniques are used for special purpose. For example, modiied acid-fast or Giemsa stain is employed for detection of oocysts of Cryptosporidium and Isospora. ¾¾ Modiied Ziehl-Neelsen (acid-fast) stain (Hot method) € Oocysts of Cryptosporidium and Isospora in fecal specimens may be diicult to detect, without special staining. Modiied acid-fast stains are recommended to demonstrate these organisms. € Application of heat to the carbol fuchsin assists in the staining and the use of a milder decolorizer (5% sulphuric acid) allows the organisms to retain more of their pink-red color. ¾¾ Kinyon’s acid-fast stain (Cold method) € Cryptosporidium and Isospora have been recognized as causes of severe diarrhea in immunocompromised hosts but can also cause diarrhea in immunocompetent hosts. € Kinyon’s acid-fast stains are recommended to demonstrate these organisms. € Unlike the Ziehl-Neelsen modiied acid-fast stain, Kinyon’s stain does not require the heating of reagents for staining. Reagents of Kinyon's acid-fast stain •¾50% ethanol (add 50 mL of absolute ethanol and 50 mL of distilled water) •¾Kinyoun’s carbol fuchsin. ƒ Solution A: Dissolve 4 g of basic fuchsin in 20 mL of 95% ethanol. ƒ Solution B: Dissolve 8 g of phenol crystals in 100 mL of distilled water. ƒ Mix solution A and B, and store at room temperature •¾1% sulphuric acid •¾Alkaline methylene blue. •¾Dissolve 0.3 g of methylene blue in 30 mL of 95% ethanol, and add 100 mL of dilute (0.01%) potassium hydroxide. Procedure Smear 1–2 drops of specimen on the slide and allow it to air dry. € Fix with absolute methanol for 1 minute. € Flood the slide with Kinyoun’s carbol fuchsin and stain it for 5 minutes. € Rinse the slide briely (3–5 seconds) with 50% ethanol. € Rinse the slide thoroughly with water. € Decolorize by using 1% sulphuric acid for 2 minutes or until no more color runs from the slide. € 232 Textbook of Medical Parasitology € Rinse the slide with water (it may take less than 2 minutes; do not destain too much) and drain. € Counterstain with methylene blue for 1 minute. € Rinse the slide with water and air dry. € Examine wth the low or high dry objective. To see internal morphology, use the oil objective (100X). ¾¾ Auramine O stain for Coccidia € Coccidia are acid-fast organisms and also stain well with phenolized auramine O. € The size and typical appearance of Cryptosporidium, Cyclospora, and Isospora oocysts enable auramine O-stained slides to be examined at low power under the 10X objective. € The entire sample area can usually be examined in less than 30 seconds. € The low cost of the reagents, the simple staining protocol, and the rapid microscopic examination also make this staining method suitable for screening unconcentrated stool specimens. Concentrated sediment from fresh or non-polyvinyl alcoholpreserved stool may also be used. Concentration Methods When the parasites are scanty in stools, routine microscopic examination may fail to detect them. It is then necessary to selectively concentrate the protozoan cysts and helminth eggs and larvae. Concentration may be done using fresh or preserved feces. Several concentration techniques have been described. They can be classiied as the loatation or sedimentation methods. ¾¾ In loatation method, the feces is suspended in a solution of high speciic gravity, so that parasitic eggs and cysts loat up and get concentrated at the surface. ¾¾ In sedimentation method, the feces is suspended in a solution with low speciic gravity, so that the eggs and cysts get sedimented at the bottom, either spontaneously or by centrifugation. Floatation Methods ¾¾ Saturated salt solution technique Procedure € A simple and popular method is salt-loatation using a saturated solution of sodium chloride, having a speciic gravity of 1.2. About 2 mL of the salt solution is taken in a lat bottomed tube (or ‘penicillin bottle’) and 1 g of feces is emulsiied in it. € The container is then illed completely to the brim with the salt solution. € A slide is placed on the container, so that it is in contact with the surface of the solution without any intervening air bubbles. After standing for 20– 30 minutes, the slide is removed, without jerking, reversed to bring the wet surface on top, and examined under the microscope. € A coverslip need not to be applied if examination is done immediately. Any delay in examination may cause salt crystals to develop, interfering with clarity of vision. This simple method is quite useful for detecting the eggs of the common nematodes such as roundworm, hookworms, and whipworm, but is not applicable for eggs of tapeworms, unfertilized egg of Ascaris lumbricoides, eggs of trematodes, and protozoan cysts. ¾¾ Zinc sulphate centrifugal loatation Procedure € Make a ine suspension of about 1 g of feces in 10 mL of water and strain through gauze to remove coarse particles. € Collect the liquid in a small test tube and centrifuge for 1 minute at 2,500 revolutions per minute. Pour of the supernatant, add water, resuspend, and centrifuge in the same manner, repeating the process, till the supernatant is clear. € Pour of the clear supernatant, add a small quantity of zinc sulphate solution (speciic gravity 1.18–1.2), and resuspend the sediment well. € Add zinc sulphate solution to a little below the brim and centrifuge at 2,500 revolution per minute for 1 minute (Fig. 24.1A). € Take samples carefully from the surface, using a wire loop, transfer to slide, and examine under the microscope (Fig. 24.1B). A drop of dilute iodine helps to bring out the protozoan cysts in a better way. This technique is useful for protozoan cysts and eggs of nematodes and small tapeworms, but it does not detect unfertilized roundworm eggs, nematode larvae, and eggs of most trematodes and large tapeworms. ¾¾ Sugar loatation technique Sheather’s sugar loatation technique is recommended for the detection of cryptosporidia infection. Sedimentation Methods ¾¾ Formol-ether sedimentation technique Formol-ether concentration method has been the most widely used sedimentation method (Fig. 24.1C). Procedure € Emulsify 1–2 g feces in 10 mL of water and let large particles sediment. Take the supernatant and spin at 2,500 revolutions per minute for 2–3 minutes. € Discard the supernatant. Add 10% formol-saline, mix well, and let it stand for 10 minutes. Diagnostic Methods in Parasitology A 233 C Fig. 24.2: Baermann concentration method B Fig. 24.1: A. Zinc sulfate loatation concentration technique; B. Method used to remove surface ilm in the zinc sulfate lotation concentration procedure; C. Formal ether sedimentation technique € Add 3 mL ether and shake well. Spin at 2,500 revolutions per minute for 2–3 minutes. Four layers will form—a top layer of ether, a plug of debris at the interface, the formalin-saline layer, and the sediment at the bottom (Fig. 24.1C). € Carefully detach the debris from the sides of the tube and discard the top 3 layers. € Suspend the sediment in a few drops of luid and examine wet mount and iodine preparation. € As ether is inlammable and explosive, its use can be hazardous. Ethyl acetate can be conveniently used in its place, with equally good results. The method is useful for all helminth eggs and protozoan cysts. ¾¾ Baermann concentration method Procedure € Another method of examination of stool specimen suspected of having small numbers of Strongyloides larvae is the use of a modiied Baermann apparatus (Fig. 24.2). € The Baermann technique, which involves using a funnel apparatus, relies on the principle that active € € larvae migrate from a fresh fecal specimen that has been placed on a wire mesh with several layers of gauze, which are in contact with tap water. Larvae migrate through the gauze into the water and settle to the bottom of the funnel, where they can be collected and examined. Besides being used for patient’s stool specimens, this technique can be used to examine soil specimens for the presence of larvae. Egg Counting Methods A semiquantitative assessment of the worm burden can be made by estimating the number of eggs passed in stools. This is done by egg counts and by relating the counts to the number of worms present by assuming the number of eggs passed per worm per day. However, these are at best approximations and only a rough indication of worm burden can be obtained. Egg counts help to classify helminth infections as heavy, moderate, or light. Egg counts can be done by diferent methods. ¾¾ The standard wet mount gives rough indication of the number of eggs. Ordinarily, 1–2 mg of feces is used for preparing a wet ilm and if all the eggs in the ilm are counted. The number of eggs per gram of feces can be assessed. ¾¾ The modiied Kato thick smear technique using 50 mg of stool cleared by glycerine-soaked cellophane coverslip can be used for egg counting. 234 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Fig. 24.3: Method for collection of a cellophane (Scotch) tape preparation for pinworm diagnosis. This method dispenses with the tongue depressor, requiring only tape and a glass microscope slide. The tape must be pressed deep into the anal crack ¾¾ McMaster’s egg counting chamber can also be used. In this method, eggs in 20 mg of stool are concentrated by salt loatation on the squared grid on the roof of the chamber, which can be counted. ¾¾ In Stoll’s dilution technique, 4 g of feces is mixed thoroughly with 56 mL of N/10 sodium hydroxide using beads in a rubber stoppered glass tube. Using a pipette, exactly 0.075 mL of the sample is transfered to a slide, coverglass is applied, and all the eggs present are counted. The number multiplied by 200 gives the number of eggs per gram of feces. This igure requires to be corrected for the consistency of feces, by multiplying by 1 for hard formed feces, by 2 for mushy formed feces, by 3 for loose stools, and by 4 for liquid stools. Watery stools are unit for counting. ¾¾ Special techniques have been described for particular purposes as for example, Bell’s dilution-iltration count for schistosome eggs. ¾¾ Scotch tape method This is a simple and efective method for detection of eggs and female worms of Enterobius vermicularis and occasionally eggs of Taenia solium, T. saginata, and Schistosoma mansoni. In this method, a piece of transparent adhesive tape is pressed irmly against perianal skin, and the adhesive surface of the tape is spread on a glass slide (Fig. 24.3). The slide is then placed under microscope and observed for parasitic eggs. A drop of toluene or xylol may be placed between the tape and the slide to clear the preparation. The specimen should be collected for 3 consecutive days at night or early in the morning. Fecal Culture Fecal culture is not used for routine diagnosis, but for species identiication, for example in diferentiation between Ancylostoma and Necator. Hatching test for Schistosoma eggs Harada Mori Filter Paper Strip Culture This test is used to demonstrate the viability of the miracidia within the schistosome eggs recovered from the urine or stool. Fecal or urine specimens must be processed without any preservative. The specimens are placed in 10 volumes of dechlorinated or spring water. Living miracidia may be released by hatching within few hours. The specimens are examined microscopically for presence of miracidia, which indicates active infection. The test detects light infection with hookworm, S. stercoralis, Trichostrongylus spp., as well as to facilitate species identiication of helminths. The Harada-Mori culture method uses strips of ilter paper on which feces is smeared in the middle third. The paper strips are kept in conical centrifuge tubes with water at the bottom, in which the strips dip (Fig. 24.4). The tubes are kept at room temperature in the dark for 7–10 days, during which time the larvae develop and fall into the water Diagnostic Methods in Parasitology 235 Examination for Malarial Parasites The standard diagnostic method in malaria is the examination of stained blood ilms—both thin and thick smears. Collection of Blood Fig. 24.4: Harada-Mori tube method and petri dish culture method at the bottom, from which they can be collected. Also, caution must be exercised in handling the paper strip itself, since infective Strongyloides larvae may migrate upwards, as well as downwards on the paper strip. Agar Plate Culture for Strongyloides Agar plate cultures are used to recover larvae of S. stercoralis and appear to be more sensitive. Approximately, 2 g fecal specimens are inoculated onto agar plates. Then the plates are sealed with tape to prevent accidental infection and placed in room temperature for 2 days. In positive cases, larvae will crawl over the agar, making visible tracks over it. For further conirmation of larvae, the plates are examined microscopically. Charcoal Culture Charcoal cultures are simple and eicient. Softened feces is mixed with 5–10 parts of moistened charcoal granules and packed into a suitable container and kept covered. In 7–10 days, the larvae hatch out and come to the surface. They can be collected by applying a pad of soft cotton cloth on the surface for half an hour. The cloth is removed and kept upside down on a sedimentation lask, illed to the brim with warm water. The larvae fall to the bottom of the lask, while the charcoal particles remain on the cloth. Examination of Blood Next to feces, the largest number of parasites are found in blood. Blood examination is the routine diagnostic method in malaria, ilariasis, African trypanosomiasis, and babesiosis. It is sometimes positive in Chagas’ disease and rarely, in Kala-azar and toxoplasmosis. Blood examination is done in the following ways. For demonstration of malarial parasites, blood should be collected not during the peak of fever, but optimally several hours after it. Bouts of fever follow the synchronous rupture of large number of parasitised erythrocytes, releasing their membrane shreds and contents. The emerging merozoites parasitize other erythrocytes and initiate a fresh cycle of erythrocytic schizogony. The timing is particularly important in P. falciparum infections, as here the late stages of schizogony are not seen in peripheral circulation. ¾ In practice, the rule is to take a blood smear when a suspected malaria patient is irst seen and then again subsequently after a bout of fever. ¾¾ Smears should invariably be collected before starting antimalarial treatment. Thin smear ¾¾ A thin smear is prepared from inger prick or in infants from heel prick blood or ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA) anticoagulated venous blood can also be used, provided blood ilms are made within 30 minutes. ¾¾ A small drop (10–15 µL) is spread on a clean grease-free slide with a spreader to give a uniform smear, ideally a single cell thick smear. The margins of the smear should be well short of the sides of the slide, and the tail should end a little beyond the center of its length. ¾¾ The thin smear displays blood cells and parasites clearly. Its only disadvantage is that only a small volume of blood can be surveyed, so that a light infection could be missed. ¾¾ If the smears are prepared from anticoagulated blood, which is more than an hour old, the morphology of both parasites and infected RBCs may not be typical. ¾¾ After drying, the smear is stained with Giemsa or Leishman stain. ¾¾ For Giemsa stain, the smear is ixed in methanol for 3–5 minutes. After drying, Giemsa stain, diluted 1 drop in 1 mL of bufered water, pH 7–7.2, is applied for 30–45 minutes. The slide is then lushed gently with tap water, dried, and examined under the oil immersion objective. The cytoplasm of malarial parasites is stained blue and the chromatin dot is stained red. ¾¾ For Leishmans stain, prior ixation is not necessary as the stain is an alcoholic solution, which ixes as it stains. Leishman stain is applied for 1–2 minutes and diluted with twice its volume of bufered water, pH 7–7.2 and is kept for 10–15 minutes. The smear is then dried and examined. 236 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Reporting of thin blood ilms ¾¾ In malignant tertian malaria, only the ring stage and gametocytes are seen in peripheral smear, while in benign tertian malaria, all stages of schizogony and gametocytes can be seen. ¾¾ Thin smear examination enables the appreciation of changes in the erythrocytes, such as enlargement, alteration of shape, imbriation, red cells stippling (Schufner’s dots) as seen with P. vivax, and irregular stippling (Maurer’s clefts), as seen in mature P. falciparum trophozoties. ¾¾ Any marked increase in white cell numbers and if indicated perform a diferential white cell count. ¾¾ Parasitized erythrocytes are seen most often in the upper and lower margins of the tail of the smear. ¾¾ Count the percentage of parasitized red cells, when there is high falciparum malaria parasitemia (+++ or more parasites seen in the thick ilm) to monitor a paitent’s response to treatment. ¾¾ A minimum of 100 ields should be examined before a negative report is given. Thick smear ¾¾ Thick smears have the advantage that a larger quantity of blood can be tested. Increased volume of blood present on thick ilm may allow the malaria parasite to be detected even with low parasitemia. Compared with a thin ilm, a thick ilm is about 30 times more sensitive and can detect about 20 parasites/µL of blood. ¾¾ The disadvantages are that the red cells are lysed and the morphology of the parasites is distorted, so that species identiication becomes diicult. ¾¾ A big drop of blood (20–30 µL) from inger or heel prick is collected on a clean grease-free slide and spread with the corner of another clean slide to form a uniformly thick smear of about 1 cm2. The thickness of the smear should be such that the hands of a wristwatch can be seen through it, but not the igures on the dial. ¾¾ The smear is dried in a horizontal position, kept covered from dust. ¾¾ Thick smears have to be dehemoglobinized before staining. ¾¾ They can be stained with Giemsa or Leishmans stains as described above. Wright’s stain and JSB stain (so called because it was devised by Jaswant Singh and Bhattacharjee, in 1944) are very useful for staining large numbers of thick ilms as in malaria surveys. Wright’s stain consists of 2 solutions— € Solution A contains methylene blue and azure B in phosphate bufer. € Solution B contains eosin in phosphate bufer. The ilm is immersed in solution A for 5 seconds, washed in tap water, immersed in solution B for 5 seconds, washed, dried, and examined. Staining times may need adjustment. If the smear is too blue, stain longer in solution B; if too pink, in solution A. JSB stain also consists of 2 solutions— i. The irst contains methylene blue, potassium dichromate, sulphuric acid, potassium hydroxide, and water. ii. The second solution is aqueous eosin. For staining, the smear is immersed in solution I for 10 seconds, washed for 2 seconds in acidulated water pH 6.2–6.6, stained in solution II for 1 second, washed in acidulated water, immersed again in solution I, and washed. Reporting of thick blood ilms ¾¾ Select an area that is well stained and not too thick. ¾¾ Examine for malaria parasites and malaria pigment under oil immersion objective (100X). at least 100 high power microscope ields for parasites. ¾¾ Report the approximate number of parasites (trophozoites, schizonts, and gametocytes) and also whether malaria pigment is present in white cells or not. ¾¾ The following plus sign scheme can be used to report parasite numbers. ¾¾ Examine Parasites 1–10 per 100 high power ileds 11–10 per 100 high power ileds 1–10 in every high power iled More than 10 in every high power ield + ++ +++ ++++ Combined thick and thin blood ilms ¾¾ Combined thick and thin smears can be taken on the same slide. ¾¾ Draw a thick line with a glass-marking pencil on a slide, dividing it into 2 unequal parts. The thick smear is made on the smaller part and the thin smear drawn on the larger. ¾¾ Thick smear is irst dehemoglobinized and the 2 are then stained together. An easy method is to add undiluted Leishman stain over the thin smear and then the diluted stain looded over to the thick smear also. ¾¾ Do not allow the methanol to contact the thick ilm when ixing the thin ilm. ¾¾ The stained thin smear is examined irst. If the thin smear is negative, the thick smear should be searched for parasites. Diagnostic Methods in Parasitology 237 ¾¾ When a slide is positive for malarial parasites, the report should indicate the species, the developmental stages found, and the density of parasites in the smear. Examination for Microilaria Microilariae may be detected in peripheral blood, both in unstained mounts and in stained smear. Time of collection In case of nocturnal periodic microilariae, blood should be collected between 10 PM and 2 AM. In subperiodic nocturnal infection, the time of collection of blood should be between 8 PM and 10 PM and for subperiodic diurnal infection the time of collection should be ideally between 2 PM and 6 PM. Wet Mount ¾¾ Two or three drops of blood are collected on a clean glass slide and mixed with 2 drops of water to lyse the red cells. ¾¾ The preparation is covered with a coverslip and sealed. ¾¾ The preparation is examined under the low power microscope for the motile microilariae, which can be seen wriggling about, swirling the blood cells in their neighborhood. ¾¾ The examination may conveniently be deferred till next morning, as microilariae retain their viability and motility for 1 or 2 days at room temperature. ¾¾ By using a simple counting chamber, microiliariae in the wet mount can be counted. Stained Smears ¾¾ A thick smear is prepared as for malaria, dehemoglobinized, and stained with Leishman’s, Giemsa, or Delaield’s hematoxylin stains. ¾¾ Stained smears have the advantage that the morphology of microilariae can be studied and species identiication can be made. Thus, for diferentiation between Mf. bancrofti and Mf. malayi stained smears are necessary. ¾¾ Sometimes, microilariae may be seen in thin smears also. ¾¾ By using a measured quantity of blood for preparing smears, as for example with a 20 cubic mm pipette and counting the total number of microilariae in the smear, microilaria counts can be obtained. Multiplying the number of microilariae in a 20 cubic mm smear by 50 gives the count per mL of blood. Parasites found in peripheral blood ilm Protozoa •¾Plasmodium spp. •¾Babesia spp. •¾Leishmania spp. •¾Tryponosoma spp. Nematodes •¾Wuchereria bancrofti •¾Brugia spp. •¾Loa loa •¾Mansonella ozzardi Concentration Methods These methods have been developed to recover low numbers of microilariae from blood and employ venous blood. ¾¾ Sedimentation method: € In sedimentation method, the sample of blood is irst lysed with acetic acid, saponin, or other lytic substance, or by freeze thawing, and then centrifuged. € The sediment is stained and the microilariae are counted. ¾¾ Membrane iltration concentration: € In membrane iltration method, a measured quantity (1–5 mL) of blood is collected into an anticoagulant solution and passed through membrane ilters ixed on syringes with Swinney ilter holder. Blood cells and proteins sticking on to the ilter are washed away by repeatedly passing saline through it. € The ilter is removed, placed on a slide, stained with dilute Giemsa stain, and examined under low power microscope for microilariae. € Millipore and nucleopore membrane ilters (5 µm porosity) are available for this purpose; the latter being more sensitive, as it can screen larger volumes of blood. € Membrane iltration recovers most species of microilariae; however, because of their small size, Mansonella perstans and M. ozzardi may not be recovered. Membranes with smaller pores (3 µm) have been suggested to recover these 2 species. € The membrane ilter method is much more sensitive than the inger prick method as the blood samples are taken during day, it also give reliable results even with nocturnal periodic microilariae. € However, the method has the disadvantages that venepuncture is necessary, membranes are costly, and microilariae may not be in a satisfactory condition for detailed morphological study. € The number of microilariae counted divided by 10 gives the nuber of microilariae per mL of blood. € This is the most sensitive method of detecting small numbers of microilariae, but it is expensive for routine use. 238 Textbook of Medical Parasitology ¾¾ Microhematocrit tube method: € Capillary blood is collected in two heparanized capillary tubes or about 100 µL is irst collected into EDTA anticoagulant and then transferred to plain capillary tubes. € The blood is centrifuged in a microhematocrit centrifuge. € The bufy coat is examined microscopically for motile microilariae. € In areas where the species is known and Mansonella microilariae are not found, this is a rapid technique for detecting microilariae. ¾¾ Bufy coat blood ilm: € The bufy coat containg WBCs and platelets obtained after centrifugation of whole anticoagulated blood and the layer of RBCs just below the bufy coat layer, can be used to prepared thick and thin blood lims in suspected infections with ilaria, Leishmania, Trypanosoma, and malaria. The sensitivility of this method is much higher than that of routine thick lim. Diethylcarbamazine Provocation Test Oral administration of diethylcarbamazine (DEC; 100 mg or 2 mg/kg of body weight) brings about mobilization of microilariae into peripheral blood. Blood collected 20–50 minutes after the drug is given, will show microilariae so that blood collection can be done during day time. This is a great advantage for surveys. But the drug may cause febrile reactions, particularly in brugiasis. It cannot be used in areas endemic for onchocerciasis because of the danger of provoking severe reactions. Sputum Examination Sputum is examined commonly for the demonstration of eggs of Paragonimus westermani, and sometimes for detection of trophozoites of E. histolyitca in amoebic pulmonary abscess. Rarerly, the larval stages of hookworm, A. lumbricoides, or S. stercoralis or the cestode hooklets may be seen in sputum samples. ¾¾ Concentrated stained preparations of induced sputum are commonly used to detect P. jirovecii and diferentiate trophozoite and cyst forms from other possible causes of pneumonia, particularly in an acquired immunodeiciency syndrome (AIDS) patient. ¾¾ Normally, direct saline mount preparation is done for microscopy. ¾¾ If the sputum is thick, equal volume of 3% N-acetyl cysteine or 3% sodium hydroxide is added to the sputum to liquefy the specimen and after centrifugation, the sediment is examined for microscopic examination under low (10X) and high (40X) power magniications. ¾¾ In a Paragonimus spp. infection, the sputum may be viscous and tinged with brownish lecks, which are clusters of eggs (‘iron ilings’) and may be streaked with blood. Parasites found in sputum •¾Paragonimus westermani •¾Entamoeba histolytica (trophozoites in case of pulmonary abscess) •¾Pneumocystis jirovecii •¾Rarely migrating larvae of Ascaris lumbricoides •¾Rarely migrating larvae of Strongyloides stercoralis •¾Rarely migrating larvae of Ancylostoma duodenale •¾Rarely migrating larvae of Nectar americanus Urine or Body Fluids Examination ¾¾ Large volume of urine samples should be allowed to settle for 1–2 hours. ¾¾ About 50 mL of the bottom sediment of the sample is taken for centrifugation. ¾¾ The highly concentrated sediment after centrifugation is examined for direct wet mount microscopy. ¾¾ May show eggs of Schistosoma and Trichomonas vaginalis. Microilaria may be detected from chylous urine in lymphatic ilariasis. Tissue Biopsy Tissue biopsies and ine needle aspirations are taken from cutaneous ulcers of trypanosomiasis or leishmaniasis and from skin nodules of onchocerciasis and post Kala-azar dermal leishmaniasis (PKDL). ¾¾ A skin snip can be obtained to diagnose subcutaneous ilariasis or leishmaniasis by grasping with a forceps or elevating a portion of skin with the tip of needle. Tip of the small cone of the skin is then sliced with a sharp blade or razor. ¾¾ Wet mount preparation of lymphnode aspirate and chancre luid are used as rapid methods for demonstration of trypanosomes. ¾¾ Biopsies from liver, spleen, bone marrow, and lymphnodes are taken in visceral leishmaniasis for demonastration of Leishman Donovan (LD) bodies. ¾¾ All biopsy tissues must be submitted to the labratory without the addition of formalin ixative. If there is delay in transport or processing, the specimen should be Diagnostic Methods in Parasitology placed in polyvinyl alcohol ixative. In soft specimens, a small part should be scraped and examined as direct saline wet mount. ¾¾ Impression smears can be made from freshly cut tissue specimens on a glass slide and examined after ixation with Schaudinn’s solution. Trichrome or other stains can be used. ¾¾ The residual part of the biopsy specimen may be processed for histopathological examination. ¾¾ Adult ilarial worms can sometimes be found in section of biopsied lymphnode. ¾¾ Corneal scrapings are useful in diagnosis of acanthamoeba keratitis. Muscle Biopsy Spiral larval form of Trichinella spiralis, larval form of T. solium (cysticercus cellulosae), and amastigote of Trypanosoma cruzi can be demonstrated in skeletal muscle biopsy. In trichinosis, muscle biopsy (gastrocnemius, deltoid, and biceps) specimen must be examined by compressing the tissue between 2 slides and checking the preparation under low power (10X) objective. This method does not become positive until 2–3 weeks after the illness. Duodenal Capsule Technique (Enterotest) Enterotest is a simple method of sampling duodenal contents. ¾¾ The device is composed of a length of nylon yarn coiled inside a gelatine capsule. ¾¾ The end of the yarn is aixed to the patient’s face. ¾¾ The capsule is then swallowed and the gelatin dissolves in the stomach. ¾¾ The weighted string is carried into the duodenum by peristalsis. ¾¾ Bile-stained mucus is then retrieved after 3–4 hours and duodenal contents adherent to the yarn is scrapped of and examined under microscope as wet mount or as stained smear after preservation in formalin or polyvinyl alcohol. ¾¾ Usually 4–5 drops of material is obtained. ¾¾ Enterotest is used for detecting trophozoites of Giardia, larvae of Strongyloides, eggs of liver lukes, and oocysts of Isospora. Sigmoidscopy Material Material obtained from sigmoidscopy is useful in the diagnosis of E. histolytica that cannot be diagnosed by routine examination for atlest 3 days. 239 ¾¾ Material from the intestinal mucosa should be aspirated or scraped and not to be collected by cotton swabs. ¾¾ The material should be processed immediately. ¾¾ In heavy infection of Trichuris, sigmoidscopy may show white bodies of the worms hanging from the inlamed mucosa of large intestine. Urogenital Specimen The detection of T. vaginalis is usually bassed on wet preparation of vaginal and urethral discharges and prostatic specimens. Specimens should be collected in small volume of 0.85% saline and should be sent immediately for detection of actively motile organisms, as the jerky movements of Trichomonas begin to diminish with time. Culture Methods Many parasites can now be grown in culture, but this has not become a routine diagnostic method in parasitic infections. It is sometimes employed for accurate identiication of the parasite species. It is more often employed for obtaining large yields of the parasite as a source of antigen, animal inoculation, drug sensitivity testing, experimental or physiological studies, and teaching purposes. Some of the culture methods used for diferent parasites are indicated below. Parasites which can be cultured in the laboratory •¾Entamoeba histolytica •¾Giardia lamblia •¾Trichomonas vaginalis •¾Leishmania spp. •¾Trypanosoma spp. •¾Acanthamoeba spp. •¾Naegleria fowleri •¾Balantidium coli •¾Plasmodium spp. Amoeba E. histolytica and other intestinal amoebae can be grown in diphasic or monophasic media, media containing other microorganisms, or axenic cultures. ¾¾ Boeck and Drbohlav’s diphasic medium, the classical culture medium for amoeba has been modiied by various workers. € The medium as used now, is basically an egg slant, with an overlay of sterile serum or liver extract in bufered saline. 240 Textbook of Medical Parasitology € € € € A loopful of sterile rice powder is added to the medium just before inoculation with fresh feces or its saline centrifugal sediment. Cultures can be obtained from feces containing cysts or trophozoites. The cultures are incubated at 37° C and subcultured at 48-hour intervals. Amoebae can be demonstrated in the liquid phase in unstained mounts or stained smears. Composition of Boeck and Drbohlav’s medium Locke’s solution Sodium chloride: 9 g Potassium chloride: 0.4 g Calcium chloride: 0.2 g Sodium bicarbonate: 0.2 g Glucose: 2.5 g Distilled water: 1,000 mL Egg: 4 (clean and washed) ¾¾ Balamuth’s monophasic liquid medium is also used commonly for cultivation of amoebae and other intestinal protozoa. This is an egg yolk-liver extract infusion medium. Composition of Balamuth’s medium Liver concentrate powder: 1 part Egg yolk medium: 9 part Phosphate bufer Tribasic potassium phosphate: 212 g Monobasic potassium: 136 g Distilled water € € € € € € Both protozoa and bacteria present in stools grow in the above media. Bacterial growth can be reduced by addition of penicillin or other antibiotics that do not inhibit protozoa. Axenic cultures (pure cultures without bacteria or other microorganisms) were irst developed by Diamond in 1961. Axenic cultivation has enabled precise antigenic and biochemical studies on amoebae. B. coli grows well in Balamuth’s’ medium. G. lamblia had been established in association with Candida and Saccharomyces, but axenic cultures were developed in 1970. T. vaginalis grows very well in several commercially available media such as trypticase serum media. Naegleria and Acanthamoeba from cerebrospinal luid (CSF) can be grown on agar plates heavily seeded with Escherichia coli. Leishmania and Trypanosomes ¾¾ NNN medium: The classical Nicolle, Novy, and Macneal (NNN) medium irst described in 1904 for cultivation of Leishmania, is equally satisfactory for trypanosomes also. This is a deibrinated rabbit blood agar medium. Several modiications of this medium have been introduced. Composition of NNN medium Bactoagar (Difco): 1.4 g Sodium chloride: 0.6 g Double distilled water: 90 mL Deibrinated rabbit blood (10%):10 mL € Two bottles of culture are aseptically inoculated with 0.1 mL of specimen in each and incubated at 24°C for 4 weeks. € The primary culture is examined every 4 days for promastigotes in leishmaniasis and for epimastigote stages in trypanosomiasis for upto 30 days. ¾¾ Schneider’s insect tissue culture medium: It is recommended in vitro culture of Leishmania. This medium is said to the more sensitive than NNN medium. Composition of Schneider’s insect tissue culture medium Schneider’s Drosopihila tissue culture medium: 80 mL Fetal calf serum: 20 mL Antibiotic-antimycotic solution:1.2 mL Malaria Parasites ¾¾ Cultivation of malaria parasites was irst obtained by Bass and Jones in 1912. A simple method of cultivation is as follows. € About 10–12 mL of deibrinated or heparinized blood rich in ring forms of malaria parasite, mixed with 0.2 mL of 50% dextrose solution are incubated at 37°C in a sterile test tube in an upright position. € The blood separates into the erythrocytes below, plasma above, and the bufy coat in between. € Malaria parasites grow in the erythrocyte layer immediately below the bufy coat. € Smears are collected from this layer at intervals, without tilting the tube. € Segmented schizonts are usually observed after incubation for 24–36 hours. ¾¾ The breakthrough in cultivation of malarial parasites came in 1976 when Trager and Jensen successfully Diagnostic Methods in Parasitology maintained P. falciparum in continuous cultures in human erythrocytes using Roswell Park Memorial Institute (RPMI)1640 medium. € The cultures are incubated at 38°C with 10% human serum at pH 6.8–7.2 under an atmosphere with 7% carbon dioxide and 1–5% oxygen. € A continuous low system is used in which the medium lows slowly and continuously over the layer of erythrocytes. The method has been applied to various species of plasmodia. € It has been employed for preparation of antigens, drug sensitivity studies, vaccine tests, and many other purposes. Animal Inoculation Animal inoculation is not a routine diagnostic procedure in parasitic infections, but can be used in some instances because of its sensitivity . ¾¾ Toxoplasmosis: Animal inoculation can be used for isolating Toxoplasma gondii from infected persons. Lymphnode or other biopsy materials are inoculated intraperitoneally into immunosuppressed mice. Peritoneal luid obtained 7–10 days later, may show the parasite in Giemsa-stained smears. However, serial passages may be necessary for its isolation. Brain smears may be examined for cysts after sacriicing the mice 3–4 weeks after inoculation. Seroconversion of the animal inoculation also indicates a positive result. ¾¾ Visceral leishmaniasis: Bone marrow, liver, spleen, or lymphnode aspirates from Kala-azar patients, injected intraperitoneally into hamsters is a very sensitive method for diagnosing visceral leishmaniasis. Even a single amastigote can establish the infection in the animal. Spleen smears taken 4–6 weeks later show LD bodies. ¾¾ Trypanosomiasis: Blood from patients with trypanosomiasis can be injected intraperitoneally or into the tail vein of mice, rats, and guinea pigs, etc. These animals are susceptible to infection by T. brucei rhodesiense. Parasitaemia can be demonstrated in 2 weeks. Xenodiagnosis This method involves the diagnostic infection of a vector, in which the parasite multiplies and can be demonstrated. In T. cruzi, diagnosis may be established by letting the vector reduviid bug feed on suspected patients. In 4–5 weeks, live lagellate forms can be seen in the feces of the bugs. 241 Immunological Diagnosis Serology Several serological tests have been developed for detection of antibodies to parasites using antigens from cultured parasites or from natural or experimental infections in animals or humans. In some cases, antigens are obtained from related parasites or even sometimes from bacteria. Advances in cultivation of parasites have made parasitic antigens more readily available. Cloning of parasitic antigens promises to be a new source. In some instances, diagnosis is attempted by serological demonstration of parasitic antigens in blood, tissues, or secretions of suspected patients. Virtually, all types of serological reactions have been used. However, serodiagnosis in parasitic infections has only limited value due to various factors. € Parasites are complex antigenically and exhibit wide range of cross-reactions, so that serological tests are not suiciently speciic. € Another diiculty is in distinguishing between past and current infections. This has been solved partly by looking for immunoglobulin (IgM) antibody, as in amoebiasis and toxoplasmosis. € In general, indirect hemagglutination (IHA), enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA), and counter immune electrophoresis (CIEP) are most sensitive; indirect immunoluorescence (IF), direct agglutination test (DAT) and complement ixation test (CFT) are moderately sensitive; and simple precipitation in gel and coated particle agglutination tests are least sensitive. Serology has not been very useful in the diagnosis of individual cases, but has been valuable as a screening method in epidemiological surveys. However, in some infections where parasites are seldom demonstrable in patients, for example in toxoplasmosis and hydatidosis, serology is of great help. Listed below are some of the applications of serology. Amoebiasis Serology is of no value in the diagnosis of acute amoebic dysentery or luminal amoebiasis. But in invasive amoebiasis, particularly in liver abscess, serology is very useful. ¾¾ IHA is most widely employed. Titers of 1:256 or more are signiicant in cases of amoebic liver abscess and have prognostic value. ¾¾ Tech Lab E. histolytica test was able to detect galactose lectin (galnac) antigen in almost all patients of amoebic liver abscess. 242 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Giardiasis ELISA and indirect immunoluroscence test (IIF) have been developed for detection of Giardia. ¾¾ Commercially available ELISA (ProSpec T/Giardia) Kit detects Giardia-speciic antigen 65 (GAS 65). The sensitivity of the test is 95% and speciicity is 100%, when compared to conventional microscopy. Trypanosomiasis ¾¾ At present, ELISA is routinely used in Toxoplasma serology. It is very informative, as it provides titers of IgM and IgG antibodies separately for better interpretation of the results. Cryptosporidiosis IFA and ELISA using puriied oocysts as antigens have been used to detect circulating antibodies speciic to Cryptosporidium parvum . Serological tests used to detect trypanosomiasis are IHA, indirect luorescent antibody (IFA), and ELISA. ¾¾ Speciic antibodies are detected by these tests in the serum within 2–3 weeks infection. ¾¾ Speciic antibodies can be demonstrated by IFA and ELISA in CSF. Intestinal Helminths Leishmaniasis Serology is very useful in diagnosis of trichinosis. Bentonite locculation slide tests and CFT become positive 3–4 weeks after infection. ¾¾ IIF becomes positive even earlier. ¾¾ ELISA is also available. Demonstration of seroconversion is diagnostic. IHA, CIEP, and DOT-ELISA are usually positive in Kala-azar. ¾¾ Complement test using Witebsky Klingenstien, and Kuhn (WKK) antigen from the acid-fast Kedrowsky bacillus are relatively less sensitive. ¾¾ IFA test is positive very early in the disease, even before the appearance of symptoms and becomes negative within 6 months of cure. ¾¾ rK 39 micro ELISA test is a qualitative immunochromatographic assay for detection of antibodies to Leishmania. Antibodies can be demonstrated in most intestinal helminthiases, but extensive cross-reactions limit their use in diagnosis. Trichinosis Toxocariasis High titers in serological tests are obtained in visceral larva migrans, but speciicity is low due to cross-reactions with intestinal nematode antigens. Malaria Filariasis IIF, ELISA, and IHA are sensitive and speciic, but are not useful for diagnosis of acute malaria because antibodies persist for some years after cure. ¾¾ A negative test may, however help to exclude malaria. ¾¾ Serological tests are useful in epidemiological surveys for malaria. ¾¾ Molecular assays such as antigen capture for detection of histidine-rich protein II (HRP-2) and lacatate dehydrogenase (pLDH) have been applied for developing rapid dip-stick tests (e.g. ParaSight-F in malignant tertian malaria). IHA and bentonite locculation tests with antigen from Diroilaria immitis gives positive reaction in patients, and high titers in tropical pulmonary eosinophilia. But crossreactions are frequent. ¾¾ Immunochromatographic ilariasis card test (ICT) is a new and rapid ilarial antigen test that detects soluble Wuchereria bancrofti antigens in the serum of infected humans. Toxoplasmosis Serological tests ofer the most useful diagnostic method in toxoplasmosis. ¾¾ The original Sabin-Feldman dye test, though very speciic and sensitive, is no longer in use. IIF, IHA, and CFT were other useful tests. The dye test remains positive for life, while CFT becomes negative soon after active infection. Echinococcosis Several serological tests have been developed using hydatid luid or scolex antigens from hydatid cysts in sheep. IHA, IIF, CIEP, and ELISA are very sensitive. Cross-reactions occur with cysticercosis. Skin Tests Intradermal tests have been used in many parasitic infections. They are sensitive and persist for many years, sometimes even for life. But speciicity is relatively low. Diagnostic Methods in Parasitology ¾¾ Casoni’s test: This test had been used widely in the diagnosis of hydatid disease since its original description in 1911. The antigen is sterile hydatid luid drawn from hydatid cysts from cattle, sheep, pig, or humans, iltered, and tested for sterility. Intradermal injection of 0.2 mL of the antigen induces a wheal and lare reaction within 20 minutes in positive cases. A saline control is used. Falsepositive tests are seen in schistosomiasis and some other conditions. Casoni’s test is now largely replaced by serological tests. ¾¾ Leishmanin (Montenegro) test: This test is used to measure delayed hypersensitivity. Leishmania test is sensitive and relatively speciic. The antigen is obtained from cultured Leishmania and consists of killed promastigotes in phenol saline. Intradermal injection of 0.1 mL induces a papule of 5 mm or more in diameter in 48–72 hours. This delayed hypersensitivity test is positive in cutaneous leishmaniasis and negative in difuse cutaneous and visceral leishmaniasis. ¾¾ Fairley’s test: This skin test is group-speciic and gives positive results in all schistosomiases. The intradermal allergic test uses antigen infected snails, cercariae, eggs, and adult schistosomes from experimentally infected laboratory animals. ¾¾ Skin test in bancroftian ilariasis: Intradermal injection of ilarial antigens (extracts of microilariae, adult worms and third-stage larvae of Brugia malayi, or the dog ilaria, Diroilaria immitis induce an immediate hypersensitivity reaction, but the diagnostic value of the skin test is very limited due to the high rate of false-positive and negative reactions. 243 Molecular Methods Nucleic acid-based diagnostic tests are mainly available in specialized or reference centers. Nucleic acid probes and ampliication techniques like polymerase chain reaction (PCR) and multiplex PCR, western blot, and DNA hybridization techniques are increasingly used to detect parasites in specimens of blood, stool, or tissue from patients. ¾¾ These test are useful for detecting subspecies or stain level identiication which is important for epidemiological studies and are also used to detect parasitic drug resistance. For example speciic 17 KDA and 27 KDA sporozoite antigens are employed for seroepidemiological studies in cryptosporidiosis using western blot technique. ¾¾ DNA probe is a highly sensitive method for the diagnosis of malaria. It can detect even less than 10 parasite/µL of blood. ¾¾ B1 gene of T. gondii can be detected by PCR of the aminiotic luid in case of congenital toxoplasmosis. PCR have been developed for detection of ilarial DNA from patients blood. If parasite cannot be identiied by microscopy, ampliication of babesial 18S RNA by PCR is recommended. ¾¾ Drug resistances in malaria are detected now by PCR techniques. PCR is increasingly used now for species speciication and for detection of drug resistance in malaria. Chlroroquine resistance in P. falciparum has been attributed to mutation in the PfCRT, a transporter gene in the parasite. Point mutation in another gene PfMDR1 have also been implicated in determining resistance in vitro. Pyrimethamine and sulfadoxime resistances are associated with point mutations in DHFR and DHPS genes respectively. Mutation in PfATPase gene is associated with reduced susceptibility to artemisinin derivatives. Review Questions 1. Enumerate the various methods employed for examination of stools and describe in detail the concentration methods of stool examination. 2. Describe various skin tests used for diagnosis in many parasitic infections. 3. Write short notes on: (a) Scotch tape method (c) Blood examination for microilaria (e) Casoni's test (b) Blood examination for malarial parasite (d) Enterotest (e) Floatation method of stool examination Multiple Choice Questions Multiple Choice Questions Chapter 1: General Introduction: Parasitology 1. Deinitive host is one a. In which sexual multiplication takes place and harbors adult form b. In which asexual multiplication takes place and harbors adult form c. In which sexual multiplication takes place and harbors larval form d. In which asexual multiplication takes place and harbors adult form 2. Autoinfection is seen in all except a. Hymenolepis nana b. Enterobius vermicularis c. Taenia solium d. Ascaris lumbricoides 3. Antigenic variation is exhibited by a. Entamoeba b. Schistosoma c. Trypanosoma d. Leishmania 4. Which parasite enters, the body by piercing the skin a. Trichuris trichiura b. Ascaris c. Necator americanus d. Plasmodium 5. Which parasitic infection leads to malignacy a. Babesioses b. Clonorchis sinensis c. Trypanosoma cruzi d. Schistosoma hematobium 6. Xenodiagnosis is useful in a. Wuchereria bancrofti b. Trypanosoma cruzi c. Trichinella spiralis d. All of the above 7. The following are zoontic disease except a. Leishmaniasis b. Balantidiasis c. Scabies d. Taeniasis 8. Two hosts are required in a. Taenia solium b. Entamoeba histolytica c. Trichuris trichiura d. Giardia 9. Which of the following parasite passes its life cycle through three hosts a. Fasciola hepatica b. Fasciola buski c. Schistosoma hematobium d. Clonorchis sinensis 10. Man is the intermediate host for a. Strogyloides stercoralis b. Plasmodium vivax c. Entamoeba histolytica d. Enterobious vermiculasis 245 246 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Answer 1. 5. 9. a b d 2. 6. 10. d d b 3. 7. c c 4. 8. c a Chapter 2: Protozoa 1. Protozoa belong to kingdom a. Monera b. Protista c. Plantae d. Animalia 2. All are intercellular parasites except a. Leishmania b. Plasmodium c. Toxoplasma d. None of the above 3. Non-nuclear DNA present in addition to nucleus in protozoan parasite is a. Chromatid body b. Karyosome c. Kinetoplast d. Basal body 4. Entamoeba histolytica trophozoites multiply by a. Binary ission b. Schizogony c. Gametogony d. All of the above 5. In humans, malarial parasites multiply by a. Binary ission b. Budding c. Gametogony d. Schizogony 6. Which of the following is not a lagellate a. Naegleria b. Leishmania c. Giardia d. Dientamoebanj Answer 1. 5. b d 2. 6. d a 3. c 4. a Chapter 3: Amoebae 1. The main reservoir of Entamoeba histolytica is a. Man b. Dirty water c. Dog d. Monkey 2. The infective form of Entamoeba histolytica is a. Trophozoite b. Binucleate cyst c. Quadrinucleate d. None of above 3. The pathogenecity of Entamoeba histolytica is indicaded by a. Zymodeme pattern b. Size c. Nuclear pattern d. ELISA test 4. M/C site for extraintestinal amoebiasis is a. Liver b. Lung c. Brain d. Spleen 5. Amoebic liver abscess can be diagnosed by demonstrating a. Cyst in the sterile pus b. Trophozoites in the pus c. Cyst in the intestine d. Trophozoites in the feces 6. Stool of amoebic dysentry has all of the following charactristics except a. Charcot-Leyden crystals b. Pyknotic bodies c. RBCs d. Ghost cell 7. The term amoeboma is used to describe a. Amoebic liver abscess b. Skin lesion due to draining amoebic abscess c. Granuloma at ileocaecal junction d. None of the above Multiple Choice Questions 8. True statement regarding Entamoeba histolytica is a. The trophzoites are infective to man b. Mature cyst has eccenteric nucleolus c. It can cause primary amoebic encephalitis d. Cyst are resistant to chlorine concentration used in drinking water 9. All are nonpathogenic amoeba living in the lumen of large intestine except a. Entamoeba coli b. Entamoeba hartmanni c. Endolimax nana d. Entamoeba gingivalis 247 10. Chronic amoebickeratitis in seen in a. Entamoeba histolytica b. Acanthamoeba c. Naegleria fowleri d. Hemolagellates 11. Etiologic agent of granulomatous amoebic encephalitis is a. Entamoeba histolytica b. Acanthamoeba c. Naegleria d. Dientamoeba fragilis Answer 1. 5. 9. a b d 2. 6. 10. c d b 3. 7. 11. a c b 4. 8. a d Chapter 4: Intestinal, Oral and Genital Flagellates 1. Normal habitat of Giardia is a. Duodenum and jejunum b. Stomach c. Caecum d. Ileum 2. All of the folowing protozoans are found in small intestine except a. Giardia lamblia b. Balantidium coli c. Cyclospora caytanensis d. Isospora belli 3. The following is true of giardiasis except a. Fever and presence of blood and mucus in stool b. Acute or chronic diarrhea c. Duodenum and jejunum are the prime sites of involvement d. Giardia cysts are resistant to dessication 4. Giardia lamblia was discovered by a. Giard b. Robert hook c. Leeuwenhoek d. Losch 5. Drug of choice in giardiasis is a. Metronidazole b. Albendazole c. Thiabendazole d. Diloxanide furoate 6. True about Giardia is a. May cause traveller’s diarrhea b. Giardia inhabits ileum c. Trophozoites are infective to man d. Encystment of trophozoites occur in jejunum 7. Which one following test is used for diagnosis of Giardia lamblia infections a. Enterotest b. Casoni’s test c. Parasight F test d. Napier’s test 8. Motility of Trichomonas vaginalis is described as a. Amoeboid b. Jerky c. Falling leaf d. Lashing 9. Vaginal discharge in Trichomonas vaginitis is a. Colorless b. Yellow c. Curd–white d. Blood stained 10. All of the following protozoan can be transmitted by sexual contact except: a. Trichomonas vaginalis b. Entamoeba histolytica c. Enteromonas hominis d. Giardia lamblia Answer 1. 5. 9. a a b 2. 6. 10. b a c 3. 7. a a 4. 8. c b 248 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Chapter 5: Hemolagellates 1. Vector for Trypanosoma cruzi is a. Reduviid bug b. Tsetse ly c. Sandly d. Hard tick 2. All of the following are obligate intracellular parasite except a. Plasmodium b. Trypanosoma cruzi c. Toxoplasma gondii d. Trypanosoma brucei gambiense 3. Romana’s sign occurs in a. Babesiosis b. Leishmaniasis c. Trypanosomiasis d. Schisotosomiasis 4. Vector for T. brucei gambiense is a. Sandly b. Reduviid bug c. Tsetse ly d. House ly 5. Winterbottom sign in sleeping sicknens refers to a. Unilateral conjunctivitis b. Posterior cervical lymphadenitis c. Narcolepsy d. Trasient erythema 6. The drug that can clear trypanosomes from blood and lymph nodes and is active in late nervous system stages of African sleeping sickness is a. Emetine b. Melarsoprol c. Nifutrimox d. Suramin 7. Which of the following is not true about West African trypanosomiasis a. Primary reservoirs are human b. Low parasitemia c. Illness is usually chronic d. Minimal lymphadenopathy 8. Chronic infections with which of the following hemolagellates may be associated with megaesophagus or megacolon a. Trypanosoma gambiense b. Trypanosoma cruzi c. Leishmania donovani d. Leishmania tropica 9. True about visceral leishmaniasis is/are a. Caused by Leishmania tropica b. Post leishmaniasis dermatitis develops in 20% of patients c. Antimonial compounds are useful d. Vector is tsetse ly 10. Which of the following is most severely affected in Kala-azar a. Spleen b. Liver c. Lymphnodes d. Bone marrow 11. LD bodies are a. Amastigotes of Leishmania donovani inside RBCs b. Giant cells seen in leishmaniasis c. Degenerative lesions seen in leishmaniasis d. Amastigotes of Leishmania donovani inside macrophages 12. In a case of Kala-azar, aldehyde test becomes positive after a. 2 weeks b. 4 weeks c. 8 weeks d. 12 weeks 13. Mucocutaneous leishmaniasis is caused by a. Leishmania braziliensis b. Leishmania donovani c. Leishmania tropica d. None of the above 14. Chiclero's ulcer is caused by a. Leishmania mexicana complex b. Leishmania braziliensis complex c. Leishmania tropica d. Leishmania infantum Answer 1. 5. 9. 13. a b c a 2. 6. 10. 14. d b a a 3. 7. 11. c d d 4. 8. 12. c b d Multiple Choice Questions Chapter 6: Malaria and Babesia 1. Old RBCs are preferentially infected by a. Plasmodium falciparum b. Plasmodium malariae c. Plasmodium vivax d. Plasmodium ovale 2. The infective form of the malaria parasite is a. Oocyst b. Sporozoite c. Bradyzoite d. Tachyzoite 3. Prolonged parasitism in malaria is due to a. Antigenic variation b. Intracellularity of parasite c. Immunosuppression d. Sequestration 4. Malaria pigment is formed by a. Parasite b. Bilirubin c. Hemoglobin d. All of the above 5. Schuffner's dot in RBCs are sesen in infection with a Plasmodium vivax b Plasmodium falciparum c Plasmodium malariae d Plasmodium ovale 6. Quartan Malaria is caused by a. Plasmodium vivax b. Plasmodium falciparum c. Plasmodium malariae d. Plasmodium ovale 7. Schizonts of Plasmodium falciparum are not found in peripheral blood because a. Schizonts are absent in the life cycle b. Schizonts are killed by antibodies c. Schizonts develop only in capillaries of internal organs d. None of the above 8. Crescent-shaped or banana-shaped gametocytes are seen in infection with a. Plasmodium vivax b. Plasmodium falciparum c. Plasmodium malariae d. Plasmodium ovale 9. Malaria is not seen in patients with a. G6PD deiciency b. Sickle cell trait c. Duffy negative blood group d. All of the above 10. Which plasmodial infection is more often associated with nephritic syndrome a. Plasmodium vivax b. Plasmodium falciparum c. Plasmodium malariae d. Plasmodium ovale 11. Which is the treatment of choice for benign tertian malaria a. Sulfamethoxazole – pyrimethamine b. Quinine c. Meloquine d. Chloroquine 12. Gametocidal perinicious malaria may occur in a. Plasmodium vivax b. Plasmodium falciparum c. Plasmodium malariae d. Plasmodium ovale 13. Babesiosis is transmitted by a. Ticks b. Mites c. Flea d. Mosquito 14. Maltose cross is a characteristic feature of a. Cryptococcus neoformans b. Babesia microti c. Blastomycosis d. Micrococcus Answer 1. 5. 9. 13. b a d a 2. 6. 10. 14. b c c b 3. 7. 11. b c d 4. 8. 12 c b b 249 250 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Chapter 7: Coccidia 1. Route of transmission of Toxoplasma a. Blood b. Feces c. Urine d. None 2. Toxoplasma gondii lives inside the a. Lumen of small intestine b. Lumen of large intestine c. Reticuloendothilial cell and many other nucleated cell d. RBC 3. Oocyst of toxoplasma is found in a. Cat b. Dog c. Mosquito d. Cow 4. Toxoplasmosis in the fetus can be best conirmed by a. IgM antibodies in the mother b. IgM antibodies in the fetus c. IgG antibodies in the mother d. IgG antibodies in the fetus 5. Intermediate hosts of toxoplasmosis are a. Sheep b. Cattle c. Pigs d. All of the above 6. The following statements regarding congenital toxoplasmosis are correct except a. Most severe form of congenital infection occurs, if it is acquired in 1st trimester b. Chorioretinitis and hydrocephalus are common manifestations in congenital infections c. Presence of Toxoplasma-speciic IgM antibodies in an infant are suggestive of congenital infection d. Most severe form of congenital infection occur if it is acquired in 3rd trimester 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. Frenkels’ skin test is positive in a. Spinal cord compression b. Toxoplasmosis c. Pemphigus d. Pemphigoid In humans, cryptosporidiosis presents as a. Meningitis b. Diarrhea c. Pneumonia d. Asymtomatic infection Which stain demonstrates the oocyst of Cryptosporidium best a. Hematoxylin-eosin b. Gram’s stain c. Kinyoun modiied acid fast stain d. Modiied trichrome stain All of the following cause diarrhea except a. Entamoeba histolytica b. Giardia lamblia c. Naegleria fowleri d. Cyclospora caytanensis The oval oocyst of Isospora belli found in human feces measures a. 1–3 µm × 5–7 µm b. 3–5 µm × 8–10 µm c. 5–8 µm × 10–15 µm d. 22–33 µm × 10–15 µm Stool in Isospora belli infection may contain all except a. High fecal content b. Blood c. Fatty acid crystals d. Charcot-Leyden crystals Answer 1. 5. 9. a d c 2. 6. 10. c d c 3. 7. 11. a b d 4. 8. 12. b b b Chapter 8: Microspora 1. All are true about Microsporidia except a. First protozoan parasite studied by Louis Pasteur b. Causative agent of silk worm disease c. Extracellular spore-forming protozoa d. Cause infection in immunocompromised subjects 2. Laboratory diagnosis of Microsporidia can be done by all except a. Modiied trichrome stain b. Hematoxylin and eosin-stain c. Direct luorescent antibody d. Electron microscopy Multiple Choice Questions 3. Enterocytozoon bieneusi preferentially infects a. Brain b. Conjunctiva c. Kidneys d. Small intestine 4. Microsporidial kerotoconjunctivitis is commonly caused by a. Enterocytozoon bieneusi b. Vittaforma c. Encephalitozoon hellem d. Encephalitozoon intestinalis Answer 1. c 2. b 3. d 4. c Chapter 9: Pneumocystis Jirovecii 1. Which of the following has been recently classiied as fungus a. Pneumocystis jirovecii b. Cryptosporidium parvum c. Isospora belli d. Microsporidia 2. Infective form of Pneumocystis jirovecii is a. Tachyzoite b. Cyst c. Sporozoite d. Trophozoite 3. In a case of pneumocystis pneumonia, chest can reveal all the following except a. Cavitation b. Nodular densities c. Lobar iniltration d. Honey-comb appearance 4. All of the following cause oppurtunistic infections in AIDS except a. Pneumocystis jirovecii b. Toxoplasma gondii c. Entamoeba coli d. Microsporidia Answer 1. a 2. b 3. a 4. c Chapter 10: Balantidium Coli 1. Largest protozoal parasite is a. Entamoeba histolytica b. Trichomonas vaginalis c. Leishmania donovani d. Balantidium coli 2. The infective form of Balantidium coli is a. Tachyzoite b. Cyst c. Sporozoite d. Trophozoite 3. Which of the following acts as the main resevrvior of Balantidium coli infection a. Man b. Monkey c. Pig d. Cow 4. Drug of choice for treating balantidiasis a. Doxycycline b. Tetracycline c. Metronidazole d. Pentamidine Answer 1. d 2. b 251 3. c 4. b 252 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Chapter 11: Helminths: General Features 1. Digestive tract is completely absent in a. Trematodes b. Cestodes c. Nematodes d. All of the above 2. Sexes are always separate in a. Cestodes b. Trematodes c. Nematodes d. None of the above 3. Nematodes are differentiated from other worms by the following except a. Absent fragmentation b. Flat or leshy leaf-like worm c. Separate sexes d. Cylindrical body 4. Which of the following worm requires two intermediate host a. Taenia saginata b. Diphyllobothrium latum c. Hymenolepis nana d. Echinococcus granulosus 5. Which of the following statement is true in respect to trematodes a. Dorsoventrally lattened b. Intermediate host is snail c. Hermaphrodite except schistosomes d. All of the above Answer 1. 5. b d 2. c 3. b 4. b Chapter 12: Cestodes: Tapeworms 1. Autoinfection is a mode of transmission in a. Trichinella b. Cysticercosis c. Ancylostoma d. Ascaris 2. Pigs are resevoir for a. Taenia solium b. Diphyllobothrium latum c. Trichinella spiralis d. Ancyclostoma 3. On microscopic examination, eggs are seen, but on saturation with salt solution eggs are not seen. The eggs are likely to be of a. Trichuris trichiura b. Taenia solium c. Ascaris lumbricoides d. Ancylostoma duodenale 4. Which of the following is not a cestode a. Diphyllobothrium latum b. Taenia saginata c. Schistosoma mansoni d. Echinococcus granulosus 5. Consumption of uncooked pork is likely to cause which of the following helminthic disease a. Taenia saginata b. Taenia solium c. Hydatid cyst d. Trichuris trichiura 6. All of the following are true about neurocysticerosis, except a. Not acquired by eating contaminated vegetables b. Caused by regurgitation of larva c. Acquired by orofecal route d. Acquired by eating pork 7. The longest tapeworm found in man a. Diphyllobothrium latum b. Taenia sagnata c. Taenia solium d. Echinococus granulosus 8. Second intermediate host of Diphyllobothrium latum is a. Cyclops b. Man c. Snail d. Fresh water ish 9. Dwarf tapeworm refers to a. Echinococcus granulosus b. Loa loa c. Hymenolepis nana d. Schistosoma mansoni 10. The egg of which of the following parasites consists of polar ilaments arising from either end of the embryophore a. Taenia saginata b. Taenia solium c. Echinococcus granulosus d. Hymenolepis nana Multiple Choice Questions 11. Conenurus is the larval form of a. Taenia solium b. Taenia multiceps c. Echinococcus granulosus d. Echinococcus multilocularis 12. Larval form of Echinococcus granulosus is seen in a. Dog b. Man c. Wolf d. Fox 13. The adult worm of Echinococcus granulosus contains a. 3–4 segments b. 50–100 segments c. 100–200 segments d. 1000–2000 segments 14. Which skin test is useful for diagnosis of hydatid disease a. Casoni's test b. Schick test c. Dick's test d. Tuberculin test Answer 1. 5. 9. 13. b b c a 2. 6. 10. 14. a a d a 3. 7. 11. b a b 4. 8. 12. c d b Chapter 13: Trematodes: Flukes 1. Which of the following lukes is carcinogenic a. Fasciola b. Clonorchis c. Paragonimus d. Gastrodiscoides 2. Organism causing biliary tract obstruction a. Ancylostoma duodenale b. Clonorchis sinensis c. Strongyloides stercoralis d. Enterobius vermicularis 3. All loat in a saturated salt solution except a. Clonorchis sinensis b. Fertilized eggs of Ascaris c. Larva of Strongyloides d. Trichuris trichiura 4. Terminal spined eggs are seen in a. Schistosoma haematobium b. Schistosoma mansoni c. Schistosoma japonicum d. Clonorchis sinensis 5. Largest trematode infecting humans a. Fasciola hepatica b. Fasciolopsis buski c. Schistosoma haematobium d. Paragonimus westermani 6. The second intermediate host of Faciola hepatica is a. Snail b. Fresh water ish c. Crab d. Aquatic plants 7. Schistosoma japonicum resides in a. Superior mesenteric vein b. Inferior mesenteric vein c. Small intestine d. Gall bladder 8. All of the following lead to bloody diarrhea except a. Schistosoma japonicum b. Entamoeba histolytica c. Schistosoma mansoni d. Schistosoma hematobium Answer 1. 5. b b 2. 6. b d 3. 7. a a 4. 8. a d 253 254 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Chapter 14: Nematodes: General Features 1. All of the following nematodes are oviparous except a. Ascaris b. Ancylostoma c. Trichinella d. Enterobius 2. Nematoda residing in large intestine a. Necatar b. Trichinella c. Strongyloides d. Trichuris 3. All of the following are somatic nematodes except a. Loa loa b. Capillaria philippinensis c. Onchocerca volvulus d. Brugia malayi 4. Most common cause of visceral larva migrans a. Ancylostoma braziliensis b. Anisakis simplex c. Strongyloides stercoralis d. Toxocara canis 5. Cutaneous larva migrans is due to a. Ancyclostoma braziliensis b. Wuchereria bancrofti c. Brugia malayi d. Dracunculus medinensis 6. A teenager who plays with dogs developed skin rash, eosinophilia, and an enlarged liver and spleen for 1 year. The most likely cause of this infection is a. Trichinosis b. Schistosomiasis c. Toxoplasmosis d. Visceral larva migrans Answer 1. 5. c a 2. 6. d d 3. b 4. d Chapter 15: Trichinella Spiralis 1. Larva found in muscle is a. Trichinella spiralis b. Ancylostoma duodenale c. Trichuris trichiura d. Enterobius vermicularis 2. Which of the following is not a neuroparasite a. Taenia solium b. Acanthamoeba c. Naegleria d. Trichinella spiralis 3. Which of the following is viviparous a. Strongyloides stercoralis b. Trichinella spiralis c. Enterobius d. Ascaris 4. Best site for taking biopsy for diagnosis of trichinellosis is a. Deltoid muscle b. Diaphragm c. Pectoralis major d. Liver 5. Bachman's test is done to diagnose infections with a. Schistosoma japonicum b. Trichinella spiralis c. Trichuris trichiura d. Ancylostoma duodenale 6. The larval form of Trichinella can be destroyed by a. Smoking of meat b. Deep freezing of meat c. Drying of meat d. Salting of meat Answer 1. 5. a b 2. 6. d b 3. b 4. a Multiple Choice Questions Chapter 16: Trichuris Trichiura 3. Heavy infection of Trichuris is characterized by a. <10 eggs in stool b. >10 eggs in stool c. <50 eggs in stool d. >50 eggs in stool 4. All of the following statements about Trichuris are correct except a. It resides in large intestine of man b. Eggs of Trichuris loat in saturated salt solution c. Eggs of Trichuris do not loat in saturated salt solution d. Embryonated eggs containing rhabditiform larvae are infective to man 1. Which of the following resides in caecum a. Trichuris trichiura b. Ascaris lumbricoides c. Strongyloides d. Ancylostoma 2. The common name for Trichuris is a. Roundworm b. Hookworm c. Whipworm d. Seatworm Answer 1. a 2. c 3. d 4. c Chapter 17: Strongyloides Stercoralis 1. Parasites penetrating through skin for entry into the body are a. Trichinella b. Strongyloides c. Roundworm d. Trichuris trichiura 2. Larval form of the following parasites is found in stool except a. Strongyloides stercoralis b. Ancylostoma duodenale c. Ascaris lumbricoides d. Necator americanus 3. Autoinfection is seen with a. Cryptosporidium b. Strongyloides c. Giardia d. Gnathostoma 4. The term larva currens is used for migrating larva of a. Stronglyloides stercoralis b. Necator americanus c. Ancylostoma duodonale d. Hymenolepis nana 5. Smallest nematode known to cause infection in man is a. Trichinella spiralis b. Strongyloides stercoralis c. Ancylostoma duodenale d. Trichuris trichiura 6. Infective form of Strongyloides is a. Eggs b. Rhabditiform larva c. Filariform larva d. Cercaria larva 7. Baermann's funnel gauze method is used for detection of larva of a. Necatar b. Strongyloides c. Ancylostoma d. Ascaris 8. Strongyloides can be cultured in /by a. NNN medium b. Harada Mori method of stool culture c. Agar plate culture d. Hockmeyer's medium Answer 1. 5. b b 2. 6. c c 3. 7. b b 4. 8. a c 255 256 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Chapter 18: Hookworm 1. Highest incidence of anemia in the tropics is due to a. Hookworm b. Thread worm c. Ascaris d. Guinea worm 2. The average blood loss per worm in ancylostomiasis is a. 0.2 mL/day b. 2 mL/day c. 0.33 mL/day d. 1 mL/day 3. Which of the following does not cause biliary tract obstruction a. Ascaris lumbricoides b. Ancylostoma duodenale c. Clonorchis sinensis d. Fasciola hepatia 4. Which of the following stages of Ancylostoma duodenale is infective to human beings a. Rhabditiform larva b. Filariform larva c. Eggs d. Adult worm 5. A 6-year-old girl is emaciated with a hemoglobin level of 6 g/dL. Her face appears puffy with swollen eyelids and edema over feet and ankles. There are no laboratory facilities available. The most likely cause of the child’s condition is a. Schistosomiasis b. Cercarial dermatitis c. Ascariasis d. Hookworm disease 6. All of the following are characteristics of Ancylostoma except a. Its copulatory bursa has 13 rays b. Caudal spine is present in females c. Head is bent in a direction opposite to body d. Vulval opening is situated in the middle of the body. Answer 1. 5. a d 2. 6. a c 3. b 4. b Chapter 19: Enterobius Vermicularis 1. Most common presenting symptom of thread worm infection amongst the following is a. Abdominal pain b. Rectal prolapse c. Urticaria d. Vaginitis 2. Which one of the following does not pass through the lungs a. Hookworm b. Ascaris c. Strongyloides d. Enterobius vermicularis 3. Infection with which of the following parasites may cause enuresis a. Ascaris lumbricodes b. Enterobius vermicularis c. Trichinella spiralis d. Wuchereria bancrofti 4. History of mild intestinal distress, sleeplessness, itching, and anxiety is seen in preschool child attending play school. Possible parasite agent causing these manifestations is a. Trichomonas vaginalis b. Enterobius vermicularis c. Ascaris lumbricoides d. Necator americanus 5. The common name for Enterobius vermicularis is a. Threadworm b. Pinworm c. Seatworm d. Whip worm 6. Which of the following nematodes lays eggs contaning larvae a. Trichinella spiralis b. Enterobius vermicularis c. Brugia malayi d. Ascaris lumbricoides Answer 1. 5. a c 2. 6. d b 3. b 4. b Multiple Choice Questions Chapter 20: Ascaris Lumbricoides 1. Which of the following parasites does not penetrate human skin a. Ascaris lumbricoides b. Ancylostoma duodenale c. Stronglyoides stercoralis d. Schistosoma haematobium 2. The common name for Ascaris lumbricodes is a. Roundworm b. Hookworm c. Threadown d. None of the above 3. The largest intestinal nematode infecting humans is a. Necator americanus b. Ascaris lumbricoides c. Enterobius vermicularis d. None of the above 4. All of the following are correct regarding fertilized egg of Ascaris except a. It is always bile-stained b. Covered by an outer mamilliated coat c. Floats in saturated solution of salt d. Does not loat in saturated solution of salt 5. All of the following parasites have bile-stained eggs except a. Ascaris b. Clonorchis c. Taenia solium d. Enterobius 6. Loefler's syndrome may be seen in infection with a. Ancylostoma duodenale b. Ascaris lumbricoides c. Trichinella spiralis d. Trichuris trichiura Answer 1. 5. a d 2. 6. a b 3. b 4. d Chapter 21: Filarial Worms 1. All are true regarding ilariasis except a. Man is an intermediate host b. Caused by Wuchereria bancrofti c. Involves lymphatic system d. DEC is used in treatment 2. All of the following are true about Brugia malayi except a. The intermediate host in India is Mansonia mosquito b. The tail tip is free from nuclei c. Nuclei are blurred, so counting is dificult d. Adult worm is found in the lymphatic system 3. Hydrocele and edema in foot occurs in a. Wuchereria bancrofti b. Brugia malayi c. Brugia timori d. Onchocerca volvulus 4. In which stage of ilariasis are microilaria seen in peripheral blood a. Tropical eosinophilia b. Early adenolymphangitis stage c. Late adenolymphangitis stage d. Elephantiasis 5. Diurnal periodicity is seen in larvae of a. Brugia malayi b. Wuchereria bancrofti c. Loa loa d. Mansonella perstans 6. Which of the following microilariae is unsheathed a. Mf. loa b. Mf. bancrofti c. Mf. malayi d. Mf. perstans 7. All of the following parasites can be detected in urine sample except a. Wuchereria bancrofti b. Schistosoma haematobium c. Trichomonas vaginals d. Giardia lamblia 8. Fugitive or calabar swelling is seen in infection with a. Onchocerca volvulus b. Loa loa c. Wuchereria bancrofti d. Brugia timori 9. River bliness is the name given to disease caused by a. Loa loa b. Onchocerca volvulus c. Toxoplasma gondii d. Acanthamoeba culbertsoni 10. The ilarial worm which can be seen in conjunctiva is a. Brugia malayi b. Loa loa c. Onchocerca volvulus d. None of the above 257 258 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Answer 1. 5. 9. a c b 2. 6. 10. b d b 3. 7. a d 4. 8. b b Chapter 22: Drancunculus Medinensis 1. Which of the following parasite does not enter into the body by skin penetration a. Dracunculus b. Necator americanus c. Ancylostoma duodenale d. Strongyloides 2. Deinitive host for Guinea worm is a. Man b. Cyclops c. Snail d. Cyclops and man 3. Guinea worm is a. Enterobius b. Trichuris c. Dracunculus d. Taenia solium 4. Cyclops is the source of infection in a. Dracunculus b. Spirometra c. Both d. None Answer 1. a 2. a 3. c 4. c Chapter 23: Miscellaneous Nematodes 1. Rat lung worm is the common name of a. Paragonimus westermani b. Toxocara canis c. Angiostrongylus cantonensis d. Mansonella streptocerca 2. Paratenic host for angiostrongyns cantonensis is a. Rat b. Man c. Frog d. Camel 3. All of the following parasites are found in CSF except a. Naegleria b. Acanthamoeba c. Angiostrongylus d. Trypanosoma 4. Deinitive host for Capillaria phillippinensis is a. Man b. Rat c. Birds d. Fish Answer 1. c 2. b 3. d 4. c Multiple Choice Questions Chapter 24: Diagnostic Methods in Parasitology 1. Time of collection of blood is important in a. Microilaria b. Trypanosoma spp. c. Leishmania spp. d. Babesia spp. 2. Modiied acid-fast stain is used for the diagnosis of a. Entamoeba histolytica b. Toxoplasma gondii c. Cryptosporidium parvum d. Leishmania donovani 3. Sputum examination is commonly done for detecting the eggs of a. Strongyloides stercoralis b. Entamoeba histolytica c. Paragonimus westermani d. Ascaris lumbricoides 4. Larval forms of which parasite can be found in muscle biopsy a. Ascaris lumbricoides b. Taenia solium c. Trichuris trichiura d. Ancylostoma duodenale Answer 1. a 2. c 3. c 4. b 259 Index Page numbers followed by f refer to igure and t refer to table, respectively A Acanthamoeba 27t culbertsoni, life cycle of 28f keratitis 28 species 27 Acanthopodia 28 Acephalocysts 130 Acid fast parasitic organisms 101 stain 97f Acid-fast stain See Ziehl-Neelsen stain, modiied Acquired toxoplasmosis 91 Acute adenolymphangitis 209 Adenophorea 162 Adenophorea and secernentea, diferences in 163t ADL See Acute adenolymphangitis Adoral cilia 107 Amastigote 38, 39, 45, 45f, 52f American murderer 182 visceral leishmaniasis 54 Amoeba 11, 239 Amoebae, classiication of 14t Amoebiasis 241 lesions of 20f sites afected in 19 Amoebic and bacillary dysentery 20t hepatitis 19 liver abscess 19f ulcer 17 Amoeboid form of P vivax 67, 98 Ancylostoma duodenale 182 adult worm of 183f egg of 183f female worm of 183 life cycle of 184f male worm of 183 Anemia 75 in kala-azar, causes of 54 in malaria, causes of 76 Angiostrongylus cantonensis 225 Animal inoculation 8, 241 Animal nematodes infecting man 164t Anisakiasis 227 Annelida 161 Antiamoebic drugs, dosages of 23t Antigen detection in parasitic diseases 7t Aphasmidia 162 Apical complex 87 Apicomplexa 12, 63, 63t Ascariasis 197 ectopic 199 Ascaris eggs found in stools, types of 196f fertilized egg of 197f lumbricoides 176, 195, 196f, 200, 201 life cycle of 198f specimen of 195f pneumonia 198 unfertilized egg of 197f Auramine O stain for coccidia 232 Autoinfection 95, 123, 177, 179, 192 external autoinfection 179 internal autoinfection 179 Axoneme 38, 39 Axostyle 34 B Babesia 63 species 83 bovis 83 clivergens 83 microti 83 Baermann concentration method 233, 233f Balamuth’s medium, composition of 240 Balamuthia mandrillaris 29 Balantidiasis 108, 109 Balantididae 107 Balantidium coli 107 life cycle of 108f morphology of 107f Bancroftian classical 209 occult 209 Baylisascaris 201 Bell’s dilution-iltration 234 Bilharziasis See Schistosomiasis Binary ission 10, 15 Blackwater fever 77 Bladder worm 122 Blastocystis hominis Granular form 98, 98f Blepharoplast 38, 39, 52 Blocked sandlies 53 262 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Blood lukes 140 smear 44f Boeck and Drbohlav’s medium, composition of 240 Bothriocephalus anemia 118 Bradyzoites 89, 90 Brugia malayi 214 pahangi 219 timori 215 C CAK See Chronic amoebic keratitis Calabar swellings 216 Calculi 144 Capillaria philippinensis 226 Casoni’s test 243 Cattle strain See Clivergens Cellophane 193 Cercariae 142 Cestoda 110 Cestodes heads and proglottids of, diferences between 115f living in small intestine 120 trematodes, and nematodes, diferences between 111t Chagas’ acute disease 47 chronic disease 47 disease 45 Chagoma 47 Charcoal culture 235 Charcot-Leyden crystals 175, 230 Chilomastix mesnili, egg of 36f Chopra’s antimony test 58 Chromatoid body 10 Chronic amoebic keratitis 25 Chronic meningoencephalitis 42 Chronic salpingitis 192 Chronic schistosomiasis 144 Chylous urine 210f Cilia 10 Ciliated miracidia 142 Ciliophora 12, 107 Clinical incubation period 208 Clonorchis sinensis 148 adult worm and egg of 149f life cycle of 150f Coccidia 63 Coenurus 127 Cold method See Kinyon’s acid-fast stain Concentration techniques 211 Conditions favoring hookworm infection 182 Congenital toxoplasmosis 90 Conjugation 10 Coracidium 116, 119 Cray ishes of infection 225 Creeping eruption 164, 227 myiasis 164 Cross-fertilization 111 Cryptosporidiosis 242 Cryptosporidium parvum 94, 97 life cycle of 96f oocysts of 95f Culture methods 239 Cutaneous larva migrans 166 Cutaneous and visceral larva migrans between 165t Cyclophyllidea 113 Cyclophyllidean 120 Cyclospora cayetanensis 97 Cyst 25f, 88, 103, 107f, 108 of enteromonas hominis 36f binucleate 15f, 23f eight-nucleate 23f mature quadrinucleate 15f quadrinucleate 31f uninucleate 15f stage 16, 26 Cysticerci in muscles 122f Cysticercosis 124, 126 Cysticercus 121 bovis 122 in muscle 122f cellulosae 122, 122f Cytopharynx 107 Cytopyge 107 Cytostome 107 D Dec provocation test 212 Dicrocoelium dendriticum 153 Diecious 111 Dientamoeba fragilis 37 Diethylcarbamazine provocation test 238 Diphyllobothriasis 118 Diphyllobothrium latum 115, 116f, 118 lifecycle of 117f operculated egg of 116f Dipylidium caninum 137, 137f Diroilaria immitis 219 repens 219 Diurnal periodicity 203 DNA probe 81 Dracontiasis 220 Dracunculoidea 162 Dracunculosis 223 Dracunculus medinensis 224 adult worm of 221f diagnosis of 223 larva of 221f life cycle of 222f Dual antigen test 81 Dufy negative RBCs 78 Dumdum fever 51 Duodenal aspirates 94 capsule technique 239 E East African leishmaniasis 54 East African trypanosomiasis See Trypanosoma brucei rhodesiense Echinococcosis 242 Echinococcus granulosus 127, 128f life cycle of 129f multilocularis 134 species and diseases 134 Echinostoma 156 Ectoparasite 1 Ectoplasm 9 Eggs of orders cyclophyllidea and pseudophyllidea, diferences between 114t Elephantiasis 205, 210 of legs 210f ELISA See Enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay Encysted larva in muscles 168f Endogony 88 Endolimax nana 24, 25f quadrinucleate cyst 25f Endoparasite 1 Endoplasm 9 Endospore 101 Entamoeba histolytica 239 precystic stage 15, 15f coli 23 Vegetative form 23f, 25f gingivalis 24 hartmanni 24 histolytica 14, 15f, 21f life cycles of 17f Enteric cycle 90 Enterobius vermicularis 190, 194 adult worm of 191f life cycle of 192f Enteromonas hominis 36 Enterotest also known as Duodenal capsule technique 33 Enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay 22, 81 Eosin staining 230 Eosinophilic meningoencephalitis 225 Epimastigote 38, 45f, 46 Erythrocytic stage 66 Espundia 61 Eurytrema pancreaticum 153 Index Excystation 16 Exoenteric cycle 90 Exoerythrocytic stage 66 Exospore 101 Extraintestinal amoebiasis 18, 19, 20 cutaneous amoebiasis 20 genitourinary amoebiasis 20 hepatic amoebiasis 18, 19, 20 metastatic amoebiasis 20 pulmonary amoebiasis 19 F Fairley’s test 243 Fasciola hepatica 151, 151f, 153 life cycle of 152f Fascioliasis 152 buski 154, 154f life cycle of 155f Female nematodes, types of 161 Filarial worm in body, classiication of 203t Filariasis 205, 242 bancroftian 209 classical and occult, diference between 209t lymphatic 205 occult 210 serous cavity 219 subcutaneous 216 zoonotic Filariform larva 177, 177f diferential features of 186t Filarioidea 162, 203 Flagella 12, 38, 39 Flagellates 12, 30, 30t hemo 12 hemolagellates 30 intestinal 12 lumen-dwelling 30 Floatation methods 232 Flukes 139 Fluoroscence microscopy 81 Formol-ether sedimentation technique 232 Furcocercous cercaria 142 G G6PD deiciency 78 GAE See Granulomatous amoebic encephalitis Gametocytes of P falciparum See Malarial parasite in blood ilm Gametogony 11, 67 Gastrodiscoides hominis 156, 156f Geohelminths 201 Geophage 197 Giardia lamblia 30 laboratory diagnosis of 33 life cycle of 32f Giardiasis 242 Giemsa stain 57f, 235 Gnathostoma spinigerum 226 adult worm and egg of 227f Gnathostomiasis 226 Granulomatous amoebic encephalitis 25, 28 H Haemozoin pigment 67 Halzoun 153 Harada mori ilter paper strip culture 234 Helminths causing CNS infection 227 eggs 173 in lung 157 no intermediate host 184 Hematology 8 Hemolagellates basic morphology of 38f morphological stages of, diferences between 39t Hermaphrodites 114 Hermaphroditic trematode, morphology of 139f Heterophyes 156 HIV-positive cases 101 HLA-B53 78 Hookworm disease in 187 two species of, diferentiating features of 185f Host 2 accidental 2, 119 deinitive host 2 intermediate 2 paratenic 2 reservoir 2 Host parasite relationship 3 commensalism 3 parasitism 3 symbiosis 3 Human African trypanosomiasis, treatment of 45t cycle 66 Hydatid cyst 128 brood capsules 130 endocyst 129 fate of 130 luid 129 in liver 129f, 131 pericyst 129 Hydrocoele 209 Hymenolepis diminuta 137 nana 134 nana, adult worm of 134f nana, egg of 135f nana, life cycle of 136f Hymenolopiasis 135 Hyperinfection 180 Hypnozoites 66 I Immune evasion 6 Immunity 78 acquired 78 innate 78 Incubation period 67 Indian visceral leishmaniasis 54 Infection modes of 4 direct transmission 4 latrogenic transmission 4 oral transmission 4 skin transmission 4 vector transmission 4 vertical transmission 4 Infection, sources of 3 Infectious parasites in fecal sample 193 Insect vectors 4 biological 4 true vectors 4 mechanical 4 Internal reinfection 179 Intestinal amoebiasis 17f, 18 complications and sequelae of 19 Intestinal bilharziasis 146 biopsy 94 lukes 154 helminths 242 sarcocystosis 99 taeniasis 124 Iodamoeba buetschlii 25, 25f Iodine staning 230 Iodophilic body 25 Iron-hematoxylin stain 231 Isospora belli 93 oocysts of 93f, 94f immature cyst 93f mature cyst 93f J JSB stain 236 K Kala azar laboratory diagnosis of 56 spleen enlarged organ 55f Karyosome 10 Katayama fever 143 Kato thick smear technique 230 Katyama fever 147 Kinetoplast 10, 38, 52 Kinetoplastida 12 263 264 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Kinyon’s acid-fast stain 231 reagents of 231 Knott’s concentration 212 L Larva currens 180 migrans 162 Latent stage 66 LD bodies 52 , 51 LD body See Amastigote LD body in spleen smear of experimentally infected animal 57f Leishmania 49, 240 aethiopica 59 braziliensis complex 61 donovani 51, 57 life cycle of 53f morphology of 52f mexicana complex 61 geographical distribution, classiication of 51t major 59 species in human disease 50t spp, disease caused by, distribution 51f tropica 59 complex 59 Leishmaniasis 50, 242 China 54 cutaneous 50 visceral 50, 241 Leishmanin skin test 58 test 243 Leishmans stain 235 Liposomal amphotericin B 59 Liver abscesses 19 lukes 148 rot 151 Loa loa 216 Loeler’s syndrome, Parasites causing pneumonitis 198 Loiasis 216 Lung lukes 157 Lymphadenitis 209 Lymphangitis 209 Lymphedema 209 Lymphoangiovarix 209 Lymphorrhagia 210 M Malabar leg 205 Malaria 242 Endemic 64 Epidemic 64 Falciparum, complications of 77 algid 77 and babesiosis, diferential features of 85f benign 76 cerebral 76 congenital 77 merozoite-induced 77 ookinete 68 organs efected 74f parasites 63, 64, 240 in blood smear 80 pigment 67 transfusion 77 types of 69, 71, 73 vaccine 83 Malarial parasite in blood ilm 70f types of 69 Malignant hydatid disease 134 malaria, Pathogenesis of 71 Mansonella ozzardi 219 perstans 219 streptocerca 218 Mastigophora 11 Maurer’s clefts 236 dots 80 Mazzotti reaction 218 McMaster’s egg counting 234 Measly pork 122f Medically cestodes, classiication of 113t Mediterranean leishmaniasis 54 Membrane iltration concentration 237 Merogony See Pre-erythrocytic schizogony Merozoites 65 Metagonimus yokogawai 156 Meyers kouwenaar syndrome 210 MF bancrofti and MF malayi, distinguishing features of 214t Microilaria 203 bancrofti, morphology of 206f in blood ilm 211f Microhematocrit tube method 238 Microspora 12, 100 Microsporidia 100, 102 classiication of 100t Molecular diagnosis 8 Monoecious 111 Monoecious See Hermaphrodites Montenegro test See Leishmanin skin test Montenegro test See Leishmanin test Mosquito cycle 67 Mosquito-borne malaria and blood transfusion malaria, diference between 77f Mucocutaneous leishmaniasis 50 Multiceps multiceps 127 Multiple ission 10 Muscle biopsy 171, 239 Muscular sarcocystosis 99 N Nagana disease 40 Naegleria 27t fowleri 25 fowleri, life cycle of 26f Necator americanus 186 Nemathelminthes 110 Nematoda See Nemathelminthes Nematodes classiication of 163t ilarial, infecting humans 205t in large intestine 172 in small intestine 176 on habitat of adult worms, classiication of 162t with crabs and cray ishes as source of infection 225 Neural larva migrans 201 New world leishmaniasis 61 NIH swab method 193 NNN medium 240 composition of 240 Nocturnal enuresis 192 Nocturnal periodicity 203 Nocturnally subperiodic 203 Nonperiodic 203 Nucleopore iltration 212 Nucleus 39 O Ocular toxoplasmosis 91 Old world leishmaniasis 51 Onchocerca volvulus 217, 217f Oncosphere 114 Oocyst 68, 89 of cryptosoridium parvum 97f of sarcocystis hominis 99f thick-walled 95f thin-walled 95f Opisthorchis felineus 150 species 150 viverrini 150 Opportunistic infection 104 Oriental schistosomiasis 147 Oviparous 162 Ovoviviparous 162 nematodes 221 P PAIR See Puncture, aspiration, injection, and reaspiration Index Parabasal body 38, 39, 52 Paragonimus westermani 157, 157f, 159 life cycle of 158f morphology 157f Parasite 1 aberrant parasites 2 accidental parasites 2 and developmental stages in stool 6t causing autoinfection 4 opportunistic infections in AIDS 104 pneumonitis 199 travellers diarrhea 95 endoparasite 1 escape mechanisms 6t exhibiting antigenic variations 5 facultative parasite 2 free-living 1 parasite 1 in cerebrospinal luid 226 in peripheral blood ilm 237 in sputum 238 in urine 7, 212 leading to bloody diarrhea 147 life cycle direct 3 indirect 3 obligate 1, 35 intracellular 45 parasite 1 quantiication of 80 type of 2 with aquatic vegetations as the source of infection 152 with bile stained eggs 197 with ishes as the source of infection 228 assosciatd with malignancy 144 with mosquito as intermediate host 208 with operculate eggs 151 with source of infection 168 Parasitic infection immunity in 5 pathogenesis 5 Paratenic host 227 Pebrine 101 Peridiocity 203, 207 Peristome 107 Phasmidia 162 PKDL of India and East Africa, diferences between 55t Plasmodia causing human malaria, comparison of 75t Plasmodium falciparum 72f malarial parasites types of 69 malariae stages of erythrocytic schizogony 73f malarial parasites types of 71 mixed infections 73 ovale malarial parasites types of 73 stages of erythrocytic schizogony 74f vivax 70f life cycle of 65f malarial parasites types of 69 Platyhelminthes 110 Plerocercoid larva 118, 119 Plerocercoid larva See Sparganum Pneumocystis carinii, life cycle of 104f jirovecii 103, 106 cyst 105f laboratory diagnosis of 105f predisposing factors for 104 Polar tubule 101 Polymerase chain reaction 81 Polymorphism 39 Post kala-azar dermal leishmaniasis 55 Predisposing factors 106 Pre-erythrocytic schizogony 66 in human malaria parasites 66t Prepatent period 66, 67, 208 Primary amoebic meningoencephalitis 25, 27 Procercoid larva 118, 119 Proglottid 116 mature 116f Promastigote 38, 52, 52f Protozoa and metazoan, diferences between 9t asexual reproduction in 10f classiication of 11t parasites causing diarrhea 32 in peripheral blood ilm 48 pathogen of man, principal 12t transmitted by sexual contact 35 Pruritis ani 192 Pseudoabscesses 144 Pseudocyst 88 Pseudophyllidea 113 Pseudophyllidean 115 Pseudopodia 9, 11, 14, 15 Puncture, aspiration, injection, and reaspiration 133 R Recrudescence 78 and relapse, diferences between 79t Rectal biopsy 146 Reduviid bugs, 45 Relapse 78 Reservoirs 41 Retortamonas intestinalis 37 Retroinfection 192 Rhabditiform larva 177, 177f Ring stage of P falciparum See Malarial parasite in blood ilm 265 Ring stage of P vivax See Malarial parasite in blood ilm Rodent strain See Microti Romana’s sign 47 Rostellum 113 Round worm 195, 201 egg 196t S Sabin-Feldman dye test 92, 242 Sarcocyst 99f Sarcocystis 98 hominis 99 lindenmani 99 suihominis 99 Sarcodina 11 Sarcomastigophora 11 Schistosoma eggs, hatching test for 234 Schistosoma haematobium, egg of 145f japonicum 145f mansoni, egg of 145f haematobium 141, 144f egg of 142f intercalatum 148 japonicum 146 mansoni 145 mekongi 148 spp, cercaria larva of 142f spp, life cycle of 143f Schistosomes 140, 148 morphology of 141f Schistosomiasis 140 Schistosomulae 142 Schizogony 10 Schneider’s dots 69, 80, 236 drosophila tissue culture medium 57 insect tissue culture medium 240 Scolex 113, 114f, 116 of taenia saginata and taenia solium 120f spatulate 116f Scotch tape method 234 Secernentea 162 Sedimentation methods 232, 237 Septicemic malaria 77 Serological tests 7 Serology 241 Sheathed microilariae 203 Simulium species 217 Skin test 7 done in parasitology 8 in bancroftian ilariasis 243 of frenkel 92 Sleeping sickness 41 South American leishmaniasis 54 Sowdah 218 Spargana 120 Sparganosis 120, 118 266 Textbook of Medical Parasitology Sparganum 119 Spirometra 118 life cycle of 119f Sporoblasts 94f Sporogony 101 Sporogony See Mosquito cycle Sputum examination 238 Stallion’s disease 40 Stercoraria 39 Stoll’s dilution technique 234 Strobila 114, 116 Strongyloides stercoralis 176, 180f egg of 177f larvae of 177f life cycle of 178f, 179f Strongyloides, agar plate culture for 235 Surra disease 40 Swimmer’s itch 142 Syngamy See Gametogony T T cruzi and T rangeli, diferences between 49t Taenia multiceps See Multiceps multiceps Taenia saginata 120, 126 and taenia solium, diference between 121t asiatica 127 life cycle of 122f, 123f Taenia solium 120, 127 life cycle of 123, 124f Taenia spp, laboratory diagnosis of 125 Taenia, egg of 121f Tapeworm 114f Tissue biopsy 238 Toxocara 201 canis 201 adult worms of 201f cati 201 Toxocariasis 242 Toxoplamosis 90 Toxoplasma gondii 87, 88, 88f, 93 laboratory diagnosis of 91f life cycle of 89f Tachyzoite 87 oocyst containing sporocyst 88f Toxoplasmosis 241, 242 Travelling vermicule See Ookinete Trematoda 110 Trematodes 138 embryonated eggs of 140 zoological classiication of 138t Trichinella spiralis 167, 170f, 171 adult worms of 167f life cycle of 169f stages in life cycle of (in man) 170t Trichinosis 242 Trichomonas 34 hominis 34f, hominis 36 species 34f tenax 34f, 36 vaginalis 34, 34f Trichostrongyllasis 188 Trichrome stain 231 reagents of 231 Trichuriasis 174, 175 Trichuris trichiura 172, 175, 175f egg of 173f life cycle of 174f worms 173f Triplobastic metazoa 110 Trophozoite 15, 15f, 31f, 36f, 88f, 103, 107, 107f of babesia microti in human blood smear 84f of dientamoeba fragilis 37f Tropical pulmonary eosinophilia 210 Tropical splenomegaly syndrome 77 Trypanosoma brucei gambiense 40 rhodesiense 42 cruzi 45, 45f blood smear 48f life cycle of 46f rangeli 49 rhodesiense 44f Trypanosomal chancre 41 Trypanosomes 240 classiication of 40 Trypanosomiasis 241, 242 diagnosis of 44 West African and East African, diferences between 43t Trypomastigote 38, 39, 45, 45f U Undulating membrane 12, 38, 39 Unembryonated eggs of trematodes 140 Unsheathed microilariae 203 Urogenital specimen 239 V Vacuolated form 98 Vector 64 control strategies 83 Vermecules 84 Visceral larva migrans 201 Vitamin B12 deiciency 118 Viviparous 162 nematodes 221 Vulvar waist 196 W Wanderlust See Ectopic ascariasis Watsonius watsoni 156 West African trypanosomiasis See Trypanosoma brucei gambiense Wheatley’s method See Trichrome stain Winterbottom’s sign 41 Wuchereria bancrofti 205, 206 adult worm of 206f diagnosis of 211 life cycle of 208f Mass therapy 213 X Xenodiagnosis 241 Z Ziehl-Neelsen stain 97f modiied 231 Zinc sulphate centrifugal loatation 232 loatation concentration technique 233f Zoonosis 2 anthropo zoonosis 3 helminthic zoonosis 3 protozoal zoonosis 3 zooanthroponoses zoonosis 3 Zoonotic ilariasis 219